Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout447128 TCC CORPORATION - CONTRACT - BID - 6110 SOAPSTONE PRAIRIE NATURAL AREA SHELTERS AND OBSERVATORY�F�ort Collins 1- SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N Mason St 2n° Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins CO 80522 970 221 6775 970 221 6707 /cgov corn/purchasing FOR SOAPSTONE PRAIRIE NATURAL AREA Shelters and Observatory BID NO 6110 PURCHASING DIVISION 215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS AUGUST 14, 2008 - 3 00 P M (OUR CLOCK) I'�-�ltuD.rf�Y %"1CC:,�SS ��u1?�++ariaas j {—iNdf�N Mt cat � �L' �.b (.p,. 0 � + 'knfgrrEi.rT _ UcaCi, PA1iL +0 t'u iDcu ow eOL C0NTR4CT0R's Liability Insumnee: 5.4. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOWs performance and furnishing of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed a furnished by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, a by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 5.4.1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; 5.4.2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR's employees; 5.4.3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOWs employees; 5.4.5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 5.4.6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 54 w be purchased and maintained shall: 5.4.7. with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.4.3 through 5.4.6 inclusive and 5.4.9 include m additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability), OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insureds; 5 4.8. include the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; 5.4.9. include completed operations insurance; E1CDCGENERAL CON FUOM 19105(199013ditim) w/ CITY OF FORT COIJ.1M MODIFICATIONS (REV 4R000) 54.10. include contractual liability insurance covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations under paragraphs 6.12, 6.16 and 6.31 through 6.33; 5.4.11. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially changed a renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the SrpplemerIIary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.3.2 will so provide); 5.4.12. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12; and 5.4.13. with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims -made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insnince has been issued evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter). OIVNER's Liability Insurance: 5 5. In addition to insurance required to be provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph5.4, OWNER at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain at OWNE Cs expense OWNER'S own liability insurance a; will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. Property Insurance: Ila. In -o ENGINEER.ENGIN£ER+s—Cenwdtae.,�the ihertf-feF 5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property irtu mce to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in 10 EICDCOENERAL CONDITION5191"(1990 ENHm) wlClT OF FOkT COLLINS MODIFTCATIONS(REV 4l000) Receipt and Appficadon oflnsurance Proceeds 5,12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach If no other special agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be repaired a replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order a Written Amendment. 5.13. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement with the inslaers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers lired in TiCD .. hall Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace: 5A4. If eithes, - GRi OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by a other provisions of the Panda P insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the ether —party CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of nonconformance with the Contract Documents, the in writing with the certi5cates Partial UNbradon—Property Insurance: 5A5, If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (1990 Edtim) wl CT Ty OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4PON) Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10, provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy a policies, but the property insurance shall not be cancelled a permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6—CONTRACTOR'S Supervision and Superintendence: 6A. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiertly, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 6.2, CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTORS representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR Labor, Materials and Equipment: 6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular waking hours and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit requests to the ENGINEER no less than 48 hours in advance of any Work to be performed on Saturday Sunday Holidays or outside the Regular Workme Haas. 6A Unless otherwise specified in the General contains or is followed by words reading that no like, Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume equivalent or "or -equal" item or no substitution is full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, permitted, other items of material or equipment or transportation, construction equipment and machinery, material or equipment of other Suppliers may be tools, appliances, fuel, pourer, light, heat, telephone, water, accepted by ENGINEER under the following sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other circumstances. facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. 6.7.1.1. "Or -Equal" If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment 6.4.1. Purchasing Restrictions CONTRACTOR proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally must comply with the City's purchasing restrictions A equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that copy of the resolutions are available for review in the no change in related Work will be required, it may offices of the Purchasing and Risk Management be considered by ENGINEER as an "or -equal" Division or the City Clerk's office. item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole 6.4.2. Cement Restiiciions City of Fort Collins discretion, be accomplished without compliance Resolution 91-121 reprices chat supolters end producers with some or all of the requirements for of cement or products contavung cement to certify that acceptance of proposed substitute items. the cement was not made in cement kilns that bum 6.7.1.2. Substitute Items: If in ENGINEER's sole hazardous waste as a fuel. discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as 6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good an "orcqual" item under subparagraph 6.7.1.1, it quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the will be considered a proposed substitute item. Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly information as provided below to allow run to the benefit of OWNER If required by ENGINEER, ENGINEER to determine that the item of material CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and that named and an acceptable substitute therefor, quality of materials and equipment All materials and The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will equipment shall be applied installed connected, erected, include the following as supplemented in the used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with General Requirements and as ENGINEER may instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise decide is appropriate under the circumstances. provided in the Contract Documents. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by Progress Schedule: ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR If CONTRACTOR wishes to 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress furndsh or use a substitute item of material or schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.9 as it equipment, CONTRACTOR shall first make may be adjusted from time to time as provided below: written application to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will 66.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER perform adequately the functions and achieve the for acceptance (to the extent indicated in results celled For by the general design, be similar paragraph 2 9) proposed adjustments in the progress in substance to that specified and be suited to the schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or same use as that specified The application will Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally state the extent, if any, to which the evaluation to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally and acceptance of the proposed substitute will will comply with any provisions of the General prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Requirements applicable thereto. Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work 6 6.2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule will require a change in any of the Contract that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) Documents (or in the provisions of any other shall he submitted in accordance with the requirements direct contract with OWNER for work on the of paragraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be Project) to adapt the design to the proposed made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in substitute and whether or not incorporation or use accordance with Article 12. of the substitute in connection with the Work is 6.7. Substitutes and "Or Equal"Items: Alljariations ofhofoposelidc subefitute Gomathat specified will be identified in the application and &T 1. Whenever an item of material or equipment is available maintenance, repair and replacement specified or described in the Contract Documents by service will be indicated The application will using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or particular Supplier, the specification or description is credits that will result directly or indirectly from intended to establish the type, function and quality acceptance of such substitute, including cots of required. Unless the specification or description redesign and claims of other contractors affected 12 E1CDC OENERAL CONDITIOM 19104 (1990 E&LM) w/ aTY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412ON) by the resulting change, all of which will be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute. ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. 6.7.1.3. CON77tA CTOR's Expense: All data to be provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed "or -equal" a substitute item will be at CONTRACTOR's expense. 6.7.2. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method technique, sequence or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents CONTRACTOR may famish a utilize a substitute means, method technique, sequence or procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGINEER in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2. 6.7.3. Engineer's Evaluation. ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to famish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any "or -equal" or substitute. ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2 and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER accepts a substitute item so proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER fa the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute item. fi_8. Concerning "a beontnactars, Suppliers and Others: 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization (including those acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2), whether initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or ENGINF.FR may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. =C GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (1990 Edam) .1 CITY OF FORT CO= MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/ 000) 6.9. CONTRACTOR shall perform not less than 20 vercem of the Work with its own forces (that is, Without subcontracting). The 20 percent requirement shall be understood to refer to the Work the value of which totals not less than 20 oercem of the Contract Price. 6.8.2 if the Supplemeeaefy Canditian Bi3 d Documents require the identity of certain Subcontractos Suppliers or other persons or organizations (including those who are to famish the principal items of materials or equipment) to be submitted to OWNER in adymee up the speenfie date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER 4nd :r OWNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of T,�, be revoked on the ENGINEER No acceptance by OWNER or ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work. 6.9.1. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcomractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the Fart of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. OWNER or ENGINEER may famish to any subcontractor, surroher or other person ani zation evidence of amounts paid to CONTRACTOR in accordance with CONTRACTOR'S "Application for Payment' 13 6.92. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organimtiore performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors. Suppliers and such other persons and organizations performing or finishing any of the Work to communicate with the ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR 6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.11. All Wort: perforated for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the beriefil of Pmenr Fees and Royalties: 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documems. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 14 EICDC GENERAL CONDtT1ONS 19104(19%Edium) w/ CITY OF FORT COLUM MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) Permits 6 13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such Permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all govermnenml charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall Pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. 6.14. LawsandRegatadons: 6.14. 1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnshing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. 6A4.2. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting therefrom; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not, relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraph 3.3.2. Taxes: 6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.15 I OWNER is exempt from Colorado State and local sales and use taxes on materials to be permanently incorporated into the project Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Rice CONTRACTOR must arniv forand receive, Certificate of Exemption from the Colorado Department of Revenue for constucton materials to )x ohysrrally tncorporated into the project This Certification of Exemption provides that the CONTRACTOR shall neither pay nor include in his Bid Sales and Use Taxes on those m Idi o and wmlruchan matennals Physically incorporated into Me project Address: Colorado Department of Revenue State Capital Annex 1375 Sherman Street Denver, Colorado 80261 Sales and Use Taxes for the State of Colorado Regional Transportation District (RTD) and certain Colorado counties are collected by the State of Colorado and are included in the Certification of Exemption. All applicable Sales and Use Taxes (mclud= State collected taxes), on any items other than construction and building materials Physically incornomted into the project are to be paid by CONTRACTOR and are to be included m apmopriate bid items. Use of Premises: 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations rights -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment a other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other parry by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration a other dispute resolution proceeding a at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER ENGINEERS Consultant and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against OWNER ENGINEER or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. 6.17 During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner thatwill endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. Record Documents., EICDCOENFRA CONDITIONS 191M(1990 Edtim) wl CITY OF FORT COUINS MODIFICATIOTS (REV 420(0) 6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain ins safe place at the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders Work Change Directives Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.4) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work, and prior to release of final payment, these record documents, Samples and Shop Drawings will be delivered to EN(i W EER for OWNER. Safety and Protection: 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for mitiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shalt provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 6.20.1. all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work; 6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and 6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property a to protect them from damage, injury a loss; and shall sect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury a loss to any property referred to in paragraphs 6.20.2 or 6 20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part by CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anvone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGENEERs Consultant or among employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole a in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Suhcormactor, Supplier or other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a 15 notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.21. Safety Represeniarive: CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Hazard Commanicadon Programs: 6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. Emergencies 6.23. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from OWNER or ENGINEER is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action 6.24. Shop DrawingsandSaniples: 6.24.1 CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals (see paragraph 2.9). All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the materials and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the mformation for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. 6.24.2. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples in ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with said accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited 16 Er(9CGENERALCONDITION519104(19%Editlai) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) purposes required by paragraph 6.26. The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. 6.25. Submidal Procedures: 6.25.1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified: 6.25.1.1. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, cetalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, 6.25.1.2, all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shippppn�nngg,, handling, storage, assembly and instal don pertaining to the performance of the Work, and 6,25.1.3. all information relative to CONTRACTOR's sole responsibilities in respect of means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 625.2. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review and approval of that submittal 625.3. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of eachsuch variation 6,26. ENGINEER will review and approve, Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEER's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINTEER's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall retum the required number of correctedcopies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals. 6,27, ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in wrfing called ENGINEER's attention to each such variation at the time of submission as required by paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by a specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6 25.1. 6.28. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragaph2.9, any related Work performed prior to ENGINEER'S review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and respormrbility of CONTRACTOR Continuing the Work: 629. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.5 or as OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing. 6.3R CONTRACTOR's General Wanan(v and Guarantee: 6.30.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEERk Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 6.30.1.1. abuse, modification or improper maintenance a operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or 6.30.1.2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. 6.30.2. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 191M (1"0 Edition) wlC[T OF FORT COILINS MODIFICATIONS(REy 4200N) accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 6.30.2.1observations by ENGINEER; 6.30.2.2. recommendation of any progress or final payment by ENGINEER; 6.30.2.3, the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion a any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents; 6.30.2.4, use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER; 6.30.2.5. any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do so; 630.2.& any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 14.13; 6.30.2.7, any inspection, test or approval by others; or 6.30.2:8, any correction of defective Work by OWNER. Indemnification: 6.31. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including, but not limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of a resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss a damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itsell), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (it) is caused in whole or in pert by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in art by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person or entity. 632. In any and all claims against OWNER or FNGiNEFR or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal represenmfive of such employee) of CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by 17 any of them to perform or famish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of dram may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.31 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6,33, The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.31 shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants, officers, directors, employees or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. Skrviral of Obligations' 6.34. All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. ARTICLE 7--OTHER WORK Related (York at Site: 7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by OWNER's own forces, or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to these, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract act Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work and (u) CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties we unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. T2 CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all cuttvtg, fitting and patching of the Wain that may be required to make its several parts cane together properly and integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall net endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and resprmsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable 18 EICDCGENeaALCOrmrnorvstslos(1990Edtlm) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/1000) provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. 7.3. If the proper execution or results of any Fen of CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's Work. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. Coordination: 7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 7.4.1. the person, firm or corporation who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; 7.4.2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 7.4.3. the extent of such authority and responsibilitieswill be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and - responsibility in respect of such coordination. ARTICLE S--OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. 82. In case of termination of the employment of ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against who GON7R whose status under the Contract Documents shalletha of the former ENGINEER. 83, OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. 8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points me set forth in paragraphs4.I and 4.4. Paragmph4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing Staring senal # Brass EZ 203000001001 Gray EZ203250001001 ��� OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND OWNER'S MANUAL Model# MHGLLPG READ INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY Read all information and instructions including Gaslight Warning Tag attached to light before installation or use Retain this guide for future reference INDOOR GASLIGHT I WARN 1 N G If the information in this manual is not followed exactly a fire or explosion I may result causing property damage personal injury or loss of life — Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance — FOR YOUR SAFETY If you smell gas Shut off gas to the appliance Open windows Don t touch electrical switches Extinguish any open flame Immediately call your gas supplier — Service must be performed by a qualified service agency Attention installer C S A regulations require that you leave these instructions with the appliance for the consumer ENER 0CROUP INC 4MOIN 6CTH5 Ci. VEIANO OHIO"135 21&9163000 050 M362 Iev Ll structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. .,a m _ liability and _ sepany insaames airs so 8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders m indicated in paragraph 10.4. 8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.4. 8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, see pamgmphs 13.10 and 15.1, Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances. 8.9. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRACTOR's mearu, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR'S failure to perform or famish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. OWN . �,.... .,.._ i �'l��lIRfY�I� ARTICLE 9—ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION OWAER's Representative: 9.1. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction Period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. Visits to Site: 9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19105 (1990 Edam) W CITY OF FORT COI M MODIFICATIONS(REV 4120M) that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on - site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on - site observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work. ENGINEER's visits and on -site observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.13, and particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of ENGTNEER's on -site visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing o performance of the Work. Project Representative: 9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraphs 9.3 and 9.13 and ift the v pp e—nevitafy Genditiens of these General Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the site who is out ENGINEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other person will be as provided in the Supplementary Genditions paragraph 9.3 931 The Representative's dealings in matter Pertaining to the on -site work will. in tiencml, be with the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR But. the Representative will keep the OWNER properly advised about such matters. The Reprsentative's dealings with subcontractors will only be through or with the full knowledge and aporoval of the CONTRACTOR. 932 Duties and Resmonsibitities. Representative will: 93 ^_ 1 Schedules - Review the progress 19 schedule and other schedules preps d by the CONTRACTOR and consult with the ENGINEER concenhtg acceptab'f tv 9.3.2.2. Conferences and Meeting - Attend meeting with the CONTRACTOR such as Meet) ion conferences process mcetin and other rob conferences and Prepare a d circulate copies of minutes of meethws 9.3.2.3. Liaison 9.3.2.3.1. Serve m ENGINEER'S liaison with CONTRACTOR working principally through CONTRACTOR'S smei tendent m assist the CONTRACTOR in mderstana the Contract Documents. 932.32 Assist in obtaining from OWNER additional details or infomtationwhen required for wooer execution of the Work 9 3 2 3 3 Advise the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR of the commencement of arty Work requiring a Shop Dm ira o sample submnsston if the submission has t been approved by the ENGINEER 9.3.2.4 Review of Work. Rejection of Defective Work Inspections and Tests - 9.3.2.4.1. Conduct on -site observatims of the Work m prouess to assist the INGINEER in determining Ih t the Work is proeedirig in accordance with the Contract Document& 9.3.1.4.3 Accom nnv vim.ti o insccion, representtne public or other agencies hav wsdlctron over the Projne Iiect record the results of these in.snections and report to the ENGINEER. 9326 Intemetation of Contract Documents Ret to EGRh clarifications andmIN Documents are needed and transmit to CONTRACTOR clm timtion and interpretation of the Contract. Documents as issued by the I�RH1�1�5f7 932.6. Modifications Consider and evaluate CONTRACTOR'S suggestions for 20 6CDCGENERAL CONDITIONS 191os(J990Edison) a/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS( 42000) modification in Dmwirw or Specif bons md report these recommendations to ENGINEER Accurately umsnit to CONTRACTOR decisions acted by the ENGINEER 9.3.2.7. Records 9.3.2.8 Reports 9.3.2.8.1. Finish ENGINEER peri ch reports. req ' d of the trocrnm of the Work and of the CONTRACTOR'S compliance with the progress schedule ad schedule of shop Dmwi o and sample submittals. 9.3.2.8.2. Consult with ENGINEER in advance of schedulLno major test inspeedgre or R[ of p!ottant phases of the Wwk. 9.3.2.8.3. Draft proposed Chance Orders and Work Directive Changes obtaining backun matenal from the CONTRACTOR and recommend M ENGINEER Chapoe Orders. Work Directive Changes and field orders. 9.3.2.8.4. Retort immediately to ENGINEIIt and OWNER the occurrence of any accident 932.9 PaymentRemests Review amlications for payment with CONTRACTOR for mplience with the esabltshed procedure For their submtsston and forward with recommendation [o ENGINEER noting particularly the relationship of the oavment requested to the schedule of values work completed and materials and equipment delivered m the site but not incorporated in the Work 9.3.2.10. Completion 9.3.2.10.1. Before ENGINEER issues a Certificate of Substantial Canpletion submit to CONTRACTOR a list of observed items requiring correction or completion 9.3.2.10.2. Conduct final inspection in the company of the ENGINEER. OWNER and CONTRACTOR and T re a final list of items to be contacted or completed. 93.2.10.3. Observe that all items on the final list have been corrected or completed and make recommendations to ENGINEER concerning acceptance 9.3.3. Limitation of Authority: The Representative shall not: 9.3.3.1. Authorize any deviations from the Contract Documents or accept any substitute materials or equipment unless authorized by the ENGINEER 9.3.3.2. Exceed limitations of ENGINEER'S authority as set forth in the Contract Documents. 9.3.3.3. Undertake any of the responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR Subcontractors. or CONTRACTOR'S superintendent. 9.3.3.4. Advise on or issue directions relative to, or assume control over any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures for construction unless such is specifically called for in the Contract Documents. 9.3.3.5. Advise on or issue directions regarding or assume control over safety Precautions and programs in connections with the Work. 9.3.3 6. Accept Shop Drawings or sample submittals fiom anvone other than the CONTRACTOR 93.3.7. Authorze OWNER to occupy the Wok in whole or in oar. 9.3.3.5. Participate in specialized field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others except as specifically authorized by the ENGINEER Clarifications and Interprem@ons: 9.4, ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the EKDCGENERAL CONDInONS 19104 (1990 EAlum) w/ CITY OF FORT COM INS MODIFICAnONS (REV 42000) requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price a the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof if any, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as provided in Article I f or Article 12. Authorised Variations in Work: 93 ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These maybe accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Orderjustifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Timm and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as provided in Article I I or 12. Rejecting Defective Work, 9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Paymenee 9.7. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraphs 6.24 through 6.28 inclusive. 9.8. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. 9.9. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. Determinations for Unit Prices 9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application 21 for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of arty such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's decision and (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and it accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to ENGINEERS decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR Such appeal will not be subject to the procedures of paragraph 9.11, Decisions on Disputer 9.11. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work car the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Doemnems pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to ENGINEER and the other party within sixty days alter the start of such occurrence or event unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional a more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute a other matter. The opposing parry shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time). ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within thirty days after receipt of the opposing parry's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph ENGINEER's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in EXHIBIT GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuam to Article 16, or (it) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such 22 EJCDCGEHE CONDITIONS 19104(1990Edam) w/aW OF FORT COW. MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER end CONTRACTOR 9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs9.10 and 9,11, ENGINEER will rat show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.15) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter-p�. 9.13. Limitations on ENGINE'ER's Autkonty and Responsibilities: 9.13.1. Neither ENGINEER's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Comtmct Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. 9,13.2. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.13.3. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts a omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furrishing any, of the Work. 9.13.4. ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14.12 will only be to determine generally that their contem complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of iospemons, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents, 9.13.5. The limitations; upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also apply to ENGINEER's Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants. ARTICLE 10—CHANGES IN THE WORK 10A Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Wok Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Wok involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). 10.2. if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Rice or an adjustment of the Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Rice or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not regred by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6,23 a in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.9. 10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER for Written Amendments) covering: 10A L changes in the Work which are (0 ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, (if) required because of acceptance of defective Work under paragraph 13.13 a correcting defective Work under paragraph 13.14, or (in) agreed to by the parties; 10.4.1 changes in the Contract Rice or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties; and 10.4.3, changes in the Contract Rice or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9. 11; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.29. I05. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents F.rGDCGENERAL CONDITIONS 191M (1990 E3tim) w/CRY OF FORT CO 1l MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) (including, but not limited to, Contract Rice or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responstbdity, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. ARTICLE 11—CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.1, The Contract Rice constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense without change in the Contract Rice. 11.2. The Contract Rice may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence a event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Rice shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.l l if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Rice will be valid if not submitted at accordance with this paragraph 11.2. 11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Charge Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Rice will be determined m follows: 11.3.1 _ where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of 23 paragraphs 11.9.1 through 11.9.3. inclusive); 11.3.2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mumally agreed payment basis, including lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 11.6.2); 11.3.3. where the Work involved is not covered by m r prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 11.3.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5) plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.6). Cost of the Work" I IA The tern Cost of the Work means the som of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONIRAC"I OR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: 11.4.1 Paroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without limitation superintendents, foremen and other personnel employed full-time at the site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full-time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of they time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall inetude, bum be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' compensation health aid-retir�tei benefts,�erwse , siek leave,, vaeatim pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. 11 4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained I1.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed or famished by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, 24 EJCDCOEENER CONDITIONS 19104(1990 Edtim) W CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids in OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER which bids, if any, will be accepted. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is in be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR'S Cost of the Work and fee as provided in paragraphs IIA, 11.5, 11.6 and 112 All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 11 4A. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOWs employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. 11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. 11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether reined from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rectal agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal thereof —all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or pans shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 11 4.5A Sales, consumer, use a similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations 11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses 11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance and furnishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.91 provided they have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's fee. If however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2. 11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities at the site. 11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. 11.4.5.9. Cast of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required bees= of changes in the Work. 11.5. The term Cost of the Wok shall not include any of the following: 11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, tunekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRACTOR's principal car a branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11 4.4—a11 of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR's fee. 113 2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the site- 1f5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR'S capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital employed for the Wok and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. 11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above). EICDCOFN&M CONDITIONS 19104 (1990 Eeitim) w/C1IY OF FORT COL1. M MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) 11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property. 11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of arty kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.4, IL& The CONTRACTOR's fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee, or 11 62, if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the followingg percentages of the various portions of the Cost ofthe Work'. 11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under paragraphs 114] and HAI, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be fifteen percent; 11.6.12. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be five percent; 11.6.23. where one or more item of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraphs 114.1, 11 4.2, 11.4.3 and 11.6.2 is that the Subcontractor who actually performs or furnishes the Weak, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2 and that any er tier Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR oil each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the best ler Subeentrareteet, to be negotiated I n good faith with the OWNER but not to exceed five percent_of She amountPa d_to the ran lower her Subcontractor. 11,6.2.4. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 114.5 and 11.5; 11,625, the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost, plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and 11.6.2.6. when both additions and credits we involved in any one charge, the adjustment in CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11 6.2.5, inclusive. 11.7. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be 25 determined pursuant to pamgmphs 11 4 and 11.5, CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an item ind cost breakdown together with supporting data. Cash Allowances: 11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall muse the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER CONTRACTOR agrees that: 11.8.1. the allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes, and 11.8.2. CON'1'RACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Cantract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.9. Unit Rice Work' 11.9.1, Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work we not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifimtiors of Unit Price Work perforated by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.10. 11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTORS overhead arc] profit for each separately identified item. 11.9.3. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11 if 11931 the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and silmificanlly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement V6 EICDCGENERAL CONDITIONS 19104(1990 Edam) w/CITY OF FORT COL M MODIFICATIONS(REV 40000) and 11.932. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 11.93.3. if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR is entity to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. 11 9.3A. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to add or delete items in the Bid a cha a uainities at OWNERS sole discretion without a ecting the Contract Price of ally remaining item so long as the deletion a addrtmn does not exceed twentv-five percent of the anginal total Comma Price ARTICLE 12--CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12f. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Wrinen Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other Fart and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless ENGINEER allows additional time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimanns written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has rmson to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with pamgmph 9.11 tf OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree. No claim fa an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph 12.1. 12.2. All time limits sated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. 123 Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 12, 1, Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited w, acts or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. 12.4. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall OWNER be liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of the CONTRACTOR or (u) delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other wok as contemplated by Article 7. ARTICLE 13-TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1. Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER have actual knowledge will be given in CONTRACTOR All defective Work may be rejected corrected o accepted as provided in this Article 13. Access to Work: 13.2. OWNER ENGINEER ENGINEERk Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Wok in reasonable tim for their observation, inspecting and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. Tests and Inspections. 13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 13.4, OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 13.4.1. for inspections, tests or approvals covered by paragraph 13.5 below; I3A.2, that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9 below shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.9; and 13.4.3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. 135 If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (o pert thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection, or approval. CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests o approvals required for OWNER's and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work or of materials, ma designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR'S purchase thereof for incorporation in the Wok. 13.6. If any Wok (or the wok of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must. if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. 13.7. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.6 shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. Uncovering Work: 13.8, If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER it most if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.9. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR at ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Wok in question, fundshing all necessary labor, material and equipment If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction, (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties me unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11, If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Timm (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such EJCDC GENERAL COFU)MOM 19104 (1990 Edition) 27 w/aW OF FORT COL M MODIFICATIONS(REV 4P000) uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles i l and 12. OWNER May Stop the Work: 13.10. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to funush or perfom the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the Fart of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party. Correction or Removal ofDefecave Work: 13.11. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, as directed either correct all defective Work whether or not fabricated, installed or completed or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.12. Correction Period 13.12.1. If within one year two years after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicabale special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct such defective Work or, if it has been rejected by OWNER remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (1i) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Wok or the work of others resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, cost,, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR 13.12.2 In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. 13.12.3. Where defective Work (and damage to other L8 EJMCOEHE CONDITIONS 19104(1990 Edition) w/ aW OF FORT COUIM MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/20N) Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of aria -year two years after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. Acceptance of Defective Work: 13.13, If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, also ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasorebleness), If any such acceptance occurs poor to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions to the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER May Correa Defective Work: 13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Wok or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or hart of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work. and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, OWNER.'s other contractors and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants access to the site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Pnce, and, if the parties are unable to agree is to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article I I. Such claims, costs, losses and The design of Models MHGLLP B and MHGLLP G are C SA certified installation must conform with local codes or in the absence of local codes with the National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223 I(latest edition) and/or with CAN 1 8 149 2 (latest edition) Installation code for propane burning appliances and equipment and local codes IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR USING MR HEATER INDOOR GASLIGHTS Use Gaslight only for purposes of illumination Irlstallationand repair of equipment that operates on propane gas Is a Job for experts Do not attempt to install or repair your gaslight unless you have been thoroughly trained and are experienced in such matters If your gaslight appears to be malfunctioning turnit tothe OFF position and Immediately contactyour local dealer or the Mr Heater factory After installation and before use have qualified gas personnel approve your installation and check for gas leaks using a leak detector Tubing fittings gaslight valve and any other gas transporting component should be checked Sub)ectingvalve assembly to testing pressures in excess of 6 PSI can damage sealing grease which can cause leaks and voids warranty WARNING it Use your gaslight in vented rooms only Carbon monoxide is produced by the incomplete combustion of fuel WARNING 8 Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors a no liquids in the vicimry of this or any other appliance THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA REQUIRES THE FOLLOWING WARNING WARNING Combustion by products produced when using this product contain carbon moncii a chemical known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects (or other reproductive harm) CONTENTS General Safety Instructions Recommended Maintenance Bunsen Bunter Ventun (BBV) Cleaning Instructions Gaslight Location Mounting & Assembly Mantle Installabon & Lighting Instruchons Optional OPK 3-In 1 Kit Parts List Limited Warranty RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE The following matters should be dealt with as frequently as necessary If your gaslight has been out of use for a period of time examine it before lighting it Keep area clear and free from combustible materials including gasoline and other flammable vapors and liquids Flowof combustion air and ventilation au must not be obstructed Use propane gas only for models MHGLLP B and MHGLLP G Propane gas must be to this rating 2500to2530BTU percubc foot Mr Heater propane gas orifices are manufactured to this pressure rating only See Gaslight Rating Label Propane gas supply tank and regulator Gas supply tank must not be overf fled Regulator must be adjusted to operate at a pressure of 11 inches of water column (279 cm) (6 oz of mercury) This same gas pressure must be maintained at the orifice of the gaslight Higher or lower pressures will cause the gaslight to malfunction Copper gas tubing Copper gas tubing must be Internally tinned to meet National Gas Code Standards unless otherwise directed by local codes Orifice All gaslights are equipped with standard propane orifices To use gaslights at elevations of 4500 feet or more above sea level order High Altitude Orifice #20368 for propane gas WARNING 6 Never touch drilled hole in orifice as itis extremely delicate Use low pressure compressed air to clean the orifice Pins wire even oil from hands may disturb proper gas flow Replace orifice if in question 8 Both MHGLLP B and MHGLLP G are ready to use with PROPANE ONLY at altitudes under 4 500 ft The following gas orifices are available forthese other applications FUELTYPE GAS ORIFICE PROPANE(HlghAftnude) 20368 Valve Assembly The valve assembly must be straight on the wall bracket Bracket can become cocked or bent when tightening coppertubing flare nut etc causing onficeto be aimed crooked Gas flow through the orifice must be aimed straight down the center of the 8BV when gaslight is operating properly gas consumption is 2100 B T U per hour One pound of propane gas produces approximately 10 hours of Ilght Permanent screws that attach valve assent bly to wa llplate should never be loosened or removed Removing valve assembly from wallplate will void warranty Mantles Use Mr Heater mantles which are designed for use with propane gas only Never use broken mantles Inspect forcarbon deposits each time gaslight is used Clean or replace defective mantles immediately Use proper ceramic burner head and mantle combination (Example Tie -on type burner head #20352 with tie on mantles #20353 Or Preformed type burner head #20337 with preformed mantles #20351 )Also we Mantle Installation and Lighting Instructions M 11 rtar I MHGLLPa MHGLLP G f J) ppamtlng In•rwnom and nw�fs Manual damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal a replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR stall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (a Milestones) because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OW NER's rights and remedies hereunder. ARTICLE 14--PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Schedule of valuer 14.1, The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. .4pplicalion for Progress Payment. 14.2. At least twenty days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than owe a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title: 14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Review of AlgrlicationsforProgress Payment 144. ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a E]CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (1990 Edition) w/= OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph 14.7) become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR 14.5. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, Lased on ENGINEER's on -site observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief. 14.5.1. the Work has progressed to the point indicated, 14.52. the quality of the Wok is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Wok as a functioning whole prim to or upon Substantial Completion, m the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation), and 14.5.3. the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOWs being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled insofar as it is ENGINEER's responsibility in observe the Work. However, by recommending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: (i) exhaustive a continuous on -site inspections have been made to check the quality a the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents or (ii) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. 14.6. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, shall not mean that ENGINEER is responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techni uea, sequences a procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, m for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of Work, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to perform a furnish Wok in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14 7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to 29 OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: 14.7.L the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, 14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Order, 14.73. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14, or 14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 15.11 through 15.2.4 inclusive. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because: 14.7.5. claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing of the Work, 14.7.6. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, 14.7.7. there we other items entitling OWNER to a set- off against the amount recommended or 14.7.8. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive; but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the reasons fur such action Substantial Completion: 14.8, When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for is intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except fin items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completim. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and FNGiNF,ER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does no consider the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER 30 EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104(1990 EdGm) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 40000) considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, sating the reasons therefor . If, after consideration of OWNER's objection, ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of arty objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, beak utilities, insurance and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER'S aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until foal payment 149_ OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items m the tentative list Pwlw UkGzafion: 14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work, which, (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (it) OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant imerference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Wok, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subjectio the following: 14.I0.I.OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Wok which OWNER believes to be ready for is intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at arty time may notify, OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If ENGINEER does Out consider that pan of the Work to be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. if ENGINEER considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.10.2, No occupancy or separate operation of pert of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance. Final Inspection: 14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will make a final trispecrion with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such work or remedy such deficiencies. Final Application for Payment. 14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of mamaince required by paragaph 5.4, certificates of inspection marked -up record documents (as provided in paragmph6.19) and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph5.4.13, (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (it) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (1990 EBtian) w/ CITY OF FORT COAINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) to furnish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien Releases or waivers of liens and the consent of the surety to finalize payment we to be submitted on forms conforming to the format of the OWNER'S standard forms bound in the Pruiect manual. Final Payment and Acceptance: 14.13, If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject w the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the Application to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Thirty days after presentation to OWNER of the Application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with ENGINEER's recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGINEER will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR subiect to ramamoh 17.6.2 of these General Conditions. 14,14. I( through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreemem, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed a corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.1, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall ntot constitute a waiver of claims. Waiver of Claims: 14.15. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 14.15.1.a waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after 31 final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.I1, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, a from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligatiore under the Contract Documents; and 14.15.2.A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 15--SUSPENSION OF WORK AND 'TERMINATION OWNER May Suspend Work: 15.1. At any time and without cause, OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or bath, directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. OWNER May Terminate: 152. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 15 2.1 if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under pamgmph2.9 as adjusted from time to time Pursuant to paragraph 6.6); 152.2. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body havingjmisdiction; 15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of ENGINEER; or 15.2.4, if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven days' written notice and to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and Take possession of the Wok and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability m CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid 32 EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104(19%Eaam) w/ CI TV OF FORT COLUM MODIFICATIONS (REV 4Q000) CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be emitted to receive any further payment until the Work is finished If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of or resulting Gom completing the Work such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and when so approved by ENGINEER incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 15.3. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 15.4. Upon seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): 15.4.1. for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documens prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 15.4.2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 15.4.3. for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and 15.44. for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss, arising out of or resulting from such termination CONTRACTOR May Stop Work m Terminate: 15.5, If through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR the Wok is suspended for a period of more than ninety days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or ENGINEER fads to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined o be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15 4. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right a remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.5 are not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR fran making claim under Articles 11 and 12 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16—DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and o the extant that OWNER and CONTRACTOR have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure, of any, shall be as act forth in ExhibitGGA, Dispute Resolution Agreement", to be attached hereto and made a par[ hereof. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10, 9.11 and 9.12, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE I7—NIISCELLANEOUS Giving Notice: 17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm, a to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.2. Computation of Time: 17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or ou a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. EA C6ENEBALCONDITIONS 191M(1990 Edtim) V CT Ty OF FORT COUINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 420M) 1722 A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day. Notice of (lain: 17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees a agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other parry within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose.CumulativeRemedies., 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6,12, 6.16, 6 30, 6.31, 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of due rights and remedies available o OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to be construed in arry way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contact Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. Professional Fees and Court Costs included: IT5. Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages", it shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs. 17.6. The laws of the State of Colorado apply to this Apreement Reference to two pertinent Colorado smtutes are as follows, 17.6.1. Colorado Revised Statutes (CRS 8-17-101) require that Colorado labor be employed to perform the Work to the extent of not less than 80 percent (RO%1 oT each Npe or class of labor in the several clot coflons of skilled and common labor emoloved on the nowt. Colorado labor means any person who is a bona fide resident of the State of Colorado at the time of emnlovment without discrimination as to race, cola, aced ace, religion or sex. 176.2. If a claim is filed. OWNER is required by law (CRS 38-26-107) to withhold from all payments o CONTRACTOR sufficient funds to insure the payment of all claims for labor, materials, teem hire, sustenance, provisions awender, or other surmlies used or consumed by CONTRACTOR or his 33 34 FICDC GENERAL COMMOM 19104(19%EdOm) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLM MODIFICAMOM (REV 02000) (This page left blank intentionally) EICDCOENERAL comiuONS 19108 (1990 Edtim) 35 .1 aW OF FORT COI M MODIFICATIONS(REV 42000) 36 EJ C OENERAI. CONDITIONS I9104 (1990 EAfim) w/ CRY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICAVONS(REV 4Q W) EXIEBIT GC -A to General Conditions of the Construction Contract Between OWNER and CONTRACTOR DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that Article 16 of the General Conditions of the Constriction Contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is amended to include the following agreement of the parties: 16.1, All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making ar acceptance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.15) will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtaining, subject to the limitations of the Article 16. This agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdictimt 162 No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute a other matter that is required to be referred to ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or (b) the thirty-first day after the parties have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will be made later than thirty days after the date an which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11; and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will result in ENGINEER's decision being final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR If ENGINEER renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made later than ten days after the party making such demand has delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph 9.10. 16.3, Notice of the demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will be sent to ENGINEER for information The demand for arbitration will be made within the thirty -day or ternday period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute Or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute a other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 0990 Editi.) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) 16A Except as provided in paragraph 16.5 below, no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner any other person or entity (including ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultant and the officers, directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this contract unless: 16,4.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration, and 164.2. such other person or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings, and 16.4.3. the written consent of the other person or entity sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to arbitration with any parry not specifically identified in such consent. 16.5, Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4, if a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.11 a specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the Wok of such Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph 16.5 nor in the provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against OWNER ENGINEER o ENGINEER's Consultants that does not otherwise exist. 166. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and it will not be subject to modification or appeal. 16.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they shall first submit any and all unsettled claims, counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between them arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof ("disputes"), to mediation by the American Arbitration Association under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in initiating arbitration would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties. The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs 16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect to a dispute submitted to mediation within those same applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten days after the termination of the mediation. The mediator of any dispute Submitted to mediation under this Agreement shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise agreed. GGAI EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 191M (I 990 Ehtlm) w/ MY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9194) GC Al SE Burner Head Screen Screen must be in threaded end of burner head Gaslight will not function properly if screen is missing Seal Seal is placed on threaded end of burner head Sealand burner head should be screwed securely Into Bunsen Burner Venturi (BBV) The seal must be replaced any time the burner head is removed after the lamp has been used Included "Preformed" Mantle Use Pre -formed type burner head #20337 with preformed mantles #20351 Bunsen Burner Venturi (BBV) Flow of combustion air and ventilation air must not be obstructed To ensure proper au flow andgasmixture the inside ofthe BBV must beclean and freeof any material that may potentially accumulate such as spider webs insects etc Make a periodic visual check of the BBV The 8BV can be cleaned by drawing a clean dry cloth through it Itcanalsobe cleaned by blowing it out with compressed air Never attach a mantle di rectly to the BBV Mr Heat. I MHGLLP B MHGLLV G Bunsen Burner Verdun (BBV) E124111 an dry loth head screen ner head BUNSEN BURNERVENTURI (BBV) CLEANING INSTUCTIONS i Remcveburnerhead 2 Puliaclean dry cloth through BBVto clean out foreign material 3 Replace seal Reassemble burner head and tighten securely Note Always replace seal if lamp has been previously lit GASLIGHT LOCATION MOUNTING & ASSEMBLY WARNING ® Read all instructions and Gaslight Warning Tag (attached to light) before installing light ® Make sure that the gas supply is turned OFF at the supply tank and that the gaslight valve handle is in the OFF position Plumbing supplies The following plumbing supplies are needed for installation They are available from your local gas dealer Copper Tubing Internally tinned copper tubing Y. outside diameter is recommended Copper tubing must be internally tinned to meet National Fuel Gas Code unless otherwise directed by local codes Fittings Ifl/, coppertubing mused all, Flare Male Connector ,/, NPT Straight Ming is required Mr Heater #20347 (included) If Gaslight Is to be connected from behind (through wall) a y.NPTStreet Elbow(MaleFemale) Mr Heater #20348 (included) must be used in addrtion to the Straight Fitting Permanent screws that attach valve assembly to wallplate should never be loosened or removed Removing valve assembly from wallplatewill void warranty OOp nt 9 in9r a s nd Pone s M n al WIT SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Conditions of the Contract These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions 1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins modifications) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below SC-5 4 8 Limits of Liability A Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5 4 8 The limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below are as follows 5 4 1 and 5 4 2 Coverage A - Statutory Limits Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000 5 4 3 and 5 4 5 Commercial General Liability policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL) This policy will include coverage for Explosion Collapse, and Underground coverage unless waived by the Owner 5 4 6 The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL) 5 4 9 This policy will include completed operations coverage/product liability coverage with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL) Rev 10/20/07 Section 00800 Page 1 SECTION 00900 ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT 00950 Contract Change Order 00960 Application for Payment Rev 10/20/07 SECTION 00950 CHANGE ORDER NO PROJECT TITLE 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory CONTRACTOR PROJECT NUMBER DESCRIPTION 1 Reason for change 2 Description of Change 3 Change in Contract Cost 4 Change in Contract Time ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST $ 00 TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER 0 00 TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER 0 00 TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER 0 00 TOTAL % OF THIS CHANGE ORDER TOTAL C 0 % OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST $ 0 00 (Assuming all change orders approved) ACCEPTED BY DATE Contractor's Representative ACCEPTED BY Project Manager REVIEWED BY Title APPROVED BY Title APPROVED BY Purchasing Agent over $30,000 cc City Clerk Contractor Project File Architect Engineer Purchasing DATE DATE DATE DATE Rev 10/20/07 Section 00950 Page 1 nnotin APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PAGE 1 OF 4 OWNER City of Fort Collins PROJECT APPLICATION NUMBER APPLICATION DATE PERIOD BEGINNING ENGINEER CONTRACTOR PERIOD ENDING PROJECT NUMBER CHANGE ORDERS Application is made for Payment as shown below in connection with Contract The present status of the account for this Contract is as NUMBER DATE AMOUNT follows 1 2 Original Contract Amount 3 Net Change by Change Order Current contract Amount Total Completed and Stored to Date Less Previous Applications Amount Due this Application Before Retainage Less Retainage Net Change by Change Order $0 00 1 AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION CERTIFICATION The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with the Work have been satisfied as required in Paragraph 14 3 of the General Conditions of the Contract The above Amount Due This Application is requested by the CONTRACTOR Date By Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is recommended by the ENGINEER I Date By Payment of the above Amount Due This Application has been reviewed by the OWNER S Protect Manager Date By Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is approved by the OWNER neviorzoio7 Section 00960 Page 1 C•,r r� $0 00 $0 00 APPLICATION FOR CONTRACT AMOUNTS PAYMENT PAGE 2 OF 4 Work Work Work Completed Completed Completed Stored This Previous To Bid Item Month Periods Date Materials Total Earned Percent UnitThis Number Description Quantity Units Price Amount Qty Amount Qty Amount Qty Amount Period To Date Billed $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 TOTALS $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 Section 00960 Page 2 CHANGE ORDERS Bid Item Unit Number Description Quantity Units Price Amount APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT Work Work Work Completed Completed Completed This Previous To Month Periods Date Qty Amount Qty Amount Qty Amount Stored Materials This Period PAGE 3 OF 4 Total Earned Percent To Date Billed $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 TOTALS CHANGE ORDERS $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 PROJECT TOTALS $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 Section 00960 Page 3 STORED MATERIALS SUMMARY On Hand Received Installed Item Invoice Previous This This Number Number Description Application Period Period PAGE 4 OF 4 On Hand This Application $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 TOTALS $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 $0 00 Section 00960 Page 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01010 Summary of Work 01022 Unit Prices 01027 Change Order Procedures 01030 Alternates 01040 Coordination 01041 Superintendent 01046 Access to Site 01050 Field Engineering 01060 Regulatory Requirements 01070 Abbreviations 01200 Project Meetings 01310 Construction Schedules 01340 Shop Drawings Product Data and Samples 01370 Schedule of Values 01400 Quality Control 01410 Testing 01510 Temporary Utilities 01520 Construction and Equipment Aids 01590 Field Offices and Sheds 01600 Material and Equipment 01700 Contract Close Out 01710 Cleamng 01714 Construction Waste Management 01720 Project Record Documents 01730 Operating and Maintenance Data 01740 Warranties and Bonds DIVISION 2 SITEWORK Section 02100 Site Preparation 02220 Excavating Filling and Grading 02225 Structural Excavating Backfilhng and Compacting 02230 Drilled Piers 02515 Portland Cement and Concrete Paving DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Section 03100 Concrete Formwork 03150 Expansion and Fixed Joints 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03250 Concrete Accessories 03300 Cast In Place Concrete DIVISION 4 MASONRY Section 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry 04400 Stone Masonry 04430 Simulated Stone Veneer (Bid Alternate) DIVISION 5 METALS Section 05120 Structural Steel 05300 Metal Decking 05999 Miscellaneous Metals DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 06410 Custom Cabinetwork DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07210 Thermal Building Insulation 07466 Wood Siding 07467 Fiber Cement Siding 07612 Cold Rolled Steel Sheet Metal Screwed Down Metal Roofing 07621 Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim 07900 Sealants and Joint Fillers DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08110 Standard Steel Doors and Frames 08520 Aluminum Windows DIVISION 9 FINISHES Section 09900 Painting 09930 Transparent Finishes DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS Section 12512 Horizontal and Vertical Blinds Table of Contents 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT SITE A. Location: The site is located in the Soapstone Natural Area in northern Larimer County, Colorado. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK A. General: The work consists of the following: 1. Phase 1: Three (3) picnic shelters, Lindenmeier observation shelter, two (2) kiosks, entrance station building and entrance station island curbing, sidewalk and parking area. 2. Phase 2: North and south trailhead trail paving and handicap parking spaces, and paved trail to the Lindenmeier site. B. Unless otherwise provided, Contractor shall provide, at his expense, all materials, labor, equipment, toots, transportation and utilities, including cost of connection necessary for successful completion of the project. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for seeing that all contractors, subcontractors, suppliers and workmen associated with the project conduct themselves in a professional, respectful and businesslike manner while on the site. 1. Firearms, alcoholic beverages and controlled substances are not permitted on the premises. 2. Smoking or use of tobacco products shall only be allowed in designated areas, and is prohibited within any structure. 3. All workers shall refrain from the use of profane or abusive language and other forms of harassment on the site. 4. Other specific conditions of this Section shall be as arranged at the Pre -Construction Conference. Refer to Section 01046 for specific rights of the Owner's principal representa- tive. D. Related requirements or conditions specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01030, Alternates. 2. Section 01046, Access to Site. 3. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 4. Section 01400, Quality Control: Quality control and workmanship standards. 5. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Quality of materials and equipment to be installed in the work. 1.03 HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY A. Handicapped Accessibility/Adaptability: For purposes of building permit review by Larimer County, and general coordination of interrelated elements of the Work, the following shall apply: 1.04 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS A. Superintendent Qualifications: Refer to Section 01041. 1.05 FORM OF BID AND/OR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT A. The work of this Project shall be bid and construction contracts awarded on the following basis, 01010 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents Location of Indoor Gaslight Always mount gaslight on an open wall Never mount gaslight in a banedan or recessed area Wall Bracket Assembly (Ref #1) must be mounted so that Heat Deflector (Ref #15) is a minimum of four inches from a combustible surface and outside of Globe(Ref #13)is a minimum of three Inches from a combustible surface to either side or in front Mounting gaslights too close to a door may subject delicate mantles to vibrations and could damage the mantle Assembly First remove all packaging materials from gaslight 1 Remove Wall Bracket Assembly (Ref #1) and visually identify Valve Assembly (Ref #2) and Orifice (Ref #4) From center of Orifice measure a minimum of seven inches below an overhead combustible surface and a minimum often Inches from a combustible surface atthe front These dimensions will provide the minimum clearance to combustible surfaces for the Heat Deflector and Globe DONOTTOUCH DISTURB OR DAMAGE HOLE IN ORIFICE even oil from hands can interferewrth proper gas flow If gas supply is to be connected through bottom of Valve Cover (Ref #27) remove Knockout tab (twist out using pliers) In valve cover before proceed Ing 2 Connect internally tinned coppertubing to Gas Inlet (Gas Inlet) using proper fntinq (See Fittings page 3) It is easier to connect the tubing before fastening Wall Bracket Assembly to wall (also Wall Bracket Assembly Is less likely to be bent) Valve Assembly (Ref #2) must be straight on the Wall Bracket Assembly Orifice (Ref 44) must aim uitothecenter of the BBV(Ref #28)forproper au and gas mature 3 Fasten Wall Bracket Assembly to wall using four mounting screws (Ref #26)supplied CAUTION DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN SCREWS The four Bosses (Mounting Bosses) on the Wall Bracket Assembly must not be Imbedded in the wa II because air must circulate behind the Wall Bracket Assembly to prevent scorching 4 Attach Valve Cover Assembly (Ref #27) to Wall Bracket Assembly by engaging Slots (Slots) with Wall Bracket Assembly Tabs (Assembly Tabs) 5 Carefully swing down the Valve Cover Assembly so that the slots in the bottom of valve cover engage Lock Screvs (Ref #12) Tighten Lock Screws 6 Check the following dimensions Minimum of 4 inch clearance from top of Heat Deflector (Ref #15) to ceding Minimum of 3 inch clearance from outer edge of Globe to both sides and front Ensure 1 i/a inch dimension between Heat Deflector and Globe Holder(Ref #16) 7 Loosen Globe Lock Screw (Ref # 14) and remove Globe Be sure that all packaging material has been removed Attach mantle 8 Attach Globe after installing mantle but before burn off (See Mantle Installation and Lighting Instructions ) by engaging Tabs (Globe Holder Tabs (2)) and inserting Globe sothat Globe Lock Screw can be tightened into the neck of the Globe Do not over tighten Replacement parts and accessories are available from your local gas dealer orfrom Mr Heater Inc MANTLE INSTALLATION & LIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS Do not use defective mantles (holes etc ) Replace defective mantles Immediately After installation and before use have qualified gas personnel approve your Installation and check for gas leaks using a leak detector Tubing fittings gaslightvabe andaryothergas transporting component should be checked After gaslight has been properly installed and thoroughly checked for leaks by qualified gas personnel only 1 Removeglobe 2 a Pre-formedmantle Grasp ceramic ring —do not touch mantle Itself Hook legs into reverse L of the burner head Optional Tie -on mantle Loop the tie on strings at the throat ofthemantle Work fingertips into mantle throat and enlarge the opening so that it will fit over the ceramic burner head and seat in lowergroove of burner head Do not tie the mantle to the BBV Distribute puckers In the mantle evenly around the burner head Pull the ends of the string snugly so that mantle and string are seated securely In the burner head groove Tie a double knot and dipoff excess string 3 Replace globe 4 Mantle burn off WITH GASLIGHT VALVE HANDLE IN THE OFF POSITION and in a well ventilated room hold a lighted matchdoseto butnottouching bottom of mantle Remove match when mantle begins to smolder Allow fabncto burn completely NOTE R is normal for mantles to smoke during burnoff procedure WARNING ® After burn off mantle is a chemical ash It will break If touched Upon lighting of gaslight it will shrink tons final forth 5 Lighting of gaslight Light gaslight only after mantle burn off Mr Meat I MHGUY B MHGLLV G O 0p nnin9 Inrtruavns and Owmr s Manu I unless otherwise modified in the Generator Supplementary Conditions of the Contract: (select one) 1. Lump sum basis, including approved Alternates. 1.06 WORK BY OTHERS A. Owner shalt furnish and install all grading, landscaping and related site improvements, beyond the construction limits indicated on the Drawings, by separate contract. B. Owner shall furnish and install all off -site improvements, including street improvements, utility extensions and stormwater systems by separate contract. C. Off -site street, bridge and utility improvements will be bid and constructed by the City of Fort Collins by separate contract. D. Owner shall furnish and deliver to the site all artwork materials associated with the City's Art in Public Places program by separate contract. END OF SECTION 01010 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01022 UNIT PRICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. This Section identifies each Unit Price by number, as referred from the Drawings and/or specific Sections of these Specifications, including but not limited to: 1. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. B. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Bidding Documents: Bid Form. 2. Owner -Contractor Agreement: Incorporation of Unit Prices into the Work. 3. Sections of the Specifications as referenced. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF UNIT PRICES A. The Contractor shall furnish the following Unit Prices for addition and/or deletion of bid items by the Owner. Unit Prices shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment and supervision necessary for each item to be installed, and all mark-ups for the Contractor and Subcontractor, completely finished, operational and coordinated with related work. Unit Prices requested shall not be construed as all-inclusive, and the Owner reserves the right to add or delete from the project using these Unit Prices in any order or quantity. Base Bid shall include all items shown on the Drawings or specified herein. Item Description Unit Overruns and underruns of 12" diameter drilled piers: L.F. 2. Colored concrete sidewalk with fiber mesh, 5" thick: S.F. END OF SECTION 01022 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor shall prepare and promptly implement Change Order procedures: 1. Provide full written data required to evaluate proposed changes in the Contract Sum or extensions of the Contract Time. 2. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time-and-material/force-account basis. 3. Maintain detailed records of weather -related delays to substantiate claims for additional time. B. Designate in writing the member of Contractor's organization who is authorized to accept changes in the work. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Owner -Contractor Agreement and Conditions of the Contract: a. Methods of determining cost or credit to Owner resulting from changes in the work made on a time -and -material basis. b. Contractors claims for additional costs. c. Allowable limits for Contractor's overhead and profit. d. Established unit prices. 2. Section 01026, Applications for Payment. 3. Section 01046, Access to Site: Designation of Owner's Principal Representative, authorized to execute change orders. 4. Section 01310, Construction Schedules. 5. Section 01370, Schedule of Values. 6. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Substitutions. 7. Section 01720, Project Record Documents. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Change Order: See General Conditions. B. Architect's Supplemental Instructions, AIA Document G710: A written order, instructions or interpretations signed by Architect making minor changes in the work not involving a change in Contract Sum or Contract Time, C. Proposal Request, AIA Document G709: A written request by the Owner or Architect describing proposed changes in the work and requesting change order pricing from the Contractor, but not authorizing the work to be completed until approved in writing by the Owner. D. Construction Change Authorization or standard City of Fort Collins form: A written order to the Contractor signed by Owner and Architect which amends the Contract Documents as described and authorizes Contractor to proceed with a change which affects the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, for inclusion in a subsequent Change Order. 1.03 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES A. Owner or Architect may initiate changes by submitting a Proposal Request to Contractor. Request will include: 1. Detailed description of the change, products and location of the change in the project. 2. Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. 01027 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3. The projected time span for making the change and a specific statement as to whether overtime work is or is not authorized. 4. A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. 5. Such request is for information only and is not an instruction to execute the changes or to stop work in progress. B. Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written notice to Architect containing: 1. Description of the proposed changes. 2. Statement of the reason for making the changes. 3. Statement of the affect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 4. Statement of the affect on the work of separate contractors. 5. Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time as appropriate. C. Changes in the work affecting construction cost and/or contract time shall not be started without a fully executed Change Order or other written authorization from the Owner and Architect, in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION A. In lieu of a Proposal Request, Architect may issue a Construction Change Authorization for Contractor to proceed with a change for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. Authorization will describe changes in the work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change and will designate the method of determining any change in the Contract Sum and any change in Contract Time. C. Owner and Architect will sign and date the Construction Change Authorization as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. D. Contractor will sign and date the Construction Change Authorization to indicate agreement with the terms therein. 1.05 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS A. Support each quotation for a lump sum proposal and for each unit price which has not previously been established with sufficient substantiating data to allow Architect and Owner to evaluate the quotation. 1. Labor and equipment required. 2. Materials required: a. Recommended source of purchase and unit cost. b. Quantities required. 3. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 4. Credit for work deleted from Contract similarly documented. 5. Overhead and profit. Refer to Supplemental Conditions of the Contract for established limits, if applicable. 6. Justification for any change in Contract Time. B. Support each claim for additional costs and for work done on a time-and-material/force-account basis, with documentation as required for a lump sum proposal plus additional information: 1. Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered the work and date of the order. 2. Dates and times work was performed and by whom. 3. Time record, summary of hours worked and hourly rates paid. 4. Receipts and invoices for: a. Equipment used, listing dates and times of use. b. Products used, listing quantities. C. Subcontracts. C. Document requests for substitutions for products as specified in Section 01600. 01027 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1.06 MODIFICATIONS TO TIME OF COMPLETION IN THE APPROVED SCHEDULE A. The date of beginning and the times for completion of the work are essential conditions of the Contract Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on a date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to ensure full completion within the contract time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner that the contract time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the climatic and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work. Every effort shall be made by the Contractor to complete the project within the "Contract Time" shown in the proposal. The "Contract Time" anticipates a "Normal' weather and climate condition in and around the vicinity of the Project site during the times of year that the construction will be carried out. Extensions of time based upon weather conditions shall be granted only if the Contractor demonstrates clearly that such conditions were "unusually severe", would not have been reasonably anticipated, and that such conditions adversely affected the Contractor's work and thus required additional time to complete the work. The following specifies the procedure for the determination of time extensions for unusually severe weather. The listing below defines the anticipated number of calendar days lost to adverse weather for each month and is based upon National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) or similar data for the geographic location of the project. Monthly Anticipated Calendar Days Lost to Adverse Weather Conditions IAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC (7) (4) (4) (4) (6) (3) (4) (2) (3) (3) (2) (5) The above schedule of anticipated adverse weather will constitute the base tine for monthly (or portion thereof) weather time evaluations. Upon acknowledgment of the Notice to Proceed and continuing throughout the contract on a monthly basis, actual adverse weather days and the impact of adverse weather days that delay the work will be recorded on a day-to-day basis. It is assumed that the work will be carried out Mondays through Fridays (holidays excepted) unless an approved construction schedule or written authorization from the Owner indicates otherwise. The number of days of delayed work due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be compared to the monthly adverse weather schedule above. An actual adverse weather day must prevent work for 50 percent or more of the Contractor's workday, delay work critical to the timely completion of the project, and be documented by the Contractor. The City Representative observing the construction shall determine on a daily basis whether or not work can proceed or if work is delayed due to adverse weather or the effects thereof. The Contractor shall notify the Construction Coordinator in writing of any disagreement as to whether or not work can proceed on a given date, within 2 calendar days of that date. The Owner will use the above written notification in determining the number of working days for which work was delayed during each month. C. At the end of each month, if the number of working days for which work was delayed due to adverse weather exceeds that shown in the above schedule, a Change Order will be executed which increases the Contract Time. The number of workdays delayed due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be converted to Calendar Days based on the contract completion day and date. This conversion assumes a 5-day work week, Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted; 01027 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents should the Contractor have authorization to work weekends and/or holidays, then the method of conversion of workdays to calendar days would take this into consideration. The contract time period will then be increased by the number of calendar days calculated above and a new contract completion day and date will be set. D. The Contractor's schedule must reflect the above -anticipated adverse weather delays on all weather -dependent activities. E. While extensions of time shall be granted for "unusually severe' weather or climate conditions, the Owner shall make no monetary compensation for any costs to the Contractor arising out of such delays. The Contractor shall comply with the portions of the Contract Documents relating to his project schedule and amendments thereto which result from the "unusually severe" weather condition. F. Breakdowns in equipment or lack of performance by the Contractor will not be considered justification for an extension of time. Liquidated damages will be assessed as delineated elsewhere. G. The Contractor shalt not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the work is due to the following, and the Contractor has promptly given written notice of such delay to the Owner or Engineer. 1. To any preference, priority, or allocation order duly issued by the Owner. 2. To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and abnormal and unforeseeable weather as provided above. 3. To any delays of Subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in paragraphs 1 and 2, above. 1.07 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS A. Contractor shall prepare each Change Order, unless Owner or Architect is authorized to prepare Change Orders at the Pre -Construction Conference. B. Form: Change Order, AIA Document G701 or Owner provided form. C. Change Order will describe changes in the work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change. D. Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 1.08 LUMP SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. Content of Change Orders will be based on either: 1. Architect's Proposal Request and Contractor's response as mutually agreed between Owner and Contractor; or 2. Contractor's proposal for a change as recommended by Architect. B. Owner and Architect will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. C. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. Content of Change Orders wilt be based on either: 1. Architect's definition of the scope of the required changes. 2. Contractors proposal for a change as recommended by Architect. 3. Survey of completed work. 01027 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents B. The amounts of the unit prices to be either 1. Those stated in the Agreement. 2. Those mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor. C. When quantities of each of the items affected by the Change Order can be determined prior to start of the work: 1. Owner and Architect will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for Contractor to proceed with the changes. 2. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein. D. When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior to start of the work: 1. Architect or Owner wilt issue a Construction Change Authorization directing Contractor to proceed with the change on the basis of unit prices and will cite the applicable unit prices. 2. At completion of the change, Architect wilt determine the cost of such work based on the unit prices and quantities used. a. Contractor shall submit documentation to establish the number of units of each item and any claims for a change in Contract Time. 3. Architect will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and in Contract Time. 4. Owner and Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement with the terms therein. 1.10 TIME AND MATERIAL/FORCE ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDER/CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION A. Architect and Owner will issue a Construction Change Authorization directing Contractor to proceed with the changes. B. At completion of the change, Contractor shall submit itemized accounting and supporting data as provided in paragraph 1.05, Documentation of Proposals and Claims. C. Architect will determine the allowable cost of such work as provided in General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. D. Architect and Owner will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and in Contract Time. E. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement therein. F. Owner must approve in writing and on a daily basis all time and material Change Orders. 1.11 CONTRACTOR OVERHEAD AND PROFIT A. General: Allowable limits to the Contractor's and Subcontractors' mark-ups on Change Orders shall be as established in the Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. 1.12 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS A. Periodically revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each change as a separate item of work and to record the adjusted Contract Sum. B. Periodically revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time. 1. Revise subschedules to show changes for other items of work affected by the changes. C. Upon completion of work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in Record Documents. END OF SECTION 01027 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. This section identifies each Alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the work only when that Alternate is made a part of the work by specific provisions in the Owner -Contractor Agreement. B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to properly integrate the work under each Alternate for the complete construction required by the Contract Documents. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Bidding Documents: Method of quotation of the cost of each Alternate and the basis of the Owner's acceptance of Alternate. 2. Owner -Contractor Agreement: Incorporation of Alternates into the work. 3. Bid Form and Bid Schedule. 4. Sections of the Specifications as listed under the respective Alternates. Referenced Sections of Specifications stipulate pertinent requirements for products and methods to achieve the work stipulated under each Alternate. D. Alternates will be accepted as follows, unless otherwise modified by the General or Supplementary Conditions to the Contract. (select one) 1. Alternates will be accepted in any order. 2. Alternates will be accepted in the order listed. E. The Owner will consider the price quotation for each Alternate, in addition to the Base Bid, in determining the apparent Low Bidder, unless otherwise modified by the General or Supplementary Conditions to the Contract. Refer to Information for Bidders. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1 (Add): Entry Station Gateway Structure (structure similar to Kiosk just east of the entry station). B. Alternate No. 2 (Deduct): Delete all4" nominal "Colorado Buff" sandstone strip -stone veneer and associated brick ledges at the foundations from base bid and provide and install simulated stone veneer at the extended stone wing walls on the north and west elevations of the Entry Station with the deductive alternate. END OF SECTION 01030 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743,07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01040 COORDINATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall be responsible for the overall coordination of all civil, landscape and urban design, architectural, structural, plumbing, mechanical and electrical components and systems that are a part of this project. 1. Coordinate components and systems prior to purchasing or fabricating. 2. Coordinate materials, equipment and fixtures supplied by various trades for compatibility with the final installation. B. Coordinate all work included in the Construction Documents, including but not limited to the following construction trades: 1. Earthwork, excavation and grading. 2. Pier drilling. 3. Asphalt, Portland Cement and other hard surface pavements. 4. Cast -in -place concrete and precast concrete. 5. Brick, stone and concrete unit masonry. 6. Structural steel and metalwork. 7. Carpentry and cabinetwork. 8. Building, roof and foundation insulation. 9. Roofing and flashings. 10. Doors, windows and storefront glazing systems. 11. Painting and finishing. 12. Flooring and hard surfaces. C. Coordinate scheduling, submittals and work of the Drawings and various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. D. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. General and Supplementary Conditions: Contractor's Responsibilities. 2. Section 01010, Summary of Work. 3. Section 01050, Field Engineering. 4. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 5. Section 01310, Construction Schedules. 6. Section 01600, Materials and Equipment: Substitutions. 7. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: General project coordination. 1.02 RELATED WORK BY OTHERS A. Coordinate as required with the Owner for related work, as shown on the Drawings or specified herein, to be performed by the Owner's own forces or by separate contract from this project. Refer to Section 01010. 1.03 COORDINATION OF SCHEDULES A. Coordinate schedule of construction activity with the Owner's continued use of the facility and site. Refer to Section 01046, Access to Site. B. Coordinate schedule of construction activity with the Owner and other Contractors as necessary to facilitate the related work by others described above. 01040 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1.04 COORDINATION MEETINGS A. In addition to progress meetings specified in Section 01200, Contractor shall hold coordination meetings and pre -installation conferences with personnel and Subcontractors to assure coordination of work. 1.05 COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS A. General: Schedule and coordinate all submittals specified in Section 01340 or other Sections. B. Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installation, connection and start-up and controls for systems and equipment. C. Coordinate requests for substitutions to assure compatibility of space, operating elements and the effect on work of other Sections. 1.06 COORDINATION OF SPACE A. Coordinate use of project space and sequence of installation of mechanical, plumbing, fire protection and electrical work which is indicated diagrammatically on the Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts and conduits as closely as practicable, with due allowance for available physical space; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize space efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance and for repairs. B. In finished areas, except as otherwise shown, conceal pipes, ducts and wiring in the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. 1.07 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT CLOSEOUT A. Coordinate completion and cleanup of work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion. B. Assemble and coordinate closeout submittals specified in Section 01700. C. After Owner's occupancy of premises, coordinate access to the site by various Sections for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents to minimize the disruption of Owner's activities. END OF SECTION 01040 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents (Step 4) has been completely accomplished Caution Do notturn gaslight to ON posltlon unbl after lighting match Do not touch mantle with the match Note When gaslight is newly Installed air may be present In the gas line Several matches maybe required before the gaslight will light At new mantle is Ignited allow ltto burn forfiveto ten minutes so itwill shrink to its final form Gaslight is now ready for use 6 Turning gaslight off Toturnoff simply move gaslight valve handietothe OFF"poslbon Light gaslight only after mantle burn -off (Step 4) has been completely accomplished Caution Donotturn gaslightto ON position until after lighting match When gaslight is burning properly flame is bright white and has no visible outlines Turngashghtto ON position Do not touch mantle with the match To turnoff simply move gaslight valve handle to the OFF" position M Houle I MHGLLP B MHGLLP G O Oparaung Inwumons and Owners Manual W/W SECTION 01041 SUPERINTENDENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, who shall be in attendance at the project site during performance of the work. B. Superintendent shall be on the jobsite to the minimum level specified herein, but in all cases whenever a Subcontractor is working on the project. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. 2. Section 01010, Summary of Work: Contractor Qualifications. 3. Section 01040, Coordination. 4. Section 01046. Access to Site. 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS A. Superintendent Qualification Requirements: Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent to supervise and coordinate all construction and jobsite administration tasks for the duration of the project. 1. Superintendent shall be a regular employee of the Contractor's firm, unless the use of a contract employee is approved and authorized by the Owner in writing. 2. Superintendent shall have a general knowledge of the building type and type of construction proposed for this project, and shall have successfully completed at least one (1) project of similar size and complexity in the past five (5) years, serving in a similar capacity. 3. Contractor shall submit a written resume, references for similar completed projects and other supporting documents to verify the qualifications of the person(s) to be employed as superintendent for this project, if requested by the Owner. B. General Contractor Qualification Requirements: Refer to Section 01010, Summary of Work. 1.03 REQUIRED LEVEL OF SUPERVISION A. Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite until Substantial Completion on a full-time basis. 1. Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite whenever a Subcontractor is working on the project. 2. Superintendent shall be present during any municipal or utility inspection. 3. Superintendent shall be present at any scheduled or Owner- or Architect -requested meeting. B. Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite after Substantial Completion and through project close-out as follows: 1. Superintendent need not be on -site full time during this period, except as noted below. 2. Superintendent need not be present at the jobsite when punchlist work is being completed. END OF SECTION 01041 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01046 ACCESS TO SITE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 OWNER'S USE OF PREMISES A. The City of Fort Collins shall occupy the grounds during construction of this project, except for specific areas designated strictly for use by the Contractor as specified in paragraph 1.02. 1.02 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A. Contractor shall have access to the site of new construction as required for the successful completion of the project, as arranged at the Pre -Construction Conference. B. Site area affected by construction access, construction activities, employee parking and material storage areas is to be minimized. 1. General limits of the site access are as shown on the site plan in the Drawings. Final limits shall be as determined at the Pre -Construction Conference. 2. Owner's access to non -affected areas of the site shall be maintained at all times. Employee parking areas will be maintained throughout the duration of the project, as determined at the Pre -Construction Conference. C. Access to areas of the existing facility affected by construction activities of the project is to be minimized. 1. Schedules for construction activities within the existing facility shall be submitted to the Owner for approval a minimum of seven (7) days prior to beginning work. 2. Contractor shall provide daily cleaning of the site and areas of the existing facility during the period of construction activity, as specified in Section 01710. D. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products under this Contract stored on the site and for completed work. E. Dust and Erosion Control: Refer to Section 01560, Temporary Controls. F. Construction Hours: Refer to Section 01560, Temporary Controls. G. Toilet Facilities: Refer to Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. 1.03 CONSTRUCTION STAGING A. Contractor shall reference site plans for limits of construction and staging areas, and provide a staging and phasing plan for the Owners review and approval at the Pre -Construction Conference, including: 1. Major materials to be stored on the site. 2. Major equipment to be used in the work, with the proposed placement of this equipment during different phases of construction. 3. Field offices, trailers and storage sheds, including those proposed by major Subcontractors. 4. Limits of temporary site fencing, including access points. 5. Proposed location for construction vehicle and employee parking. 6. Proposed phasing or sequencing of construction on the site. B. Rooftop Staging: Contractor's use of the roof area for storage of demolished or new materials shall be limited by the structural capacity of the roof structure. 1.04 SPECIAL SITE RESTRICTIONS A. The site is at an elevation of approximately 6,500 feet. B. There is no domestic water, sanitary sewer or natural gas service to the site. END OF SECTION 01046 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide and pay for field engineering services required for the proper execution of the work, including but not limited to: 1. Contractor will provide all required construction staking and field engineering, not itemized as provided by the Owner in paragraph 1.02. B. In addition to the specified surveys, Contractor shall provide any resurveying as may be necessary by field changes or redesign. C. Requirements for use of electronic documents. D. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01410, Testing. 2. Section 01720, Project Record Documents. 1.02 OWNER -FURNISHED INFORMATION A. Site Survey: Site survey prepared for the Owner by the Engineer will be provided to the Contractor for his use on this project. 1. Such data is offered solely for reference and is not to be considered a part of the Contract Documents. The data contained in the document prepared for the Owner by the Engineer is believed to be reliable; however, the Architect and Owner do not guarantee its accuracy or completeness. B. Architectural Site Plan Drawing or Horizontal Control Plan prepared by the Architect/ Engineer. C. Construction Staking: t. Owner shall provide construction stakes for the following: a. Double offset stakes on building slab corners for horizontal and vertical alignment. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ a Professional Engineer or Land Surveyor licensed in the state of Colorado and acceptable to the Owner and Architect. B. Documentation and Records: Surveyor or Engineer shall maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. On request of the Architect, submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work. 1. Enter all survey notes and construction stakeout cut notes into bound, hardcover field books. 2. All survey data developed by the Contractor in performing the work shall be available throughout the construction period. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Surveyor or Engineer: Submit name and address of Surveyor or Professional Engineer to be employed by the Contractor to Architect for approval before beginning work of this Section, if requested by the Owner or Architect. B. Completion Certificate: Upon completion of the work, submit to Architect a certificate signed by the Surveyor or Engineer certifying that elevations and locations are in conformance or non- conformance with Contract Documents. Refer to Section 01700, Contract Close -Out. 01050 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents C. Final Completion Survey: Upon completion of the work, submit to the Owner an ALTA survey (a Final Improvement Survey) as specified below. 1.06 USE OF ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S ELECTRONIC FILES A. General: Contractor and/or Surveyor may use the Architect's and Engineers' electronic CAD files for site and building layout, upon written request. B. Architect and Engineers will require a release form to be signed and returned prior to release of any electronic files, waiving liability for any use the Contractor or Surveyor makes of the electronic files. C. Architect and Engineers will require payment of a flat service fee plus a use fee for each sheet of Drawings requested. Payment of fees are required prior to release of any electronic files. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Reference Points: The Owner shall set construction reference points itemized in paragraph 1.02. Immediately upon entering the project, Contractor shall locate and maintain benchmarks and all other grades, lines, levels and dimensions. Report any errors or inconsistencies to the Architect/Engineer before commencing work. B. Basis for Layout: Surveyor shalt reference the Architectural Site Plan or other Horizontal Control Plan in the Drawings as the basis for the layout of the Project Grading plans utility plans or other site -related Drawings shall not be used for basic building layout other than for required coordination. C. Permanent Benchmarks: Surveyor or Engineer shall establish a minimum of two (2) permanent benchmarks on the site, referenced to data established by survey control points. 1. Benchmarks shall be referenced U.S.G.S. datum based on elevations above sea level if required by the Owner. D. Coordination: Surveyor shall contact all jurisdictions and/or utility providers for field locates and temporary markings of affected utility lines prior to beginning survey work. E. Batter Boards and Levels: Engineer or Surveyor shall stake out the building and sitework and provide and rigidly set batter boards. Such batter boards shall continue in use free to all requiring them, but the Contractor shall remain responsible for their maintenance and accuracy. From permanent benchmarks the engineer or surveyor shall ascertain grades and levels to the building as needed. F. Preservation of Monuments and Stakes: Carefully preserve all monuments, benchmarks, property markers, reference points and stakes. In case of the destruction of these, the Contractor will be charged with expense of replacement and shall be responsible for any mistake or loss of time that may be caused. Permanent monuments or benchmarks which must be removed or disturbed shall be protected until properly referenced for relocation. Furnish materials and assistance for proper replacement of such monuments or benchmarks. G. Layout and Control: Surveyor or Engineer shall establish lines and levels, locate and layout by instrumentation and similar means the stakes for finish grading. He shalt set control stakes and shall reset stakes as required during progress of the work. H. Construction Staking (if not provided by the Owner in paragraph 1.02.E above): Contractor shall provide construction stakes for the following: 01050 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1. Double offset stakes on building stab corners for horizontal and vertical alignment. 2. Sanitary and storm sewer lines as follows: The first 100' from any junction shalt be stationed every 25'. From 100' on, stationing will be every 100'. Cut sheets shall be provided. Sewer services shall be staked with convenient offsets. 3. Water tines shalt be staked on centerline at all fittings and angle points and any other points necessary for establishing the line. Water service will be staked with T offsets. 4. Any other stakes necessary for the correct alignment of building structures or components. 3.02 INTERMEDIATE SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Intermediate Survey: Upon completion of formwork for foundation structures, but prior to placement of cast -in -place concrete, Surveyor shall perform an intermediate survey to verify building placement in relation to required setbacks and new or existing easements or rights -of -way. Submit three (3) copies to the Owner. 1. Comply with any other requirements of the Owner's lender for this survey work. 3.03 CERTIFICATION SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Certification Survey: Upon completion of sitework, the Surveyor shall perform a certification survey as may be (if) required by the City of Fort Collins or other jurisdictions or utility providers, including submittal of properly formatted drawings or other documentation to these authorities. Submit three (3) copies to the Owner. Certification surveys may be required for, but are not limited to: 1. Storm drainage facilities, including detention pond construction. 2. Water line improvements. 3. Sanitary sewer line improvements. 4. Retaining watt construction adjacent to property lines or public rights -of -way. 3.04 FINAL COMPLETION SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. ALTA Survey: Upon completion of the work, the surveyor or engineer shall perform an ALTA survey of the as -constructed conditions, including all required documentation and reference points, and submit three (3) copies plus one (1) reproducible copy to the Owner. or A. Final Improvement Survey: Upon completion of the work, the surveyor or engineer shall perform a final improvement survey of the as -constructed conditions, including but not limited to, required reference points, above -ground structures and other improvements, below -ground structures and utilities, and final topography. Submit three (3) copies to the Owner. END OF SECTION 01050 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 APPROVAL AND RECOMMENDATION AGENCIES A. Larimer County has jurisdiction for review and approval of the project, including but not limited to, the following departments: 1. Planning and Zoning. 2. Building Inspection. 3. Fire Prevention. 4. Engineering and Traffic Engineering. 5. Water/Wastewater Utility. 6. Stormwater Utility. 7. Electric Utility. B. Other entities having jurisdiction of this project, include but are not limited to: 1. State of Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment. 2. Larimer County Health Department. C. Codes which have been adopted by Larimer County applicable to the project include, but may not be limited to: 1. International Building Code, 2006 Edition. 2. International Residential Code, 2003 Edition. 3. International Fire Code, 2003 Edition. 4. International Existing Building Code, 2003 Edition. 5. International Energy Conservation Code, 2003 Edition. 6. Uniform Plumbing Code, 1997 Edition. 7. Uniform Mechanical Code, 1997 Edition. B. NFPA-1, Fire Code, Current Edition, where applicable. 9. NFPA 101, Life Safety Code, Current Edition, where applicable. 10. National Electrical Code, 2005 Edition. 11. International Code Council Electrical Code, 2003 Edition. 12. ANSI Al17.1, American National Standards Institute Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People, Current Edition. 13. Americans with Disabilities Act, provisions for accessibility by physically handicapped people, 1990. 14. Miscellaneous health and safety codes and standards applied by the State of Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment. 15. Any other local, state or federal codes which are applicable. 16. In case of a conflict between referenced applicable codes, the one having the more stringent requirements shall govern. D. Related requirements or conditions specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01400, Quality Control: Quality control workmanship standards. 2. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Quality of materials and equipment to be installed in the work. 1.02 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS A. In addition to any applicable regulations referenced elsewhere, all Contractors shall strictly adhere to all applicable federal and state laws, orders, and all applicable standards, regulations, interpretations or guidelines issued pursuant thereto, including but not limited to: 1. National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended, and the implementing regulations 01060 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents of HUD and of the Council on Environmental Quality providing for establishment of national policy, goals, and procedures for protecting, restoring and enhancing environmental quality. 2. The Clean Air Act of 1970 as amended, requiring that federal assistance will not be given and that license or permit will not be issued to any activity not conforming to the State implementation plan for national primary and secondary ambient air quality standards. 3. Davis -Bacon Fair Labor Standards Act requiring that, on all contracts and subcontracts which exceed $2,000 for federally -assisted construction, alteration or rehabilitation, laborers and mechanics employed by contractors or subcontractors shall be paid wages at rates not less than those prevailing on similar construction in the locality as determined by the Secretary of Labor. 4. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act of 1962 requiring that mechanics and laborers employed on federally -assisted contracts which exceed $2,000 be paid wages of not less than one and one-half times their basic wage rates for all hours worked in excess of forty in a work week. 5. Copeland "Anti -Kickback" Act of 1934 prohibiting and prescribing penalties for "kickbacks" of wages in federally -financed or assisted construction activities. 6. The Lead -Based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act - Title IV prohibiting the use of lead -based paint in residential structures constructed or rehabilitated with federal assistance, and requiring notification to purchasers and tenants of such housing of the hazards of lead - based paint and of the symptoms and treatment of lead -based paint poisoning. 7. Section 3 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1968, as amended, providing that, to the greatest extent feasible, opportunities for training and employment that arise through HUD -financed projects, will be given to lower -income persons in the unit of the project area, and that contracts be awarded to businesses located in the project area or to businesses owned, in substantial part, by residents of the project area. 8. Section 109 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 as amended, providing that no person shall be excluded from participation (including employment), denied program benefits or subjected to discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex under any program or activity funded in whole or in part under Title I (Community Development) of the Act. 9. Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion or religious affiliation, or national origin in any program or activity receiving federal financial assistance. 10. The Fair Housing Act, as amended, prohibiting housing discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, handicap and familial status. 11. Executive Order 11246 (1965), as amended by Executive Orders 11375, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, religion, sex or national origin in any phase of employment during the performance of federal or federally -assisted contracts in excess of $2,000. 12. Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, providing that no otherwise qualified individual shall, solely by reason of a handicap, be excluded from participation (including employment), denied program benefits or subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving federal funds. 1.03 HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY A. Construction shall be in substantial compliance with the requirements of the American National Standards Institute Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People, ANSI Al17.1, Current Edition, and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990. B. Refer to Section 01010, Summaryof Work, for extent of handicapped accessible and handicapped adaptable construction. 01060 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents C. Refer to specific Sections of the Specifications for specific requirements relating to each section. 1.04 SAFETY OF LIFE, HEALTH AND PUBLIC WELFARE A. Contractor shall have sole responsibility for compliance on the job site with all applicable portions of the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and compliance with the Equal Employment Opportunity Act (EEO). 1. Contractor shall fully comply with OSHA requirements for maintaining Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) on the site. B. Protection of life, health and public welfare as it relates to construction of the project is the responsibility of the Contractor. The Owner will not provide observation, inspection, supervision or any comment on plans, procedures or actions employed at the project as they relate to safety of life, health or public welfare. If conditions are imposed by the Owner which interfere with or imply actions detrimental to safety, written notice shall be returned to the Contractor for action prior to affecting any unsafe conditions. C. The Architect shall not have control or charge of, and shall not be responsible for, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures for safety precautions and programs in connection with the work, for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, subcontractors or any other persons performing any of the work or for the failure of any of them to carry out the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. D. The Architect shall have no responsibility for the discovery, presence, handling, removal or disposal of or exposure of persons to hazardous materials in any form at the project site, including but not limited to asbestos, asbestos products, lead -based paint, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) or other toxic substances. Refer also to Section 02080, Hazardous Material Removal. 1.05 LICENSES A. Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions. B. Contractor shall be responsible for meeting all contractor licensing requirements for Larimer County, including testing and fees as applicable. Contractor shall acquire and maintain all required licenses for the duration of the Project. C. Contractor shall acquire and maintain all specialty construction licenses required by the jurisdiction with authority over the Project, including but not limited to: 1. Historic Preservation Contractor License as required by Larimer County. 1.06 PERMITS AND FEES A. Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions. B. Contractor shall be responsible for all permits, fees and inspections required by the regulatory agencies referenced above, including but not limited to: 1. Plan review fees. 2. Building permit fees. 3. City use tax. 4. Subcontractor fees. 5. Any other local or state permits or fees. C. Owner shall be responsible for the following permits, fees and inspections required by the regulatory agencies referenced above, including but not limited to: 1. Plan review fees. 2. Building permit fees. 3. Utility tap and meter fees. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for applying for, and acquiring, all building permits, inspections and any other permits required for the construction of this project. 1. The Drawings and Specifications shall be in Larimer County's review process during the 01060 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents bidding phase of the project. END OF SECTION 01060 • 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01070 ABBREVIATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. Wherever used in these Specifications or on the Drawings, the following abbreviations shall have the meanings indicated: AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway Et Transportation Officials AATCC American Association of Text (Broadloom) Chemists and Colorists ACEC American Council of Engineering Companies ADA Americans with Disabilities Act AGC Associated General Contractors AIA American Institute of Architects AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction ANSI American National Standards Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association BIA Brick Institute of America CDOT Colorado Department of Transportation CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission CRI Carpet and Rug Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standard EEI Edison Electric Institute FDA U. S. Food and Drug Administration FS Federal Specifications FSC Forest Stewardship Council GA Gypsum Association GANA Glass Association of North America HSA Historic Structure Assessment IBBM Iron Body, Bronze Mounted IBC International Building Code ICCEC International Code Council Electrical Code IEBC International Existing Building Code IECC International Energy Conservation Code IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America IIC Impact Isolation Class IMC International Mechanical Code IPC International Plumbing Code 01070 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743,07 100% Construction Documents OPTIONAL OPK 3-IN 1 KIT Item # F220370 Suspends the gaslights In sing le double or triple pendants Mr Hm .r I MHGLLP B MHGLLP 6 O Opara0ng Innru ,.g W Ow.r/ Mmu I IRC International Residential Building Code ISA Institute Society of America IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council LEED Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design LTTR Long -Term Thermal Resistance (R-Value) MBMA Metal Building Manufacturer's Association MCC Motor Control Center MCIP Motor Control Instrument Panel MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets MSL Mean Sea Level MSS Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valves and Fittings NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association NBS National Bureau of Standards NEC National Electric Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council NFPA National Fire Protection Association NFoPA National Forest Products Association NOFMA Natural Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association NPT National Pipe Thread NRC Noise Reduction Coefficient (Absorption/ Reflection) NRS Non -Rising Stem NWFA National Wood Flooring Association NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act PIMA Polyisocyanurate Insulation Manufacturer's Association RPM Revolutions per minute SDI Steel Deck Institute SHF State (of Colorado) Historical Fund SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. SPRI Single -Ply Roofing Institute STC Sound Transmission Class (Barrier to Penetration) TCA Tile Council of America UBC Uniform Building Code UCBC Uniform Code for Building Conservation UFC Uniform Fire Code UL Underwriter's Laboratories UMC Uniform Mechanical Code UPC Uniform Plumbing Code USDA U. S. Department of Agriculture USGBC U. S. Green Building Council END OF SECTION 01070 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Owner and Architect shall schedule and administer Pre -Bid and Pre -Construction Conferences. B. Contractor shall schedule and administer periodic 0/A/C (Owner/Architect/Contractor) progress meetings and specially called meetings throughout progress of the work. 1. Prepare agenda for meetings and conduct meetings. 2. Record the minutes, including significant proceedings and decisions. 3. Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes within five (5) days after each meeting to all participants in the meeting and parties affected by decisions made at the meeting. 4. Prepare and regularly update an "open items" list to document and track required decisions and pending changes. C. Contractor shall schedule and administer pre -installation conferences and other meetings with subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturer's technical representatives throughout progress of the work. D. Representatives of contractors, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. E. Architect and Owner's representative will attend meetings to ascertain that work is expedited consistent with Contract Documents and construction schedules. 1.02 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Owner and Architect shall schedule and administer the Pre -Construction Conference within five (5) working days after the date of Notice to Proceed. B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties, designated by the Owner. C. Attendance: 1. Owner's principal representative. 2. Architect and his professional consultants, as necessary. 3. Contractors project manager and superintendent. 4. Major subcontractors. D. Agenda: 1. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors. b. Project construction schedules. C. Schedule of Values. d. Contractor's staging plan. 2. Critical work sequencing. 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 4. Project coordination. a. Designation of responsible personnel. 5. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions. b. Proposal requests. C. Submittals, shop drawings and samples. d. Change Orders. e. Applications for Payment. 6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents. 01200 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents. 8. Use of premises: a. Field office, work and storage areas. b. Owner's use of site and grounds. 9. Construction facilities, controls and construction aids. 10. Temporary utilities. 11. Safety and first -aid procedures. 12. Security procedures and temporary site or building fencing and enclosures. 13. Housekeeping procedures. 14. Pending changes and substitutions by Change Order. 1.03 0/A/C PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Contractor shall schedule and administer regular (weekly) meetings as determined at the Pre - Construction Conference and specially called meetings as required by progress of the work. B. Location of the Meetings: As designated by Contractor and coordinated with the Owners principal representative, normally the Contractor's field office. C. Attendance: 1. Contractors project manager and on -site superintendent. 2. Owner's principal representative. 3. Architect and his professional consultants, as needed. 4. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda. 5. Others as appropriate. D. Suggested Agenda: 1. Review of work progress since previous meeting. 2. Field observations, problems and conflicts. 3. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules. 4. Revisions to the construction schedule. 5. Progress and schedule during succeeding work period. 6. Review submittal schedules and expedite as required. 7. Maintenance of quality standards. 8. Pending changes and substitutions, with review of the proposed changes for: a. Effect on construction schedule and completion date. b. Effect on other contracts of the Project. 9. Review of Contractors application for progress/final payment. 10. Walk-through observation of the work in progress by the Owner's representative, Architect and his consultants, as necessary, and General Contractor. Subcontractors will only be involved in these walk-throughs as requested by the Owner or Architect. 1.04 PRE -INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Contractor shall schedule and administer pre -installation conferences and other meetings with subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturer's technical representatives throughout progress of the work. B. Attendance 1. Contractor's project manager and on -site superintendent. 2. Architect or his professional consultants, as needed. 3. Structural Engineer for architectural precast concrete and structural steel erection. 4. Subcontractors as appropriate. 5. Suppliers as appropriate. 6. Manufacturer's technical representatives as appropriate. C. Suggested Agenda: As determined by Contractor. END OF SECTION 01200 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect and Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the work with subschedules of related activities which are essential to its progress. B. Submit revised progress schedules periodically. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. General and Supplementary Conditions, and Conditions of the Contract: Liquidated Damages. 2. Section 01027, Change Order Procedures: Modifications to time of completion in the approved schedule. 3. Section 01040, Coordination. 4. Section 01200, Project Meetings. 5. Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 6. Section 01700, Contract Close -Out. 1.02 FORM OF SCHEDULES A. Type: Schedules will be computer generated, using "critical path' software subject to approval by the Owner and Architect. 1. Software shall indicate intermediate and final completion milestones. 2. Software shall indicate product data and shop drawing submittal dates, and indicate required ordering dates for long lead-time items. 3. Software shall be capable of automatically adjusting critical path entries. B. Prepare schedules in a continuous flow, both daily and weekly formats. 1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade, supplier or subcontractor. 2. Horizontal Time Scale: Identify the first workday of each week. 3. Minimum Size: B-1 /2" x 11". C. Format of Listing: Table of Contents of this project manual as a minimum. D. Format of Scheduling: Chronological order of the start of each item of work, using "critical path' method. E. Identification of Listings: By major Specification Section numbers as a minimum. 1. Listings shall be complete enough to include each item of work that is sizable enough to affect either the start of, or completion of, other areas of the work. 1.03 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Progress Schedule: 1. Indicate the complete sequence of construction by activity. 2. Indicate the dates for the beginning and completion of each major element of construction. 3. Indicate critical intermediate and final completion milestone dates. 4. Indicate product data and shop drawing submittal dates, and required ordering dates for long lead-time items. 5. Indicate substantial completion, punch list completion, final completion and contract close-out dates. 01310 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents B. Final Completion Schedule: Contractor shall update the latest progress schedule through contract close-out. C. Float Time: The Contractor and Owner hereby agree that "float" time designed into the schedule is an asset to the Project, and not for the exclusive use or benefit of the Contractor or the Owner, unless otherwise specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. D. Nothing in these requirements shall be deemed to be a usurpation of the Contractors authority and responsibility to plan and schedule the work as he sees fit, subject to all other requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.04 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial construction schedule within fifteen (15) days after Award of Contract. 1. Architect/Engineer and Owner will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after receipt, if modifications are required. 2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy. B. Submit revised progress schedules with each Application for Payment indicating actual work progress in comparison to scheduled progress. C. Revised schedules shall be reviewed at each normally scheduled 0/A/C progress meeting, as set forth in Section 01200. D. Submit final schedule with contract close-out documentation. E. Claims for Weather -Related Contract Time Extensions: Refer to Section 01027 and General and Supplementary Conditions. F. Claims for Other Delays: Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions. 1.05 DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULES A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to: 1. Job site file. 2. Owner's representative. 3. Architect. 4. Other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor in writing any problems anticipated by the projections shown in the schedules. END OF SECTION 01310 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Coordinate and submit shop drawings, product data, samples and other submittals required by the Contract Documents. B. Review and approve shop drawings and submittals prior to transmittal to the Architect and Owner. C. Requirements for paper and/or electronic submittals. D. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Conditions of the Contract: Definitions and additional responsibilities of parties. 2. Section 01040, Coordination. 3. Section 01200, Project Meetings. 4. Section 01310, Construction Schedules. 5. Section 01540, Erosion and Sedimentation Controls: Submittal requirements. 6. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management: Submittal requirements. 7. Section 01720, Project Record Documents. 1.02 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings: Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner, with sufficient detail and completeness to clearly illustrate all conditions of the specific installation. 1. Details shalt be identified by reference to sheet and detail, schedule or room numbers shown on Contract Drawings. 2. Shop drawings shalt be returned unreviewed if, in the opinion of the Architect or consultants, the drawings lack sufficient completeness or clarity to allow their review. B. Sheet Size: All shop drawings shall be 8-1/2" x 11"2 11" x 17" or 24" x 36", except as restricted in paragraph 1.07 for electronic submittals. C. Quantity and Format: Unless otherwise directed by the Architect, provide four (4) reproducible and three (3) prints or copies. D. Cover Sheet: Each copy shalt contain the Shop Drawing Identification Form, located at the end of this Section. E. Electronic Submittals: Refer to paragraphs 1.07 and 1.08 below. 1.03 PRODUCT DATA A. Preparation: 1. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 3. Show dimensions and clearances required. 4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. B. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams: 1. Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to the work. 2. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the work. C. Quantity and Format: Unless otherwise directed by the Architect, provide four (4) complete sets. D. Electronic Submittals: Refer to paragraph 1.07 below. 01340 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1.04 SAMPLES A. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: 1. Functional characteristics of the product with integral related parts and attachment devices. 2. Full range of color, textures and pattern. B. Contractor shall coordinate and submit all samples requiring finish, texture or color selection by the Architect so that these materials may be reviewed by the Architect as a complete package. The Architect reserves the right to withhold finish and color selections until all such samples have been submitted. C. Refer to paragraph 1.11 below for requirements related to return of approved samples. 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a log of shop drawing, product data and sample submittals, indicating schedules for submission and review of individual products or equipment. B. Contractor shall coordinate and make submittals promptly, in accordance with the approved submittal schedule. Neither the Owner nor Architect shall be responsible for delays in the work caused by the Contractor's failure to make submittals in a timely manner, the completeness and/or accuracy of such submittals, or failure to allow adequate time for review of submittals by the Architect or his professional consultants. C. Contractor shalt review and approve shop drawings, product data and samples prior to submission to Architect. Contractor shall determine and verify: 1. Quantities. 2. Field measurements and construction criteria. 3. Conformance with specified finishes and color selections. 4. Field construction criteria. 5. Catalog numbers and similar data. 6. Warranty coverages. 7. Conformance to requirements of Specifications. 8. Conformance to required LEED design and performance criteria. 9. Completeness of submittal and compliance with the requirements of this Section. D. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall coordinate submittals between related items of work prior to purchasing or fabricating. E. Review of shop drawings and submittals by the Architect/Engineer is only for general conformance with design intent of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible for meeting all requirements of the Drawings and/or Specifications, whether noted in the Architect/Engineer review or not. 1. Contractor's review "stamp" language shall not waive or alter this responsibility. F. Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing at time of submission of any deviations in the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor must submit in writing any requests for modifications to the Drawings and Specifications. Shop drawings submitted to the Architect/Engineer for this review do not constitute "in writing" unless it is noted that specific changes are being requested. Changes by means of shop drawings become the sole responsibility of the Contractor. G. Electronic Submittals: Refer to paragraphs 1.07 and 1.08 below. H. Begin no fabrication or work which requires submittals until return of submittals with Architect/Engineer approval. 01340 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1.06 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make submittals promptly, in accordance with approved schedule and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work or in the work of any other Contractor. B. Number of submittals required: 1. Shop Drawings: As specified in paragraph 1.02.C. 2. Product Data: As specified in paragraph 1.03.C. 3. Samples: Submit one sample or set of samples of each item requested. 4. Construction Waste Management Plan: As specified in Section 01714. 5. The Architect reserves the right to withhold review and approval of submittals until all required copies have been furnished. C. Submittals shall contain the following information, to be completed on the attached Shop Drawing Identification Form: 1. Date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions. 2. Project title and number. 3. Names of: a. Contractor. b. Supplier or Subcontractor. 4. Field dimensions clearly identified as such. 5. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. 6. Applicable standards such as UL, ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. 7. Identification of any deviations from Contract Documents. 8. Certification signatures and Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents. Submittals for design/build systems, as specified in these Specifications or indicated on the Drawings, shall include the stamp and signature of the Professional Engineer registered in the State of Colorado who prepared the design and construction documents. 1.07 ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS A. General: Contractor and/or Subcontractors may submit product data and shop drawings electronically to the Architect, upon written request. B. Electronic submittals shall conform to the same content, clarity, format, completeness and other requirements as specified above for paper submittals, except as follows: 1. Quantity: One (1) electronic submittal. 2. Sheet Size for Submittals: 11" x 17" maximum. 24" x 48" or larger drawings for shop drawings will not be accepted. 3. Clarity: Architect/Engineer reserves the right to reject electronic submittals if they are illegible when printed. C. Submittals requiring color and/or finish selections will not be accepted electronically. Separate color and/or finish samples or selection sheets shall be submitted separately from the electronic product data submittal. D. Contractor's Responsibility: Since scans of electronic shop drawings and product data submittals will only be made in black and white, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for ensuring that Architect/Engineer modifications are accurately translated into the fabrication and construction process. 1.08 USE OF ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S ELECTRONIC FILES A. General: Contractor and/or Subcontractors may use the Architect's and Engineers' electronic CAD files for preparation of shop drawing submittals, upon written request. 01340 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents B. Architect and Engineers will require a release form to be signed and returned prior to release of any electronic files, waiving liability for any use the Contractor or Subcontractor makes of the electronic files. C. Architect and Engineers will require payment of a flat service fee plus a use fee for each sheet of Drawings requested. Payment of fees are required prior to release of any electronic files. 1.09 ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITIES A. Upon receipt, Architect shall evaluate submittals for completeness, conformance to requirements of the Specifications, and to verify that Contractor has reviewed and approved the submittal. If the Architect determines that the submittal is incomplete or has not been properly reviewed and approved by the Contractor, the submittal shall be returned to the Contractor without further review. Also refer to paragraph 1.05.C. B. Architect shall then distribute submittals to his professional consultants as applicable. C. Architect and consultants shalt review submittals in a timely manner, in accordance with the requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions, but shall require a minimum of ten (10) working days for review. D. Architect's and Consultant's review shalt be for general compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. This review shall not include: 1. Verification of field measurements. 2. Verification of quantities. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). E. Architect shall return submittals to the Contractor, with stamp indicating approval, rejection, required revisions, or description of requirements for resubmittal, if applicable. 1. Architect shall not return more than two (2) copies of submittals to the Contractor. F. Architect shall retain one (1) copy of submittals for the Owner. 1.10 REQUIRED SHOP DRAWING, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLE SUBMISSIONS A. Provide complete information for products specified in individual Sections of these Specifications. 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. General: Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the Architect/Engineer and resubmit until approved. Resubmittals may be required for the following reasons: 1. Incomplete or unclear submittals, or submittals which have not first been reviewed and approved by the Contractor. 2. Lack of required number of copies of product data or shop drawings. 3. Lack of Professional Engineers stamp and signature where required for design/build systems. 4. Extent of the revisions necessary in the submittal to meet the design intent and to be properly reviewed. 5. Materials and/or fabrication details that do not meet the design or technical requirements of the specifications. 6. All color and/or finish selections have not been submitted as a complete package. B. Shop Drawing and Product Data: Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. Identify any revisions made. C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. 1.12 DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall distribute reproductions of shop drawings and copies of product data which carry the Architect/Engineer stamp of review to: 01340 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1. Job site file. 2. Record Documents file. 3. Subcontractors. 4. Supplier or fabricator. B. Architect shall distribute returned copies of shop drawings and product data to: 1. Owner's representative. 2. Consultants, as applicable. 3. LEED Consultant, if applicable. 1.13 RETURN OF SUBMITTALS A. Samples: If samples submitted for approval in compliance with paragraph 1.04 above are to be returned, Contractor shall indicate this requirement with the sample submittal information. B. Upon approval of such sample(s), Contractor shall be responsible for picking them up at the Architect's office. If requested, the Architect shall arrange for shipping them back to the supplier or manufacturer, upon receipt of shipping fees in advance or upon receipt of the Contractor's shipping account number. < Shop Drawing Log on following page 01340 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents Optional High Attitude O rifi ce �15�1 _sQ REFNO STOCKNO DESCRIPTION REFNO STOCKNO DESCRIPTION 1 27311 WallSracketAssemb 16 21315 Gktbe Hader Bws 2 29314 Valve 16 20320 Gbbe Hader Gfay 3 M312 CunbdValve 18 21339 Ceramic Fkar Gasket 4 20313 Onfice 21338 Burner Head Assembly (Peeformed Mantle) Includes items #18 29 & 19 5 21316 ONOIFLever 19 2337 Ceramc BunerHead Preformed Mantle 6 21317 Washer 20 20351 Preformed Mantle 7 20321 Plastic Handle 20381 BumerHead Assemby(TweriMande) Includes items#18 29 & 21 8 20M Spy 21 20352 Ceramw Sumer Head can Mantle 9 2023 Screw 22 21353 Tie -co Mantle 10 20324 ONOff Lever Bmcket 23 21346 3/8 SAE Flam Nut 11 2L326 Wan Mountrig Bracket 24 23347 318 SAE Flare x 1/8 NPT Male Connector 12 21327 —Phdqn Pan Head Scnw Type AB42x75 25 2034B 118 Female x 118 MaleNPT 90 Degiree Eleaw 13 2MI Hall Frosted PyrexGlobe 26 21349 Phi Pan Head Scnnv Type AM4xl3 14 21332 Globe Lock ScrewBrass 4xl25 28 21342 BHaan BumerVemun 14 20366 Globe Lcck Screw 4xl25 29 2133fi Bumer Head Screen 15 21333 Heal Deflector 3D 20368 High Attitude Onfwe15 Mr Horn. I MHGLLPB MHr LLP G 0 Oic r.tng Insrrutto s and Owrwrs Ma I Q/w SHOP DRAWING IDENTIFICATION FORM DATE: PROJECT: ARCHITECT: AUer•Lingle Architects, P.C. 712 Whalers Way, Suite B-100 Fort Collins, CO 80525 (970) 223-1820 CONTRACTOR: Name: Address: Phone: SUPPLIER OR SUBCONTRACTOR: Name: Contact Person: Address: Phone: PRODUCT(S): SPEC. SECTION(S): CERTIFICATION OF REVIEW: I (We) hereby certify that the product or material covered by this submittal has been reviewed for compliance with the applicable Section(s) of these Specifications, as well as Section 01340, and is in compliance with all specified requirements, including warranty coverages. Contractor Signature 'STAMP' Supplier/Subcontractor Signature END OF SECTION 01340 - 6 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Submit to the Owner and Architect a Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the work. Upon request of the Architect, support the values with data which will substantiate their correctness. B. Schedule of Values shall be used only as the basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Conditions of the Contract. 2. Section 01026, Application for Payment. 1.02 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Schedule of Values shall be submitted to the Architect within fifteen (15) days of Award of Contract. B. Format: Contractor's standard forms or computer printouts. Identify schedule with: 1. Title of project and location. 2. Architect and project number. 3. Name and address of Contractor. 4. Contract designation. 5. Date of submission. C. Schedule shall list the installed value of the component parts of the work in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction. 1. List separately the costs associated with the materials and labor for each component part of the work. D. Basis: At a minimum, the Table of Contents of this Project Manual shall be used as the format for listing component items. Contractor may include additional listings at their option. 1. Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective major section of the Specifications. 2. Contractor's overhead and profit shall be listed as a separate line item. 3. Contractor's contingency, if required by the General or Supplementary Conditions, shall be listed as a separate line item. 4. Mechanical and Electrical: Provide separate line items for rough -in and finish work for all plumbing, mechanical and electrical work. _. For each major line item, list subvalues of major products or operations under the item. The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract Sum. END OF SECTION 01370-1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. General quality control of the materials, equipment and labor for the project. B. Manufacturer's field services, support, and testing requirements. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements: Minimum Building Code standards and applicable Laws. 2. Section 01600, Materials and Equipment: Quality of materials and equipment to be installed in the work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Where two or more units of the same class of fixture or equipment are required, these shall be the products of a single manufacturer. However, the component parts of the system need not be the products of the same manufacturer, unless otherwise specified. B. Design Criteria: 1. Coordinate details of the equipment with other related parts of the work, including verification that all structures, piping, wiring and equipment components are compatible. 2. Design equipment to operate under all conditions of load without objectionable sound or vibration. Sounds or vibrations noticeable outside of room in which equipment is installed, or annoying sounds or vibrations noticeable inside room, will be considered objectionable. Correct conditions considered objectionable to Architect/Engineer by means of approved vibration eliminators or by replacing equipment at Owner's option. 3. Nameplates: Provide a permanent operational data nameplate on each item of power - operated equipment indicating the manufacturer, product name, model number, serial number, speed, capacity, power characteristics, labels of tested compliances and similar essential operating data. Locate nameplates in easily read locations. C. Design underground piping systems, joints, couplings, valves, vaults and other appurtenances to function under all conditions of load to be encountered on the site, including but not limited to: 1. Soils conditions, including expansion and contraction. 2. Water table conditions. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL AND WORKMANSHIP STANDARDS A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions and workmanship to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply with industry standards, except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. C. Comply with applicable Building Codes, except when specified materials, equipment, systems, tolerances or workmanship requirements indicate more rigid or restrictive standards. 1. Applicable codes are considered to be only minimum standards. D. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. E. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed for the appropriate loads and sized to withstand stresses, vibration and racking. 01400 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGER A. Designate an on -site party responsible for overseeing the Contractor's conformance to environmental and LEED goals for the project and implementing procedures for environmental protection. 1. Qualifications: Minimum 3 years construction experience on projects of similar size and scope; minimum 3 years experience with environmental procedures similar to those of this project; a LEED Accredited Professional; familiarity with environmental regulations applicable to construction operations. 2. Responsibilities: Responsibilities shall include: a. Compliance with applicable Federal, State, and local environmental regulations, including maintaining required documentation. b. Implementation of the Waste Management Plan. C. Implementation of the IAQ Management Plan. d. Implementation of the Environmental Protection Plan. e. Training for Contractor personnel in accordance with their position requirements. f. Monitoring and documentation of environmental procedures. 3. Contractors Environmental Training Program: Contractor shall provide environmental training for workers performing work on the project site. Training shall include the following: a. Overview of environmental issues related to the Project. b. Review of site specific procedures and management plans: 1. 01015 - Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Management 2. 01714 - Construction Waste Management 4. Green Building Rating Programs: Submit evidence of familiarity with USGBC LEED CS v2.0. 1.05 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When required by individual Specifications section, submit manufacturer's printed instructions in the quantity specified for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, startup, adjusting and finishing. B. Comply with manufacturer's instructions in full detail. Include each step in sequence. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding. C. When required by individual Specification section, submit manufacturer's written maintenance instructions for the Owners use after occupancy. 1.06 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A. When required by individual Specifications section, submit manufacturer's certificate, in duplicate, that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.07 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in respective Specifications section, require supplier and manufacturer to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions, installation and workmanship, startup, testing and balancing of equipment as applicable and to make appropriate recommendations. B. Representative shall submit written report to Architect listing observations and recommendations. END OF SECTION 01400 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01410 TESTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Materials testing by an independent, approved testing laboratory including, but not limited to 1. Concrete testing. 2. Compaction testing. 3. Structural concrete unit masonry testing. 4. Mortar and masonry grout testing. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 2. Section 02362, Engineered Screwpiles. 3. Section 02513, Asphaltic Concrete Paving. 4. Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving. 5. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 6. Section 04100, Mortar and Masonry. 7. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 8. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard. 1.02 WORK BY SEPARATE CONTRACT A. Owner shall provide any applicable project or building inspection services as required by Chapter 17 of the International Building Code (IBC), current edition, or the Uniform Building Code (UBC), current edition, by separate contract. The Architect and Engineers will not provide these services. Refer to Section 01010, Summary of Work, paragraph 1.06 Work by Others. 1.03 ACCESS TO SITE AND NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Testing laboratory wit[ be allowed access to the site as required in the performance of their work. Contractor shall provide testing laboratory at least 48 hours notice prior to time testing is required prior to the next phase of work. 1.04 TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. Open -Hole Inspection: Soils Engineer shall perform an open -hole inspection for each building site within the project to verify the findings of the above -referenced Geotechnical Investigation Report, prior to placement of any foundation structures, footings or piers. 1. Notify the Architect at the completion of excavation, prior to placement of any formwork. Contractor shalt be responsible for notification of the Soils Engineer. 2. Do not proceed with formwork or foundation construction until results have been verified. B. Concrete: 1. Inspection and testing of concrete mix will be performed by an independent testing agent recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Owner. 2. Submit proposed concrete mix design to inspection and testing firm and Architect/Engineer for review prior to commencement of work. 3. Test cylinders shall be taken and materials tested in accordance with requirements of Section 03300. 01410 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 4. If tests indicate that materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to Owner. C. Compaction at Foundations, Building Slabs and Utility Trenches: 1. Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing agent recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Owner. 2. Notify the Architect at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of backfill of all foundations and utility trenches. 3. When work of this Section or portions of work are completed, notify the testing laboratory to perform density test. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been verified. 4. If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to Owner. D. Structural Concrete Unit Masonry Testing: 1. Inspection and testing of structural concrete unit masonry shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Owner. 2. Test structural concrete unit masonry materials in accordance with the requirements of Section 04220. 3. If tests indicate that materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to Owner. E. Mortar and Masonry Grout Testing: 1. Inspection and testing of mortar and masonry grout materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Owner. 2. Submit proposed mortar and masonry grout mix designs to inspection and testing firm and Architect/Engineer for review prior to commencement of work. 3. Test cylinders shall be taken and materials tested in accordance with requirements of Section 04100 and other applicable Division 4 Masonry sections. 4. If tests indicate that materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the Owner. 5. Restoration and Preservation Projects: For historic restoration and preservation projects, take special care to match strength and material composition characteristics of the mortar proposed with strength of existing materials. 1.05 TESTING FEES A. Fees for required materials testing will be paid for by the Owner as provided in the General and Supplementary Conditions. B. Fees for additional testing required due to improper performance of the work will be paid by the Contractor. 1.06 TESTING RESULTS A. Testing laboratory shall furnish copies of the required test results to the following: 1. Owner's representative. 2. Architect. 3. Structural Engineer for open -hole inspection, concrete, engineered screwpiles, structural concrete unit masonry and steel testing. 4. Civil Engineer for compaction, asphalt paving and underground piping testing. 5. Mechanical Engineer for pressurized piping testing. 6. Contractor. END OF SECTION 01410 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Furnish, install and maintain temporary utility services required for construction. Remove upon completion of work. B. Furnish, install and maintain temporary sanitary facilities for use by construction personnel. Remove upon completion of work. C. Furnish, install and maintain temporary relocation of utility services to the existing facility until Substantial Completion of the new building. D. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 2. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. 3. Section 01560, Temporary Controls. 4. Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds. 5. Sections 01710, Cleaning and 01715, Waste Removal and Recycling: Trash removal during construction. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with the current editions of all applicable building codes. Refer to Section 01060. B. Comply with applicable federal, state and local codes and regulations. C. Comply with applicable utility company requirements. 1.03 UTILITY FEES A. Utility charges and expenses for temporary construction usage for the following shall be paid by the Owner, unless indicated otherwise: 1. Temporary electricity. 2. Temporary construction water until installation and acceptance of the buildings permanent plumbing systems. 3. Temporary heat and ventilation upon start-up of the building's permanent mechanical systems, when put into service during the construction period as specified in paragraph 2.03.C. B. Utility charges and expenses for temporary construction usage for the following shall be paid by the Contractor, unless indicated otherwise: 1. Installation or connection charge for temporary electricity, water, natural gas, propane or telephone service. 2. Temporary sanitary facilities. 3. Temporary local and long-distance telephone, including cellular. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Materials for temporary construction uses may be new or used but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions and must not violate 01510 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING A. Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense, temporary electrical power service to the site of construction, including temporary service feeds and panels. 1. Contractor shall utilize existing 120/240 V power at the site. B. Contractor may utilize existing 120/240V power service in the existing facility. C. Install circuit and branch wiring with area distribution boxes located so that power and lighting is available throughout the construction area by the use of construction -type power cords. 1. Provide one (1) temporary panel per building, located as directed by the Architect, for each residential building and the Community Building. D. Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of work when natural light is not adequate for work and for areas accessible to the public. E. Security Lighting: Provide temporary security lighting for temporary, secure materials storage area, as may be required by the Owner's or Contractor's Builder's Risk insurance. 2.03 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A. Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense, all temporary heating, including all fuel and required attendance necessary to protect and dry all work during cold weather. B. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials, to disperse humidity and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors or gases. 1. Portable heaters shall be standard approved units complete with controls. Do not store materials near sources of intense heat or open flame. C. Permanent building heating system may be used upon installation, testing and acceptance by the jurisdiction having authority over this area of the work, as (if) allowed in Division 15, Mechanical. 1. The project shall be substantially enclosed and secured with the building's permanent glazing systems and either construction or permanent hardware. 2.04 TEMPORARY COOLING A. Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense, all temporary cooling, including all equipment necessary to maintain the existing facility within the following ranges: 1. Temperature: 2. Relative Humidity: B. All existing building rooftop cooling and air handling equipment will be disconnected and not used for the duration of the project. 1. Air handling unit located in the basement shall remain in service. 2.05 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Contractor shall install and maintain a job telephone. Contractor shall pay all costs for installation, maintenance, removal and service charges for local calls. Toll charges shall be paid by the party who places the call. B. Telephones within the existing facility shall not be used by construction personnel during the construction period. 2.06 TEMPORARY WATER A. Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense, all temporary construction water service to the site of construction. 01510 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 2.07 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Contractor shall provide sanitary facilities for use by construction personnel in compliance with current laws and regulations. 1. Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures in accordance with local governing health agencies. B. Toilet facilities within the existing facility shall not be used by construction personnel during the construction period. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION AND OPERATION A. General: Install and maintain temporary utility services in accordance with requirements of applicable federal, state and local codes and regulations, and applicable utility company requirements. B. Modify and extend systems as work progress requires. 3.02 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when use is no longer required, or upon completion of the work. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary construction services to original or specified condition. 1. Prior to final inspection, remove temporary lamps and install new lamps in all lighting fixtures used during the construction period. 2. Prior to final inspection, clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters in all mechanical equipment used during the construction period. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated during the construction period without filters. END OF SECTION 01510 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND AIDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Furnish and maintain required construction equipment. B. Furnish, install and maintain required construction aids and remove upon completion of work. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01046, Access to Site. 2. Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. 3. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. 4. Section 01560, Temporary Controls. 5. Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Equipment and construction aids for temporary construction uses may be new, used or rental equipment, suitable for the intended purpose, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2.02 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT A. Provide construction equipment required by specific sections of the Specifications or as necessary to facilitate execution of the work, including but not limited to: 1. Miscellaneous hand tools. 2. Miscellaneous power tools. 3. Goggles, masks, hardhats and other personal safety equipment. 4. Cranes, forklifts and other material handling equipment. 5. Rolling or vibrating plate compactors. 6. Concrete batching and pumping trucks and equipment. 7. Asphalt paving machines and rollers. 8. Concrete paving machines and curb and gutter extrusion equipment. 9. Excavators, graders, tractor and end loaders, scrapers, backhoes, trenchers and other heavy excavation and grading equipment. 10. Air compressors. 11. Portable electrical generators. 12. Mortar batching equipment. 13. Concrete slab floats and joint saws. 14. Drywall texturing equipment. 15. Paint spraying equipment. 16. Sandblasting equipment. 17. Other equipment as required. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide construction aids and temporary equipment required by personnel to facilitate execution of the work. Refer to respective Sections of the Specifications for the particular requirements of each 01520 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Model # _ Mr NOW AND OWNER'S MANUAL MHGLLPG WARNING USE ONLY MANUFACTURER S REPLACEMENT PARTS USE OF ANY OTHER PARTS COULD CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH REPLACEMENT PARTS ARE AVAILABLE FROM MR HEATER LOCAL DEALER OR DIRECT FROM THE FACTORYAND MUST BE INSTALLED BY QUALF FIED SERVICE AGENCY PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION ° PURCHASING Accessories may be purchased at any Mr Heater local dealer or direct from the factory FOR INFORMATION REGARDING SERVICE Please call Toll Free 800 2510001 www mrheater com Our office hours are 8 30AM - 5 00 PM EST Monday through Friday Please include the model number date of purchase and description of problem in all communication LIMITED WARRANTY The company warrants this product to be free from imperfections In material orworkmanship under normal and proper use In accordance with product Instructions of Enerco Group Inc fora period of one year from the date of delivery to the buyer Enerco Group Inc at as option will repair or replace products (except globe gaskets and/or mantles which are considered consumable parts) returned by the buyer to the factory transportation prepaid within said one year period and found by the Com panyto have imperfections in material or workmanship If apart is damaged or missing call our Technical Support Department at 800-251 0001 Address any Warranty Claims to the Service Department Enerco Group Inc 4560W 160TH ST CLEVELAND OH1044135 Includeyourname address and telephone number and include details concerning the claim Also supply us with the purchase date and the name and address of the dealer from whom you purchased our product The foregoing is the full extent of the responsibility of the Company There are no other warranties expressorimpled Specifically there is nowarranty of fRness for a particular purpose and there is no warranty of merchantability In no went shall the Company be liable for delayceusedbyimperfections for consequential damages or for any charges of the expense of any nature incurred without its written consent The cost of repair or replacement shall be the exclusive remedy for any breach of warranty There is no warranty against infringement of the like and no implied warranty arising from course of dealing or usage of trade This warrantywi II not apply to any productwhich has been repaired or ahered outside of the factory in any respect which in our Judgment affects its condition or operation Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply toyou This Warranty gvesyou specific legal rights and you may have other rights which vary from state to state Enerco Group Inc reserves the right to make changes at any time without notice or obligation in colors specifications accessories materials and models ENERCOGROUP INC 4553W x5GTH ST CLEVELAND OHIO"85 21&91&"0 Mr Herter m a registered trademark of Enerco Gmup Im 92003 E emo/Mr Heater AN rights reserved MHGLLP G O Mr Heater I MHGLLP 0 r C4X 13 ElIa3 Operating inotrucbom and Own./s Manual oesia °aa`C_iYo e MIH 3]t L 1be trade, including but not limited to: 1. Scaffolding, staging, ladders and platforms. 2. Stairs, ramps, runways and guardrails. 3. Hoists, platform lifts and chutes. 4. Concrete curing and thermal protection blankets. 5. Drop cloths and other protective materials. 6. Portable space heaters. 7. Other facilities as required. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Consult with Architect, review site conditions and other factors which affect construction procedures and construction aids, including adjacent properties and public facilities which may be affected by execution of the work. B. Comply with applicable requirements specified in Divisions 2 through 16. C. Relocate construction aids as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements and to accommodate legitimate requirements of other subcontractors employed at the site. 3.02 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials, equipment and services: 1. When construction needs can be met by use of the permanent construction; or 2. At completion of the project. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or by use of temporary facilities. 1. Remove foundations and underground installations for construction aids. 2. Grade areas of site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and slopes and clean the area. C. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified condition. END OF SECTION 01520 . 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01590 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Furnish, install and maintain temporary construction offices and secured storage facilities. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01046, Access to Site. 2. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. 3. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management: Separation facilities for handling, recycling, salvage, reuse and return of materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES A. Contractor shall be able to utilize an existing ranch house owned by the City of Fort Collins for their temporary field office. 1. Signage and other advertising allowed on the structure shall be as determined at the Pre - Construction Conference. B. Minimum facilities shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Conference table and chairs for minimum six (6) persons. 2. Bottled, chilled water dispenser and cups. 3. Plan rack or other facilities for storage of project record documents. 4. File cabinet or other facilities for storage of shop drawings, samples, color boards, installation instructions, materials data sheets, etc. 5. Adequate heat, air conditioning, ventilation and artificial lighting. 6. Other facilities as deemed appropriate or necessary by the Contractor. C. Facilities to be paid for by the Owner as Division 1 expenses shall be subject to the approval of the Owner. 2.02 STORAGE SHEDS A. Contractor shall provide and maintain secured, weathertight storage sheds or enclosures for tools, materials and equipment requiring such conditions, with adequate heat and ventilation. Provide space for organized storage, and access and artificial lighting for inspection of stored materials. 1. Structures shall be provided and maintained in good condition, as determined by the Owners representative. 2. Signage and other advertising allowed on the structure shall be as determined at the Pre - Construction Conference. B. Temporary Site Fencing: Refer to Section 01530. C. Security Lighting: Provide temporary security lighting for temporary, secure materials storage area, as may be required by the Owner's or Contractor's Builder's Risk insurance. Refer to Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. 01590 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 2.03 SEPARATION FACILITIES A. Contractor shall provide and secure a specific area to facilitate separations of materials for recycling, salvage, reuse and return, as specified in Section 01714. Recycling and waste bin areas are to be kept neat and clean, and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Completely remove temporary facilities when use is no longer required, or upon completion of the work. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary construction services to original or specified condition. END OF SECTION 01590 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Material and equipment incorporated into the work: 1. Conform to applicable specifications and standards. 2. Comply with size, make, type and quality specified, or as specifically approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer. 3. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: a. Design, fabricate and assemble in accordance with the best engineering and shop practices. b. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gages to be interchangeable. C. Two (2) or more items of the same kind shall be identical by the same manufacturer. d. Products shall be suitable for service conditions. e. Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to, unless variations are specifically approved in writing. 4. Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it is designed or specified. B. Provide specified maintenance materials, equipment and tools to the Owner at the completion of the project. C. Provide equipment or systems start-up, commissioning and operational testing, as specified in individual Sections. D. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Conditions of the Contract. 2. Section 01010, Summary of the Work. 3. Section 01040, Coordination. 4. Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 5. Section 01400, Quality Control. 6. Section 01710, Cleaning. 7. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management: Construction waste diversion requirements. 8. Section 01730, Operating and Maintenance Data. 1.02 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturer's printed instructions, contractor shall obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation, including two (2) copies to the Architect 1. Maintain one (1) set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion. B. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accordance with such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements. 1. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult with Architect for further instructions. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions. 01600 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents C. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure, unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents. 1.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with construction schedules, coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site. 1. Deliver products in undamaged condition in manufacturers original containers or packaging with identifying labels intact and legible. 2. Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipments to assure that materials and equipment are in compliance with approved submittals, required quantities have been provided and that products are properly protected and undamaged. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging. C. Recycle shipping cartons, pallets and other packaging materials as required to meet project goal for construction waste diversion. Refer to Sections 01015, 01714 and 01715. 1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Preparation for Shipment: 1. Prepare in a manner to facilitate unloading and handling. 2. Provide skids, boxes, crates or other effective shipping devices to protect materials, fixtures or equipment against damage from rough handling, moisture, dust, excessive heat or cold. 3. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration and other damage. 4. Apply grease packing or lubricating oil to all bearing and similar items. 5. Tag or mark each item as identified in the delivery schedule or on the shop drawings. Package or bundle items consisting of multiple similar pieces. Tag or mark the package or bundle. 6. Include complete packing lists or bills of material with each shipment. 7. Do not ship equipment requiring cranes or special equipment for unloading or handling without notice or until Contractor is prepared to receive and care for it properly. 8. Protect electrical equipment, controls and insulation from moisture or water damage. B. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. 1. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weathertight enclosures. 2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. C. Exterior Storage: 1. Store fabricated products above the ground on blocking or skids. Prevent soiling or staining. Cover products which are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings. Provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. 2. Store wood and wood products above the ground on blocking or skids, and cover to protect from weather exposure. D. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic inspections of stored products to assure that products are maintained under specified conditions and free from damage or deterioration. E. Protection after Installation: 1. Protect materials, fixtures and equipment with original protective wrappings until Substantial Completion of the project, as specified in individual Sections, to include but not be limited to: a. Factory -finished wood doors. b. Custom cabinetry, casework and countertops. 01600 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents C. Carpeting and hard surface flooring. d. Toilet and bath fixtures and faucets. e. Finish hardware items. Z. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove when no longer needed. 1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products List: 1. Within thirty (30) days after Award of Contract, submit to Architect a complete list of major products proposed to be used with the name of the manufacturer and the installing Subcontractor. B. Contractor's Options: 1. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard. 2. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of the products or manufacturers named which complies with the specifications. 3. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and "or equal", Contractor shall submit a request for substitutions of any product or manufacturer not specifically named. When the phrase "equal approved prior to bidding" is used, consideration of equals will not be made after Bid Opening, except as allowed in paragraph 1.05.D. below. 4. Naming approved manufacturers does not relieve the Contractor from meeting all specification requirements. 5. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, there is no option. For purposes of this project, these include, but may not be limited to: a. Steel overhead coiling doors specified in Section 08330. b. Automatic entrance doors, specified in Section 08460. C. Finish hardware specified in Section 08700. d. Electric hand dryers specified in Section 10800. e. Residential appliances specified in Section 11452. f. Lecterns specified in Section 12621. g. Stainless steel penal plumbing fixtures specified in Division 15. h. Electric unit heaters specified in Division 15. i. Rooftop HVAC equipment, specified in Division 15. j. HVAC and/or lighting controls, specified in Divisions 15 and 16. k. Light fixtures and motion switches specified in Division 16. 6. Manufacturer's material or equipment listed in Schedules, Specifications or on the Drawings are types to be provided for establishment of size, capacity, grade and quality. If other acceptable manufacturers are used, cost of any change in construction required by their use shall be borne by the Contractor. C. Substitutions during Bidding: 1. For the period up to nine (9) working days before the Bid Date, Architect/ Engineer will consider written requests from Contractors for substitution of products. 2. Submit a separate request for each product supported with complete data with drawings and samples as appropriate, including: a. Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution with that specified. b. Changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution. C. Effect on the construction schedule. d. Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the product specified. e. Any required license fees or royalties. f. Availability of maintenance service and source of replacement materials. 01600 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3. Architect and Owner's representative shall judge the acceptability of the proposed substitution and respond to the Contractor in writing by addenda, provided the request for substitution has been made in accordance with the requirements listed above. Requests made after this timeline will not be responded to by addenda; any use of these products will be at the sole risk of the Contractor. 4. Requests for substitutions received later than the deadline stipulated above will not be considered. D. Substitutions after Contract Award: Substitutions after contract award wit[ only be allowed where the specified products are no longer available, or where lead times in fabrication and delivery will affect the construction schedule, unless otherwise allowed in the General and Supplementary Conditions. 1. Submit a separate request for each product supported with complete data with drawings and samples as appropriate, including: a. Written documentation from the subcontractor or supplier that all allowable, approved manufacturers of a specific product are no longer available, or that the use of such products will adversely affect the construction schedule. Also refer to subparagraph 1.05.E. below. b. All other data specified for substitution requests in paragraph 1.05.C. above. 2. Failure by the Contractor to order materials or equipment in a timely manner will not be grounds for approving a substitution request under this paragraph. 3. Contractor shall use any approved equal material or equipment at no additional cost to the Owner if the material or equipment used in his Bid is unavailable or causes undue delay in fabrication or delivery. E. Contractors Representation: A request for a substitution constitutes a representation that the Contractor: 1. Has investigated the proposed product and determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. Will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified. 3. Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the work and make such other changes as may be required to make the work complete in all respects. 4. Waives all claims for additional costs, under his responsibility, which may subsequently become apparent. F. Architect and Owner will review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness and notify Contractor in writing of the decision to accept or reject the requested substitution. i �rb1 •bI_1 I C 11 � IJ, CK �bI \ I q ;7 G1 f.7 A. Furnish to the Owner at the completion of the work all maintenance materials, equipment and tools specified in respective Sections of these Specifications, including but not limited to: 1. Exterior Portland Cement stucco system specified in Section 07245. 2. Solid vinyl siding and prefinished trims specified in Section 07463. 3. Wood siding and trims specified in Section 07466. 4. Ceramic tile specified in Section 09310. 5. Porcelain tile specified in Section 09320. 6. Brick Paver Tile specified in Section 09340. 7. Acoustical ceilings specified in Section 09510. 8. Resilient flooring specified in Section 09650. 9. Carpeting specified in Section 09680. 10. Modular carpet tile specified in Section 09690. 11. Paints and stains specified in Sections 09900 and 09930. 12. Vinyl wall coverings specified in Section 09952. B. Materials specified for the Owner's maintenance stock shall not be used by the Contractor for replacement of defective or damaged materials during the course of construction or to remedy any 01600 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents defect in workmanship caused by the Contractor's own forces or his subcontractors. Maintenance materials may be used, with the written permission of the Owner, to replace materials damaged during construction as a result of vandalism or natural causes. C. Contractor shall certify in writing that all specified maintenance materials have been furnished and turned over to the Owner's representative or delivered to the location on the site directed by the Owner. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Use materials of commercial quality suitable for the anticipated service conditions. B. All materials and equipment to be installed in the permanent construction shall be new, unless otherwise permitted. C. Unless required otherwise, use components of standard sizes to assure future availability and permit field installation of repair parts. Make like parts of duplicate units interchangeable. 2.02 FABRICATION AND MANUFACTURE A. Workmanship and Materials: Design, fabricate and assemble equipment in accordance with the best engineering and shop practice. B. Lubrication: 1. Include lubrication systems which do not waste lubricants, require attention during startup or shutdown or more frequently than weekly during normal operation. 2. Furnish sufficient lubricants of the type recommended by the equipment manufacturer to fill lubricant reservoirs and replace consumption during startup, testing and operation prior to the Owner's acceptance of the equipment. C. Drive Units: Refer to Division 15, Mechanical, and/or Division 16, Electrical. D. Anchor Bolts: 1. Furnish with each piece of equipment required to be anchored. 2. Minimum Diameter: 3/4", or as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Minimum Length: Provide for required embedment in structural concrete and extend through concrete base, 1-1/2" of grout, base plate and nuts. Concrete base will be 4" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Include two (2) nuts with each bolt. 5. Deliver anchor bolts with templates or setting drawings in time for installation when structural concrete is placed. E. Equipment Bases: 1. Include a cast iron or welded base plate with each pump, compressor and similar equipment installed on concrete base, if applicable. 2. Design to support both the driven unit and its drive assembly on a single base plate. 3. Support all equipment to be set on floor with 4" minimum concrete base. 4. Include grout holes and provisions for anchor bolts. 5. Include raised lip all around and a threaded drain connection with base plates for pumps. F. Special Tools and Accessories: 1. Furnish all special tools, instruments and accessories required for proper maintenance. 2. Furnish such special devices as are required for proper lifting and handling. G. Shop Painting: Refer to Section 09900, Painting. 1. Protect iron and steel surfaces with paint or other protective coating applied in the shop. 2. Use coating good for anticipated useful life of equipment on surfaces inaccessible after assembly. 3. Finish exposed surfaces smooth, clean and filled to obtain uniform base for paint. 01600 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 4. Apply one (1) or more shop coats of a primer capable of protecting surfaces to receive finish paint coats after installation. 5. Apply finish coats in the shop with a high-grade oil -resistant enamel on electric motors, speed reducers, starters and other self-contained or enclosed components. 6. Do not paint machined, polished or non-ferrous surfaces. Coat such surfaces with rust -preventive compound, Houghton Rust Veto 334, Rust-Oleum R-9 or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment with or under the guidance of qualified personnel having the knowledge and experience necessary for proper results. B. Arrange work to facilitate maintenance, repair or replacement of equipment. Locate services requiring maintenance on valves and similar units in front of services requiring less maintenance. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other work. C. Locate operating and control equipment, dampers, valves, traps, clean -outs, motors, controllers, switchgears, drain points, maintenance items and devices for easy access. Install access panels where units are concealed by finished and similar work. D. Provide required clearances in front of, and around, equipment as necessary for access and ventilation. Comply with all applicable codes and regulations. 3.02 PLACING EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION A. Before starting up each system: 1. Check each piece of equipment for proper drive rotation, belt tension and any other condition which may cause damage to equipment or endanger personnel. 2. Clean, blow-out or flush lubricating oil, water systems and other pipelines. 3. Lubricate equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Test lubrication system safety interlocks and system performance. 5. Perform final alignment checks under observation of the Owner's principal representative and, where required, manufacturers field representative. 6. Demonstrate that no abnormal stresses are transmitted to equipment from piping, ducts or other attachments. 7. Check anchor bolt tensions, grout and shims. Use calibrated torque wrenches for tightening anchor bolts. Do not overstress bolts. B. Place equipment into successful operation in accordance with the written instructions of the manufacturer or the instruction of the manufacturer's field representative, including required adjustment, tests and operation checks. 3.03 PERFORMANCE TESTS A. Tests may be required, whether or not specifically called for, to determine if equipment will perform as specified or guaranteed. Final acceptance of equipment, or Substantial Completion of that part of the work, is contingent upon acceptable test results. B. Do not conduct tests on equipment for which manufacturer's field service is specified, unless manufacturer's field representative is present and declares the equipment ready for test. C. Conduct tests as set forth in the Specifications, unless another manner of testing is approved. D. Equipment or systems that fail to satisfy the performance requirements shall be modified or replaced at Architect/Engineer's option. If modifications are allowed, make modifications necessary to produce an installation which will satisfy the performance requirements. Retest after modifications or equipment replacement is complete. Modifications, additional equipment, 01600 - 6 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents retesting and structural, piping or electrical modifications necessary to accommodate modified equipment or replacement equipment shall be made at no additional cost. END OF SECTION 01600 - 7 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents mm Sbin a dm qmm ► mtw Odi4 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Comply with requirements stated in Conditions of the Contract and in Specifications for administrative procedures in closing out the work. B. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Conditions of the Contract: Fiscal provisions, legal submittals and additional administrative requirements. 2. Section 01026, Applications for Payment: Requirements for final payment. 3. Section 01050, Field Engineering: Surveying certificate and final completion survey. 4. Section 01310, Construction Schedules. 5. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Maintenance materials. 6. Section 01710, Cleaning. 7. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 8. Section 01720, Project Record Documents. 9. Section 01730, Operating and Maintenance Data. 10. Section 01740, Warranties and Bonds. if. Respective Sections of Specifications: Testing requirements and closeout submittals required of specific trades or subcontractors. 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Definition of Substantial Completion: Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. B. When Contractor considers that the work is substantially complete, he shall submit to the Architect: 1. Written notice that the work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. 2. "Punch list" of items to be completed or corrected, as determined by the Contractor prior to inspection by the Architect and/or Owner. 3. Temporary Certificate of Occupancy, or other evidence of acceptance by the building official or other authority with jurisdiction over the project. 4. Complete prefunctional checklist and function performance testing from commissioning documentation. C. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, Architect will make an inspection to determine the status of completion. D. Should Architect or Engineer determine that the work is not substantially complete: 1. Architect or Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, giving the reasons therefor. 2. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the work and send a second written notice of substantial completion to the Architect. 3. Architect or Engineer will reinspect the work, as appropriate. E. When Architect concurs that the work is substantially complete, he will: 1. Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA form G704 or other Owner -provided form, accompanied by Architect's list of items to be completed or corrected. 2. Submit the Certificate to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate. 01700 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1.03 FINAL INSPECTION A. When Contractor considers the work is complete, he shall submit written certification that: 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed, and that the work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 2. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 3. Corrective or incomplete work has been completed from punch lists provided at Substantial Completion. 4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational. 5. Final cleaning has been completed and project is ready for final inspection. 6. Final Certificate of Occupancy has been issued. 7. Verification of completion of all outstanding commissioning requirements. B. Architect will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. C. Should Architect consider that the work is incomplete or defective: 1. Architect or Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. 2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and send a second written certification to Architect that the work is complete. 3. Architect or Engineer will reinspect the work, as appropriate. D. When the Architect finds that the work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, he shall request the Contractor to prepare and deliver closeout submittals. E. Should Architect and/or Engineer perform reinspection due to failure of the work to comply with the claims of status of either Substantial or Final Completion made by the Contractor: 1. Owner will compensate Architect and/or Engineer for such additional services by change order to the A/E Agreement. 2. Owner will deduct the amount of such compensation from the final payment due the Contractor. 1.04 SYSTEMS TESTING A. Contractor shall conduct tests for operational systems and equipment as specified herein or as required by individual Sections, prior to Final Inspection. Testing of systems or equipment shall include but not be limited to: 1. Drainage and weathertightness of roofing systems. 2. Propat=ne-fueled devices. 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS A. Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities: 1. Certificate of Occupancy. 2. Certificates of Inspection, including plumbing, mechanical, electrical and fire sprinkler systems. B. LEED Log Binder: Refer to Section 01015. C. Final Completion Schedule: Refer to Section 01310. D. Project Record Documents: Refer to Section 01720. E. Operating and Maintenance Data, Instructions to Owner's Personnel: Refer to Section 01730. F. Warranties and Bonds: Refer to Section 01740. G. Keys and Keying Schedule: Refer to Section 08700, Finish Hardware. H. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: General and Supplementary Conditions. I. Maintenance Materials: Evidence that all required maintenance materials have been furnished and stored as directed by the Owner. 01700 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents J. Test Results: Written approval from the testing agency for systems or equipment requiring final testing, as specified above. K. Surveying Certificate: Certification of accuracy of building layout, grading and drainage or ATLA survey, as referenced in Section 01050. L. Certifications: Written certifications of material or equipment compliance, as required by various Sections of the Specifications. M. Construction Waste Management Plan: Final report, as specified in Section 01714. 1.06 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Architect. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum: 1. The original Contract Sum, including accepted Bid Alternates. 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: a. Previous Change Orders. b. Allowances. C. Unit prices. d. Deductions for uncorrected work. e. Penalties and bonuses. f. Deductions for liquidated damages. g. Deductions for reinspection payments. h. Other adjustments. 3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted. 4. Previous payments. 5. Sum remaining due, including retainage. B. Contractor will prepare a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to the Contract Sum which were not previously made by Change Orders. 1.07 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract and Section 01026, Applications for Payment. END OF SECTION 01700 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01710 CLEANING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Execute periodic cleaning during progress of the work. B. Execute final cleaning at completion of the work. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Conditions of the Contract. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 01715, Waste Removal and Recycling. 4. Respective Sections of Specifications: Cleaning for specific products or work. 1.02 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct cleaning operations to comply with applicable codes, ordinances, regulations and anti- pollution laws. B. Construction waste management shall be provided in accordance with the approved construction waste management plan specified in Section 01714. C. Disposal of waste materials, debris and rubbish shall be at a commercially -operated recycling center, legal dumpsite or landfill. Refer to Section 01715. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which wit[ not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturers of the surface material to be cleaned. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Execute periodic cleaning to keep the building(s), the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris resulting from construction operations. 1. Contractor shall provide site cleaning at the end of each workday during progress of the work. 2. Building(s) and site shall be kept clean to the satisfaction of the Owner, including but not limited to: a. Removal of scrap lumber, plywood, gypsum wallboard and other waste construction materials. b. Removal of accumulations of sawdust, drywall compound, nails and other waste materials. C. Removal of cans, bottles and other rubbish. d. Removal of boxes, cartons, pallets and other construction packaging materials. 01710 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3. Stored materials that are to be used in the construction of the work are not subject to the provisions of this paragraph. 4. Refer to Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract for site cleaning damages and other remedies available to the Owner. B. Maintain parking areas, access drives and city streets clean from mud and other debris. 3.02 CLEANING PRIOR TO PAINTING A. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and continue cleaning on an as -needed basis until painting is finished. B. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or freshly finished surfaces. C. Temporarily seal window and door openings prior to the start of finish painting to prevent windblown dust and other particulates from impairing wet or freshly finished surfaces. 3.03 FINAL CLEANING A. Final cleaning shall be performed by personnel or subcontractors skilled in this work. B. In general, the extent of final cleaning shall be to remove grease, mastic and adhesives, dust and dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other foreign materials from site -exposed interior and exterior surfaces. C. Interior cleaning shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Wash and polish glass, glazing and mirrors. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 2. Wipe down all finish carpentry, woodwork and cabinetwork. 3. Wipe down all interior surfaces of wood doors, windows, casings and trims. 4. Wipe down and polish toilet partitions, toilet and bath accessories, signage components and other specialties. 5. Broom clean and dry vacuum all interior sealed concrete floor slabs to be left exposed. Apply specified finish/sealer. D. Exterior cleaning shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Power -wash or wash and wipe down wood siding and trim. 2. Power -wash and/or scrub with natural bristle or synthetic bristle brush at[ surfaces of brick, concrete block or stone masonry, as specified in Division 4. Power washing for historic buildings shall not exceed 300 psi water pressure. 3. Power -wash or wash and wipe down siding and trims, and other prefinished siding and trim materials. 4. Wash down prefinished stucco surfaces, using water pressure within allowable limits of the manufacturer. 5. Power -wash or wash and wipe down exposed structural steel and ornamental metal surfaces. 6. Power -wash or wash and wipe down prefinished metal roofing, gutters, downspouts, counterflashings and trim. 7. Wash and wipe down doors, frames and storefront systems. 8. Wash and polish glass and glazing. 9. Wash and wipe down site furnishings, bicycle racks, pipe bollards, ornamental metal fencing and other site amenities. E. Site cleaning shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Broom clean and wash down all areas of exterior concrete flatwork and asphalt paving. F. Prior to final completion or Owner occupancy, Contractor shall conduct an inspection of the site, all site -exposed interior and exterior surfaces and all work areas to verify that work of the entire project is clean. END OF SECTION 01710 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01714 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. The City of Fort Collins has established that this project shall generate less waste and will recycle or salvage at least 50% by weight of construction, demolition and land clearing waste. The Contractor shall develop and implement a Construction Waste Management (CWM) plan that identifies proposed deconstruction and salvage opportunities, reduces waste in ordering, storing and installation, recommends recycling activities, identifies licensed haulers and processors of recycled materials, names materials subject to salvage and identify organizations that accept salvaged materials. The Contractor shall estimate costs for recycling, salvage and reuse on site and train all site workers on the CWM plan process and requirements. B. Administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Recycling non -hazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Disposing of non -hazardous demolition and construction waste. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Submittal requirements. 2. Section 01715, Waste Removal and Recycling. 3. Respective Sections of Specifications: Specific requirements for construction waste management. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal offsite of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Waste Management Plan: Submit one (1) electronic plan in PDF or Microsoft Word format within 14 days of date established for commencement of the work. B. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit one (1) electronic copy of report, including the following information: 1. Material category. 2. Total quantity of waste in tons or cubic yards. 3. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged, reused or recycled) in tons or cubic yards. 4. Total quantity of waste recovered as a percentage of total waste. C. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit one (1) electronic copy of calculated end -of -project rates for salvage, recycling and disposal as a 01714 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents percentage of total waste generated by the work. D. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable or reusable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts and invoices. F. Landfill Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts and invoices. G. Final Report: Contractor shall submit a final report after all waste materials has been removed or reused on site and final cleaning has taken place. The report shall include information from the Waste Reduction Progress Reports and shall result in a total waste recovered (salvaged, reused or recycled) matching the goal established above. 1.04 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. Waste Management Plan: Prior to the start of work, the Contractor shall submit a draft Construction Waste Management (CWM) plan to the Architect and Owner for review. The CWM plan shall contain the following required information: 1. Name of Contractors personnel responsible for managing the CWM plan. 2. Analysis of the proposed jobsite waste to be generated, including types and approximate quantities or percentages. Offer options to reduce the waste generated, including ordering procedures, reducing damage to material during storage on site and during installation, and reducing packaging waste. Also offer options to reduce waste that must be disposed of in a hazardous waste facility. 3. Landfill Options: Name of the landfill(s) where trash will be disposed of, the applicable landfill tipping fees, and the projected cost of disposing of at[ construction waste in the landfill(s). 4. Alternatives to Landfitling: A list of each material proposed to be salvaged, reused or recycled during the course of the Project and the estimated net cost savings or additional costs resulting from separating and recycling, reusing or salvaging (versus landfilling) each material. "Net" means that the following have been subtracted from the cost of separation and recycling: a. Revenue from the sale of recycled or salvaged materials, and b. Landfill tipping fees saved due to diversion of materials from the landfill. The list of these materials shall include, at a minimum, the following materials: 11 Cardboard. 2) Concrete. 3) Asphalt. 4) Wood, including dimensional, unpainted wood, plywood, OSB and particleboard. 5) Ferrous materials. 6) Non-ferrous metals, including copper, brass and aluminum. 7) Glass, including glass bottles from beverages. 8) HDPE and PET plastics, including beverage containers. 9) Concrete masonry units (CMU). 10) Gypsum wallboard products. 11) Polystyrene. 12) Newspaper. 13) Office and other white paper. 14) Drawings, engineering copies and blueprints. 15) Packaging materials, including: a) Paper b) Cardboard boxes 01714 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents c) Wood pallets and crates d) Plastic sheet and film e) Polystyrene packaging f) Glass g) HPDE and PET plastics, including beverage containers h) Plastic pails 5. Cost/Revenue Analysis: Indicate total cost of waste disposal as if there was no waste management plan and net additional cost or net savings resulting from implementing waste management plan. Include the following: a. Total quantity of waste. b. Estimated cost of disposal (cost per unit). Include hauling and tipping fees and cost of collection containers for each type of waste. C. Revenue from salvaged materials. d. Revenue from recycled materials. e. Savings in hauling and tipping fees by donating materials. f. Savings in hauling and tipping fees that are avoided. g. Handling and transportation costs. Include cost of collection containers for each type of waste. h. Net additional cost or net savings from waste management plan. 6. Materials Handling Procedures: Describe the means by which any materials identified above will be protected from contamination and describe the means to be employed in recycling the materials (separation requirements, containers, etc.) 7. Transportation: Describe the means of transportation of the recyclable materials, such as whether materials will be site -separated by the Contractor, hauled by the Contractor or specialty recycling firm, or collected by the designated facility. 8. Site Disposal: Burial or other disposal of material on site is prohibited. B. Contractor shall submit copies of the CWM plan for review by the Architect and Owner's Representative. Allow for at least two weeks for review. Contractor shall make requested revisions and complete the approved CWM plan. 1. Quantity of Draft Plan: one (1) electronic copy, unless other quantity specified in Section 01340. 1.05 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. Distribution: Contractor shall distribute copies of the approved CWM plan to the Superintendent, each Subcontractor, the Architect and the Owner. One copy shalt be posted at the jobsite at all times. B. Instruction: Contractor shall provide on -site instruction of appropriate separation, handling and recycling, salvage, reuse and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the work. C. Separation Facilities: Contractor shall lay out and label a specific area to facilitate separations of materials for potential recycling, salvage, reuse and return. Recycling and waste bin areas are to be kept neat and clean, and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials. Also refer to Section 01715, Waste Removal and Recycling. D. Hazardous Wastes: Hazardous wastes shall be separated, stored and disposed of according to local regulations. Refer to Section 02080, Hazardous Material Removal. E. Application for Progress Payments: Contractor shall submit with each Application for Progress Payment a summary of waste generated by the Project. The summary shall contain the following information. 1. Amount (in cubic yards) of material landfilled from the Project, the identity of the landfill, the total amount of tipping fees paid and the total disposal cost. 2. Amount (in cubic yards) of each material recycled, reused on the jobsite, salvaged or returned. Include the transportation cost, the amount of money paid or received for the 01714 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents recycled or salvaged material and the net total cost or savings of recycled or salvaged materials. Final Report: Contractor shall submit a final report when all waste material has been removed or reused on site and final cleaning has taken place. The report shall state what percentage (by volume) (by weight) of construction, demolition and land clearing waste has been diverted from landfill disposal. Salvage may include donation of the material to charitable organizations if acceptable to the Owner. 1. Minimum required construction waste diversion rate is 50% (75%) by volume (by weight) of construction, demolition and land clearing debris. 1.06 WASTE MANAGEMENT CONFERENCE A. Conduct conference at project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Project Management and Coordination". Meeting shall include contractors affected by the Waste Management Plan. Review methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of Waste Management Coordinator. 2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition. 3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays. 4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal facilities. 5. Review waste management requirements for each trade. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. General: Contractor shall implement CWM plan as approved by the Owner and Architect. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. Also refer to Section 01715. B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring and reporting status of waste management work plan. C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the project. 1. Distribute CWM plan to everyone concerned within three (3) days of submittal return. 2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling and disposal. D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. Also refer to Sections 01046 and 01560. 1. Designate and label specific areas on site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated and sold. 01714 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3.02 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from site and legally dispose of them as required by Section 01715. END OF SECTION 01714 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents City of Fort Collins Purchasing ADDENDUM No 2 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N Mason St 2n° Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins CO 80522 970 221 6775 970 221 6707 fcgov corn/purchasing Description of Bid 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory OPENING DATE 3 00 p m (Our Clock) August 21 2008 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above the following changes are hereby made CHANGE General 1 The Observation Shelter concrete trail and associated site access improvements involving the widening of the existing trail from the north parking lot to the Observation Shelter will put into a separate lump sum bid item Reference the attached access exhibit and typical cross section sketches for the extent of site access improvements to be included in the base bid scope of work See the attached revised Bid Form 2 See the attached revised Bid Form for revised unit price for overruns of 16 diameter drilled piers in lieu of 12 diameter piers 3 See the attached revised Bid Form for revised unit price for standard gray concrete sidewalk with fiber mesh 5 thick 4 The substantial completion date for Phase 1 scope of work is being extended to January 30 2009 5 (1) One concrete clean out will be provided per parking lot in a designated area to be determined General Contractor is responsible for removing concrete and repairing existing parking lot as required at the completion of the project 6 Excess soil will be allowed to be wasted within two miles of the site being excavated at a specific location to be determined The site will be accessible by a dump truck 7 Owner will provide soils testing and open -hole inspections as needed 8 General Contractor is responsible for all below slab sub grade preparation at all concrete walks picnic shelter kiosk entry station and observatory slab on grade Reconditioning of existing sub grade to proper earthwork compaction specifications is acceptable 9 The Contractor will need to coordinate with artist Robert Tully to accurately locate and size the block outs needed in the concrete walls at the Lindenmeier Overlook Observation structure for the art work which will be installed by the artist following completion of the structure "I a tpm ROAM • GbO f; l 0 - WORM BM1e Fftme 11an*'Me Qns Heat Mmwlcmrd Mw Rms Mrtldl nor* orta.d wr.. Ihnt r sko p b chsr is Ytnt pith A Pubr4O4*b.ti w m . Y. h. it trrrr wd cpmb Ai no dN•d trr•t trn the mrtct tam Y trrntta wQ Mmttr r.tta TWO p tYdbCmtrdYd 91w RMN N: oalkr rvd•Ycp sd brLwdf mk ruduMi ; the h� uat and tint hull tm t..Wmd Wfy i boar ntLo, vpBA, Y DK rb rrrYtlam trmr Yrp.da VIBE! lit. B: .: tlltt Ittie I".� --' A. �4Nttm�f�l, t i 11t1>iPSAnif wBawr� twuearrwv� MW 90000misid • tt=as rant raw" ant • rtrrr.�r.tctr • r rw M+ameYd. YALMIM •t✓m bQ ram... fw lMmnm ti br opucaw rk rM bw Yt Lk•Yln Df FNrf itWr. Y\`�( Ita }ant CN Y.i4MYas SAYfI i.fMd1V hYtA eod.r f vrif IM A Y Y ti. N'IL m Wr .aOIL-=<_J=rt..r-,Mr.....-�� aLC:ray,. new r � �t-:.�rE'. rr. �.�_�r�_--+r. rf .._�rri ant•-. •:�1L•.. r.. m 00 ME:=.'!=©O MICZI.14TTT7 0 r� E� t'-Tw rr I a MR67, BtblwlCOM Idtwd Mm W M=Mk ocatpr v.trn• tw r .Mr Bat kv cbM= tr Intl tm =r r)ch Tt• trrrr ri Wants r t, MA,*.d a trr t..=m Y.tt Ytrrrd b artv Mocar<mwtbt Thum F " V Cowftltd ItA- d Hwhw op.uert runt old, *W--Y& •4=6 01 rw&A to Who p6gf M W OTbtrkt.Y tt.htedftdNYd F ad a*s UtA "d "V r. tk. H '..'. S" ••q'acvr. cra4 ati t•tCN YaM r(th nt. hta so. Hnt.a • a b-ftm d-t {� �+ r! �o 0 '9 t WE goosom"a D�wr .tadQ • ��r. m.Yltdt} • tY rvttq kdnt. teYdnt • dN p. Y1Y YWI�... wwV V ttrrcrnt..ltpok •OpUm tourrMAr*qis 9=::=Nil-==K=30 �pw-r 'tT' jT'rw •' 'ant._=La C.-nt�awls L•_.�r. ... 93 r r. rrr. ���LJw._��_�rsawl•.i.21':. r.� t'^—�� a�www tT'7�-�r'.'A �T��iTT'.�![Tr•T' •. rrrrr.r_. _. 0 SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Maintain at the site one (1) record copy of each of the following documents: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications or Project Manual. 3. Addenda. 4. Construction Waste Management Plan. 5. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 6. Architect field orders or written instructions. 7. Approved shop drawings, product data and samples. 8. Field test records. 9. Architect's and Engineers' field reports. 10. Caisson boring logs. 11. Engineered screwpile logs. B. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 2. Section 01410, Testing. 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Prior to beginning work, separate one (1) clean, complete set of project documents from construction sets and hold for record document purposes. The Architect and Owner will not furnish additional sets for the Contractor's use at the end of construction, unless compensated for by the Contractor. B. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction. Provide files and rack for storage of documents. C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by the Architect, Engineers and Owner's representative. 1.03 RECORDING REQUIREMENTS A. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. B. Drawings shall be legibly marked to record actual construction: 1. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finished first floor datum. 2. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface locations. 3. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Changes made by field order or by Change Order. 6. Details not included in original Contract Documents. 01720 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents C. Specifications and Addenda shall be legibly marked to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by field order or by Change Order. D. Caisson Boring Logs: 1. Format: 24" x 36". E. Engineered Screwpile Logs. 1. Format: 24" x 36". F. Special Requirements: 1. Prefabricated Steel Structures: Contractor shall provide shop drawings and/or erection drawings on compact diskettes in CAD format, compatible with the Owner's software system requirements, for the prefabricated steel structures as a part of the record document submittal. Refer to Section 13122. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. At contract closeout, deliver all Record Documents to the Architect for the Owner. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter containing: 1. Date, project name and number. 2. Contractor's name and address. 3. Title and number of each Record Document. 4. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative. C. Submit one (1) copy of approved data in final form no later than fifteen (15) days after final inspection or acceptance, but prior to applying for final payment. D. As -Recorded Documents shall be submitted, reviewed and accepted by the Architect and Owner prior to the Final Application for Payment being processed. E. Architect shall prepare and furnish the Owner with one (1) set of reproducible Record Documents in accordance with the Contract requirements. END OF SECTION 01720 • 2 Soapstone Natural Area- 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01730 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products, fixtures and equipment furnished for this Project. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as referenced in other pertinent Sections of the Specifications. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in maintenance of products and in operation of equipment and systems. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 2. Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 3. Section 01700, Contract Close -Out. 4. Section 01720, Project Record Documents. 5. Section 01740, Warranties and Bonds. 1.02 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. B. Format of Submittals: Size: 8-1 /2" x l l". Paper: Manufacturer's printed data or neatly typewritten. Drawings: a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text. b. Fold larger drawings to size of text pages. Provide fly leaf for each separate product or each piece of operating equipment. a. Provide typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. b. Provide indexed tabs. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". List the following: a. Title of project. b. Identity of separate structure as applicable. C. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. C. Binders: 1. Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers, ring size as required. 2. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related, consistent groupings. D. Number of Manuals Required: Three (3) copies of each complete manual, including all general information and plumbing, mechanical, electrical and fire sprinkler sections. 1.03 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Neatly typewritten Table of Contents for each volume arranged in systematic order. 1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. List of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume. 3. List with each product, name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontractor or installer. b. Maintenance contractor as appropriate. 01730 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents C. Identify the area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Note each sheet to: a. Clearly identify specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify data applicable to installation. C. Delete references to inapplicable information. C. Drawings: 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Written text as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide logical sequence of instruction for each procedure. E. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued indicating: 1. Proper procedures in the event of failure. 2. Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds. F. Copy of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for each product or material. G. Color/Finish Schedules: 1. List of each color and finish selection for all exterior materials, including manufacturer and color/finish number. 2. List of each color and finish selection for all interior materials, including manufacturer and color/finish number. 1.04 GENERAL MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Provide complete information for products specified in individual Sections of these Specifications. 1.05 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form no later than fifteen (15) days after final inspection or acceptance, but prior to applying for final payment. B. Operating and maintenance manuals shall be submitted reviewed and accepted by the Architect and Owner prior to the Final Application for Payment being processed 1.06 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct Owners designated operating and maintenance personnel in operation, adjustment and maintenance of products, equipment and systems. B. Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction. C. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. END OF SECTION 01730 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 01740 WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor shall compile specified warranties and bonds and specified service and maintenance contracts. B. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. C. Submit to Architect for review and transmittal to Owner. D. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Instructions to Bidders: Bid or Proposal Bond. 2. Conditions of the Contract: Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond. 3. Conditions of the Contract: General Warranty of Construction. 4. Section 01700, Contract Close -Out. 5. Section 01730, Operating and Maintenance Data. 6. Respective Sections of Specifications which specify the product. 1.02 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. General: Submit warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts as specified in respective Sections of Specifications. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, all warranties shall be written in the Owner's name, and shall be transferable to future Owner(s) for the duration of the warranty period. B. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors, bound with operating and maintenance data. Manuals are specified in Section 01730. C. Number of original signed copies required: Three (3) each, or as required by number of manuals specified in Section 01730. D. Table of Contents: Neatly typed in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item. 1. Product or work item. 2. Firm with name of principal, address and telephone number. 3. Scope of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 4. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 5. Duration of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 6. Provide information for Owner's personnel: a. Proper procedure in case of failure. b. Conditions which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. 7. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. E. Format of Submittals: 1. Format: Prepare in duplicate packets. 2. Size: 8-1/2" x 11" punched sheets for standard three-ring binder. Fold larger sheets to fit into binders. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS A. Submit documents within twenty-five (25) days after inspection and acceptance for equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during progress of construction. B. Otherwise make submittals within twenty-five (25) days after date of Substantial Completion, prior to final request for payment. 01740 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents C. For items of work where acceptance is delayed materially beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.04 REQUIRED WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Bid or Proposal Bond: Refer to Instructions to Bidders. B. Performance and Payment Bond: Refer to Conditions of the Contract. C. General Warranty of Construction: Refer to Conditions of the Contract. Unless modified elsewhere, General Contractor shall warrant all construction materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) calendar year from the date of Substantial Completion. D. Warranties: Provide required warranties for products, materials and equipment covering defects in materials and workmanship for the time duration(s) specified in individual Sections. Where no specific warranty is mentioned, provide warranty coverages normally provided by the manufacturer for that product. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, all warranties shall be written in the Owner's name. 2. All warranties shall be transferable to future Owner(s) for the duration of the warranty period. E. Provide warranties and/or bonds for products and services specified in individual Sections of these Specifications. F. Maintenance Agreements: None required. However, all Contractors and Subcontractors shall be required to make service calls as requested by the Owner throughout the one-year general warranty period, at no additional expense to the Owner. G. Optional Bond(s): The Contractor shall retain the right to require Performance and/or Labor and Material Payment Bonds from any or all of his/her Subcontractors. The costs of such second or third tier bonds will not be paid for by the Owner. END OF SECTION 01740 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SITE PREPARATION PART 1 GENERAL i�lils�.'f17:i9Ilk [014 1] r A. Overlot grading in preparation of building and sitework improvements. B. Stripping and stockpiling of topsail, unless arranged for otherwise. C. Finish grading and placing of topsoil, unless arranged for otherwise. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01010, Summary of Work: Site prep work provided by developer. 2. Section 022201, Excavating, Filling and Grading: Excavating, filling and compacting of embankments and other site work unrelated to structures. 3. Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilting and Compacting. 4. Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting. 1.02 SITE CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine for himself the character of materials to be encountered. Should subsurface conditions normally considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be encountered, the Contractor may apply for just compensation for additional expenses resulting from such conditions. B. Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings. C. Due to a high groundwater table, dewatering of the site may be required where lagoon earthwork and subgrade excavation occurs. D. Classification of Excavated Material: Excavated materials will not be classified. Excavation and trenching includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character, composition or condition thereof. Refer to paragraph 3.01.A. 1.03 PROTECTION A. Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment and vehicular traffic. B. Protect existing trees to remain as specified in Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. C. Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work, in accordance with requirements of Section 01040, 01046 and 01060. Protect all utilities which are to remain. D. Notify Architect/Engineer of any unexpected subsurface conditions. Discontinue work in the area until Architect/Engineer provides notification to resume work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Refer to applicable portions of Sections 02200, 02220, 02221 and/or 02225 for selected imported fill materials and reuse of existing on -site fill materials. 02100 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Obtain Right -of -Way Work Permit or any other approvals as required for work within a street, alley or other public right-of-way. B. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and this Section. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to these requirements, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. C. Clear and strip surface vegetation, sod and organic topsoil as required for grading or new construction in areas within sitework boundaries. The stripped topsoil shall be stored for later use in the site finish grading. 1. Extent of Stripping: As required for new construction, as shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Topsoil shall not be stripped or existing vegetative cover disturbed in excess of these limits without written approval of the Architect/Engineer. D. Clearing and Tree/Brush Removal: Refer to Section 02115. 3.02 ROUGH GRADING, EXCAVATING AND COMPACTING A. Refer to applicable portions of Sections 02200, 02220, 02221 and/or 02225. 3.03 FINISH GRADING A. General: Provide finish grading and placing of topsoil unless arranged for otherwise. B. Bring subsoil to required levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradually and blend slopes into existing areas. Maintain tolerance within .10' of required subgrade, except under building slabs where final grades shall be within 1 /2" of required elevation. C. Slope finish grade away from building minimum 1' in 10', unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings, providing effective drainage of at least 1%, unless otherwise indicated. D. Scarify subgrade to a depth of 6" where topsoil is to be placed and compact as specified. Provide depth allowances for topsoil placement. E. Place and shape subgrade for landscape berms and other artificially created earthen features as shown on the Landscape Drawings. 3.04 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Place and spread topsoil with minimum depth of 6", using suitable stockpiled, onsite material, supplemented with imported material as required. B. Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during dry weather. C. Fine grade topsoil to within 1"of finish contours eliminating rough and low areas to ensure positive drainage. Maintain levels, profiles and contours of subgrades to tie new work into existing. D. Remove stones, roots, grass, weeds, debris and other foreign materials while spreading. E. Manually spread topsoil around trees, plants and buildings to prevent compaction and damage which may be caused by grading equipment. F. Lightly compact placed topsoil and leave prepared for soil preparation and landscaping specified in other Sections of Division 2. 3.05 MAINTENANCE A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to specified 02100 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743,07 100% Construction Documents tolerances. B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, or where topsoil has been compacted in excess of the specified limits, scarify surface, reshape and compact to required density prior to further construction. 3.06 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove and dispose of debris and excess materials off of Owners property. END OF SECTION 02100 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 02220 EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Excavating, filling, grading and compacting of embankments for retaining walls and other site work unrelated to building structures. B. Shore and brace excavations as required. C. Dewater excavations as necessary. D. Scarify and compact subgrade under asphalt and/or concrete paving. E. Finish grading and placement of topsoil, unless arranged for otherwise. F. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01410, Testing: Soils Report. 2. Section 02050, Building Demolition: Capping and Removal of Utilities within the Building Area. 3. Section 02100, Site Preparation. 4. Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting. 5. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 1.02 SITE CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine for himself the character of materials to be encountered. Should subsurface conditions normally considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be encountered, the Contractor may apply for just compensation for additional expenses resulting from such conditions. B. Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings. C. Due to a high groundwater table, dewatering of the site may be required where lagoon earthwork and subgrade excavation occurs. D. Classification of Excavated Material: Excavated materials will not be classified. Excavation and trenching includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character, composition or condition thereof. Refer to paragraph 3.01.A. 1.03 PROTECTION A. Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment and vehicular traffic. B. Protect existing trees to remain as specified in Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. C. Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work, in accordance with requirements of Sections 01040, 01046 and 01060. Protect all utilities which are to remain. D. Protect excavations by shoring or bracing as required to maintain banks of excavation in safe and stable condition and to protect adjacent existing and new construction. E. Provide suitable protection against bodily injury in accordance with applicable codes and governing authorities. F. Underpin or otherwise support adjacent structures, service lines and pipe chases which may be damaged by excavation work. G. Protect bottom of excavations and soil around and beneath foundation from frost. 02220 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 2007 Glo-Warm Indoor Space Heater Catalog MPoRIlI11 Indallatbn must be dare try Qual Med rer Y" mrAbs head Vwna's ManMan Cebue using Check Mal a des and admnces fa Malian Ve Usea. 41 moctuas aoao+ea V maura auea iflodlel lane II[Ltlatlm. xe resele tie dot waMand sr Lt sbKAlcatI Afth RMake. 01211 healer A.1 nigh eleladnns coblb can. ralbance.9ag.. Use AM aleaalte an oth' kruddIAee Ole U teats. Rosaes water'wm Is Me ace heated, Rader ro oArR s nand Nf S"Ucs. Rod[I cannot be CDn'.Md GeM n NH t,.. The MI wananr xe brier Is our standard warant, Pease real Me waamta Or any Ilnatatbns or dsdarnas. al OwMas base a in"! red two yea warranty. AN .."ea rime a . yea warrmC, Vnt-free gas products are amble] bl Ieamcm and bathroom Installabm In hUssach" b. H EIPESA. Aiin USA 2i�0 Pr ' OESA eeti% Aaducts P4534?dad)? H. Notify Architect/Engineer of any unexpected subsurface conditions. Discontinue work in the area until Architect/Engineer provides notification to resume work. 1.04 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A. Notify the Architect/Engineer at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of formwork, pipelines, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Also notify the Archi- tect/Engineer prior to placement of backfill of all foundations and utility trenches. Notification shalt be at least 48 hours prior to proceeding with the next phase of work. B. Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Architect. Testing fees shall be paid in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions. 1. The Contractor will pay for costs of additional testing required due to improper performance of the work. C. When work of this Section or portions of work are completed, notify the testing laboratory to perform density test. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been verified. D. Compaction Tests: 1. Retaining Walls and Other Site Structures: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate of one (1) test for each 100 [in. ft., or fraction thereof, of wall length unless otherwise modified by the Soils Report. 2. Concrete Flatwork: Refer to Section 02225. 3. Utility Trenches: Refer to Section 02221. E. If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SELECTED FILL MATERIALS A. General: Use on -site soil approved by the Soils Engineer for rough fill and for backfill against the outside of foundation walls except as specified below. Material shall be clean, compactible earth, free of frozen material, debris, deleterious or organic substances or large rocks. B. Structural Fill: On -site natural soils, devoid of debris or imported granular materials approved by the Soils Engineer, mechanically compacted as specified below and extended to original undisturbed soil. Use under floor slabs and exterior concrete where approved on -site material is not available or where shown on the Drawings. 1. Material shall be uniformly graded of low permeability and a swell potential of less than 1%. C. Imported Fill: Imported fill required to supplement acceptable on -site material shall be clean, devoid of debris and organic material, and shall conform to the following minimum specifications: 1. Class 5 road base conforming to Colorado Department of Transportation standards. 2. Gradation, conforming to ASTM C136: 6" 100% 3" 70-100% No. 4 Sieve 50-100% No. 200 Sieve 65% maximum 3. Liquid Limit: 30 maximum 4. Plasticity Index: 15 maximum. D. Coarse Granular Fill: Clean, crushed, non -porous rock, crushed or uncrushed gravel graded from 3/8" to 1-1/2". 02220 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents E. Fine Granular Fill: Natural or manufactured sand and pea gravel, clean and free of organic debris graded from 3/8" to No. 100 sieve. F. Fill under Landscape Areas: Free from alkali, salt, petroleum products. Use subsoil excavated from site only if conforming to specified requirements. G. Topsoil: Pliable loam free from subsoil, roots, grass, excessive amount of weeds, stones and foreign matter. Use topsoil stockpiled on site. H. Drainage Fill: Natural or crushed stone or gravel with 100% passing a 1" sieve and not more than 5% passing a No. 4 sieve. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Drainage Fabric: Mirafi 140 N filter fabric or equal. B. Perimeter Drainage Tile: Perforated PVC pipe, sizes as indicated on the Drawings. C. Silt Fence (Erosion Control): Woven filter fabric, type and size as required by Larimer County and/or the State of Colorado. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Classification of Excavation: The following definitions shall only apply when additional excavation is authorized by the Architect/Engineer and/or rock excavation is encountered. Do not proceed with the work until the material has been cross -sectioned and classified. 1. Earth Excavation: Removal and disposal of on -site soils, pavements, structures and utilities indicated on the Drawings and all other material as indicated by the subsurface soil data and not classified as rock excavation. 2. Rock Excavation: Removal and disposal of materials that cannot be excavated without drilling, blasting or ripping or boulders larger than 1 /2 cu. yd. in volume. B. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and this Section. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. C. Silt Fence: Install silt fence fabric using wooden posts and straw bales or other required accessory erosion control materials where indicated on the Drainage and Erosion Control Plan, or as required by the authority with jurisdiction over the work of the Project. Maintain in place until such authority permits its removal. D. Clear and strip surface vegetation, sod and organic topsoil for subgrades for areas within construction boundaries as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Architect/Engineer. The stripped topsoil shall be stored for later use in the site finish grading. Also refer to Section 02115. 1. Extent of Stripping: As required for new construction, as shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Topsoil shall not be stripped or existing vegetative cover disturbed in excess of these limits without written approval of the Architect/Engineer. E. Scarify subgrade where asphalt and/or concrete pavement is to be placed, to a depth of minimum 6" and compact to 95% SPD, ASTM D698-78 at 2% wet of optimum moisture content. F. Restoration and Preservation Projects: If historical or archaeological resources are encountered during excavation or construction of this project, the Contractor shall stop work and notify the Owner and the Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Colorado Historical Society. Work shall not proceed until authorized in writing by the Owner. 02220 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3.02 ROUGH GRADING A. Rough grade site to required levels, profiles, contours and elevations ready for finish grading and surface treatment. Maintain the following: 1. Planting Areas: 6" below finished grade elevation. 2. Concrete Walks: 4" below finished grade elevation. 3. Building Slabs: 12" below finished stab elevation. B. Prior to placing fill material over undisturbed subsoil, scarify surface to depth of 6", bring to 2%, wet of optimum moisture and compact as follows: 1. Building and Paved Areas: Minimum 95% of Standard Proctor Density at 2% wet of optimum moisture content ASTM D698-78. 2. Planting Areas: 90% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC, ASTM D698-78. C. Place fill in lifts of 6" to 9" maximum loose layers, bring to 2% wet of OMC and compact each layer to SPD's as follows: 1. Building and Paved Areas: Minimum 95% of SPD, ASTM D698-78. 2. Planting Areas: 90% of SPD, ASTM D698-78. D. Stockpile existing topsoil and fill materials removed from excavation for reuse in final grading. E. Contractor shall take special care in rough grading and filling of site areas which can lead to non- uniform settling and compaction. 3.03 EXCAVATION A. General: 1. Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material encountered when establishing grade elevations. 2. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of the Architect/ Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Architect/Engineer, shall be at the Contractor's expense. 3. Under footings, foundation walls, retaining walls or other structural element, fill unauthorized excavation by extending the indicated bottom elevation of the footing or base to the excavation bottom without altering required top elevation. 4. Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified in paragraph 3.02.C. B. Blasting: No blasting will be permitted as a part this project. C. Utilities: 1. Before starting excavation, establish location and extent of underground utilities occurring in work area. 2. Notify utility companies to remove and relocate lines which are in the way of excavation. 3. Maintain, reroute or extend as required existing utility lines to remain in use which pass through work area. 4. Remove abandoned utility service lines from areas of excavation. Cap, plug or seal such lines and flag at grade. 5. Accurately locate and record abandoned and active utility lines rerouted or extended on Project Record Documents. D. Stability of Excavation: 1. Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. 2. Ensure the stability of materials under foundation structures of existing buildings adjacent to new excavations. Shore and brace as required during excavation and maintain until new foundations or compacted backfill materials are in place. 3. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. 02220 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 4. Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed soil. If it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as specified in paragraph 3.04. E. Sheeting and Shoring: 1. Sheet, shore or brace banks and trenches not cut back to a stable slope as necessary to prevent sliding or caving to protect workmen and the work. 2. Design and build sheeting and shoring to withstand loads which might be caused by earth movement and pressure and to be rigid, maintaining its shape and position. 3. Support sheeting in excavation in a manner so as not to concentrate loads or horizontal thrusts on piping. Do not brace sheeting against the pipe. F. Dewatering: 1. Prevent surface water and subsurface ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. 2. Conduct dewatering operations in addition to good, positive drainage and eliminate standing water. Dewater excavations for concrete structures or pipes extending below ground water level by lowering and maintaining the water level beneath such excavations 24" or more. 3. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. 4. Convey water removed from excavations and rainwater to collecting or run-off areas. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits for each structure. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. 5. Keep excavations dry during subgrade preparation and continuously thereafter until the structure is built to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure, flotation or other cause will result. G. Material Storage: 1. Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials and topsoil as directed by Owner until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. 2. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations. 3. Dispose of excess soil materials and waste materials as herein specified. H. Excavation for Retaining Walls and Other Site Structures: 1. Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of +/- 0.10' and extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, other construction and inspection. 2. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive concrete. 3. Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed soil. If it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as specified in paragraph 3.04. 4. Do not interfere with normal 45' bearing splay of any foundation. 5. Bottom of perimeter drain shall be sloped uniformly at 0.5% minimum to sump pump or gravity discharge. I. Excavation for Trenches: Refer to Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting. J. Excavation for Sanitary Sewer Leach Field: Refer to the Drawings for leach field design. K. Weather Protection: 1. Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 350 F. 02220 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 2. Do not backfill or construct fills or embankments during freezing weather. 3. Do not place backfill, fill or embankment on frozen surfaces. 4. Do not place frozen materials, snow or ice in backfill, fill or embankment. 5. Do not deposit, stamp, roll or otherwise mechanically compact backfill in water. 3.04 BACKFILLING A. Do not start backfilling until services and dampproofing system have been inspected. B. Ensure areas to be backfilled are free from debris, snow, ice and water and that ground surfaces are not in a frozen condition. C. Do not backfill over existing subgrade surfaces which are porous, wet or spongy. D. Compact existing subgrade surfaces if densities are not equal to that required for backfill materials. E. Cut out soft areas of existing subgrade, backfill with subsoil and compact to required density. F. Backfill areas to grades, contours, levels and elevations. Backfill systematically and as early as possible to allow maximum time for natural settlement and compaction. G. Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8" loose depth. H. Maintain 2%wet of OMC of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. I. Retaining Walls: Ensure that tiebacks for retaining wall system are properly located and installed. Backfitl behind retaining walls as indicated on the Drawings and required by Section 02270, Interlocking Masonry Retaining Watts. J. Utility Trench Backfill: Refer to Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting. K. Building Area Backfill: Refer to Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 3.05 FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION A. Structural Backfill below Foundations: On -site natural soils, devoid of debris, or imported, non - expansive granular materials approved by Soils Engineer, mechanically compacted to a minimum of 98% of SPD. B. Building Slabs: Refer to Section 02225. C. Sidewalks: Subsoil or approved fill to underside of stabilizing base course. Compact each layer of fill material at 2% wet of OMC to a minimum 95% of SPD per ASTM D698-78. D. Landscaped Areas: Subsoil to top of subgrade elevation, compacted to 90% of SPD. E. Ponding or flooding is not allowed for any compaction. 3.06 FINISH GRADING A. Rough grade subsoil systematically to allow for a maximum amount of natural settlement and compaction. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, etc., in excess of 3" in size. Remove subsoil which has been contaminated with petroleum products. B. Bring subsoil to required levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradually and blend slopes into existing areas. Maintain tolerance within 0.10' of required subgrade, except under building slabs where final grades shall be within 1 /2" of required elevation. C. Slope finish grade away from building minimum 1' in 10', unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings, providing effective drainage of at least 1%, unless otherwise indicated. D. Scarify subgrade to a depth of 6" where topsoil is to be placed and compact as specified. Provide depth allowances for topsoil placement. E. Place and shape subgrade for landscape berms and other artificially created earthen features as shown on the Landscape Drawings. 3.07 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Refer to Section 02100, Site Preparation, or Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling and 02220 - 6 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents Compacting, for spreading of topsoil. Refer to other Sections of Division 2, Sitework, for soil amendments and other landscaping work. 3.08 PLACING AGGREGATE SURFACING A. Place 8" of aggregate conforming to paragraph 2.01.E. as a final surfacing material on top of the finished fill. B. Spread stockpiled aggregate over compacted backfill, grade and smooth to blend with existing terrain. C. Aggregate Paving: Refer to Section 02285. D. Recycled Asphaltic Concrete Paving: Refer to Section 02513. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Compaction Control: Field tests shall be conducted to determine compliance of compaction methods with specified density in accordance with: 1. ASTM D2922 (AASHTO T238): Tests for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate In -Place by Nuclear Methods, or, 2. ASTM D1556 (AASHTO T191): Tests for Density of Soil In -Place by the Sand Cone Method. 3. ASTM D2167 (AASHTO T205): Tests for Density of Soil In -Place by Rubber -Balloon Method. B. Compaction shall be to the minimum densities specified in paragraph 3.06 above. C. Moisture Content: Compact soils within +/- 2% of optimum moisture. Add water, harrow, disc, blade or otherwise work material as required to insure uniform moisture content and adequate protection. 3.10 MAINTENANCE A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to specified tolerances. B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, or where topsoil has been compacted in excess of the specified limits, scarify surface, reshape and compact to required density prior to further construction. 3.11 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove and dispose of debris and excess materials off of Owner's property. END OF SECTION 02220 - 7 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 02225 STRUCTURAL EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Excavating, backfilling, grading and compacting of site work related to building structures. B. Prepare subgrade for building slabs, sidewalks and other improvements. C. Shore and brace excavations as required. D. Shore and underpin foundations of existing structures adjacent to new excavations as required. E. Dewater excavations as necessary. F. Overexcavate existing native soils below new concrete foundation structures and/or slabs -on - grade, remove from the site (or waste on site), and replace with new compacted structural fill material. G. Overexcavate existing native soils below new concrete foundation structures and/or slabs -on - grade, recondition, recompact and replace in overexcavated area. H. Furnish and install materials for passive and/or mechanical underslab ventilation system, unless arranged for otherwise. I. Finish grading and place topsoil adjacent to structures and other areas of the site disturbed by construction activities, unless arranged for otherwise. J. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01046, Access to Site. 2. Section 01410, Testing: Soils Report. 3. Section 01540, Erosion and Sedimentation Control. 4. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 5. Section 02100, Site Preparation: Finish Grading. 6. Section 02115, Selective Clearing. 7. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Compacting: Retaining walls and sitework unrelated to structures. 8. Section 02230, Drilled Piers. 9. Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Scarifying and compacting subgrade below pavements. 1.02 QUALITY CONTROL A. Soil Compaction Tests: 1. ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99: Standard Method of Test for Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a 5.5 lb. Rammer and a 12 inch drop. a. Use method A, B, C or D, as appropriate, based on soil condition and judgment of the testing laboratory. b. Sample tests will be representative of materials to be placed. C. Determine and provide optimum density curve for each type of material encountered or utilized. d. Include Atterberg Limits, grain size determination and specific gravity. 2. ASTM D2049: Test for Relative Density of Cohesion less soils. B. Test Certificates: Submit test certificates to enable Architect/Engineer to determine compliance with the Specifications for imported materials from each proposed source of supplier. 1. Provide with this certificate a density test of a typical sample, in accordance with the following reference standards. a. ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99. 02225 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents b. ASTM D2049. C. Underpinning of Existing Structures: Contractor shall be solely responsible for design of shoring and underpinning system as required to resist lateral earth pressure and surcharges due to traffic, storage of materials, adjacent structures and all other loads imposed on adjacent soil during construction. Type of system used must be compatible with the Drawings and acceptable to the Structural Engineer. 1.03 SITE CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine for himself the character of materials to be encountered. Should subsurface conditions normally considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be encountered, the Contractor may be compensated for additional expenses resulting from such conditions. B. Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings. C. Underground Obstructions: 1. Underground obstructions known to Architect/Engineer are shown on Drawings. However, locations shown may prove inaccurate and other obstructions not known to Architect/Engineer may be encountered. 2. Notify each utility owner and request that utilities be field located by surface reference using flags at least 48 hours prior to trenching or excavation. 3. Expose and verify size, location and elevation of underground utilities and other obstructions where conflicts might exist sufficiently in advance to permit changes in the event of conflict. a. Notify Architect/Engineer in case of conflict. b. In case of conflict the proposed Work may be changed by the Architect/Engineer. 4. Maintain, protect and support by shoring, bracing or other means existing utilities and appurtenances. 5. If Contractor elects to remove underground obstructions, the following conditions shall apply: a. Replace all other underground obstructions with new materials. b. Restore to original conditions or better. 6. Clean drainage culverts so they are free of sediment after construction. D. Classification of Excavated Material: Excavated materials will not be classified. Excavation includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character, composition or condition thereof. Refer to paragraph 3.01.A. 1.04 PROTECTION A. Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment and vehicular traffic. B. Protect existing trees to remain as specified in Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. Take all necessary care to prevent compaction of existing soil within the drip line of existing trees to remain. C. Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work, in accordance with requirements of Sections 01040, 01046 and 01060. Protect all utilities which are to remain. D. Protect excavations by shoring or bracing as required to maintain banks of excavation in safe and stable condition and to protect adjacent existing and new construction. E. Provide suitable protection against bodily injury in accordance with applicable codes and governing authorities. F. Underpin or otherwise support adjacent structures, service lines and pipe chases which may be damaged by excavation work. G. Protect bottom of excavations and soil around and beneath foundations from frost. 02225 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents H. Notify Architect/Engineer of any unexpected subsurface conditions. Discontinue work in the area until Architect/Engineer provides notification to resume work. I. Restoration and Preservation Projects: If historical or archaeological resources are encountered during excavation or construction of this project, the Contractor shall stop work and notify the Owner and the Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Colorado Historical Society. Work shall not proceed until authorized in writing by the Owner. J. Underpinning of Existing Structures: Where underpinning of existing structures is required, Contractor shall thoroughly document the existing conditions with photographs and written reports prior to starting construction, and on a daily basis during the underpinning work. 1.05 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A. Notify the Architect/Engineer at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of formwork, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Also notify the Architect/Engineer prior to placement of backfill of all foundations. Notification shall be at least 48 hours prior to proceeding with the next phase of work. B. Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Architect and Owner. Testing fees shall be paid in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions. 1. The Contractor will pay for costs of additional testing required due to improper performance of the work. C. Soils Engineer shall make an open -hole inspection of the excavation for each building prior to the placement of formwork, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Soils Engineer shalt also inspect structural backfill for building foundations prior to forming of footings or grade beams, if not supported on undisturbed soil. D. When work of this Section or portions of work are completed, notify the testing laboratory to perform density test. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been verified. E. Compaction Tests: 1. Concrete Flatwork: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate of one (1) test for each 2,000 sq. ft., or portion thereof, of surface area for interior or exterior concrete slabs -on -grade, sidewalks, aprons, or other flatwork, unless otherwise modified by the Soils Report. 2. Foundation Walls: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate of one (1) test for each 20 [in. ft., or portion thereof, of building perimeter for compaction adjacent to building foundation walls, unless otherwise modified by the Soils Report. 3. Retaining Walls: Refer to Section 02220. 4. Isolated Pad Footings: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate of one (1) test under each group of four (4) pad footings, but not to exceed an area of 1,000 sq. ft. 5. Utility Trenches: Refer to Section 02221. F. If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Maintain and repair backfill, fill compaction and embankment settlement and make necessary repairs to pavement, sidewalks or other structures which may be damaged as a result of settlement for a period of one (1) year after Substantial Completion and acceptance of the work. 02225 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SELECTED FILL MATERIALS A. General: Use onsite or imported soil approved by the Soils Engineer for rough fill and for backfill against the outside of foundation walls except as specified below. Material shall be clean, compactable earth, free of frozen material, debris, deleterious or organic substances or large rocks. B. Structural Fill: On -site natural soils, devoid of debris or imported granular materials approved by the Soils Engineer, mechanically compacted as specified below and extended to original undisturbed soil. Use under floor slabs and exterior concrete where approved on -site material is available or where shown on the Drawings. 1. Material shall be uniformly graded of low permeability and a swell potential of less than 1%. C. Imported Structural Fill: Imported fill required to supplement acceptable on -site material shall be clean, devoid of debris and organic material, and shall conform to the following minimum specifications: 1. Class 5 roadbase conforming to Colorado Department of Transportation standards. 2. Gradation, conforming to ASTM C136: 3" 100% No. 4 Sieve 100% No. 200 Sieve 35% maximum 3. Liquid Limit: 30 maximum. 4. Plasticity Index: 15 maximum. 5. Group Index: 10 maximum. D. Imported Structural Fill: Where onsite material is expansive or otherwise unacceptable to the Soils Engineer for use as structural backfill, imported fill shall be Class 1 structural backfill or Class 7 roadbase, conforming to Colorado Department of Transportation standards. E. Coarse Granular Fill: Clean, crushed, non -porous rock, crushed or uncrushed gravel graded from 3/8" to 1-1/2'. F. Fine Granular Fill: Natural or manufactured sand and pea gravel, clean and free of organic debris graded from 3/8" to No. 100 sieve. G. Embankment Material: Refer to Section 02220. H. Topsoil: Refer to landscaping sections of Division 2. Topsoil stripped and stockpiled on -site may be used if it meets the requirements of these Sections. I. Drainage Fill: Natural or crushed stone or gravel with 100% passing a 1" sieve and not more than 5% passing a No. 4 sieve. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Drainage Fabric: Mirafi 140 N filter fabric or equal. B. Perimeter Drainage Tile: Perforated PVC pipe, sizes as indicated on the Drawings. C. Silt Fence (Erosion Control): Woven filter fabric, type and size as required by Larimer County and/or the State of Colorado. Also refer to Section 01540, Erosion and Sedimentation Control. D. Wood Lagging/Bracing for Underpinning: Douglas Fir -Larch, No. 2 or better grade, minimum stress grade Fb= 1250 psi. 1. If wood is part of shoring system near existing structures, use pressure preservative treated materials or remove before placement of backfill. 2. Fastening System: Welded studs or other method as approved by the Structural Engineer. 02225 -4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743,07 100% Construction Documents Financial Services CI+�/ O f Purchasing Division a� J Fort Collins 215 N Mason St 2 " Floor Box580 Fo Fort Collins CO 80522 9702216775 970 22l 670707 fcgov com/purchasing ADDENDUM No 1 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory OPENING DATE 3 00 p m (Our Clock) August 21 2008 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above the following changes are hereby made General 1 The bid date has been extended until August 21 st 2008 2 It is the intent to include the widening of the approximately 10-12 foot wide by 1 700-foot long existing access trail from the north parking lot to the observatory shelter location in the general contractors scope of work A site access meeting for general contractors and their selected earthwork/excavation subcontractors concrete sub contractors and concrete suppliers has been arranged for Monday August 11th at 9 00 a m Those interested in participating are to meet in the north parking lot of the City of Fort Collins building located at 215 North Mason Street in Fort Collins and must contact the City of Fort Collins protect manager Jason Stutzman at (970) 221-6366 The city will provide a 15- passenger van for those interested in car-pooling to the protect site Further information and details on the extent and limits of the trail access widening will be addressed by Addendum no 2 All references and utilization of colored concrete in Phase 1 and 2 scope of work for this protect have been deleted All concrete in this protect will be standard gray concrete Please contact John Stephen CPPO CPPB Senior Buyer at 970-221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Classification of Excavation: The following definitions shall only apply when additional excavation is authorized by the Architect/Engineer and/or rock excavation is encountered. Do not proceed with the work until the material has been cross -sectioned and classified. 1. Earth Excavation: Removal and disposal of on -site soils and other materials indicated on the Drawings, and all other material as indicated by the subsurface soil data and not classified as rock excavation. 2. Rock Excavation: Removal and disposal of materials that cannot be excavated without drilling, blasting or ripping, or boulders larger than 1 /2 cu. yd. in volume. B. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and this Section. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. 1. Ensure that modifications to the existing site irrigation system have been completed, or lines shut off or capped within the area of construction, prior to beginning work. C. Silt Fence: Install silt fence fabric using wooden posts and straw bales or other required accessory erosion control materials where indicated on the Drainage and Erosion Control Plan, or as required by the authority with jurisdiction over the work of the Project. Maintain in place until such authority permits its removal. Also refer to Section 01540, Erosion and Sedimentation Control. D. Clear and strip surface vegetation, sod and organic topsoil for subgrades for areas within construction boundaries as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Architect/Engineer. The stripped topsoil shall be stored for later use in the site finish grading. Also refer to Section 02115. 1. Extent of Stripping: As required for new construction, as shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Topsoil shall not be stripped or existing vegetative cover disturbed in excess of these limits without written approval of the Architect/Engineer. E. Contractor shall take all necessary safety precautions to ensure the safety of all workers and the public in and around excavations, including shoring, bracing and barricades. F. Brace and properly support all structural elements, including foundation walls, grade beams, and pier caps prior to beginning and continuously during backfilling and compacting operations. G. Soils Engineer: The Soils Engineer shall inspect the natural soil at the bottom of excavations for structures, prior to forming or placing foundations. Provide Engineer with 48 hours notice (exclusive of weekends and holidays) when the areas are expected to be ready for such inspections. 1. Do not prepare subgrade or place concrete until such inspection has taken place (or waived by Engineer) and resulting recommendations of Engineer have been carried out. H. Restoration and Preservation Projects: If historical or archaeological resources are encountered during excavation or construction of this project, the Contractor shall stop work and notify the Owner and the Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Colorado Historical Society. Work shalt not proceed until authorized in writing by the Owner. 3.02 ROUGH GRADING A. Rough grade site to required levels, profiles, contours and elevations ready for finish grading and surface treatment. Maintain the following: 1. Planting Areas: 6" below finished grade elevation. 2. Concrete Sidewalks: 4" below finished grade elevation, unless granular backfill is specified below walks. 3. Building Slabs: 8" minimum below finished slab elevation, or as required by the Soils Report for the slab thickness and thickness of granular backfill specified. 02225 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents B. Prior to placing fill material over undisturbed subsoil, scarify surface to depth of 6", bring to 2% wet of optimum moisture and compact as follows: 1. Adjacent to Building Foundations: Minimum 95% of Standard Proctor Density at 2% wet of optimum moisture content ASTM D698-78. 2. Pavement Areas: 95% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC, ASTM D698-78. 3. Planting Areas: 90% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC, ASTM D698.78. C. Place fill in lifts of 6" to 8" maximum loose layers, bring to 2% wet of OMC and compact each layer as specified above. D. Stockpile existing topsoil and fill materials removed from excavation for reuse in final grading. E. Contractor shall take special care in rough grading and filling of site areas which can lead to non- uniform settling and compaction. 3.03 EXCAVATION A. General: 1. Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material encountered when establishing grade elevations. 2. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of the Architect/Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Architect/Engineer, shall be at the Contractor's expense. 3. Under footings, foundation walls, grade beams, retaining walls or other structural elements, fill unauthorized excavation by extending the indicated bottom elevation of the footing or base to the excavation bottom without altering required top elevation. 4. Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified in paragraph 3.02.C. B. Blasting: No blasting will be permitted as a part this Project without written authorization from the Owner's principal representative. C. Stability of Excavation: 1. Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. 2. Ensure the stability of materials under foundation structures of existing buildings adjacent to new excavations. Shore and brace as required during excavation and maintain until new foundations or compacted backfill materials are in place. 3. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. 4. Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed soil. If it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as specified in paragraph 3.06. D. Sheeting and Shoring: 1. Sheet, shore or brace banks and trenches not cut back to a stable slope as necessary to prevent sliding or caving to protect workmen and the work. 2. Design and build sheeting and shoring to withstand loads which might be caused by earth movement and pressure and to be rigid, maintaining its shape and position. 3. Support sheeting in excavation in a manner so as not to concentrate loads or horizontal thrusts on piping. Do not brace sheeting against the pipe. E. Dewatering: 1. Prevent surface water and subsurface ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. 2. Conduct dewatering operations in addition to good, positive drainage and eliminate standing water. Dewater excavations for concrete structures extending below ground water level by lowering and maintaining the water level beneath such excavations 02225 - 6 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents minimum 24". 3. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge tines and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. 4. Convey water removed from excavations and rainwater to collecting or run-off areas. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits for each structure. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. 5. Keep excavations dry during subgrade preparation and continuously thereafter until the structure is built to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure, flotation or other cause will result. F. Material Storage: 1. Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials and topsoil until required for backfilling. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. 2. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations. 3. Stockpile materials away from sidewalks, streets, alleys and other public areas that are to remain accessible during construction. Maintain site access as required for workers and the Owner. Refer to Section 01 G46 for required site access. 4. Dispose of excess soil materials and waste materials as specified in paragraph 3.09. G. Excavation for Trenches: Refer to Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting. H. Excavation for Sanitary Sewer Leach Field: Refer to the Drawings for leach field design. I. Weather Protection: 1. Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 350 F. 2. Do not backfill or construct fills or embankments during freezing weather. 3. Do not place backfill on frozen surfaces. 4. Do not place frozen materials, snow or ice in backfill, fill or embankment. 5. Do not deposit, stamp, roll or otherwise mechanically compact backfill in water. 3.04 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A. Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of +/- 0.10' and extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, other construction and inspection. B. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive concrete. C. Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed soil. If it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as specified in paragraph 3.06. D. Do not interfere with normal 450 bearing splay of any foundation. E. Under building slabs, remove minimum 8" of existing material below finished slab elevation. Refer to paragraph 3.05 below for overexcavation of soils below slabs -on -grade. F. Bottom of perimeter drain shall be sloped uniformly at 0.5% minimum to sump pump or gravity discharge, as shown on the Drawings. 3.05 OVEREXCAVATION OF EXISTING SOIL A. Existing fill and/or native soil material below concrete footings, foundation structures and/or slabs -on -grade shalt be overexcavated and removed to a depth of —feet below the foundations or slabs, as recommended in the Soils Report, unless a structural floor slab is designed and shown on the Drawings. Refer to the Structural Drawings. 02225 - 7 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents B. Excavated native material shall be reconditioned as directed in the Soils Report, replaced in the excavation and compacted as specified in this Section. C. Reconditioned existing (New structural) fill material shall extend from the level of undisturbed soil to the bottom of the footings, foundation structures and/or slabs -on -grade, as directed by the Soils Report, D. Ensure that any new subdrainage system or materials as shown on the Drawings are properly placed prior to backfilling overexcavated area. 3.06 BACKFILLING A. Do not start backfilling until services and dampproofing or waterproofing systems have been inspected. B. Ensure areas to be backfilled are free from debris, snow, ice and water and that ground surfaces are not in a frozen condition. C. Do not backfill over existing subgrade surfaces which are porous, wet or spongy. D. Compact existing subgrade surfaces if densities are not equal to that required for backfill materials. E. Cut out soft areas of existing subgrade, backfill with subsoil and compact to required density. F. Backfill areas to grades, contours, levels and elevations. Backfill systematically and as early as possible to allow maximum time for natural settlement and compaction. G. Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8" loose depth. Use a method so as not to disturb or damage building drainage system. H. Where imbalanced pressures will develop on foundation walls in basement or crawlspace situations, ensure that floor framing and decking is in place prior to backfilling. I. Where temporary unbalanced pressures are liable to develop on walls before floor slabs are placed, erect necessary shoring to counteract imbalance and leave in place until their removal is approved by Architect/Engineer. J. Maintain 2% wet of OMC of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. K. Backfill simultaneously on each side of foundation walls to equalize soil pressures. L. Utility Trench Backfill: Refer to Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting. M. Building Slab Backfill: Verify removal of existing material below slabs -on -grade, as specified in paragraph 3.02 above. N. Subsoil Treatment: Scarify the upper 6" of subgrade below and treat with 6 pounds of hydrated time per sq. yd., only if required by the Soils Report. 1. Wet treated soil 2% wet of OMC and compact to 95% of SPD per ASTM D698-78. 2. After scarification and compaction of the subgrade, place approved backfill materials in uniform 6" to 8" lifts compacted 2% wet of OMC to at least 95% of SPD per ASTM D698-78. 3.07 FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION A. Structural Backfill below Footings and Foundations: On -site natural soils, devoid of debris, or imported, non -expansive granular materials approved by Soils Engineer, mechanically compacted to a minimum of 98% of SPD. B. Building Slabs: On -site natural soils or select granular non -expansive materials approved by the Soils Engineer to underside of stabilizing base course, mechanically compacted to a minimum of 95% of SPD. C. Backfill Around Structures: Mechanically compact to a minimum of 95% of SPD. D. Dock -High Loading Areas: Special considerations for lateral soil pressures required by the Soils Engineer. E. Sidewalks: Subsoil or approved fill to underside of stabilizing base course. Compact each layer of fill material at 2% wet of OMC to a minimum 95% of SPD per ASTM D698-78. F. Landscaped Areas: Subsoil to top of subgrade elevation, compacted to 90% of SPD. 02225 - 8 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents G. Compaction Equipment: Use compaction equipment suitable for the types of soils and materials being compacted. 1. Sheepfoot Roller: If used provide with cleaner bars attached as to prevent the accumulation of materials between the tamper feet. 2. Rollers: Use rollers so designed that the effective weight can be increased as required to obtain specified compaction. 3. Vibrating plate compactors. H. Ponding or flooding is not allowed for any compaction. 3.08 FINISH GRADING A. Rough grade subsoil systematically to allow for a maximum amount of natural settlement and compaction. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, etc. in excess of 3" in size. Remove subsoil which has been contaminated with petroleum products. B. Bring subsoil to required levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradually and blend slopes into existing areas. Maintain tolerance within .10' of required subgrade, except under building slabs where final grades shall be within 1 /2" of required elevation. C. Slope finish grade away from building minimum 5% for the first 10', unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. D. Scarify subgrade to a depth of 6" where topsoil is to be placed and compact as specified. Provide depth allowances for topsoil placement. E. Place and shape subgrade for landscape berms and other artificially created earthen features as shown on the Drawings. 3.09 PLACING TOPSOIL A. General: Spreading of topsoil shall be the responsibility of this Section, unless provided by Section 02100, Site Preparation, or arranged for otherwise. B. Place and spread topsoil with minimum depth of 6", using suitable stockpiled, on -site material, supplemented with imported material as required. C. Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during dry weather. D. Fine grade topsoil to within 1"of finish contours unless otherwise required for areas receiving sod, mulch or other landscape treatment, eliminating rough and low areas to ensure positive drainage. Maintain levels, profiles and contours of subgrades to tie new work into existing. E. Remove stones, roots, grass, weeds, debris and other foreign materials while spreading. F. Manually spread topsoil around trees, plants and buildings to prevent compaction and damage which may be caused by grading equipment. G. Do not change elevation of finish grade around existing trees to remain more than 6" without specific approval of the Architect. H. Lightly compact placed topsoil and leave prepared for soil preparation and landscaping specified in other Sections of Division 2. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Compaction Control: Field tests shall be conducted to determine compliance of compaction methods with specified density in accordance with: 1. ASTM D2922 (AASHTO T238): Tests for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate In -Place by Nuclear Methods, or, 2. ASTM D1556 (AASHTO T191): Tests for Density of Soil In -Place by the Sand Cone Method. 3. ASTM D2167 (AASHTO T205): Tests for Density of Soil In -Place by Rubber -Balloon Method. B. Compaction shall be to the minimum densities specified in paragraph 3.06 above. C. Moisture Content: Compact soils within +/- 2% of optimum moisture. Add water, harrow, disc, blade or otherwise work material as required to insure uniform moisture content and adequate 02225 - 9 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents protection. 3.11 MAINTENANCE A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to specified tolerances until Substantial Completion and acceptance of the work of this Section by the Owner. B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, or where topsoil has been compacted in excess of the specified limits, scarify surface, reshape and compact to required density prior to further construction. 3.12 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Excess Fill: Remove and dispose of debris and excess materials off of Owner's property. B. Excess Fill: Remove and waste excess materials on site, as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Owner. END OF SECTION 02225 - 10 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 02230 DRILLED PIERS PART 1 GENERAL i 1 [iji♦S'1@1a&k110111914 01 A. Drill pier shafts as indicated on the Drawings, including locations, diameters of shafts, top elevations, estimated lengths measured in feet from the top of pier, minimum penetration into bearing strata, minimum length and details of construction. Piers shall be drilled in locations as shown on the Drawings, including but not limited to: 1. Exterior grade beams and pilasters of structures. 2. Interior grade beams of structures. 3. Interior columns of structures. 4. Exterior grade beams for retaining walls, trash enclosures and other accessory structures. B. Furnish and place shaft liner materials, if specified. C. Furnish and place steel reinforcing materials. D. Furnish and place concrete for drilled piers. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 2. Section 01720, Project Record Documents: Caisson boring logs. 3. Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting. 4. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcing. 5. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Perform all work in accordance with local and state ordinances and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Work of this Section shall be performed by a specialist in drilled pier construction. C. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01340 to the Architect/Engineer for review. Shop drawings shall show location and details necessary for fabrication and placing of reinforcement, without reference to the Drawings. B. Boring Log: Submit sample form of caisson boring log, complying with requirements of Section 01720. 1.04 SURVEY WORK A. General Contractor shall conduct the layout work for each pier to the lines and levels required before excavation. Record and maintain all information pertinent to each pier, cooperate with testing and inspection agencies to provide data for their reports and submit a report to the Architect/Engineer containing the following for each caisson: 1. Identification. 2. Diameter. 3. Actual centerline location. 4. Bottom and top elevations and top of bedrock elevation. 5. Deviations from specified tolerances. 02230 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 6. Water conditions during drilling and concrete placing. 1.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Concrete testing will be performed as specified in Sections 01410 and 03300. B. The Owner shall employ a Soils Engineer to inspect the bearing material. If the bearing stratum at design depth is not suitable, the excavation shall be drilled deeper as directed by the Soils Engineer or the Architect/Engineer. Maximum length for any pier shall not exceed 30 pier diameters. Where the specified pier type would exceed this length, the pier shall be redrilled to the next larger diameter with 2' minimum additional penetration than the original pier type. Reinforce in accordance with the pier schedule for the larger diameter or with steel area of 0.005 times the gross pier area. C. Holes shall be inspected by the Architect/Engineer immediately prior to placing concrete. Notify the Architect/Engineer at least 48 hours before drilling operations. D. Coordinate all testing operations and notify necessary parties as required so tests can be scheduled. 1.06 BASIS OF BID A. Lump sum bids shalt be based on the number of piers, design lengths and diameters as shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein. Actual lengths may vary according to the actual bedrock elevation and the bearing value of material encountered. Bids quoted shall include full compensation for labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required for complete installation. B. Final payment will be based on actual lengths of various diameter piers, in place and accepted. Adjustment of the Contract Sum will be based on the net difference between the total footage of overruns and underruns. Total footage shall be determined by actual length of the concrete pier required to meet minimum total length and minimum penetration requirements. Minimum total length of piers shall be as noted on the Drawings and in the Soils Report. C. The Contractor shall quote in his Proposal the unit price per foot for overruns and under -runs. Refer to Bid Form and Section 01022. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE AND REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS A. Materials and resulting concrete shall be as specified in Sections 03200 and 03300. 2.02 LINER MATERIAL A. General: Provide continuous, one-piece caisson liners of straight, smooth, spirally wound fibrous material, laminated with non water sensitive adhesives. 1. Sonotube Fibre Form "A" by Sonoco Products Co., Hartsville, SC, (800) 532-8248, and represented locally by RW Specialties, Inc., Henderson, CO, (800) 332-6682. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. or A. General: Provide continuous, one-piece caisson liners of straight, smooth polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material, Schedule 40 or as specified on the Drawings. B. Lengths shall be continuous as shown on the Drawings. 02230 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION A. General: Use equipment of sufficient size and capacity to excavate shafts to depths, diameters, sizes and penetrations indicated and within the specified tolerances. Maintain equipment in satisfactory operating condition and provide sufficient quantity of equipment to maintain the projected schedule of the work. B. General Contractor shall perform cutting, filling and compacting operations as required to provide access for drilling equipment and shalt remove excess excavated material. C. If refusal is encountered before required length of penetration is attained, notify Architect/Engineer immediately. D. Oversize pier holes by not more than 1 /2" on all sides of the shaft to accommodate insertion of liner. Clean shafts of all debris. E. Cut shear rings into sides of bedrock at quantities, intervals, locations and dimensions shown on the Drawings, if applicable. Clean shafts of all debris. 3.02 DEWATERING A. Place no concrete in more than 6" of water. Properly dewater hole if more than this is present. If water cannot be removed from excavation, halt drilling operations and notify the Soils Engineer. Concrete shall be placed under water using a "tremie" or other approved methods. 3.03 TEMPORARY SHAFT PROTECTION A. When required to prevent cave-ins, to dewater or for inspection of bearing surfaces, provide full length watertight steel casings of sufficient thickness to withstand compression, displacement and withdrawal stresses. Place in manner to form seal at bedrock when required to dewater hole. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Locate centerline of piers on centerline of bearing construction, unless otherwise shown. Do not exceed the following tolerances: 1. Centerline Location: 5% of actual diameter. 2. Variation to Plumb: 1-1 /2% of total depth. 3. Area (at any Horizontal Plane): 5% of design area. 4. Minimum Total Length: 6 feet. B. If above tolerances are exceeded, provide additional or corrective construction acceptable to the Architect/Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.05 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL AND ANCHOR BOLTS A. Furnish and install all reinforcing and dowels as shown on the Drawings. Install anchor bolts furnished by others. B. Design, fabrication and placement of reinforcing shall be as specified in Section 03200 and shown on the Drawings. C. Before placing, clean reinforcing of loose rust, scale, mud and other material which could affect bond. D. Place reinforcing accurately and symmetrically about axis of hole. Hold securely in place during concreting, using templates for dowels and anchor bolts. E. Cross -stake locations of all piers so that centerlines may be retained after drilling for use in placing dowels and anchor botts. F. Apply dampproofing to all structural steel columns to be embedded into pier. 02230 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3.06 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Fill piers with concrete immediately after drilling and inspection. B. Pour concrete into clean, dry excavations by means that will ensure against segregation of the aggregates. Do not allow concrete to hit sides of excavation or reinforcement. Provide mechanical vibration for consolidation of at least the top T of each shaft. C. Piers shall be poured in one (1) continuous operation. If necessary to stop concreting, bring concrete to a true level surface inside the pier and install dowels of size and number as required by the Architect/Engineer. D. Maintain vertical sides of shaft at top to prevent concrete from mushrooming. Use appropriate cylindrical forms if sides are not vertical. Provide protection around top of excavation to prevent entry of soil or other foreign matter until concrete has set. 3.07 BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION A. Seal 12" QL) deep void around liner and above sand layer (liner) with concrete slurry mixture to seal top of excavation from moisture penetration. END OF SECTION 02230 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Pages BID INFORMATION 00020 Notice Inviting Bids 00020 1 000202 00100 Instruction to Bidders 00100 1 001009 00300 Bid Form 00300 1 003003 00400 Supplements to Bid Forms 004001 00410 Bid Bond 004101 004102 00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications 00420 1 004203 00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors 00430 1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00500 Agreement Forms 005001 00510 Notice of Award 005100 00520 Agreement 00520 1 005206 00530 Notice to Proceed 00530 1 00600 Bonds and Certificates 00600 1 00610 Performance Bond 00610 1 006102 00615 Payment Bond 006151 006152 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00630 1 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00635 1 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00640 1 00650 Lien Waiver Release(Contractor) 006501 006502 00660 Consent of Surety 00660 1 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 00670 1 006702 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 General Conditions 007001 0070034 Exhibit GC A GC Al GC A2 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800 1 008002 00900 Addenda Modifications, and Payment 00900 1 00950 Contract Change Order 00950 1 009502 00960 Application for Payment 00960 1 009604 SPECIFICATIONS DRAWINGS SECTION 02515 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install Portland Cement concrete paving, extent as shown on the Drawings, unless furnished under Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. Work shalt include but is not limited to: 1. Concrete curbs, gutters, valley pans, trickle channels, aprons and other exterior concrete work. 2. Concrete aprons and pavements at vehicle parking and driveway areas, complete with reinforcing. 3. Concrete sidewalks, crosswalks and other areas of decorative exterior concrete flatwork. 4. Concrete stoops, ramps and miscellaneous exterior concrete work not included in other Sections of these Specifications, complete with required reinforcing. B. All applicable portions of the following shall be considered as included with this Section: 1. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. 2. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcing. 3. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. C. Scarify and compact subgrade under concrete paving, unless arranged for otherwise. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01030, Alternates. 2. Section 01410, Testing. 3. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 4. Section 02220, Excavation, Fitting and Grading. 5. Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting. 6. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fitters. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Standards and requirements specified under Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete, shall apply to this Section, except as otherwise modified. 1. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. City of Fort Collins Standard Specifications for Streets and Roads are hereby incorporated into these Specifications in their entirety, unless modified by this Section. 1.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Inspection and testing will be performed as specified in Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Mix Designs: Submittals shalt be as specified in Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. B. Sample Panel: Construct sample panel, minimum 4'-0" x 4'-0", indicating broom finish concrete slabs and concrete border as detailed on the Drawings for Architect's approval. Sample panel shall remain on site until completion of exposed aggregate concrete work and shall be used as standard of comparison for balance of work. 02515 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Requirements for concreting in hot and cold weather and other environmental conditions shall be as specified in Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver reinforcement to site in strongly tied bundles with metal tags corresponding to bar schedules and diagrams. Store on the site free of rust, scale, oil or other coating. Store bars off the ground and protect from moisture, dirt, oil or deleterious coatings. B. If concreting is delayed for any considerable period of time after reinforcing is in place, it shall be protected by suitable covering. C. Protect exposed reinforcement intended for bonding with future extensions by suitable covering. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. General: All materials shall be in conformance with the standard specifications of the City of Fort Collins. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150; normal, Type II. C. Fine Aggregate: Clean, sharp, natural sand conforming to ASTM C33. D. Coarse Aggregate for Normal Weight Concrete: Clean, strong crushed gravel or stone conforming to ASTM C33. Gradation shall be as specified under concrete mixes. E. Water: Clean, fresh potable supply, free from oil, acid, alkali, organic materials or other deleterious substances. F. Admixtures: Use only when specified or approved by the Architect/Engineer. 1. Air -Entraining Agent: ASTM C260, manufactured by Master Builders MBVR, Sika AER, Grace Darex AEA, Protex or equal. 2. Non -Chloride Accelerator: ASTM C494, Type C or E. 3. Retarder: ASTM C494, Type B or D. 4. Water Reducer: ASTM C494, Type A, manufactured by Master Builders Pozzo-Lith, Grace WRDA, Protex PDA 25XL, Sika Plastocrete or equal. 5. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. 6. Calcium Chloride, or admixtures containing calcium chloride, is specifically prohibited. 7. Color Additive: "San Diego Buff' by Davis Colors, or approved equal. Provide colored concrete where shown or scheduled on the Drawings. Color to be selected from manufacturer's full line of colors. 8. Fiber Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200 and paragraph 3.05 of this Section. 2.02 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Bars: ASTM A615-62, 60 KSI grade, deformed billet steel bars, plain finish, as indicated on the Drawings. Bars shalt be free of scale or other bond -reducing coatings. 1. Ties, stirrups and field bent bars, #3 or smaller may be ASTM A615, 40 KSI grade. B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 or A497, plain type in flat sheets, plain finish, welded intersections, in sizes as indicated on the Drawings. Use of coiled rolls shall only be permitted when approved by the Engineer. C. Steel Wire: Provide plain cold -drawn wire conforming to ASTM A82. D. Fiber Reinforcing: Collated, fibrillated polypropylene fiber, Fiber Mesh I, Fiber Mesh, Inc., Chattanooga, TN, or equal. 02515 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743,07 100% Construction Documents 2.03 FORMWORK AND ACCESSORIES A. General: Accessories shall be of suitable type conforming to ACI 315 and shall include spacers, chairs, tie bars, support bars and all other devices for property assembling, placing and supporting reinforcement, weight of concrete and workmen without displacement of reinforcement. Wood, brick, block, concrete chips and other non-metallic devices are not acceptable. B. Curb and Gutter Sections: Forms for inflow and outflow curb and gutter sections, valley drain pans and other related work shall be formed with mechanical extrusion equipment, using the slip -form method, including curves and radii. 1. Vertical curbs may be formed with conventional materials. C. Exterior Concrete Flatwork: For concrete slab -on -grade use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where wetted base materials will not support chair legs. Concrete brickets for support of reinforcement for slabs -on -grade shall be at least 2 wide x 3" tong and of proper height. D. Formwork: Matched, tight fitting and adequately stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of concrete. Also refer to Section 03100. E. Isolation Joint Filler: As specified in Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. 2.04 HARDENING, SEALING AND FINISH MATERIALS A. General: Apply all hardening, sealing and finishing treatments in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Refer to the Schedule in Section 03300 for specific applications. Supplier/Installer of slab finish materials shall certify that materials specified and/or furnished for this project are appropriate for use in the specified applications, for the following criteria: 1. Compatibility of finish material with concrete mix specified. 2. Compatibility of finish material with type and degree of weather exposure. 3. Compatibility of finish material with expected use. 4. Compatibility of finish material with expected exposure to chemical, acid, oil, fat or other deleterious material. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. If subgrade and backfill work has been performed by others, inspect the work for trueness of grades, compaction and depth of base material per Section 02220 or 02225. Report any deficiencies or inconsistencies with the Drawings and Specifications to the Contractor. Ensure proper moisture content of subgrade just prior to placement of base course and concrete. Do not install concrete over soil or base which is unstable or frozen. Proceeding with installation of concrete work shall indicate acceptance of site conditions. B. Scarify subgrade where asphalt and/or concrete pavement is to be placed, to a depth of minimum 6" and compact to 95% SPD, ASTM D698-78 at 2% wet of optimum moisture content. Also refer to Section 02225. C. Notify any trades that may have items to be embedded in concrete or that may require openings in concrete. Coordinate work to avoid cutting of concrete and to avoid delays in the work. This work may include but is not limited to: 1. Site furnishings specified in Section 02470. 2. Bicycle racks specified in Section 02842. 3. Tower clocks specified in Section 02872. 4. Concrete reinforcing specified in Section 03200. 5. Concrete accessories specified in Section 03250. 6. Structural steel specified in Section 05120. 7. Pipe and tube railings specified in Section 05521. 02515 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 8. Electrical work specified in Division 16. D. Make all preparations required for protection of concrete during placing and curing under detrimental weather conditions. E. Notify the Architect/Engineer at least 48 hours prior to placing any concrete. Do not deposit any concrete before the Architect/Engineer has inspected reinforcement and other work in place and given permission to proceed. Such inspection and permission to proceed shall in no way relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for proper placement of reinforcement and placing of concrete and of responsibility for adherence to other requirements of the Construction Documents. F. Form and install concrete work in accordance with ACI 301, except as amended by this Section. Concrete formwork shall be as specified in Section 03100. 3.02 PLACING REINFORCING A. Reinforce concrete sections as indicated on the Drawings or as specified in Section 03200. Allow for minimum 1-1/2" concrete cover. 3.03 PLACING FIBER REINFORCING A. General: Place fiber reinforcing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. 1-1 /2 lbs. per cu. yd., unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer. B. Fiber reinforcing shall be placed as scheduled in Section 03200. 3.04 FORMING JOINTS A. Control Joints at Concrete Drives, Aprons and Slabs: Formed or saw -cut to produce weakened joint minimum 1 /4 of slab thickness. Place longitudinal and transverse joints spaced uniformly as shown on the Drawings. Joints shall be cut within 24 hours of pouring, at earliest point concrete is accessible without causing chipping at the control joints. Joints wider than 1 /4" shall be cleaned and sealed before opening to traffic. B. Control Joints at Sidewalks, Curb and Gutter Sections and Flatwork: Same as specified for slabs, spacing as noted on the Drawings, but in no case greater than the following: 1. Sidewalks: 6-0" o.c. maximum along the length of the sidewalk. 2. On -site Curb and Gutter: 10'-0" o.c. maximum. 3. Off -site Curb and Gutter: 10'-0" o.c. maximum, or as required by the jurisdiction with authority over this work. 4. Exterior Concrete Patios and Other Flatwork: Pattern as shown on the Drawings, but in no case greater than 15'-0" x 15%0". C. Isolation or Expansion Joints: Joints shall be full depth of slab, recessed 1/2" below finished concrete surface. Provide at all joints between slabs and vertical surfaces or as indicated on the Drawings. Place joint filler as specified in Section 03100 and leave joint recess clean to receive sealants specified in Section 07900. 3.05 DESIGN MIXES A. General: Concrete mixes shall be as itemized on the Drawings or specified herein or in Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. B. Concrete which does not meet the minimum requirements for strength at 28 days shall be reviewed and is subject to removal at the option of the Architect. C. Proportion normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 211.1. Concrete for all parts of the work shall be of the specified quality, capable of being placed without excessive segregation and, when hardened, of developing all characteristics required by these specifications and the contract documents. Proportion ingredients to produce a mixture which will work readily into the corners 02515 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents and angles of the forms and around reinforcements, by the methods of placing and consolidation employed on the work. D. Design mixes shall be made and reported by an approved testing laboratory for each class of concrete, at the Contractor's expense. E. Design mixes shall contain all admixtures required by these specifications and/or proposed by the Contractor to be used in concrete. F. Concrete Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200 and as specified herein. G. Concrete Testing: Refer to Section 03300. 3.06 PLACING CONCRETE A. General: Place Portland Cement concrete paving materials in accordance with the standard specifications of the City of Fort Collins. 1. Pavement and Slab Thicknesses: Parking Areas Sidewalks a Structure Slabs 5" 5" B. Subgrade temperature shall be minimum 400 at 6" depth prior to pouring concrete. C. Place concrete, screed and wood float surfaces to a smooth and uniform finish free of open texturing and exposed aggregate. D. Where paved surfaces are adjacent to walks, make curbs and gutters integral with walks. Ensure that joints of curbs coincide with walk joints. Provide dummy joint at line between walks and curbs. E. Provide exposed surfaces of aprons, walks, curbs and gutters with broom finish, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. F. Apply curing compound as specified in Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete, on finished surfaces immediately after placement. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. clt1rfi[ili�7LRK:&i A. Maintain the following tolerances for all concrete site work. Defective work shall be removed and replaced at Contractor's expense. 1. Variation from Plumb: a. 0-10% 1 /4" maximum. b. 20' or more: 3/8" maximum. 2. Variation in Thickness: 1 /4" to 1 /2" standard. 3. Variation in Grade: a. 0-10': 1 /4" standard, 1 /8" for slabs. b. 10-20': 3/8" standard, 1 /4" for slabs. C. 40' or more: 3/4" standard, 3/8" for slabs. 4. Variation in Plan: a. 0-20% 1/2". b. 40' or more: 3/4" standard. 5. Variation in Eccentricity: 2% for footings. 6. Variation in Openings: a. Size: + 1 /8". b. Location: 1 /4". B. Exterior Slab Tolerances: 1 /4" in 10'. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor shall verify all lines, levels and elevations of completed Portland Cement concrete sitework with requirements of the Drawings and approved field modifications prior to final inspection by the Architect/Engineer. 02515 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents B. Engineer shall provide a Certification Survey for the Owner of the as -built conditions, verifying compliance with the grading and drainage requirements of the Drawings and the City of Fort Collins, based upon survey data provided by the Contractor. C. Contractor shall correct all areas of the concrete sitework not in compliance with the Drawings or approved field modifications at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 02515 - 6 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials and equipment necessary for the complete construction of required formwork for cast -in -place concrete. B. Furnish and install prefabricated, premolded form materials, including but not limited to: 1. Round, tubular column forms. 2. Stamped pattern forms for concrete flatwork. C. Furnish and install anchor bolts, connectors, embedded plates, dovetail slots and anchors and other accessories required to be cast into concrete work. D. Furnish materials and equipment necessary to strip and remove formwork. E. Install embedded items furnished by other Sections. F. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading. 2. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 3. Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Forming equipment. 4. Section 02230, Drilled Piers: Concrete formwork for piers. 5. Section 03250, Concrete Accessories. 6. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 7. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Conform to the requirements and recommendations of ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete in Buildings", and ACI 347, "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork', unless otherwise shown. 1. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Contractor shall be responsible for the design and engineering, construction and maintenance of formwork, as well as its adequacy and safety. C. Contractor shalt design formwork for all toads and lateral pressures before and during placement of concrete. Maintain position and shape of formwork at all times. Provide positive means of adjustment for shores and forms which rest on compressible material. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature, specifications and installation instructions for all form -coating materials, manufactured form systems, form ties and accessories. B. Samples: Submit pattern illustrations or samples for stamped pattern concrete forms for selection by the Architect. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Fiber Forms: Store prefabricated fiber forms on site horizontally if length requires, supported along the entire length of the form and elevated a minimum 4" off of ground, completely covered with waterproof membrane including ends, and not stacked over T-0" high. If stored vertically, the ends shall be covered with waterproof membrane and elevated a minimum 4" off of ground. 03100 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK FOR EXPOSED CONCRETE A. Construct all formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with metal-framed/plywood-faced, metal or plastic panel -type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth, solid exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. Do not use any forms having defects on contact surfaces. 1. Plywood forms will only be acceptable upon specific approval of the Architect, and'then only after visual inspection on the job site. 2. Plywood shall be sufficiently thick to withstand pressure of wet concrete without bow or deflection but shall not be less than 5/8" thick, complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1, 'B-B High Density Overlaid Concrete Form, Class 1", or "B-B Exterior Type DFPA Plyform, Class 1". B. Chamfer exposed external corners and edges, using chamfer strips accurately fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight -edge joints. C. Refer to the Drawings for locations where special joints may be required. D. Arrangement for sheets or liner sheets shall be orderly and symmetrical. Form ties shall be spaced uniformly and aligned horizontally and vertically where locations are exposed to view in the completed project. E. All exposed concrete wall surfaces to receive a sandblasted finish. 2.02 FORMWORK FOR UNEXPOSED CONCRETE A. Form concrete which will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, boards, metal or other acceptable material. Provide lumber that is dressed on at least two (2) edges and one (1) side for a tight fit. 1. Below -Grade Pier Forms: Sonotube Fibre Form "A" or equal, specified in paragraph 2.03 below. 2. Drilled Pier or Caisson Liners: Refer to Section 02230. B. Earthen or trenched forms shall not be used for vertical formwork. 2.03 ROUND TUBULAR FIBER FORMS A. General: Prefabricated round, one-piece tubular fiber forms for exposed, round cast -in -place concrete columns, formed from multiple layers of high quality fiber, spirally wound and laminated with non -water sensitive adhesives. B. Finish: Coated form producing visible vertical seam, Sonotube Plus or equal. C. Size(s): Diameter and lengths as required to produce finished columns of the size(s) shown on the Drawings. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Sonotube as manufactured by Sonoco Products Company, Hartsville, SC, (800) 532-8248, and represented locally by RW Specialties, Inc., Henderson, CO, (800) 332-6682. 2. Manufacturers providing form materials of same type, function, quality and performance are acceptable. 2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Premolded Joint Fillers: In joints caulked or sealed with silicone or thiokol-based compound, filler shall be non -bituminous, non -extruding, conforming to ASTM, D1752. In all other joints, filler shall be bituminous type conforming to ASTM D1751. Filler shall be 1/2" thick, unless otherwise 03100 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents indicated. 1. Non -Bituminous Filler: Sonoflex F by Sonneborne or equal. B. Premolded Fiberboard Joint Fillers (Bituminous -Type): Preformed rigid cane fiberboard material, impregnated with a durable asphaltic compound, conforming to AASHTO-M213. Fillers shall be 1 /2" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Bituminous Filler: Flexcetl by Celotex or approved equal. C. Bond Breaker: Where shown on the Drawings or required by the work, provide minimum two (2) layers 15-lb. non -bituminous felt bond breaker. D. Column Isolation Joints: Joints around columns may be formed with minimum 30# non -bituminous building felt left in place with neatly trimmed top edge or approved joint filler material. E. Keyways: Provide nominal 1-1 /2" deep keyways in all construction joints in walls, stabs and joints between walls and slabs, unless otherwise shown. F. Form Ties: Provide factory -fabricated break -back, removable, or snap -type form ties designed to prevent spatting concrete surfaces on removal and which will leave no metal within 1/2" of concrete surface. Use stainless steel, plastic -coated or hot -dipped galvanized at exposed concrete with cone -shaped tie heads, manufactured by Dayton, Gates, Heckman, Richmond or approved equal. G. Release Agent: Provide commercial formulated synthetic resin or oil -type form coating compounds that will not bond with or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent finish treatment of surfaces, manufactured by Protex Pro -Coat, Euclid Eucoslip, J Ft P Tex -Mastic or approved equal. 1. Contractor shall ensure that release agent is compatible with the finish requirements of concrete to be exposed to view. H. Metal Inserts: Provide adjustable wedge inserts of malleable cast iron complete with bolts, nuts, washers, 3/4" bolt size, unless otherwise shown, manufactured by Hohmann and Barnard, Gateway, Dayton or approved equal. 1. Embedded Dovetail Anchor Slots and Anchors: Refer to Section 03250, Concrete Accessories. J. Void Forms: Provide moisture -resistant treated paper faces, biodegradable, structurally sufficient to support weight of wet concrete until initial set: 6" thick x full width of concrete member. 1. Wall Void by SureVoid or equal. K. Embedded Connector Plates or Sleeves: Embedded plates, sleeves or other accessory items as shown on the Drawings and as coordinated with the approved precast concrete shop drawings. Plates connecting precast to cast -in -place concrete shall be furnished by the precast fabricator and installed by the Contractor. L. Embedded Plates, Sleeves and Anchor Bolts: Miscellaneous embedded items furnished by other Sections. Refer to the appropriate Section(s) in these Specifications. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. B. Expansion, Construction and Other Joints: Properly lay out work and make necessary preparations for construction of specified joints in cast -in -place concrete work. 1. Take special care to provide joints to allow for removal of sections of concrete foundations, walls or ftatwork for future construction where shown on the Drawings. C. Ensure that connector plates, sleeves, dovetail anchor slots and other concrete accessories embedded in concrete are properly located, aligned and secured prior to placing concrete. 03100 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3.02 FABRICATION A. Construct forms complying with ACI 347 to the exact sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions as shown on the Drawings and as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structures. Use selected material to obtain the required finishes. Concrete tolerances shall be as specified in Section 03300. B. Construct formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to cast -in -place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. C. Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt all joints and provide backup materials at joints as may be required to prevent leakage. Ensure that formwork is properly braced and tied. D. Provide openings in forms as required to accommodate other work. Accurately place and securely support all items required to be built into the forms. Size and locations of openings, recesses, chases and other built-in items shall be obtained from the Contractor or the trades involved. 3.03 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES A. Prior to each use, coat contact surfaces of forms with release agent prior to placement of reinforcement, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Do not allow excess coating material to accumulate in forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. B. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which are affected by agent. Refer to Section 03300 for required concrete finishes. C. Ensure that all debris and frost has been removed from forms before placing concrete. D. Clean, repair and recoat surfaces of forms that are to be reused. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing materials will not be acceptable. E. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and tighten forms to close all joints. Align and secure all joints to avoid offsets. F. Place void farm material to create a continuous void space under all grade beams; omit directly above caissons or footings. 3.04 ERECTION OF ROUND, TUBULAR FIBER FORMS A. General: Erect, brace and maintain prefabricated fiber forms in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Provide fiber forms in continuous, one-piece lengths for all project applications. C. Ensure that cages of reinforcing steel have been properly fabricated and tied, inspected and approved before installing fiber forms. D. Drop fiber forms over reinforcing steel cage either manually, with block and tackle, or by crane, depending upon sizes and lengths. E. Take all necessary precautions to prevent damaging the interior surfaces of the forms. F. Brace fiber forms as recommended by the manufacturer and as required by job conditions before, during and after concrete placement. 3.05 SHORES AND SUPPORTS A. Extend shoring from ground floor to underside of composite floor decking at upper level. B. Perform removal of shores in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially cured concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to safety support the work until concrete has reached a 2,500 psi compressive strength. Obtain approval from the Engineer for the proposed reshoring sequence. 03100 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Rev 10/20/07 Section 00020 Page 2 Mlb 7yd,U17n1s�]9.Y�71 it TAY* .1 A. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete such as sides of grade beams, walls and similar parts of work may be removed 48 hours after placing concrete, providing concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by removal operations and providing that curing and protection operations are maintained. Refer to specific requirements for hot- and cold -weather concreting in Section 03300. B. Formwork for beam soffits, slabs and other parts that support the weight of concrete shall remain in place at least 14 days and until concrete has reached its specified 28-day strength. C. Whenever formwork is removed during the curing period, cure exposed concrete as specified in Section 03300. D. Prefabricated Fiber Forms: Remove forms as soon as possible after concrete has set, generally between 24 and 48 hours, but not exceeding 5 days, in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Take all necessary precautions not to mar concrete surfaces. E. Prefabricated Fiber Forms: Forms for unexposed, below -grade piers need not be removed. Trim excess form material flush with top of pier, or finish grade for exterior locations. F. Contractor shall verify required tolerances specified in Section 03300 immediately after removal of forms. G. Carefully remove fins or other minor surface defects from concrete to remain exposed in the final construction, and leave surfaces prepared for sealers, paint, skim coats or other finishes. Repair minor imperfections as specified in Section 03300. END OF SECTION 03100 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 03150 EXPANSION AND FIXED JOINTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install open joints, control joints, steel joints, waterstops and isolation joints as shown on the Drawings. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. 2. Section 03250, Concrete Accessories: Keyed construction joints. 3. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 4. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawing and Samples: Prior to construction of the required joints, the Contractor shall submit for approval by the Engineer samples of waterstops, joint fillers and joint sealers, and shop drawings for fabricated steel joints. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Premolded expansion joint filler strips shall conform to ASTM D1751 or ASTM D1752. B. Expanded rubber joint filler shall conform to ASTM D1056; Grades RE43 to RE45, SBE43 to SBE45, or SCE43 to SCE45; adhesives shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. C. PVC and polyethylene joint fillers shall conform to ASTM D1667; Grades VE-43BL to Ve-45BL; adhesives shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Polysulfide sealer shall be a cold -applied, two -component, self -leveling compound conforming to Federal Specification TT-S-00227E. E. Hot -poured joint sealer shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M173 and shall be heated according to manufacturer's recommendations. F. Steel Joints: 1. Slots and inserts for anchoring mechanical items to concrete shall be galvanized steel of standard manufacture and subject to approval by the Engineer. 2. Plates, angles and other structural shapes shall be galvanized steel conforming to ASTM A36 and shall be accurately shaped at the shop. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. The joint materials shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings and shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. 2. In no case shall the reinforcement, corner protection angles or other fixed metal items, embedded in or bonded into the concrete, be run continuously through an expansion joint, 03150 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents unless shown on the Drawings. B. Open Joints: 1. Open joints shall be constructed by the insertion and subsequent removal of wood strip, metal plate or other approved material. 2. The insertion and removal of the template shall be accomplished without chipping or breaking the corners of the concrete. 3. Reinforcement shall not extend across an open joint unless so specified on the Drawings. 4. Edges of concrete adjacent to joints shall be finished to an approximate radius of 1 /8" or as shown on the Drawings. C. Control Joints (Expansion Joints): 1. Control joints shall be constructed as shown on the Drawings. a. Expansion joints between slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces shall be premolded expansion joint filler strips. b. Unless otherwise noted, expansion joint shall be 3/8" thick and the full depth of the slab. 2. Premolded keyed filler strips shall be used. 3. When expanded rubber, PVC or polyethylene filler is used, it shall be attached to the first - places side of the joint with an adhesive and the concrete on the other side then shalt be placed against the filler. Other types of premolded filler shall not be attached by adhesives. 4. Care shall be taken not to cause displacement or compression of the filler. 5. A joint groove shall be formed 1" deep and 3/ 16" wide with a slightly tapered, dressed and oiled wood strip tacked on top of the joint filler. 6. After curing, the wood strip shall be removed and the groove shall be sealed. 7. Joints shall be free of cracked and spatted areas and their faces shall be free of all foreign matter, curing compound, oils, greases and dirt. 8. Cold -applied sealer shall be used in conjunction with PVC, polyethylene and expanded rubber fillers. Cold -applied sealer shall not be used in conjunction with bituminous or asphaltic fillers. 9. Cold -applied sealer shall not be placed directly on the filler, but shall be prevented from bonding to the filler by a carefully placed strip of suitable material placed over the filler. 10. Masking tape or other means shall be used to avoid spilling sealer onto adjacent concrete surfaces. if. Any excess sealer on adjacent surfaces shall be carefully cleaned off before the material has set and without damaging the material in the joint. D. Steel Joints: 1. Positive methods shall be employed in placing the joints to keep them in correct position during the placing of the concrete so that opening at expansion joints shall be that designated on the Drawings at normal temperature, and care shalt be taken to avoid impairment of the clearance in any manner. 2. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, normal temperature shall be considered as 600 F, and correction to this temperature shall be computed using a coefficient of expansion of 0.00000065 in. per in. per OF. E. Isolation Joints: 1. Isolation joints shall be installed where and in the manner shown on the Drawings. 2. Their edges shall be truly vertical and shall completely isolate the affected item from vertical and horizontal motions of the surrounding structure. 3. These joints shall be 2" wide and sealed with non -meltable black mastic waterstop joint sealer. END OF SECTION 03150 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish, bend and install all reinforcing bars, welded wire fabric, ties and supports. B. Furnish and install fiber reinforcing materials. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 2. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading. 3. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 4. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. 5. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 6. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate and place reinforcing steel in accordance with the latest edition of ACI 315, "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures', and as detailed on the Drawings. B. Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Refer to Section 03300 for requirements. C. Reference Standards: Comply with requirements of the following codes and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. ACI 318, "ACI Standard Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". 2. ACI 315, "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures". 3. ACI 301-72, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 4. CRSI"Manual of Standard Practice". 5. CRSI 'Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars". 6. CRSI 'Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports". 7. AWS D12.1, 'Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction". 8. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. D. Contractor shalt obtain specific approval from the Architect/Engineer for the following items: 1. Relocation of bars to an extent that causes placement tolerances to be violated. 2. Bar chairs and spacers. 3. Splices not shown on the Drawings and mechanical connectors. 4. Bending of reinforcement embedded in hardened concrete. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for all reinforcing steel larger than #3 bars, indicating bending and cutting, preformed corners and intersections. Comply with ACI 315 showing bar schedules, stirrup or tie spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangement and assemblies as required for the fabrication and placement of concrete reinforcement. Include all special reinforcement required and openings through concrete structures. Show wall reinforcement on elevations drawn at a scale of not less than 1 /4" = P-0". 1. Shop drawing submittal may be waived for reinforcing bars small enough to be field bent, if requested by Contractor in writing and approved by Architect/Engineer. Architect/Engineer must observe reinforcement prior to concrete placement. 03200 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents l��Lll�l.r•7lX.�rb].ml jr�rrr.1 A. Notify the Owners testing and inspection agency and Architect/Engineer at least 48 hours in advance of closing of forms and/or placing concrete so that inspection of reinforcement in place can be made. Do not cover any reinforcement with formwork or concrete until reinforcement has been checked and approval given to proceed with formwork and/or concreting operations. B. Testing of reinforcing welds and splices will be as specified in Section 01410. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver reinforcement to site in strongly tied bundles with metal tags corresponding to bar schedules and diagrams. Store on the site free of rust, scale, oil or other coating. Store bars off the ground and protect from moisture, dirt, oil or deleterious coatings. B. If concreting is delayed for any considerable period of time after reinforcement is in place, it shall be protected by suitable covering. C. Protect exposed reinforcement intended for bonding with future extensions by suitable covering, if applicable. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Bars: ASTM A615-82, 60 KSI grade, deformed billet steel bars, plain finish, as indicated on the Drawings. Bars shall be free of scale or other bond -reducing coatings. B. Ties, stirrups and field bent bars, #3 or smaller, may be ASTM A615, 40 KSI grade. C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 or A497, plain type in flat sheets, plain finish, welded intersections, in sizes as indicated on the Drawings. Use of coiled rolls shall only be permitted when approved by the Structural Engineer. D. Steel Wire: Provide plain cold -drawn wire conforming to ASTM A82. E. Fiber Reinforcing: Collated, fibrillated polypropylene fiber, Fiber Mesh I, Fiber Mesh, Inc., Chattanooga, TN, or equal. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Accessories shall be of suitable type conforming to ACI 315 and shall include spacers, chairs, tie bars, support bars and all other devices for properly assembling, placing and supporting reinforcement, weight of concrete and workmen without displacement of reinforcement. Wood, brick, block, concrete chips and other non-metallic devices are not acceptable. B. For concrete stab -on -grade use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where wetted base materials will not support chair legs. Concrete briquettes for support of reinforcement for stabs - on -grade shall be at least 2" wide x 3" long and of proper height. C. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are hot -dipped galvanized, plastic protected or stainless steel protected. D. Wire Ties: Wire for tying shall be annealed, cold -drawn wire of at least 16-gage. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to the required shapes and dimensions with fabrication tolerance complying with ACI 315. Cold bend bars in a manner which will not injure material. B. Straightening or rebending at site will not be permitted for bars over 40 KSI yield strength. C. Where reinforcing bars are shown welded to structural steel, bars are to be furnished by rebar supplier and welded in place by structural steel erector. 03200 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. 3.02 SPLICES A. Splices not shown on the Drawings must be approved by the Architect/Engineer. B. Lapped splices shall be securely wired together. Minimum laps shall be in accordance with requirements of ACI 318 and ACI 301-72 and as shown on the Drawings. Offset vertical lap splices at least one bar diameter. C. Lapped splices for welded wire fabric shall be made so that overlap of outermost wires is not less than two (2) full mesh spaces. Lace splices together with 16-gage wire. 3.03 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL A. Prior to placing into position, thoroughly clean reinforcement of mill and excessive rust, scale, dust, mud, oil, ice and all other deleterious coating which may destroy or reduce bond. B. All reinforcing shall be placed in accordance with the Drawings and the "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", ACI 315, ACI 301 and ACI 318. C. Accurately place and support reinforcing steel with chairs, bar supports, spacers or hangers as recommended by ACI detailing manual except in slab -on -grade work. Support bars in stabs -on - grade and footings with approved accessories. D. Place reinforcing bars to a tolerance of +/- 1 /4", except that minimum spacings between bars shall be to a tolerance of +/- 1 /4". Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcing steel, conduit or embedded items. The Architect/ Engineer's approval must be obtained prior to moving bars under these circumstances. E. Securely anchor and tie reinforcing bars and dowels prior to placing concrete. F. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for concrete protection shown on the Drawings and specified. Do not place reinforcement with additional concrete cover unless expressly approved by the Structural Engineer. G. Install dowels before any concrete is placed. Locate column dowels accurately with aid of template before concrete starts to set. H. Steel reinforcing bars shall run continuous through cold joints. 3.04 PLACING WELDED WIRE FABRIC A. Welded wire fabric shall be placed 2" below slab surface or as indicated on the Drawings and shall not be permitted to be placed on subgrade prior to concrete placement and hooked into position. Reinforcement shall be fully supported at required elevation prior to concrete placement. Use continuous chairs or support bars in structural slabs to maintain proper locations as shown on the Drawings. B. Install welded wire fabric using full sheets as large as possible. Lap adjoining pieces as specified herein. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 1. If use of coiled rolls is approved, unroll and allow rolls of welded wire fabric to relax prior to placement. 03200 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3.05 PLACING FIBER REINFORCING A. Place fiber reinforcing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. 1-1 /2 tbs. per cu. yd., unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 SCHEDULE OF REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing materials shall be placed in quantities, sizes and spacing as shown on the Drawings and/or as scheduled herein: 1. Reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric shall be installed where shown or scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Fiber reinforcing shall be placed in all poured -in -place concrete flatwork, including exterior concrete drives, apron pavements and curb and gutter sections, sidewalks, etc., regardless of whether these already are reinforced with steel or wire materials. 3. Fiber reinforcing is not required in footings, foundation walls, grade beams, piers and caissons. END OF SECTION 03200 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 03250 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish cast -in and surface -mounted concrete accessories, including reglets, dovetail anchors and anchor slots and flashings. B. Installation of same, unless provided to others or arranged for otherwise. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. 2. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete 3. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 4. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES A. Cast -in Reglets: 26-gage galvanized steel, Type CO -Concrete, by Fry Reglet, Alhambra, CA, or equal. Type shall be as recommended by manufacturer for application. B. Dovetail Embedded Anchors and Anchor Slots: Prefabricated, prefinished embedded metal anchor slot channels, 1 " x 1"x 3/4" throat, minimum 22-gage hot -dipped galvanized, in continuous lengths unless otherwise approved. 1. Provide with manufacturer's standard continuous polystyrene foam filler strip to keep slot channel clear of concrete and prevent collapse during pouring from hydraulic pressure. 2. Dovetail Anchors: 3-1/2" long x 1.1/2" wide flared end of 1" wide shank, 16-gage hot - dipped galvanized steel. 3. Approved Manufacturers: a. Pro -Slot by BoMetals, Inc., Powder Springs, GA, (800) 862-4835, as the basis of design. b. Heckman Building Products, Chicago, IL, (773) 826-8564. C. Hohmann and Barnard Inc., Hauppauge, NY, (800) 645-0616. d. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. C. Keyed Cold and Construction Joints: Interlocking, horizontal, tongue -and -groove continuous keyways, 26-gage galvanized steel, depth(s) as required for slab thickness. Provide splice plates and other accessories by same manufacturer as required for complete installation. 1. Keyed Kold Joint component system by Burke Company, San Mateo, CA, (800) 423-9140, or approved equal. 2. Capping Material: Provide manufacturers standard removable capping material to form voids to receive pourable sealants. Refer to Section 07900. D. Expansion Joints: Interior building expansion joint materials, including exposed durable elastomer seals, factory bonded to pretreated continuous 6063-T52 alloy aluminum retainers, providing omni- directional movement with a sealed monolithic surface at the joints. Materials shall be compatible with minimum 2" building joints. 1. Concealed Floor -to -Wall Joints: Model ECFS-200 by Construction Specialties (C/S), Muncie, PA, (800) 521-2737, or approved equal. 03250 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the lines and levels of all walls and floor slabs to receive the prefabricated joint materials specified in this Section, and notify the Contractor in writing of any condition that will prevent the successful installation or performance of the joint systems. Do not commence work until such defects are corrected to the satisfaction of the Installer. Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of substrates. B. Ensure that cast -in concrete accessories are delivered to the site in a timely manner. C. Supply to appropriate Sections components required to be cast -in or embedded in concrete or masonry, complete with necessary setting templates. D. Ensure that concrete accessory components cast -in or embedded by other Sections are properly located and installed. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install all concrete accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Ensure concrete accessories are installed to provide required bond with concrete and/or masonry and prevent pullout or spatting of surfaces. C. Ensure expansion joints are installed to provide required tolerances for building movement, both vertically and horizontally. 03250 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install cast -in -place concrete for footings, foundations, piers, caissons, retaining walls, slabs -on -grade and any other concrete work required but not itemized. B. Furnish and install cast -in -place concrete for exposed architectural columns, using prefabricated fiber forms specified in Section 03100. C. Furnish and install stained interior and/or exterior cast -in -place concrete slabs -on -grade, where specifically shown on the Drawings. D. Furnish and place granular sub -base under slabs -on -grade. E. Furnish and install colored concrete slabs -on -grade, where specifically shown on the Drawings, using forms specified in Section 03100. F. Furnish and install cast -in -place concrete curb and gutter sections, valley pans, catch basins, exterior concrete Ratwork and other site concrete work, unless furnished and installed by Section 02515. G. Finishing and application of integral surfacing as scheduled, curing and sealing of slabs. H. Furnishing and placing joint materials. I. Furnish and install cast -in concrete accessories, unless arranged for otherwise. J. Apply sandblast finish to exposed concrete surfaces where specified. K. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01410, Testing. 2. Section 01714 Construction Waste Management 3. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading. 4. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 5. Section 02230, Drilled Piers. 6. Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving. 7. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. 8. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. 9. Section 03250, Concrete Accessories. 10. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 11. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 12. Section 07150, Dampproofing. 13. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 14. Section 07215, Foundation Insulation 15. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Filters. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Except as modified or supplemented in these Specifications, structural concrete shall meet the requirements of the following standards. Refer to the standards for detailed requirements. 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. ACI 347, "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork". 3. ACI 318, 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforcing Concrete". 4. ACI 304, 'Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete". 5. ACI 305, 'Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting". 03300 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Date August 14, 2008 Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 3 00 P M , our clock, on August 14, 2008, for the Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory, BID NO 6110 If delivered, they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2"a Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524 If mailed, the mailing address is P O Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be publicly opened and read aloud The Contract Documents provide for the construction of Bid 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory The contract documents provide for construction of natural area structures including an observatory, an entry station, small and large picnic shelters, kiosks and associated paved trails and site work All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The City of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St , 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524 Contract Documents will be available July 24, 2008 A prebid conference and 30b walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will be held at 10 00 a m , on August 6, 2008, at 215 North Mason, Conference Room 1A, Fort Collins Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid proposal at this meeting The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined online at • www fcgov com/eprocurement Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2 3 of General Conditions Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment Rev 10/20/07 Section 00020 Page 1 6. ACI 306, 'Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting". 7. ASTM C94,"Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete". 8. ASTM C33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates". 9. ASTM C150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement". 10. ASTM C260, "Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete". 11. ASTM C494, "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete". 12. ASTM C618, "Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete". 13. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Contractor shall have in place a quality assurance program to monitor the composition of the ready -mixed concrete provided for this project. The quality assurance program shall detail: 1. Quality and types of aggregates, cement, mineral admixtures, chemical admixtures and water. 2. Batching of these materials, including properties of the batched mix(es). 3. Delivery and placement requirements for the batched mix(es). 4. Regular contractor monitoring and testing of batched materials. C. Contractor shalt maintain a copy of ACI SP-15-72, "Field Reference Manual" in the field office at all times. D. Contractor shall employ an experienced and competent foreman for all concrete work. The foreman shall be thoroughly familiar with all phases of concrete construction, including formwork. Upon request submit records of qualifications and experience of the foreman to the Architect. E. Stained Concrete: Stains and sealers specified for areas of interior and/or exterior concrete flatwork shall be applied by a manufacturer -licensed or approved Contractor, who shall provide a foreman or supervisor who has completed at least three similar installations of high quality. All work shall comply with the current specifications and quality standards of the manufacturer. F. All concrete work which does not conform to specified requirements, including strength, tolerances and finishes, shall be corrected or removed and replaced as directed by the Architect/Engineer, at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the cost of corrections to any other work affected by or resulting from correction to concrete work and for any additional testing of work in place which may be required. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Mix Design: Submit proposed mix design(s) in accordance with ACI 301 for approval by the Architect/Engineer. Submit written design mix reports for each class of concrete at least fifteen (15) days prior to start of work. Include the following in each report: 1. Project identification. 2. Concrete class. 3. Specified properties for concrete. 4. Source of concrete aggregate and cement. 5. Cement type and brand. 6. Manufacturer and brand name of admixtures. 7. Proportions of concrete mixed per cubic yard. 8. Required strength qualification data for each property specified for design mix in accordance with ACI 301. 9. Unit weight. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data with application and installation instructions for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, joint systems, color additives and concrete stains, sealers, hardener and finishing compounds. 03300 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents C. Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Submit for review by the Architect/Engineer in accordance with paragraph 1.02.B. D. Certificates: 1. Sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates. 2. Certification of appropriate use for hardening and sealing products, as specified in paragraph 2.05. E. Contractor shall retain for Architect/Engineer's review, if requested, all delivery tickets for each load delivered to the site. Tickets shall show truck number, concrete strength, cement brand and type, cement content, water content (also expressed as water/cement ratio), amount of course aggregate and fine aggregate, name and amount of admixture, number of yards delivered, time of arrival at site and mixing time. MEHIFylX4118n, A. Provide free access for the Architect/Engineer to locations where concrete materials are stored, proportioned or mixed. Do not place concrete until forming and reinforcing for a given pour has been approved by the Architect/Engineer. B. Provide minimum 48 hours advance notice for inspection to the Architect/Engineer, but ensure that forming and reinforcing are substantially complete at the time of notification. 1.05 TESTING A. Inspection and testing of concrete mix will be performed by an independent testing agent approved by the Architect. Testing fees shall be paid as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide free access to work and cooperate with the appointed firm. C. Submit proposed concrete mix design to the inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of work. D. Field Quality Control Testing: Perform sampling and testing for field quality control during the placement of concrete, as follows: 1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C94. 2. Slump: ASTM C143; one (1) test for each set of compressive strength test specimens. 3. Air Content: ASTM C231, pressure method, one (1) test each set of compressive test specimens, or when the indication of change requires. 4. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31; one (1) set of four (4) standard cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. 5. Cast and store cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens and field -cured test specimens as specified in ASTM C31. E. Compressive Strength Tests: 1. ASTM C39: One (1) set for each 50 cu. yds. or fraction thereof of each mix design placed in any one day, or for each 5,000 sq. ft. of surface area placed; one (1) specimen tested at seven (7) days, two (2) specimens tested at 28 days, and one (1) specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. 2. When the frequency of testing will provide less than three (3) strength tests for a given mix design, conduct testing from at least five (5) randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than three (3) are used. 3. Report test results in writing to the Owner, Architect, Structural Engineer, Contractor and ready -mix supplier on the same day that tests are made. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, the name of contractor, name of the concrete supplier and truck number, name of the concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in the structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and 03300 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents materials, compressive breaking strength and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests. 4. The testing agency wilt make additional tests of in -place concrete when test results indicate the specified concrete strengths and characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by the Architect/ Engineer. The testing agency shall conduct tests to determine the strength and other characteristics of the in -place concrete by compression tests on cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42, by load testing specified in ACI 318 or other acceptable non-destructive testing methods, as directed. The Contractor shalt pay for this additional testing. F. Slump Test: One (1) slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. G. Air Entrainment Test: One (1) air entrainment test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. H. Test hourly when air temperature is 400 F and below, and when 800 F and above and each time a set of compression test specimens are made. 1.06 EVALUATION OF QUALITY CONTROL TESTING A. Do not use concrete delivered to the final point of placement which has slump or total air content outside the specified values. B. Compressive strength tests for laboratory -cured cylinders will be considered satisfactory if the averages of all sets of three (3) consecutive compressive strength tests results equal or exceed the 28-day design compressive strength of the type or class of concrete and no individual strength test falls below the required compressive strength by more than 500 psi. C. If the compressive strength tests fait to meet the minimum requirements specified, the concrete represented by such tests will be considered deficient in strength and subject to additional testing as herein specified or removal and replacement of the concrete which the test represents. 1.07 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store cement in watertight enclosures and protect against dampness, contamination and warehouse set. B. Stockpile aggregates to prevent excessive segregation or contamination with other materials or other sizes of aggregates. Use only one (1) supply source for each aggregate stockpile. C. Store admixtures to prevent contamination, evaporation or damage. Protect liquid admixtures from freezing or harmful temperature ranges. D. Allow a maximum of 90 minutes between the time water is added and the time the concrete is completely placed. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Do not place concrete during rain, sleet or snow, unless adequate protection is provided. Do not allow rainwater to increase the mixing water or damage the surface finish. B. Cold Weather Concreting: 1. Refer to ACI 306, 'Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting'. 2. Temperature of concrete when placed shall not be less than the following: Air Temp. Degrees F 30 to 45 0 to 30 Below 0 Minimum Concrete Temp. Degrees F Section with Least Dimension Under 12" 12" and Over 60 50 65 55 70 60 03300 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3. When placed, heated concrete shall not be warmer than 800 F. 4. Prior to placing concrete, all ice, snow, surface and subsurface frost shall be removed and the temperature of the surfaces to be in contact with the new concrete shall be raised above 35° F. 5. Protect the concrete from freezing during specified curing period. 6. Heated enclosures shall be strong and windproof to ensure adequate protection of corners, edges and thin sections. Do not permit heating units to locally heat or dry the concrete. Do not use combustion heaters during the first 24 hours, unless the concrete is protected from exposure to exhaust gases which contain carbon dioxide. C. Hot Weather Concreting: 1. Refer to ACI 305, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting". 2. Take precautions when the ambient air temperature is 90' F or above. Temperature of concrete when placed shall not exceed 850 F. 3. Cool forms and reinforcing to a maximum of 900 F by spraying with water prior to placing concrete. 4. Do not use cement that has reached a temperature of 2700 F or more. 5. Do not place concrete when the evaporation rate (actual or anticipated) equals or exceeds 0.20 pounds per sq. ft. per hour. 6. Approved set -retarding and water -reducing admixtures may be used with the Archi- tect/Engineer's approval when ambient air temperature is 900 F or above to offset the accelerating effects of high temperatures. 1.09 WARRANTIES A. Provide Installer's written warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship, and subgrade failure for a period of one (1) year from final acceptance. Owner's Representative shall determine needs for repairs or replacement, and his/her decision shall be final and obligatory upon the Contractor. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II. Use only one (1) brand of cement in any individual structure. B. Fine Aggregate: Clean, sharp, naturat sand conforming to ASTM C33. C. Coarse Aggregate for Normal Weight Concrete: Clean, strong crushed gravel or stone conforming to ASTM C33. Gradation shall be as specified under concrete mixes. D. Water: Clean, fresh potable supply, free from oil, acid, alkali, organic materials or other deleterious substances. E. Admixtures: Use only when specified or approved by the Architect/Engineer. 1. Air -Entraining Agent: ASTM C260, manufactured by Master Builders MBVR, Sika AER, Grace Darex AEA, Protex, or equal. 2. Non -Chloride Accelerator: ASTM C494, Type C or E. 3. Retarder: ASTM C494, Type B or D. 4. Water Reducer: ASTM C494, Type A, manufactured by Master Builders Pozzo-Lith, Grace WRDA, Protex PDA 25XL, Sika Ptastocrete, or equal. 5. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. 6. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride are specifically prohibited. 7. Color Additive: To be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of color(s), Davis Color or equal. Provide colored concrete where shown or scheduled on the Drawings. 8. Fiber Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200 and paragraph 3.02 of this Section. 03300 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 2.02 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Provide premixed, factory -packaged non -shrink, non-metallic grouting compounds specified in Section 05120. 2.03 CONCRETE BONDING AGENTS A. Provide an aqueous phase, film forming, freeze -thaw resistant compound suitable for brush or spray application, complying with Military Specification MIL-B-19235. 1. Chem Master Polyweld, Grace Daraweld-PBA, Larson Weldcrete, Euclid Eucoweld, Protex Proweld-D, or equal. B. Provide a two -component all-purpose epoxy bonding agent for structural repair or corrections. 1. Protex Probond ET-150, Sika Colma-Dur, or equal. 2.04 SMOOTHING AND RESURFACING COATING A. General: A blend of white and gray Portland cement, dry polymers and aggregates providing a smooth, textured patching material for thin, vertical surface repairs and coating applications. Product shall not contain gypsum. B. Compressive Strength: 800 psi at 1 day; 3,000 psi at 7 days; 4,000 psi at 28 days. C. Adhesion: Polymer modified for increased adhesion. D. Color: To match concrete. E. Approved Manufacturers: 1. 3-2-1 by U. S. Spec, Denver, CO, (303) 778-7227. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, quality, appearance and performance are acceptable. 2.05 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES A. Expansion and Isolation Joint Fillers: Refer to Section 03100. B. Grade Beam Void Forms: Cardboard type, sizes as indicated on the Drawings, specified in Section 03100. Miscellaneous Cast -in -Place Accessories: Refer to Section 03250. Fiber Reinforcing: Polypropylene fiber reinforcing, specified in Section 03200. 2.06 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS A. Provide moisture -retaining cover of waterproof sheet materials complying with ASTM C171, Type I or Type II, polyethylene sheeting complying with AASHO M-171, polyethylene coated burlap. or - A. Provide membrane -forming curing compound conforming to ASTM C309, Type I, specified below. Where used, curing compound must be compatible with applied finishes. B. Refer to Section 09800, Special Coatings, for specific requirements for curing of cast -in -place concrete slabs to receive roll-on floor finish. 2.07 HARDENING, SEALING AND FINISH MATERIALS (Edit) A. General: Apply all hardening, sealing and finishing treatments in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Refer to the schedule below for applications. Supplier/Installer of slab finish materials shall certify that materials specified and/or furnished for this project are appropriate for 03300 - 6 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents use in the specified applications, for the following criteria: 1. Compatibility of finish material with concrete mix specified. 2. Compatibility of finish material with type and degree of weather exposure. 3. Compatibility of finish material with expected use of space. 4. Compatibility of finish material with expected exposure to chemical, acid, oil, fat or other deleterious material. B. Liquid Acrylic -Based Curing, Sealing and Dustproofing: Kure-N-Seal by Sonneborne or equal. C. Liquid Water -Based Curing, Sealing and Dustproofing: Kure-N-SealW by Sonneborne or equal. 1. Color: Clear. D. Liquid Chemical Hardener: Lapidolith by Sonneborne or equal. 1. Color: White or gray, as scheduled. E. Chemically -Reactive Stain and Sealer: Lithochrome Chemstain and Cementone Clear Seater by L.M. Scofield Company as the basis of design. No substitutions will be allowed without the Architect's approval prior to bid. 1. Colors: Not more than three (3) colors to be chosen by the Architect from the manufacturer's full line of colors. 2. Joint Sealant for Stained Concrete Flatwork: Lithoseat Trafficalk - 3G by L.M. Scofield Company, no substitutions without the Architect's approval prior to bid. Refer to Section 07900 for additional sealant requirements for concrete without a chemically -reactive stain finish. F. Liquid Silicate -Based Chemical Curing, Hardening and Dustproofing: Sonosil by Sonneborne or equal. 1. Color: Clear. G. Sealing and Dustproofing: Son -No -Mar by Sonneborne or equal. 1. Color: Gray. H. Polyurethane Dustproofer and Sealer: Sonothane by Sonneborne or equal. (Not suitable where exposed to sunlight). I. Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete: 1. Materials: Pigments shall contain pure, concentrated mineral pigments especially processed for mixing into concrete and complying with ASTM C979. 2. Packaging: If pigments are to be added to mix onsite, furnish pigments in premeasured Mix -Ready disintegrating bags to minimize jobsite waste. 3. Colors: Concrete mix shall contain the dosage rate of pigments indicated in this Section. Dosage rate shall be based on weight of Portland cement, fly ash, silica fume, time and other cementitious materials but not aggregate or sand. Color to be Yosemite Brown. 4. Manufacturers: a. Davis Colors, (213) 269-7311. b. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01600 for substitution request procedures. J. Waterproofing Membrane: Refer to Section 07130. K. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Sonneborn Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434. 2. Thoro System Products, Miami, FL, and represented locally by The Rio Grande Co., Denver, CO, (303) 825-2211. 3. L.M. Scofield Company, Los Angeles, CA, (800) 800-9900, represented locally by Conrep West, Englewood, CO, (303) 740-7787. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, quality, appearance and performance are acceptable, except as limited above. 2.08 UNDER -SLAB MATERIALS A. Granular Sub -Base: Compacted Class 5 roadbase as shown on the Drawings or as required by the Soits Report. 03300 - 7 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents PART 3 EXECUTION 91romff *92-W lrellkI_I.IrZOISZCUP HAVOU A. Notify any trades that may have items to be recessed or embedded in concrete, or that may require openings in concrete, of placing schedule. Coordinate work to avoid cutting of concrete and to avoid delays in the work. This work may include, but is not limited to: 1. Concrete reinforcing specified in Section 03200. 2. Concrete accessories specified in Section 03250. 3. Structural steel specified in Section 05120. 4. Pipe and tube railings specified in Section 05521. 5. Inlaid artwork, furnished by others. B. Surfaces shall be true to line and grade and free from loose earth, frost, ice, mud and standing or running water. Protect bottom of excavation against freezing. Do not deposit concrete against frozen ground. C. Make all preparations required for protection of concrete during placing and curing under detrimental weather conditions. D. Notify the Architect/Engineer at least 48 hours prior to placing of any concrete. Do not deposit any concrete before the Architect/Engineer has observed reinforcement and other work in place and given permission to proceed. Such inspection and permission to proceed shall in no way relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for proper placement of reinforcement and placing of concrete and of responsibility for adherence to other requirements of the Construction Documents. E. Form and install concrete work in accordance with ACI 301, except as amended by this Section. Concrete formwork shall be as specified in Section 03100. F. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement, advise the Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. G. Ensure that form inserts for all exposed edges and corners requiring chamfers are properly placed, as specified in Section 03100. H. Ensure that sleeves and other site items to be installed under concrete work are properly located and installed, as specified in other Sections. I. Smoothing and Resurfacing Coating: All surfaces in contact with coating shall be free of dirt, oil, grease, laitance and other contaminants. J. Stained Concrete Slab -on -Grade: Do not schedule staining and sealing of concrete flatwork until areas to be stained are completed or protected to the satisfaction of the Applicator. Ensure that slabs -on -grade have been properly cured in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements prior to application of stains. K. Pigmented Integrally Colored Concrete: Do not begin concrete work until all operations are complete enough to allow placement to be carried on as a continuous operation for the entire section that is to be placed. 3.02 DESIGN MIXES A. Concrete mixes shall be as itemized on the Drawings or specified herein for specific locations. B. Concrete which does not meet the minimum requirements for strength at 28 days shall be reviewed and is subject to removal at the option of the Architect/Engineer. C. Proportion normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 211.1. Concrete for all parts of the work shall be of the specified quality, capable of being placed without excessive segregation and, when hardened, of developing all characteristics required by these Specifications and the Contract Documents. Proportion ingredients to produce a mixture which will work readily into the corners and angles of the forms and around reinforcements by the methods of placing and consolidation employed on the work. 03300 - 8 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents D. Design mixes shall be made and reported by an approved testing laboratory for each class of concrete, at the Contractor's expense. E. Design mixes shall contain all admixtures required by these specifications and/or proposed by the Contractor to be used in concrete. F. Proportion concrete design mixes so that compressive strength of laboratory -cured cylinders will be at least 15% greater than minimum specified strength. Refer to paragraph 1.05 for testing requirements. G. Concrete Mixes: 1. Class I: For piers and caissons, 3,500 psi (minimum), 5.5 sacks of Type II cement/cubic yard (minimum), maximum aggregate size 3/4", 3" to 5" slump. Air entrained 5% to 7%. No fly ash substitution. 2. Class II: For foundation walls and grade beams, 3,000 psi (minimum), 5.5 sacks of Type I cement/cubic yard (minimum), maximum aggregate size 3/4", 2" to 4" slump, air entrained 5% to 7%. 3. Class III: For interior slabs, 4,000 psi (minimum), 5.5 sacks of Type I cement/cubic yard (minimum), 3" to 4" slump, air entrained 4% to 6%, fibermesh. 4. Class IV: For exterior flatwork, 4,000 psi (minimum), 6.0 sacks of Type II Portland cement/cubic yard, 3" to 4" slump, 5% to 7% air entrainment, fibermesh. Add selected color additive where shown on the Drawings. 5. Class VI: For architectural, fiber -formed columns: 4,500 psi (minimum), 6.0 sacks of Type II Portland cement/cubic yard, 3" to 4" slump, 5% to 7% air entrainment, fibermesh. Add color additive where shown on the Drawings. 6. Class VII: For exterior curbs, gutters, concrete pavements and sitework: Conform to City of Fort Collins engineering standards, unless otherwise directed by the Owner or Engineer. Refer to Section 02515. 7. Except as excluded, fly ash may be substituted for Portland cement to a maximum of 15% maximum where exposed in the final structure. If used, no further cement reduction due to use of water -reducing agent will be allowed. 3.03 CONCRETE BATCHING AND MIXING A. Ready -mixed batch plant equipment and facilities must comply with the requirements of ACI 614 and ASTM C94. The plant must have sufficient capacity to produce and deliver concrete of specified qualities in quantities required to meet the construction schedule. B. Site -mixed concrete will not be permitted. Measure, mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94, except as specified herein. C. All concrete not placed within 90 minutes of initial contact of cement and water shall be rejected. D. Indiscriminate addition of water to increase slump is prohibited. Obtain the Architect/Engineer's approval for any addition of water. Do not exceed the maximum permissible water/cement ratio or maximum slump under any circumstances. 3.04 PREPARATION OF INSERTS, EMBEDDED ITEMS AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for pipes, conduits, sleeves and other work to be embedded in and passing through concrete members. B. Coordinate work of other Sections and cooperate with trades involved in forming and setting openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors and other inserts. C. Accurately position and securely fasten all anchor bolts, castings, steel shapes, conduit, sleeves, masonry anchorages and other materials to be embedded in the concrete. D. Install conduits between reinforcing steel in walls or slabs with reinforcing in both faces and below reinforcing in slabs with only one (1) layer of reinforcing steel. 03300 - 9 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents E. Embedments shall be clean when installed. Remove concrete spatter from all surfaces not in contact with concrete. 3.05 PLACING UNDER -SLAB MATERIALS A. Sub -Base: Place a minimum of 4" (200mm) of compacted Class 5 roadbase over compacted sub- base, level and compact thoroughly, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 3.06 PLACING CONCRETE A. Transit -mixed concrete shall be truck -mixed in accordance with "Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete", ASTM C94.67. B. Concrete shall have a temperature of 700 F +/- 200 F at the time of placing, unless prior permission has been granted in writing by the Architect/Engineer to exceed these tolerances. C. Transport the concrete from mixer to final position as rapidly as practical without segregation, contamination or toss of material. Maximum not -to -exceed from introduction of water to placement of concrete is 90 minutes. Place concrete in forms with drop chutes, baffles or other methods which will prevent segregation. Comply with the requirements of ACI 614. 1. Contractor shall assess the placement requirements of the site, construction staging and other factors, and provide concrete pumping equipment for concrete placement as may be necessary, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Concrete foundation structures shall be placed on undisturbed, clean surfaces free from frost, ice, mud, standing or running water. E. Ensure that hardened concrete, wood chips, shavings and other debris have been removed from the interior of the forms and all hardened concrete and foreign materials have been removed from the inner surfaces of the mixing and conveying equipment. Forms shall be wetted, oiled or treated with an approved form -coating material prior to placing concrete. Reinforcement shall be cleaned, secured in position, inspected and approved by the Architect/Engineer before starting the pouring of concrete. F. Concrete shall be deposited in the forms as nearly as practical in its final position so as to avoid rehandling. Special care shall be exercised to prevent splashing the forms or reinforcement with concrete in advance of pouring. G. Place concrete in horizontal layers not more than 24" thick, unless otherwise required by specific conditions of the work, i.e., round, tubular fiber -formed columns. Place successive layers at such speed so that the preceding layer is still plastic. H. Immediately after depositing, the concrete shall be compacted to force out all air pockets, working the mixture into corners, around reinforcement and inserts to prevent the formation of voids. Consolidate concrete by vibration, spading or rodding. Do not over -vibrate or use vibrators to transport concrete. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther apart than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. 1. Mechanical vibrators need not be used for thrust restraints. 2. When vibrating is not practical, concrete shall be consolidated and all faces well spaced by continuous working with a suitable tool in a manner acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. 3.07 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Complete finishing operation within 24 hours after stripping forms. Patch repairable defective areas immediately after form removal. B. Subgrade Surfaces: Rough form finish is acceptable on all subgrade surfaces, except as indicated otherwise. Patch all defective areas. C. Exposed Surfaces: Provide smooth rubbed finish on any formed surfaces exposed to view, including but not limited to the following: 03300 - 10 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1. Foundation walls with 12" or more of exposed vertical surface shall receive rubbed finish. 2. Retaining walls and foundation walls at loading dock. D. Strip forms while concrete is still green and steel trowel surfaces to a dense, hard finish with corners, intersections and terminations chamfered 1 /2" and smooth. 1. Repair and patch all tie holes and defects with mortar. Remove all fins and projections. 2. Tops of walls, horizontal offsets and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is placed and floated to a texture consistent to that of formed surfaces. Final treatment of formed surfaces shall continue uniformly across unformed surfaces. 3. Strike chamfered edges and corners of exposed concrete clean, straight and true to line. E. Honeycombing or spillage through forms shall be repaired or replaced as specified below in this section. F. Sandblast Finish: All exposed exterior surfaces of cast -in -place walls, retaining walls and columns where indicated on the Drawings shall receive medium sandblasted finish. 1. Sandblasting shall be performed using fine grain sand. 2. Sandblasting depth shall be minimum 3/32" and maximum 5/32". 3. After sandblasting is complete, clean sandblasted surfaces removing sand particles, loose concrete particles and other foreign debris. 4. Sandblasting shall be approved prior to application of stains or other finishes where shown on the Drawings or specified herein. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF JOINTS A. Joint Materials: Refer to Section 03100, Concrete Formwork, and paragraph 2.05 of this Section. B. General: Locate and install construction joints which are not shown on the Drawings so as not to impair the strength and appearance of the structure. In general, locate near the middle of the span of slabs, beams and grade beams, unless a beam intersects a girder at this point. Obtain the Architect/Engineer's approval for joint locations. C. Pour floor slabs in pattern indicated on the Drawings. Form control joints and place expansion joints as indicated on the Drawings, but in no case exceed the following requirements: 1. Control joints shall be spaced at 15'-0" maximum intervals each way so as not to encompass an area to exceed 225 sq. ft., or other spacing and pattern(s) as shown on the Drawings, or as required by the Soils Report. 2. Place control joints at internal corners, columns or other points of natural weakness. 3. Refer to Section 03365 for restrictions on joints in post -tensioned concrete slabs. D. Before depositing new concrete, remove all laitance and loose aggregates immediately before placing fresh concrete. Dampen but do not saturate the joint surface. At slabs and beams, apply a neat cement grout. E. Expansion or Isolation Joints: Where expansion joints are indicated on the Drawings, place filler strips to within 1 /2" of finished surface. Joint recess shall be formed with a separate removable filler section to provide a clean, true recess to receive sealant as specified in Section 07900. F. Interior Construction and Control Joints: Keyed construction joints shall be formed with prefabricated joint materials and shall adhere to the control joint pattern shown. 1. Refer to the Drawings for special control joint patterns. G. Bond Breaker: Where shown on the Drawings, provide minimum two (2) layers 15# non -bituminous felt bond breaker between interior or exterior slabs -on -grade and vertical wall surfaces. H. Column Isolation Joints: Joints around columns may be formed with minimum 30# non -bituminous building felt left in place with neatly trimmed top edge or approved joint filler material. I. Exterior Slab, Curb and Gutter Control Joints: Tool or saw joints to a depth of one-fourth (1 /4) the thickness of the slab, where indicated on the plans. Refer to Section 02515 for joint spacing in concrete curb and gutter, sidewalk and exterior flatwork sections. 03300 - 11 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents of all bills and obligations arising from the performance of the Contract No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for opening Bids The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any informalities and irregularities therein Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision -making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be rendered This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited City of Fort Collins By James B O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP Purchasing & Risk Management Director Rev 10/20/07 Section 00020 Page 2 A. General: Verify all flatwork finishes with the Architect in the field prior to proceeding with this work. B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive trowel finish and other finishes as hereinafter specified. After screeding and consolidating concrete stabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating when surface water has disappeared or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power -driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by hand -floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Check and level surface plane to required tolerance. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. C. Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to be exposed to view, unless otherwise shown, and slab surfaces that are to be covered with resilient flooring, paint or other thin film finish coating system. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a power -driven trowel. Begin final troweling when the surface produces a ringing sound as the trowel is moved over the surface. Consolidate the concrete surface by final hand -troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, with a surface plane tolerance not exceeding 1 /8" in 10' when tested with a 10' straightedge. Grind smooth surface defects which would telegraph through applied floor coverings system. D. Non -Slip Broom Finish: After completion of floated finish, draw a broom or a burlap belt transversely across the surface perpendicular to the main traffic route. Use broom finish after floating for surfaces to receive topping or cementious finishes. Coordinate final texture with the Architect prior to application. E. Slab Finish Schedule: 1. Interior Floor Slabs: Medium broom finish. 2. Exterior Sidewalks, Slabs and Ramps: Non -slip heavy broom finish. F. Finishing Slabs at Floor Drains: Hold elevation of concrete stabs -on -grade around floor drains level to within 16" around each drain location, then shape surface to elevation of drains as shown on the Drawings. Refer to the Drawings for special sloped areas of concrete slabs -on -grade to floor or trench drains. 3.10 TOLERANCES A. Maintain the following tolerances for all cast -in -place concrete work. Defective work shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 1. Variation from Plumb: a. 0-10': b. 20' or more: 2. Variation in Thickness: 3. Variation in Grade 1 /4" maximum. 3/8" maximum. 1 /4" to 1 /2" standard, 5% for footings. a. 0-10': 1 /4" standard, 1 /8" for floor slabs. b. 10-20% 3/8" standard, 114" for floor slabs. C. 40' or more: 3/4" standard, 3/8" for floor slabs. 4. Variation in Plan: a. 0-20% 1 /2". b. 40' or more: 3/4" standard, +1 /2" for footings. 5. Variation in Eccentricity: 2% for footings. 6. Variation in Openings: a. Size: +1/8". b. Location: 1 /4". 03300 - 12 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents B. Stab Tolerances: 1. Interior Floor Slabs: 1 /8" in 10'. 2. Exterior Sidewalks, Slabs and Ramps: 1 /4" in 101 . 3.11 CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for a period of time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening. B. Refer to Section 03100 for stripping and removal of formwork after curing. C. Refer to Section 09800, Special Coatings, for specific curing requirements for slabs to receive roll- on floor finish for ice rinks. D. Refer to the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for curing of concrete slabs - on -grade to receive stains, sealers or other special finishes. E. Start curing immediately after finishing. Cure for at least seven (7) days, not necessarily consecutive, during which air temperature surrounding concrete is above 500 F. Wood forms shall be kept wet. If forms are removed during curing period, an approved curing method must be started immediately. F. Cure slabs by approved moisture -retaining coverings, lapped and sealed, and kept continuously wet. Approved curing compounds may be used if compatible with specified finishes. Specific approval is required from the Architect/Engineer. Curing compounds shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. G. Contractor shall be responsible for protection of freshly placed concrete from vandalism, accidental damage by workmen or equipment, or damage resulting from subgrade settlement or subsequent construction traffic. Take adequate precautions to restrict traffic in the area of fresh concrete during the curing period. Damaged concrete shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the Owner's discretion. H. Comply with the requirements of ACI 305 when hot weather conditions exist. Temperature of concrete when placed shall be less than 900 F. When necessary to prevent premature drying, arrangements for installation of windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, ponding or a wet covering of light color shall be made in advance of placement, and such protective measures shall be taken as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing operations will allow. I. Comply with the requirements of ACI 306 when cold weather conditions exist. When atmospheric temperature is 40° F and below, maintain concrete temperature at not less than 50° F for at least six (6) days. When necessary, make arrangements before concrete placing for heating, covering insulation or housing as required to maintain specified temperature and moisture conditions without injury due to concentration of heat. J. Maintain protective cover on concrete so that changes in temperatures of concrete shall be as uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5° F in any one (1) hour or 50° F in any 24-hour period. 3.12 CHEMICALLY -REACTIVE STAIN APPLICATIONS A. General: Consult with the manufacturer's representative prior to application. Apply materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations. B. Schedule of Stain, Sealant and Sealer Application: 1. Exterior: Exterior concrete piers and pilasters above grade, where shown on the Drawings: Two (2) applications of Lithochrome Chemstain followed by two (2) coats of Cementone Clear Sealer, as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect. Seal all horizontal joints with Lithoseal Trafficalk - 3G. Match color of pigment integrally colored concrete. 03300 - 13 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3.13 SEALING AND FINISH APPLICATIONS A. General: Consult with the manufacturers representative prior to application. Follow the manufacturer's printed instructions for applying materials. B. Schedule of Exterior Hardening and Sealing Materials: Furnish and apply concrete curing, sealing and hardening products for exterior concrete in accordance with the following schedule: 1. Concrete Sidewalks, Stabs, Aprons and Curb and Gutter Sections: Damp cure and Lapidolith, white pigment. 2. Exposed Surfaces of Retaining Walls: Kure-N-Seat. 3. Concrete not Scheduled for Other Finishes: Kure-N-Seal. C. Schedule of Interior Hardening and Sealing Materials: Furnish and apply concrete curing, sealing and hardening products for interior floor slabs in accordance with the following schedule. Refer to paragraph 2.06 for certification of appropriate use. 1. Concrete Not Scheduled for Other Finishes: Kure-N-Seal. D. Application Process: Apply curing, hardening and sealing products in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. E. Special Coatings: Acid etch surface of floor slab with a muriatic acid solution prior to applying sealer, as recommended by the manufacturer. Refer to Section 09800. F. Apply materials only after concrete surfaces are completely cured and dry. Follow the manufacturer's recommended application instructions, generally applying it in three (3) coats with ample drying time between coats. Remove surplus hardener after final application has dried. 3.14 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE APPLICATIONS A. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on the Drawings or required by the work. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations. Comply with certified diagrams or templates of the manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. Items include but are not limited to: 1. Generators and propane tanks. 2. Fueltanks. B. Site Concrete Work: Provide miscellaneous site cast -in -place concrete items as detailed on the Drawings or specified herein, to include but not be limited to: 2. Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Specified in Section 02515. 3. Concrete retaining walls and seating walls. 4. Base and/or pier foundations for site signage, fencing and gates, pipe bollards and miscellaneous site furnishings. 3.15 APPLICATION OF SMOOTHING AND RESURFACING COATING A. General: Prepare surfaces to receive coating per manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. 1. Surfaces shall be free of dirt, oil, grease, laitance and other contaminants. 2. Remove unsound concrete to ensure a good bond. 3. Mechanically abrade smooth, dense surfaces to provide necessary bonding. 4. Moisten area prior to application. 5. Maintain contact areas between 400 F and 900 F prior to repair and during initial curing period. B. Mixing: Use a mechanical mixer with rotating blades on low rpm for 3-5 minutes to achieve desired consistency. C. Placing: Place material consistently without multiple layers, using a putty knife, trowel or sponge float. 1. Apply in applications from feather edge to 1 /8" thickness. 2. For areas greater than 1 /8" thick, apply U. S. Spec Quickset 20 to within 1 /16" of final 03300 - 14 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents repair, then apply finish coat. D. Finishing: Follow standard ACI curing practices. E. Skim Coatings: Refer to Section 09220 or 09225 of applications requiring heavier/thicker coating products. 3.16 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Remove and replace defective concrete not conforming to required line, detail and elevation as directed by the Architect/Engineer. B. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed resulting in excessive honeycombing and other defects. Do not patch, repair or replace exposed architectural concrete, except upon express direction of the Architect. C. Concrete damaged after placement shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the Owner's discretion. 3.17 PATCHING AND POINTING A. Patch and point all vertical and horizontal formed concrete surfaces where exposed to view, as defined in paragraph 3.06. B. Fill holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after such work is in place. C. Mix, place and cure concrete to blend with in -place construction. D. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete the work. 3.18 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Exposed cast -in -place concrete work shall be subject to evaluation to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: 1. Slab finishes specified in paragraphs 3.07 and 3.09. 2. Tolerances specified in paragraph 3.10. 3. Wall and corner surfaces, including patching and pointing specified in paragraph 3.17. 4. Joint materials and placement. 5. Surfaces of fiber formed architectural columns. 6. Specialty slab finishes, i.e. stamped pattern concrete, for accuracy of placement, alignment and flushness of pattern, surfaces and finishes. B. Power wash, or clean by other acceptable means, all dampproofing or waterproofing overspray or other surface visual defect. END OF SECTION 03300 - 15 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents No Text SECTION 04100 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install mortar and grout materials for new concrete block masonry units. B. Furnish and install mortar and grout materials for new stone or cultured stone masonry units. C. Furnish and install mortar and grout materials for new architectural precast concrete caps, copings and other units. D. Furnish and install mortar and grout materials for setting new precast concrete accessories, unless arranged for otherwise. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 2. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 3. Section 04400, Stone Masonry. 4. Section 04430, Simulated Stone Masonry (Bid Alternate). 5. Section 04520, Masonry Repair. 6. Section 05120, Structural Steel: Non -shrink Structural Grout. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards listed. 1. ASTM, American Society of Testing and Materials. 2. ASTM C144, Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 3. ASTM C150, Portland Cement. 4. ASTM C207, Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes, 5. ASTM C270, Mortar Mix. 6. ASTM C476, Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry. 7. PCA, current edition. 8. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and specifications for each type of mortar specified, including certification that each type complies with the specifications. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full range of mortar colors for selection by the Architect. C. Sample Panel: Refer to Section 04210 and/or 04220 for sample panel requirements. Mortar color shall be reviewed for approval by the Architect. 1.04 TESTING A. Inspection and testing shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Architect, conforming to ASTM E149 and C270. Testing fees shall be paid as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. Test samples shall be taken at random to provide sampling over the course of work. Materials not conforming to these specifications shall be removed from the job and replaced. 04100 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents Refer to Section 04210 and/or 04220 for testing requirements. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperature of mortar and grout between 700 F and 1000 F. B. Contractor shall use only one (1) type mortar to ensure uniform color. Masonry cement is not permitted. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1, white. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S for new construction. C. Aggregate Sand: ASTM C144. D. Coarse Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C404, less than 3/8". E. Water: ASTM, C270, clean and suitable for domestic consumption. F. Mortar Coloring: 1. Architect to select color from manufacturer's full line of standard mortar colors, Hydroment or equal. Different color mortar may be used for each of the following: a. Brick masonry and architectural precast concrete header/sill units. b. Sptit-face, ground -face or integrally colored concrete unit masonry. 2. Concrete Unit Masonry: Match color of concrete unit masonry, specified in Section 04220. 3. Stone Masonry: Color to be selected from manufacturer's full line of standard mortar colors, Hydroment or equal. Design intent shall be to match the predominant stone color, Section 04400. G. Admixtures: Poaolan with approval; calcium chloride not permitted. H. Water Repellant: Integral polymeric -based water repellant admixture, conforming to ASTM E514, RainBlok by ACM Chemistries, Inc., Norcross, GA, (877) 226-1766, or approved equal. 2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. Mortar Mixes: ASTM C270, Type S mortar with hydrated time for all new masonry construction. Minimum compressive strength of 1,800 psi at 28 days: 1. 1 part Portland Cement, Type 1. 2. 1 /4 to 1 /2 part hydrated time. 3. 2-1 /4 to 3-1 /2 parts damp, loose sand. B. Masonry Grout Mix: Minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi at 28 days: 1. 1 part Portland Cement, Type 1. 2. 2.1 /4 to 3 parts damp, loose sand. 3. 1 to 2 parts coarse aggregate. 4. Poaolan as per manufacturer's recommendations. 5. Air entrainment shall be not more than 5% by volume. C. Mixtures may change as per manufacturer's recommendations to meet requirements. D. Non -Shrink Structural Grout: Refer to Section 05120. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Masonry installer shall examine the areas and conditions under which masonry is to be installed and 04100 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the masonry installer. B. Simulated Stone Masonry: Masonry installer shall verify the mix design requirements for the mortar with the simulated stone masonry manufacturer for compatibility of materials. (Bid Alternate) 3.02 BATCH CONTROL A. Measure and batch materials either by volume or weight such that the required proportions for mortar can be accurately controlled and maintained. B. Mix mortar ingredients for a minimum of five (5) minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. Do not use mortar which has begun to set or if more than 2.1/2 hours has elapsed since initial mixing. Retemper mortar during 2-1/2 hour period as required to restore workability. C. Colored Mortar: If colored mortar is specified in paragraph 2.01 above, mortar color shall be pre - blended, not field mixed. D. Use mortar within two (2) hours of mixing at temperatures over 800 F, and 2-1/2 hours at temperatures under 500 F. 3.03 JOINTS A. General: Lay coursed units with 3/8" joints, unless otherwise indicated, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. B. Restoration and Preservation Projects: Lay units with 'buttered" joints, thickness to match existing, unless otherwise indicated to maintain bond alignment with existing brick masonry work. C. Bond Pattern and Joint Type: Refer to Section 04210 and/or 04220. D. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where shown. E. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of work. F. Point out or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work. G. Clean soiled surfaces using a non -acidic solution which will not harm adjacent surfaces. Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. END OF SECTION 04100 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 04220 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install concrete unit masonry, including units and special shapes, mortar, ties, anchors and accessories. B. Furnish and install concrete unit masonry as structural back-up material in composite wall construction, including units, mortar, ties, anchors and accessories. C. Furnish and install concrete unit masonry horizontal joint and vertical reinforcing. D. Furnish and install flexible masonry flashings and create weepholes in veneer and/or composite wall construction. E. Install all bolts, nailing blocks, inserts, door frames, steel lintels, vents, conduits and other related work furnished by others to be built into concrete unit masonry. F. Furnish and install masonry grout for grouted cells of concrete unit masonry. G. Furnish test specimens and samples of materials to be built into work. H. Install composite wall and pourable masonry cell insulation materials, furnished by others. I. Furnish and install sand fill in concrete unit masonry cores for sound control. J. Clean new and/or existing concrete unit masonry and remove surplus material and waste. K. Furnish and apply sealer, if specified. L. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 2. Section 01030, Alternates. 3. Section 03250, Concrete Accessories: Embedded dovetail anchor slots and masonry anchors. 4. Section 04100, Mortar. 5. Section 04210, Brick Masonry. 6. Section 04400, Stone Masonry. 7. Section 04430, Simulated Stone Masonry (Bid Alternate). 8. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 9. Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers: Masonry sealer. 10. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 11. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 12. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 13. Section 08112, Insulated Steel Door Systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. ASTM C90, Standard Specification for Hollow Load -Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 2. ASTM C150, Portland Cement. 3. ANSI A-41.1, Building Code Requirements for Masonry. 4. ACI 530.1, Standard Specification for Tolerances. 5. International Building Code, current edition. 6. National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA) "Specification for the Design and Construction of Non -Load -Bearing Concrete Masonry". 7. Rocky Mountain Masonry Institute. 04220 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents B. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. 1.03 TESTING A. Test reports for each type of concrete masonry unit shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for approval. Testing is to be performed by an independent testing laboratory, in accordance with ASTM C140-63T. Reports shall include the following: 1. Compressive strength. 2. Water absorption. 3. Complete identification of units, including size, grade and type. B. If results of test and/or inspections do not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents or are otherwise unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall proceed as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Additional costs resulting because of retesting, load testing, removal and replacement of masonry, damage to the work of other trades shall be borne by the Contractor. C. Engineer shall have the right to order tests of any material entering into the masonry work or any other tests deemed necessary to determine whether materials and methods in use are such as to produce work of necessary quality, to order test under load of any portion of completed structure when conditions have been such as to leave doubt as to adequacy of the structure to serve purposes for which it is intended and to order change in proportions or material at Contractor's expense, if work of required quality cannot be obtained with materials and/or proportions furnished by the Contractor. D. Materials or proportions of materials entering into masonry walls shall not be changed, unless approved by the Engineer. Materials from any new source or changes in proportions shall be subject to all required tests, which shall be made at the Contractor's expense. E. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Cooperate and provide every assistance to facilitate inspection and testing. 2. Furnish mix designs for mortar and grout prior to commencement of work, submit to the Architect mix designs and test results for each type of grout, all with materials and in proportions proposed to be used in the actual construction. No work shall commence until the mix designs have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer. 3. Furnish materials and labor required to make and handle test specimens at the project site under proposed job conditions. 4. Furnish temporary facilities for field -cured specimens. 5. Advise testing agency sufficiently in advance of operation to allow for completion of quality tests. 1.04 CERTIFICATION A. Prior to delivery, furnish Architect with certificates or test reports attesting compliance with the applicable specifications for the following: 1. Masonry units. 2. Mortar and grout materials. 3. Reinforcing steel. B. Prior to installation, provide Architect with certificates or other documentation attesting to date of block casting. 1.05 TESTING OF MORTAR AND GROUT A. Mortar: Make one (1) set of three (3) 2" x 4" cylinders for each type of mortar each day that mortar is laid. Break one (1) cylinder at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days. 1. Spread mortar on masonry units between 1 /2" and 3/4" thick and allow to stand one (1) minute. 04220 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2. Remove mortar and place it in a 2" x 4" cylinder in two (2) layers, compressing mortar into cylinder using a flat -end stick or fingers. 3. Lightly tap mold on opposite sides, level off and immediately cover molds and keep them damp until taken to laboratory. 4. Contractor's Option: Contractor may substitute a prism test of in -place concrete unit masonry construction, in lieu of specified mortar testing, upon prior approval of the Architect/Engineer and Owner. B. Grout: Make one (1) set of three (3) 3" x 3" x 6" high specimens for each type of grout and type of wall where used each day grout is poured. Break one (1) specimen at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days. 1. On a flat non -absorbent base, form a space 3" x 3" x 6" high, using masonry units having same moisture condition as those being laid. 2. Line the space with permeable paper or porous separator so that water may pass through the liner into masonry units. 3. Thoroughly mix the grout to obtain fully representative mix and place into molds in two (2) layers. Puddle each layer with 1" x 2" stick to eliminate air bubbles. 4. Level off and immediately cover molds and keep them damp until taken to the laboratory. C. After 48-hour set, remove molds, cap the specimens and place them in fog room until tested in damp condition, in accordance with ASTM C31. D. Test in accordance with ASTM C39. From each set of cylinders, break one (1) at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days. E. Reports shall include location and description of wall, dates, weather conditions, temperature of mortar and grout, description of mortar and grout mixes, description of masonry prisms, breaking stresses and nature of break. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Submit samples of each specified masonry unit for approval before delivery to the site, unless only standard, plain concrete unit masonry is used. Samples shall include shapes, sizes and kinds in sufficient number to show full range of color and texture of each type of masonry unit specified. Final approval shall be by the Architect. One (1) color and size for each different type of unit specified shall be used throughout the project. B. Sample Panel: Erect minimum 4'4' x 4'-0" sample panel consisting of approved concrete unit masonry that satisfactorily shows proposed color range, texture, bond, mortar and workmanship. Sample panel of materials using split -face or other textured block shall be constructed showing a corner condition. 1. Contractor shall not continue work until Architect and Owner's representative have accepted sample panel. 2. Sample panel shall remain on site until work of this Section is complete and will be used as standard of comparison for balance of work. 3. Sample panel may be constructed as a part of the permanent building construction if approved by the Architect. C. Certificates: Submit certificates or other documentation attesting to test reports and date of block casting, as specified above. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the site on platforms or pallets. Keep masonry units completely covered and free from frost, ice and snow. Handle masonry units carefully to avoid chipping, breakage, contact with soil or contaminating materials. Protect steel materials from moisture and keep free from rust or scale. Store mortar materials in dry place. Damaged materials shall not be used. B. Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction activities. Provide such protection without damaging completed work. 04220 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents C. Provide temporary bracing during erection of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 500 F prior to, during and 48 hours after completion of masonry work. B. During freezing or near -freezing weather, provide adequate equipment or cover to maintain a minimum temperature of 500 F and to protect masonry work completed or in progress. C. Protect partially completed masonry against weather when work is not in progress by covering top of walls with strong, waterproof, non -staining membrane. Extend membrane at least 2' down both sides of walls and anchor securely in place. D. Walls which may be exposed to high winds during erection shall be adequately braced until permanent support is provided at floor or roof level immediately above the story under construc- tion. E. Cold Weather Masonry Installation: 1. Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. 2. Do not use antifreeze compounds, calcium chloride or substances containing calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 3. Do not build on frozen work. Remove and replace masonry work damaged by frost or freezing. 4. Protect masonry being placed from wind with enclosures or shields when air temperature is below 32° F. 5. Do not heat water above 1060 F. 6. When mortar or grout materials have been combined, temperature of the mixture shall not be less than 500 F nor more than 1000 F. 7. Masonry materials shall be preconditioned and completed masonry protected as follows: a. When air temperature is below 40' F and above 320 F, heat mixing water. Protect masonry from rain or snow for 24 hours by means of waterproof covers. b. When air temperature is below 320 F and above 200 F, heat both sand and mixing water. Maintain a temperature of at least 400 F on both sides of walls by means of suitable covers or enclosures for 24 hours. C. When air temperature is 200 F and below, heat sand, mixing water and block and provide heated enclosures. A temperature of at least 400 F shall be maintained within enclosures for 48 hours. d. Periods required for protection and maintenance of specified temperatures may be reduced to 1 /2 of those specified herein before if Type III Portland cement is used with the Engineer's approval. F. Hot Weather Masonry Installation: 1. During very hot weather and drying wind, the Architect may order very light fog spray of mortar bedding areas several times during the first 24 hours to prevent premature drying of mortar. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Plain Concrete Unit Masonry: ASTM C90, Grade N, minimum 2,000 psi light -weight load -bearing units. 1. Size: Nominal 8" high x 16" long face dimension x 6" and 8" deep units, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Color: Natural. 04220 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3. Water Repellant: Integral polymeric -based water repellant admixture, conforming to ASTM E514, RainBlok by ACM Chemistries, Inc., Norcross, GA, (877) 226-1766, or approved equal. 4. Appearance: Units shall have smooth, dense, exposed surfaces free of cracks, chips or deleterious matter. Representative sample in sample panel subject to approval by Architect. 5. Special shapes as shown on the Drawings or as required: a. Knock -out bond beam units at bearing and top course of walls and in other locations shown on the Drawings. B. Bond Beam Units: All bond beam units shall have knockout webs and open bottoms, except at masonry lintels over openings. Match unit sizes and appearances specified in paragraph 2.01. C. Tolerances: No overall dimension of width, height or length shall vary by more than 1 /8" from the specified standard dimension. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Robinson Block Co., Colorado Springs, CO, (719) 390-5477, (800) 284-8037. 2. Valley Block Co., Loveland, CO, (970) 667-4480. 3. Powers Masonry Supply, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 484.1292. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, appearance, quality, performance and range of selection, including matching the selected product(s) specified above in the sole opinion of the Architect, are acceptable. 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL, ANCHORS AND TIES A. General: Corrosion -resistant metal meeting or exceeding applicable standards ASTM Al53 and ASTM Al 16. B. Reinforcing Steel: Refer to Section 03200. C. Veneer and Horizontal Reinforcing Types: 1. Wire Mesh: Minimum 30-gage plain wire. Mesh shall be 1 /2" width, 1" (25mm) less than width of masonry. 2. Truss or Ladder Type for Single Wythe Masonry: Prefabricated welded wire units, 2" wide x not less than 10'-0" long for 4" deep veneer units, or 4" (6") wide x not less than 10'-0" long for 6" L) deep structural units, with matching corner and tee units. Wire shall be 9-gage, with single pair of deformed side rods and continuous plain diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16" o.c. 3. Composite Wall Construction: Two -component, composite wall system consisting of truss type reinforcing specified above, with truss double eyes welded to trusses at 16" o.c. and separate double hook tabs for veneer wythe. 4. Cavity Watt Construction: Match adjustable cavity wall horizontal reinforcing specified for brick masonry veneer. Refer to Section 04210. D. Veneer Ties: Standard 7/8" x 6-3/4" long, 18-gage rigid hot -dipped galvanized wall ties. E. Dove -Tail Anchor Slots and Masonry Anchors: Refer to Section 03250, Concrete Accessories. F. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Dur-O-Wat, Inc., Arlington Heights, IL, and distributed locally at Denver, CO, (303) 321- 1836. 2. Heckmann Building Products, Inc., Chicago, IL, (800) 621.4140. 3. Manufacturers providing products of same performance and function are acceptable. 2.03 MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Color Additives and Special Aggregates: Manufacturers standard to achieve specified color and consistency. B. Flexible Masonry Flashings: Non -reinforced homogenous, waterproof elastomeric sheeting, 20 mil minimum thickness. 1. Tensile Strength: 2200 psi minimum, ASTM D412. 04220 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 2. Elongation: 250% minimum, ASTM D412. 3. Puncture Resistance: 200 lbs. minimum. 4. Flashing shall retain flexibility to a temperature of -20' F minimum. 5. Materials and adhesive shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application. 6. Approved Manufacturer: Vi-Seal Plastic Flashing by AFCO Products, Inc., Somerville, MA, (800) 397-2687, or approved equal. Control Joints: Non -asphaltic -type foam backer rod by Celotex or equal. Thicknesses as shown on the Drawings. 2.04 INSULATION A. Composite Wall Insulation: Refer to Section 07210, Building Insulation. B. Pourable Masonry Cell Insulation: Refer to Section 07210, Building Insulation. C. Foam Masonry Cell Insulation: Refer to Section 07210, Building Insulation. 2.05 SEALER A. Clear Masonry Sealer: Refer to Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers. B. Graffiti -Resistant Sealer: Refer to Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Sand Fill: Match specified material for mortar specified in Section 04100. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION, COORDINATION AND WORKMANSHIP A. Ensure items built-in by other trades for this work are properly located and sized. B. Establish all lines, levels and coursing. Protect from disturbance. Place concrete unit masonry in accordance with lines and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Ensure masonry courses are of uniform height. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness. D. Ensure that minimum 1" air space between masonry veneer units and wall sheathing or masonry backup construction is maintained. E. Chases and recesses shall be built in and not cut in. Provide not Less than 16" of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings and between adjacent chases and recesses. F. Unfinished masonry walls shall be stepped back for joining with new work. Do not tooth. G. Cutting and fitting of masonry, including that required to accommodate the work of other Sections, shall be done by masonry mechanics with masonry saws. H. Bearing for horizontal load -carrying members shall be of grouted masonry as shown on the Drawings. If no detail is shown, bearing under beams shall consist of grouted masonry at least 8" x 16" in plan and 16" deep. I. Mask or otherwise protect doors and frames, louvers, mechanical and electrical equipment and other miscellaneous accessories not scheduled to receive masonry sealers prior to application of spray- or brush -applied sealers. 3.02 CURING OF MASONRY UNITS A. General: Concrete masonry units shall be cured for minimum of 28 days from the date of casting before being delivered to the site and installed in masonry walls. Consult with Rocky Mountain 04220 - 6 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents Masonry Institute as necessary. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF MASONRY FLASHINGS A. General: Install masonry flashings in locations specified here in as shown on the Drawings. B. Place flashings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and as detailed on the Drawings. C. Place weepholes through bottom course of single wythe veneer, single wythe structural, composite or cavity wall masonry construction as shown on the Drawings, but in no case to exceed 48" o.c. Form weep -holes full height, full depth of head joints, spaced as specified. Coordinate with Architect in the field as necessary. D. Composite Wall Construction: Refer to Section G4210, Brick Masonry, for installation of thru-wall flashings for composite wall construction. E. Cavity Wall Construction: Refer to Section 04210, Brick Masonry, for installation of thru-wall flashings for cavity wall construction. F. Wall, Parapet and Column Caps: Install masonry flashings over top of all brick walls, full depth or dimension of wall or cap, directly below precast concrete cap units, brick wall caps or stone cap units. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY A. Refer to Section 04100, Mortar, for installation and workmanship requirements for mortar and grout mixes. B. Ensure that concrete masonry units have properly cured prior to installation, as specified in 3.02 above. C. Masonry Veneer: Install specified rigid galvanized wall ties anchored to wood stud framing as shown on the Drawings at the following spacing: 1. Vertically: 16" o.c. maximum. 2. Horizontally: 24" o.c. maximum. D. Masonry Veneer Cavity Wall Reinforcement: Install truss or cross rods and hook -type box ties as specified in paragraph 3.07 below. E. Lay masonry veneer units offset on foundation wall or brick ledge as required to maintain minimum 1" air space between masonry units and wall sheathing. 1. Keep air space free from excess mortar. F. Lay, level and align corner units first. Lay concrete unit masonry in running bond, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein. Course one (1) block unit and mortar joint to equal 8" vertically. Lay external and internal courses as shown on the Drawings. 1. Base Bid: Lay scored, split -face 8" x 16" x 4" veneer units in stack bond. Lay plain 8" x 16" x 8" load -bearing units in running bond. 2. Alternate: Lay split -face 8" x 16" x 8" load -bearing units in running bond. G. Lay first course of concrete unit masonry in full bed of mortar, except at locations of filled cores. Lay subsequent courses in face -shell mortar bedding properly jointed with other work. Fully mortar webs around each core to be grouted. Fully bond external and internal corners and intersections. 1. Provide 4" high starter course where shown on the Drawings. H. Align cells to be filled with grout to provide continuous, unobstructed vertical space. I. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper power tools to provide straight, true and unchipped edges. 1. Cut masonry units forming gable ends accurately to form straight and uniform gable lines. J. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. K. Where knock -out bond beams are specified, place wire mesh in joints below bond beam to stop flow of grout, except at reinforced vertical cells. 04220 - 7 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents L. Remove excess mortar and projections. Take care to prevent breaking block corners. Clean excess mortar from cores to be grouted. M. Tolerances: Maximum variation from masonry unit to adjacent masonry unit: 1 /8". N. Tooling and Joints: Refer to paragraph 3.06. 3.05 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTS A. Head joints shall be well buttered for thickness equal to face shell of unit and shall be shoved tightly so that mortar bonds welt to both units. Do not slush head joints. B. Hollow Concrete Masonry Units: Lay with full mortar coverage over horizontal and vertical face shells. C. Starting Joint on Stabs: Provide full mortar coverage on bed, except that area where grout occurs shall be kept free from mortar. D. Mortar protrusions extending more than 3/8" into cells or cavities to be reinforced and/or filled, or into air space for veneer masonry, shall be removed. E. Joint width shalt be 3/8", unless otherwise shown. F. Non -Bearing Walls: Provide masonry bond at all corners. Except at bonded corners, walls shall be tied together with strips of wire mesh placed not more than 16" o.c. vertically. G. Walls Supporting Fixtures: Non -bearing walls supporting wall -hung toilet fixtures or other equipment or accessories shall be fully grouted at cores containing anchorage devices. 3.06 TOOLING A. Exposed Joints: Tool joints as scheduled. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where required. 1. Exterior Face of Ground -Face Units: Raked joints. 2. Exterior Face of Split -Face Units: Tooted concave joints. 3. Exterior Face of Exterior Walls: Raked joints for atl masonry unit types. 4. Interior Face of Exterior Walls: Tooled concave joints. 5. Both Faces of Interior Walls: Tooled concave joints. 6. Elevator Hoistway: As required by the elevator manufacturer's specifications. B. Concealed Joints: Cut joints flush, unless otherwise shown. C. Joints to be covered with paint shall be filled flush and then sacked to produce dense surface without sheen. D. Joints which are not tight at the time of tooling shall be raked out, pointed and then tooled. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Reinforce all walls with continuous horizontal joint reinforcement, unless specifically shown otherwise. Provide special shapes where shown on the Drawings. Lap reinforcement minimum 6" at splices. B. At each level, place reinforcement in bed joint between first and second course and then at regular intervals not exceeding 16" o.c. vertically. C. Place reinforcement so that longitudinal wires are located over face -shell mortar beds and are fully embedded in mortar for their entire length with minimum mortar cover of 5/8" on exterior side of walls and 1 /2" at other locations. D. Composite Wall Reinforcing with Adjustable Tabs: Place truss reinforcing in structural concrete unit masonry wythe as specified above, and so that welded eyes project into wall cavity. Install double hook tabs in veneer wythe, interlocked in eyes. Ensure free vertical movement of tabs. E. Cavity Wall Construction: Ensure that cavity watt horizontal reinforcement has been properly installed and anchored in structural sheathing and/or structural steel stud (orwood stud)framing or blocking. 1. Vertically: 16" o.c. 04220 - 8 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 2. Horizontally: 24" o.c. F. Unless otherwise shown, provide reinforcement in first and second bed joints immediately above and below openings or recesses in walls. Reinforcement shall extend minimum 24" beyond end of sills or lintels or to end of panel if distance to end of panel is less than 24". G. Use only prefabricated 1" and 'T' units at corners and intersections, respectively. H. Do not bridge control and expansion joints with reinforcement, unless shown on the Drawings. I. Stack Bond Masonry: Provide continuous prefabricated joint reinforcement, embedded in the horizontal mortar beds at vertical intervals not to exceed 16", unless otherwise shown. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCING BARS A. Reinforcing bars shall be straight, except for bends around corners and where bends or hooks are detailed. Bars partially embedded in masonry shall not be field -bent, except as shown on the Drawings or specifically permitted by the Engineer. B. Bars shall be free of loose rust, mud, oil or other coatings that would destroy or reduce bond. C. Splices shall be made only at locations shown on the Drawings or where specifically permitted by the Engineer. Bars shall be lapped minimum 36 bar diameters where spliced and shall be separated by 1 bar diameter or wired together. D. Reinforcement shall be accurately placed into position indicated on the Drawings and secured rigidly against displacement within a tolerance of 1/4". E. Vertical reinforcing shall have a minimum clearance of 1 /2" from masonry and not less than 1 bar diameter between bars. F. Vertical reinforcing shall be placed in masonry cores as shown or specified on the Drawings, including but not limited to the following locations: 1. Load -bearing masonry walls, reinforcing bars spaced as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Cores in jambs of all door and window openings in load -bearing walls. 3. Cores below bearing of structural members, as indicated on the Drawings and specified in paragraph 3.01 above. G. Horizontal bars shall be placed in continuous masonry courses, consisting of bond -beam or through - block units and shall be solidly grouted in place. H. When foundation dowel does not line up with a vertical unit core, it shall not be sloped more than 1 horizontal in 6 vertical. Dowel shall be grouted into core in vertical alignment, even though it is in an adjacent cell to vertical wall reinforcing. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ANCHORS A. Embedded Anchor Slots and Masonry Anchors: Refer to Section 03250. B. Provide masonry anchors at maximum 16" o.c. vertically at each embedded anchor slot location, unless otherwise indicated. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF VENEER TIES A. General: Install corrugated masonry veneer tie to solid wall sheathing or other substrate at spacing specified in paragraph 3.03 above. 3.11 GROUTING OF MASONRY UNITS A. General: Grout cells of hollow concrete unit masonry where indicated on the Drawings or required by project conditions, including but not limited to the following locations: 1. All vertical cells to be reinforced as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. 2. All horizontal cells of bond beam or lintel beam units as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. 04220 - 9 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3. Type I F.R. Construction: All vertical cells in exterior, toad -bearing walls shall be grouted solid, whether reinforced or not. 4. Shear Walls: All vertical cells in exterior and/or interior shear walls shall be grouted solid, whether reinforced or not. B. When laying masonry units, extreme care shall be taken to prevent excess mortar from squeezing out and falling into air space or cells to be grouted or sand -filled. Mortar which projects more than 3/8" into grout space shall be removed. C. Grout shall be puddled or vibrated in place. D. To control area to be grouted, use metal lath or masonry dam. Do not use paper or wood. E. Pour grout into horizontal members at maximum 48" o.c. F. Grouting of beams over openings shall be done in one (1) continuous operation. G. Vertical cells containing reinforcement and cells of walls scheduled to be filled shall be grouted solidly. Pours shall be stopped 1-1 /2" below top of course, except at top of wall, to form a key at pour joints. Provide clean -out openings at bottom of each pour for inspection. H. Grouting Masonry of Hollow Units: Walls shall be erected and grouted in lifts not higher than 8'. Vertical cells to be filled shall have vertical alignment and shall have clear unobstructed cell area of at least 2" x 3". 1. Grout Spaces Less Than 2" in Width: Walls shall be grouted in heights of less than 8" or six (6) times the grout joint thickness, whichever is less. Pour grout up to r from top of lower wythe. One (1) wythe of wall shalt be laid up higher than the other, but not more than 16". Grout joint shall be at least 1" wide and shall be filled solidly with grout. J. Grout Spaces 2" or More in Width: Grout space must be cleaned and inspected before grouting. Wall shall be grouted in heights of Tor less for spaces less than 4" wide and in heights of 4' or less for spaces 4" or wider. 3.12 INSTALLATION OF LINTELS A. General: Install loose lintels where shown on the Drawings or required for a complete installation. B. Masonry Lintels: Provide where shown and whenever openings of more than 12" but less than 30" are shown without steel or other lintels. Temporarily support formed -in -place lintels. 1. Unless otherwise shown, provide one (1) #5 reinforcing bar for each 4" of wall thickness. Fill lintel units solidly with grout. 2. Refer to the Drawings for loose lintel schedule. C. Bearing: Unless otherwise shown, provide minimum bearing of 6" for openings less than 6%0" wide and 8" for wider openings. D. Place control joint materials in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, recessed in joint for caulking as specified in Section 07900. 3.13 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. Locate vertical control, expansion and isolation joints in concrete unit masonry as shown on the Drawings. Joints shall be continuous through depth of the masonry work, unless otherwise detailed. B. Maintain control joint voids clear of mortar, grout and debris. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking and sealants. C. Control Joint Spacing: Refer to the Drawings. If location of control joints is not shown, place vertical joints maximum 20'-0" o.c. for unbroken lengths of concrete masonry, except as specified herein: 1. Wall Openings: Where doors, windows, louvers or other wall openings in masonry occur, control joints shall be placed at locations and spacings shown on the Drawings, but in no case less than 12'-0" o.c. 2. Locate joints at points of natural weakness in supporting structure, at wall openings and at control joints located in the floor slab when walls are supported on the slab. 04220 - 10 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3. Masonry Veneer: Locate vertical control joints in continuous runs of masonry veneer so ratio of horizontal run to vertical height of veneer does not exceed 4:1, or 20%0", whichever is greater. 4. Masonry Veneer: Locate control joints within 16" maximum of all bonded external corners. 5. Masonry Veneer: Provide at least one (1) control joint in each wall plane. D. Stone Veneer Control Joints: Refer to Section 04400. 3.14 BUILT-IN WORK A. As work progresses, build -in hollow metal frames, signage, electrical and mechanical accessories, anchor bolts, plates, specialties and other items supplied by others. Place items plumb and true to line. 3.15 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit sleeves and other items as required. Cooperate fully with other Sections to ensure correct size, shape and location. B. Obtain Architect's approval prior to cutting or fitting any area which is not indicated on the Drawings or which may impair appearance or strength of masonry work. 3.16 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION AND OTHER FILL MATERIALS A. Composite Wall Insulation: Install in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Refer to Section 07200. B. Pourable Masonry Cell Insulation: Install in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and recommendations. Refer to Section 07210, C. Acoustical Sand Fill: Install in all non -grouted cells of concrete unit masonry, in locations shown on the Drawings. 3.17 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. General: All new and/or existing concrete unit masonry, where exposed to view in the completed work and not scheduled to be painted, shall be thoroughly cleaned upon completion of the work. B. Adhere to the following procedures for cleaning brick. Never clean brick before mortar has set, minimum 14 days. 1. Dry clean wall with wood paddles or scrapers, removing large particles of mortar. 2. Presoak wall with clean water, scrub with a solution of 1 /2 cup trisodium phosphate and 1 /3 cup household detergent to one gallon of water. Scrub with a stiff fiber brush only. 3. Thoroughly rinse with clean, tow -pressure water immediately after scrubbing to remove all cleaning solution, dirt, and mortar crumbs. C. Clean soiled surfaces exposed to view using a non -acidic solution which will not harm masonry or adjacent materials. Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. Leave surfaces prepared for further sealers or coatings, if specified. D. Remove and replace any chipped or broken concrete masonry units. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of masonry work. Point or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work. 3.18 APPLICATION OF MASONRY SEALER A. Ensure that concrete masonry units have been properly cleaned and dried prior to applying sealer. Protect adjacent materials and surfaces from overspray of sealer. B. Ensure that proper precautions are taken for handling products near sources of heat or open flames. 04220 - 11 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents C. Prior to full application, test panels of approximately 4' x 4' shall be treated to determine the degree of color change in the masonry and precise application procedures. D. Apply sealer at consistency and rate of application in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. E. Apply sealer to all exterior exposed masonry surfaces, unless otherwise noted or scheduled to receive other finishes. F. Clean excess sealer from concrete masonry units and adjacent surfaces. 3.19 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Installation of masonry units, mortar and grout, special curing and workmanship of joints shall be in accordance with the standards approved in the sample panel. B. All concrete unit masonry units shall be sound and free of cracks or other defects that may interfere with the proper placing of the unit or impair the strength or performance of the construction. C. Where masonry units are to be exposed in the completed construction, the face or faces that are exposed shall be free of chips, cracks or other imperfections to the satisfaction of the Architect, except that chips not larger than 1 /4" will be considered acceptable. D. Contractor shall promptly remove any rejected masonry units or portions of the work and replace to match the quality of the approved sample panel. END OF SECTION 04220 - 12 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1 0 2 0 191wo SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS DEFINED TERMS Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No 1910-8, 1990 ed ) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder The terms "Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom OWNER (on basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids) COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2 1 Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the Invitation to Bid No partial sets will be issued The Bidding Documents may be examined at the locations identified in the Invitation to Bid 2 2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids, neither OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents 2 3 The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410, 00420, and 00430 fully executed 2 4 OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 3 1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must submit at the time of the Bid opening, a written statement of qualifications including financial data, a summary of previous experience previous commitments and evidence of authority to conduct business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract The Statement of Qualifications shall be prepared on the form provided in Section 00420 Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 1 SECTION 04400 STONE MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install cut sandstone veneer, sill and headers, and other details shown on the Drawings, including mortar, ties, anchors and accessories. B. Furnish and install flexible masonry flashings and create weepholes in veneer and/or composite wall construction. C. Clean new stone masonry and remove surplus material and waste. D. Furnish and apply sealer, if specified. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01030, Alternates. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 04100, Mortar and Masonry Grout. 4. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 5. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. All stone masonry work shall be in accordance with the recommendations and standards of the Indiana Limestone Institute. C. Installer shall have five (5) years successful experience installing stone on projects of similar scale and complexity. D. Installer shall have five (5) years experience installing stone and have previous experience installing stone on the Colorado State University campus. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name of installer and quarry from which stone will be received for approval by the Owner. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating dimensions, types of cuts and installation details. C. Samples: Submit samples of each specified stone material for approval before delivery to the site. Samples shall include shapes, sizes and kinds in sufficient number to show full range of size, color and texture of each type of stone specified. Final approval shall be by the Architect. D. Sample Panel: Refer to Section 04210 or 04220 for sample panel requirements. Stone sill coursing shalt be built into the specified sample panel. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver material to the site on platforms or pallets. Keep stone completely covered and free from frost, ice and snow. Handle stone carefully to avoid chipping, breakage, contact with soil or contaminating materials. Store mortar materials in dry place. Damaged materials shall not be used. 04400 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 500 F prior to, during and 48 hours after completion of stone work. B. During freezing or near -freezing weather, provide adequate equipment or cover to maintain a minimum temperature of 500 F and to protect stone work completed or in progress. C. Protect partially completed stone masonry against weather when work is not in progress by covering top of walls with strong, waterproof, non -staining membrane. Extend membrane at least 2' down both sides of walls and anchor securely in place. D. Cold Weather Installation: 1. Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. 2. Do not use anti -freeze compounds, calcium chloride or substances containing calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 3. Do not build on frozen work. Remove and replace work damaged by frost or freezing. 4. Do not heat water above 1060 F. 5. When mortar or grout materials have been combined, temperature of the mixture shall not be less than 700 F nor more than 1000 F. 6. Materials shall be preconditioned and protected as follows: a. When air temperature is below 40' F and above 320 F, heat mixing water. Protect masonry from rain or snow for 24 hours by means of waterproof covers. b. When air temperature is below 320 F and above 200 F, heat both sand and mixing water. Maintain a temperature of at least 400 F on both sides of walls by means of suitable covers or enclosures for 24 hours. C. When air temperature is 200 F and below, heat sand, mixing water and block and provide heated enclosures. A temperature of at least 400 F shall be maintained within enclosures for 48 hours. d. Periods required for protection and maintenance of specified temperatures may be reduced to 1 /2 of those specified herein before if Type III Portland cement is used with the Engineer's approval. E. Hot Weather Installation: 1. During very hot weather and drying wind, the Architect may order very light fog spray of mortar bedding areas several times during the first 24 hours to prevent premature drying of mortar. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SANDSTONE MATERIALS A. Sandstone: Native Colorado buff colored 4" strip Sandstone in accordance with standards of the American Standards Association. 1. Finish: Faced rough ashlar cut on exposed surfaces. 2. Color(s): Natural buff and rose in a ratio of 4 to 1 (buff). The Architect and Owner retain the right to modify this mix ratio after review of the sample panel. 3. Depth Range: 4" to 5". 4. Height Range: 2" to 12". 5. Length Range: 12" to 30". B. Approved Quarries: 1. Arkins Park Stone Quarries, Masonville, CO. 2. Lukenan Brothers, Lyons, CO. 3. Other quarries meeting the requirements of this paragraph are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 04400 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 2.02 MORTAR A. Cement: All cement shall be Portland cement as specified in Section 04100. B. Refer to Section 04100 for specified mortar mixes. 2.03 STONE MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Stone Masonry Veneer Ties at Composite Walls with Rigid Insulation: #75 POS-I-TIE Veneer Anchoring System by Heckmann Building Products, or equal. B. Stone Masonry Veneer Ties and Reinforcing: C. Anchors: Furnish and set all anchors, ties and dowels. D. Flexible Masonry Flashings: Non -reinforced homogenous, waterproof elastomeric sheeting, 20 mil minimum thickness. 1. Tensile Strength: 2200 psi, minimum, ASTM D412. 2. Elongation: 250%, minimum, ASTM D412. 3. Puncture Resistance: 200 lbs. minimum. 4. Flashing shalt retain flexibility to a temperature of -20OF minimum. 5. Materials and adhesive shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application. 6. Approved Manufacturer: Vi-Seal Plastic Flashing by AFCO Products, Inc., Somerville, MA, (800) 397-2687, or approved equal. 2.04 SEALER A. Clear Masonry Sealer: Refer to Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND COORDINATION A. Ensure items built-in by other trades for this work are properly located and sized. B. Establish all lines, levels and coursing. Protect from disturbance. Place stone masonry in accordance with lines and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Ensure that minimum 1" air space between masonry veneer units and wall sheathing, composite wall rigid insulation or masonry backup construction is maintained. D. Mask or otherwise protect doors and frames, louvers, mechanical and electrical equipment and other miscellaneous accessories not scheduled to receive masonry sealers prior to application of spray- or brush -applied sealers. E. Clean and remove mortar from existing substrate where stone veneer is to be reinstalled. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF MASONRY FLASHINGS A. General: Install masonry flashings in locations specified herein or as shown on the Drawings. B. Place flashings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and as detailed on the Drawings. C. Place weepholes through bottom course of stone masonry veneer construction as shown on the Drawings, minimum 2' high and spaced as specified. Coordinate with Architect in the field as necessary. D. Composite Wall Construction: Refer to Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry, for installation of thru-wall flashings for composite wall construction. E. Wall, Parapet and Column Caps: Install masonry flashings over top of all brick watts, full depth or dimension of wall or cap, directly below precast concrete cap units, brick wall caps or stone cap 04400 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents units. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF VENEER TIES A. General: Install corrugated masonry veneer tie to steel columns at regular intervals not to exceed 16" o.c. both ways over the face of the masonry. B. General: Install two -component, composite wall and veneer reinforcing as specified in Section 04220. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF STONE MASONRY A. Refer to Section 04100, Mortar, for installation and workmanship requirements for mortar and grout mixes. B. Lay, level and align corner units first. Lay stone masonry in running bond, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein. Course one (1) unit and mortar joint to equal 8" vertically. Lay external and internal courses as shown on the Drawings. C. Lay stone masonry veneer units offset on foundation wall or brick ledge as required to maintain minimum 1" air space between masonry units and wall sheathing. 1. Keep air space free from excess mortar. 2. Field Stone: Coursing shall be random, terminating in level course at top of veneer wainscot or watt cap conditions. Lay first course of stone masonry in full bed of mortar. Lay subsequent courses in mortar bedding property jointed with other work. Joints shall properly jointed with other work. Joints shall be 3/8" average width, subject to approval by the Architect in the sample panel. 3. Lay first course of stone masonry in full bed of mortar. Lay subsequent courses in mortar bedding properly jointed with other work. Fully bond external and internal corners and intersections. F. Ensure that courses are of uniform height. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness to match existing. G. Tolerances: Maximum variation from stone unit to adjacent stone unit to be 1 /32". H. Joint width shall be 3/8" to match balance of masonry work, unless otherwise shown. I. Do not shift or tap stone units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. 3.05 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTS A. Head joints shall be well buttered for thickness equal to 1 /2 face dimension of unit and shall be shoved tightly so that mortar bonds well to both units. B. Mortar protrusions extending more than 3/8" into cells or cavities to be reinforced and/orfilled, or into air space for veneer masonry, shall be removed. C. Joint Width: As specified above. 3.06 TOOLING A. Exposed Joints: Tool joints as scheduled. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants as required. 1. Exterior Face of Exterior Walls: Raked joints. B. Concealed Joints: Cut joints flush, unless otherwise shown. C. Joints which are not tight at the time of tooling shall be raked out, pointed and then tooled. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF LINTELS A. General: Install loose lintels where shown on the Drawings or required for a complete installation. 04400 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents B. Masonry Lintels: Provide where shown and whenever openings of more than 12" but less than 30" are shown without steel or other lintels. 1. Refer to the Drawings for loose lintel schedule. C. Bearing: Unless otherwise shown, provide minimum bearing of 6" for openings less than 6-0" wide and 8" for wider openings. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. Locate vertical control, expansion and isolation joints in stone masonry as shown on the Drawings. Joints shall be continuous through depth of the masonry work, unless otherwise detailed. B. Maintain control joint voids clear of mortar, grout and debris. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking and sealants. C. Control Joint Spacing: If location of control joints is not shown, place vertical joints maximum 32' o.c. for stone masonry, except as specified herein: 1. Masonry Veneer: Locate vertical control joints in continuous runs of masonry veneer so ratio of horizontal run to vertical height of veneer does not exceed 4:1, or 20,4', whichever is greater. 2. Masonry Veneer: Locate control joints within 16" maximum of all bonded external corners. 3. Masonry Veneer: Provide at least one (1) control joint in each wall plane. 4. Locate joints at points of natural weakness in supporting structure, at wall openings and at control joints located in the floor slab when watts are supported on the slab. D. Place control joint materials in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, recessed in joint for caulking as specified in Section 07900. 3.09 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fill for chases, pipes, conduit sleeves and other items as required. Cooperate fully with other Sections to ensure correct size, shape and location. B. Obtain Architect's approval prior to cutting or fitting any area which is not indicated on the Drawings or which may impair appearance or strength of masonry work. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF PRECAST CONCRETE WALL CAPS, LINTELS AND COPING UNITS A. General: Install miscellaneous architectural precast concrete units, furnished by others, as shown on the Drawings. B. Bearing: Unless otherwise shown, provide minimum bearing of 6" for openings less than 6-0" wide and 8" for wider openings. C. Place control joint materials in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, recessed in joint for caulking as specified in Section 07900. 3.11 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. General: All new and/or existing stone masonry shall be thoroughly cleaned upon completion of the work. B. Remove and replace any chipped or broken stone units. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of work. Point or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work. C. Clean soiled surfaces exposed to view using a non -acidic solution which will not harm stone or adjacent materials. Consult manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. Leave surfaces prepared for further sealers or coatings, if specified. D. Renovation/Restoration Projects: Refer to Section 04210, Brick Masonry, for additional requirements for cleaning original stone masonry. 04400 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3.12 APPLICATION OF STONE SEALER A. Ensure that stone units have been property cleaned and dried prior to applying sealer. Protect adjacent materials and surfaces from overspray of sealer. B. Ensure that proper precautions are taken for handling products near sources of heat or open flames. C. Prior to full application, test panels of approximately 4' x 4' shall be treated to determine the degree of color change in the masonry and precise application procedures. D. Apply sealer at consistency and rate of application in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. E. Apply sealer to all exterior exposed stone masonry surfaces, unless otherwise noted or scheduled to receive other finishes. F. Clean excess sealer from stone units and adjacent surfaces. 3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Installation of stone masonry units, mortar and grout, special curing and workmanship of joints shall be in accordance with the standards approved in the sample panel. B. All stone masonry units shall be sound and free of cracks or other defects that may interfere with the proper placing of the unit or impair the strength or performance of the construction. C. Face or faces that are exposed shall be free of chips, cracks or other imperfections to the satisfaction of the Architect, except that chips not larger than 1 /4" will be considered acceptable. D. Contractor shall promptly remove any rejected stone units or portions of the work and replace to match the quality of the approved sample panel. END OF SECTION 04400 - 6 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 04430 SIMULATED STONE MASONRY (Bid Alternate) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install non -load bearing simulated stone masonry veneer, including units and special shapes, mortar, stucco paper weather barrier, metal lath, stucco scratch coat and accessories. B. Furnish and install flexible masonry flashings and create weepholes in veneer and/or composite wall construction. C. Install all bolts, nailing blocks, inserts, door frames, steel lintels, vents, conduits and other related work furnished by others to be built into simulated stone masonry. D. Furnish test specimens and samples of materials to be built into work. E. Clean simulated stone masonry and remove surplus material and waste. F. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01030, Alternates. 2. Section 04100, Mortar. 3. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 4. Section 04400, Stone Masonry. 5. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 6. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 7. Section 07210, Building Insulation. 8. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 9. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 10. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. ASTM C170, Compressive Strength, Dimensional Stone Method. 2. ASTM C67, Compressive Strength, Brick Method. 3. ASTM C97, Absorption and Density. 4. ASTM C99, Modulus of Rupture. 5. ANSI A-41.1, Building Code Requirements for Masonry. 6. International Building Code, current edition. 7. UL, Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. 1.03 TESTING OF MORTAR A. Mortar: Make one (1) set of three (3) T' x 4" cylinders for each type of mortar each day that mortar is laid. Break one (1) cylinder at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days. 1. Spread mortar on masonry units between 1 /2" and 3/4" thick and allow to stand one (1) minute. 2. Remove mortar and place it in a 2" x 4" cylinder in two (2) layers, compressing mortar into cylinder using a flat -end stick or fingers. 04430 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3. Lightly tap mold on opposite sides, level off and immediately cover molds and keep them damp until taken to laboratory. B. After 48-hour set, remove molds, cap the specimens and place them in fog room until tested in damp condition, in accordance with ASTM C31. C. Test in accordance with ASTM C39. From each set of cylinders, break one (1) at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days. D. Reports shall include location and description of watt, dates, weather conditions, temperature of mortar and grout, description of mortar and grout mixes, description of masonry prisms, breaking stresses and nature of break. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature, specifications, installation instructions and ASTM test compliance data showing compliance with the requirements of this Section. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for all factory fabricated unit types, including any specified special shapes, or special shapes required by field locations of corners, door openings, steps in masonry ledges, etc. for units specified for chamfered or draft margin face finishes. C. Samples: Submit samples of the specified simulated stone masonry for approval before delivery to the site. Samples shall include shapes, sizes and kinds in sufficient number to show full range of color and texture of each type of masonry unit specified. Final approval shall be by the Architect. D. Sample Panel: Erect minimum T-0" x 4'-0" sample panel consisting of approved simulated stone masonry that satisfactorily shows proposed color range, texture, bond, mortar and workmanship. Sample panel shall be constructed showing a corner condition. 1. Contractor shall not continue work until Architect and Owner's representative have accepted sample panel. 2. Sample panel shall remain on site until work of this Section is complete and will be used as standard of comparison for balance of work. 3. Sample panel may be constructed as a part of the permanent building construction if approved by the Architect. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the site on platforms or pallets. Keep masonry units completely covered and free from frost, ice and snow. Handle masonry units carefully to avoid chipping, breakage, contact with soil or contaminating materials. Protect steel materials from moisture and keep free from rust or scale. Store mortar materials in dry place. Damaged materials shall not be used. B. Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction activities. Provide such protection without damaging completed work. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 500 F prior to, during and 48 hours after completion of masonry work. B. During freezing or near -freezing weather, provide adequate equipment or cover to maintain a minimum temperature of 500 F and to protect masonry work completed or in progress. C. Protect partially completed masonry against weather when work is not in progress by covering top of walls with strong, waterproof, non -staining membrane. Extend membrane at least T down both sides of walls and anchor securely in place. D. Cold Weather Masonry Installation: 1. Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. 2. Do not use anti -freeze compounds, calcium chloride or substances containing calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 04430 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3. Do not build on frozen work. Remove and replace masonry work damaged by frost or freezing. 4. Protect masonry being placed from wind with enclosures or shields when air temperature is below 320 F. 5. Do not heat water above 106' F. 6. When mortar or grout materials have been combined, temperature of the mixture shall not be less than 700 F nor more than 1000 F. 7. Masonry materials shalt be preconditioned and completed masonry protected as required by the stone manufacturer, or as follows: a. When air temperature is below 400 F and above 320 F, heat mixing water. Protect masonry from rain or snow for 24 hours by means of waterproof covers. b. When air temperature is below 320 F and above 20' F, heat both sand and mixing water. Maintain a temperature of at least 400 F on both sides of walls by means of suitable covers or enclosures for 24 hours. C. When air temperature is 200 F and below, heat sand, mixing water and block and provide heated enclosures. A temperature of at least 400 F shall be maintained within enclosures for 48 hours. d. Periods required for protection and maintenance of specified temperatures may be reduced to 1 /2 of those specified herein before if Type III Portland cement is used with the Engineer's approval. E. Hot Weather Masonry Installation: 1. During very hot weather and drying wind, the Architect may order very light fog spray of mortar bedding areas several times during the first 24 hours to prevent premature drying of mortar. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written 30-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LIGHTWEIGHT SIMULATED STONE MASONRY A. General: Simulated, cultured stone units manufactured from Portland Cement, lightweight aggregates and mineral oxide pigments in forms created from natural stone, installed as a lightweight, non -load bearing veneer. B. Sizes: Random sizes, based upon manufacturer's standard range of sizes for the product line specified. C. Materials: 1. Portland Cement, ASTM, C150, Type I or masonry cement (Type N), ASTM C91. 2. Masonry sand. 3. Lime: ASTM C207. 4. Iron oxide pigments. D. Range of Physical Properties: 1. Compressive Strength: UBC Standard 26.10, Parts 1 and 4. 2. Water Absorption: UBC Standard 32-12. 3. Density: 8-12 lbs. per sq. ft., determined in accordance with ASTM C567. 4. Shear(Adhesion)Strength: ASTM C482. 5. Freeze/Thaw Characteristics: ASTM C67-83. 6. Thermal Conductivity: ASTM C177, with the following minimum standards: a. Temperature, hot side (F): 820 b. Temperature, cold side (F): 75.80 04430 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents C. Average mean temperature (F): 80.20 d. Thermal conductivity (k): 2.82 e. Thermal resistance (r) for 1" layer: .355 7. Fire Classification: Flame spread rating of 0 and smoke developed rating of 0, when tested in accordance with UL 723. E. Appearance: Units shall have smooth, dense, exposed surfaces free of cracks, chips or deleterious matter. Representative sample in sample panel subject to approval by Architect. F. Special Shapes: Provide manufacturer's standard prefabricated units and special shapes as required for project conditions, including but not limited to: 1. External corners. 2. Internal corners. 3. Cap units at retaining walls. G. Fabrication: Manufacture units requiring special shapes specified above, or where corners, door openings and other site conditions require factory -fabricated edge and ends. H. Accessory Materials: 1. Weather -Resistant Barrier: 2-ply, Grade D stucco paper by Fortifiber Corp., or approved equal. 2. Metal Lath: 18-gage galvanized woven wire mesh, or 2.5 lb. flat diamond or 3.4 lb. flat rib galvanized mesh. 3. Mortar: Refer to Section 04100. Provide color additive for all dry -stack and grouted applications, Davis Color or equal. I. Approved Product Line: Country Ledgestone - White Oak by Cultured Stone as basis of design. J. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Cultured Stone Corp. by Owens Corning, Napa, CA, (800) 225-7462. 2. Lone Star Stone Inc., Whitney, TX, (888) 377-8663. 3. Eldorado Stone, San Marcos, CA, (760) 736-3232. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, appearance, quality, performance and range of size, color and face finish selection, including matching the selected product(s) specified above in the sole opinion of the Architect, are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 2.02 MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Masonry Flashings: Non -reinforced homogenous, waterproof elastomeric sheeting, 20 mil minimum thickness. 1. Tensile Strength: 2200 psi, minimum, ASTM D412. 2. Elongation: 250%, minimum, ASTM D412. 3. Puncture Resistance: 200 lbs. minimum. 4. Flashing shall retain flexibility to a temperature of -200 F minimum. 5. Materials and adhesive shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application. 6. Approved Manufacturer: Vi-Seal Plastic Flashing by AFCO Products, Inc., Somerville, MA, (800) 397-2687, or approved equal. B. Weather -Resistant Barrier: Specified in paragraph 2.01 above. C. Control Joints: Non -asphaltic -type foam backer rod by Celotex or equal. Thicknesses as shown on the Drawings. 2.03 SEALER A. Clear Masonry Sealer: None. 04430 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3 2 In accordance with Section 8-160 of the Code of the City of Fort Collins in determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall be considered (1) The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the services required, (2) whether the bidder can perform the contract or provide the service promptly and within the time specified without delay or interference, (3) the character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder, (4) the quality of the bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5) the previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances relating to the contract or service, (6) the sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the service, (7) the quality, availability and adaptability of the materials and services to the particular use required, (8) the ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the contract, and (9) any other circumstances which will affect the bidder's performance of the contract 3 3 Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work so that no Dust claims are pending against such Work No Bid will be accepted from a Bidder who is engaged on any other Work which would impair his ability to perform or finance this Work 3 4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other contract with the City or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due to the City 4 0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 4 1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (c) familiarize himself with federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents 4 2 Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4 2 4 3 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND COORDINATION A. Installer shall inspect the foundations, retaining walls, formed masonry ledges, steel or wood stud framing backup, wall sheathing and other substrates scheduled to receive simulated stone masonry work of this Section. Notify Contractor in writing of any condition that may potentially affect the installation, performance or appearance of the completed work. Do not begin installation until such conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Installer. B. Ensure items built-in by other trades for this work are properly located and sized. C. Establish at( lines, levels and coursing. Protect from disturbance. Place simulated stone unit masonry in accordance with lines and levels indicated on the Drawings. D. Ensure masonry courses are of uniform height. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness. E. Ensure that minimum 1" air space between masonryveneer units and wall sheathing is maintained. F. Chases and recesses shall be built-in and not cut -in. Provide not less than 16" of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings and between adjacent chases and recesses. G. Unfinished masonry watts shall be stepped back for joining with new work. Do not tooth. H. Cutting and fitting of masonry, including that required to accommodate the work of other Sections, shall be done by masonry mechanics with masonry saws. 1. Bearing for horizontal load -carrying members shall be of grouted masonry as shown on the Drawings. If no detail is shown, bearing under beams shall consist of grouted masonry at least 8" x 16" in plan and 16" deep. J. Mask or otherwise protect doors and frames, louvers, mechanical and electrical equipment and other miscellaneous accessories not scheduled to receive masonry sealers prior to application of spray- or brush -applied sealers. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Open Stud: Install paperbacked metal lath to studs using galvanized nails or staples which penetrate a minimum of 1" and 4" on center. Apply 1 /2" to 3/4" thick scratch coat and allow to dry 48 hours. Wrap weather -resistant barrier and metal lath a minimum of 16" around all outside and inside corners. B. Sheathed Surfaces: Install one (1) layer of weather -resistant barrier with lap joints 4" shingle fashion. Install metal lath, attach with galvanized nails or staples which penetrate a minimum of 1 ". Apply 6" on center vertically and 16" on center horizontally. Apply 1 /2" to 3/4" thick scratch coat and allow to dry 48 hours. Wrap weather -resistant barrier and metal lath a minimum of 16" around all outside and inside corners. C. Concrete and Masonry Surfaces - New, Clean and Untreated: (no preparation needed) Examine newly poured concrete closely to ensure that its finished surface contains no releasing agents (form oil). If it does contain form oil, etch surface with muriatic acid, rinse thoroughly and/or score with a wire brush, or use high-pressure water or sandblasting to remove. D. Existing Concrete and Masonry Surfaces: If required, remove paint, coatings, sealers and dirt as recommended in 3.02 C. or- D. Apply metal lath to surfaces, attach with galvanized concrete nails which penetrate a minimum of 1 ". Apply 6" apart, 16" on centers. Apply 1 /2" to 3/4" thick scratch coat and allow to dry 48 hours. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF MASONRY FLASHINGS A. General: Install masonry flashings in locations as shown on the Drawings. 04430 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents B. Place flashings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and as detailed on the Drawings. C. Place weep -holes through bottom course of masonry construction as shown on the Drawings, but in no case to exceed 48" o.c. Form weep -holes full depth of head joints, minimum 2" high and spaced as specified. Coordinate with Architect in the field as necessary. D. Composite Wall Construction: Refer to Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry, for installation of thru-watt flashings for composite wall construction. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTWEIGHT SIMULATED STONE MASONRY A. General: Install lightweight. simulated stone masonry units in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Mortar Mixing: Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C270, Type N. C. Apply 1 / 2" to 3 /4" of mortar to metal lath as scratch coat, covering a maximum of 10 sq. ft. at one time. Ensure that scratch coat has cured minimum 48 hours, or as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Butter back surfaces of simulated stone masonry and press units firmly into position in soft mortar bed, wiggle and apply slight pressure to unit to ensure firm bonding, causing mortar to extrude slightly around edges of units. E. Place units with uniform mortar joints. Stone joints should not be over 1/2" in width. When installing "pre -fitted" stone textures, units should be fitted tight against each other with no allowance for mortar joints. Install outside corner return units with short and long lengths alternated. 1. Install simulated stone masonry as "dry stacked" or with grouted joints, as specified in paragraph 2.01 above. F. Plan work to minimize job site cutting. Perform necessary cutting with proper tools to provide uniform edges; take care to prevent breaking unit corners or edges. G. Remove excess mortar; do not allow mortar to set up on face of units. Point, (rake,) and tool joints before mortar has set. Clean and finish joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H. Retaining Walls: Install lightweight simulated stonemasonry units over concrete and/or concrete unit masonry retaining walls in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for the specific application. 1. Cap Units: Install cap units over one (1) layer of specified building felts and metal lath, as required to provide adequate moisture protection to tops of walls. 3.05 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTS A. General: Install mortar and joints as required or recommended by the manufacturer. B. Head joints shalt be well buttered for thickness equal to face shell of unit and shall be shoved tightly so that mortar bonds well to both units. Do not slush head joints. C. Hollow Masonry Units: lay with full mortar coverage over horizontal and vertical face shells. D. Mortar protrusions extending more than 3/8" into cells or cavities to be reinforced and/or filled, or into air space for veneer masonry, shall be removed. E. Joint width shall be uniformly 3/8", unless otherwise shown. 3.06 TOOLING A. Exposed Joints: Tool joints as scheduled. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where required. 1. Exterior Face of Exterior Walls: Tooled concave joints or as recommended by the manufacturer for the types of face finishes specified. 04430 - 6 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents B. Joints which are not tight at the time of tooling shall be raked out, pointed and then tooled. 3.07 BUILT-IN WORK A. As work progresses, build -in hollow metal frames, signage, electrical and mechanical accessories, anchor bolts, plates, specialties and other items supplied by others. Place items plumb and true to line. 3.08 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit sleeves and other items as required. Cooperate fully with other Sections to ensure correct size, shape and location. B. Obtain Architect's approval prior to cutting or fitting any area which is not indicated on the Drawings or which may impair appearance or strength of masonry work. 3.09 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove.and replace any chipped or broken concrete masonry units. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of masonry work. Point or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work. B. Clean soiled surfaces exposed to view using a non -acidic solution which will not harm masonry or adjacent materials. Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. Leave surfaces prepared for further sealers or coatings, if specified. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Installation of simulated stone masonry units, mortar and grout, special curing and workmanship of joints shall be in accordance with the standards approved in the sample panel. 1. Maintain required moisture content of mortar mix as work proceeds. B. All simulated stone unit masonry units shall be sound and free of cracks or other defects that may interfere with the proper placing of the unit or impair the strength or performance of the construction. C. All exposed faces and surfaces shall be free of chips, cracks or other imperfections to the satisfaction of the Architect, except that chips not larger than 114" will be considered acceptable. D. Contractor shall promptly remove any rejected simulated stone masonry units or portions of the work and replace to match the quality of the approved sample panel. END OF SECTION 04430 - 7 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 05120 STRUCTURALSTEEL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish, fabricate and erect all structural steel framing, including columns, beams, purlins, bridging, bracing and other framing members. B. Furnish, fabricate and erect all structural steel framing, including columns, prefabricated steel trusses and other framing members. C. Furnish and fabricate items to be embedded in concrete or masonry such as anchor bolts, angles or plates for attachment of structural steel and other work, except embedded items for attachment of precast concrete, which will be furnished by the precast manufacturer for installation by the General Contractor. D. Furnish, fabricate and install miscellaneous non-structural steel items unless arranged for otherwise. E. Repair and/or reinforce existing structural steel members as indicated on the Drawings. F. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01200, Project Meetings: Pre -installation conferences. 2. Section 01410, Testing. 3. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 4. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 5. Section 05300, Metal Decking. 6. Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals. 7. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Miscellaneous metal hangers, post caps, etc. 8. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing. 9. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with the following codes and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. AISC: Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. 2. AISC: Manual of Steel Construction. 3. AISC: Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, 2000 or current edition, as amended below. a. Section 3.1: Revise the second paragraph to read: 'The Contract Documents shall clearly show the work that is to be performed and shall give the following information with sufficient dimensions to accurately convey the quantity and nature of the structural steel to be fabricated." b. Section 3.2: Replace the entire section.with the following: "Requirements for structural steel including dimensions, arrangement and details shall be shown in the overall contract document package. Fabricator shall be responsible for incorporating all such information from structural, architectural, mechanical and electrical drawings, as well as those of other disciplines." C. Section 3.5: Delete all text after the first sentence. d. Section 3.6: Page 19, replace the text of the entire section with the following: 'When the fast -track project delivery system is selected, release of structural drawings shall constitute release for construction only, if specifically noted on the 05120 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents drawing. Drawings that indicate 'hot for construction" shall not be used for detailing." e. Section 4.2: Page 21, 2nd paragraph: Eliminate the following: "When requested to do so by the Owner's Designated Representative for Design". f. Section 4.4: Page 23, Revise 2nd sentence to read the following: 'These drawings shall be returned in accordance with the schedule defined in Division 1 of the project specification. In the absence of this requirement, the Owner's Designated Representative for Design shall return submittals within 14 days of receipt from the Owner's Designated Representative for Design for Construction." g. Section 6.4.4: Page 33: Revise statement "For the purpose of inspection, camber shall be measured in the fabricator's shop in the unstressed condition", to read "camber specified on the drawings is intended to be camber at the time of erection with decking placed prior to placing concrete. Owner's Designated Representative for Construction shall submit methods for controlling deflections on beams with inadequate camber prior to placing concrete on deck." h. Section 6.5.3: Page 38: Revise definition to read "two mils" (0.05 mm). I. Section 7.10.3, Page 47: Refer to the design criteria in the general notes on the drawings for definition of the complete lateral load resisting system for the steel frame. The Contractor shall notify the Erector in accordance with Section 7.10 of the AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges of all bracing requirements beyond those required to support the bare steel frame. 4. AISC: Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts Approved by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Foundation. 5. AWS: Code for Welding in Building Construction. 6. ASTM A36: Structural Steel. 7. ASTM A307: Low -Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners. 8. ASTM A325: High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 9. ASTM A500-B: Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Structural Steel. 10. ASTM A572-50: High -Strength, Low -Alloy Columbium Vanadium Structural Steel. 11. FS TT-P-31: Iron Oxide, Ready Mix, red and brown. 12. ASTM A525: Sheet Steel, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dipped Process. 13. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Experienced in fabrication of structural steel for projects of similar size and complexity. C. Welding Qualifications: Welding shalt be performed only by welders or welding operators currently certified in accordance with the AWS Code to perform the type of welding involved. 1. All welders shall have evidence of current certification. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Certified Test Reports: Furnish, prior to fabrication, certified mill test reports covering physical and chemical tests of structural steel and high -strength bolts, if requested by Structural Engineer. B. Specifications: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions showing compliance with the specifications for filler metal for welding, shop paint and grout. C. Calibration Data: Submit procedure for calibration of wrenches and installation of high -strength bolts for Engineer's approval. D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections. E. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings, including job standards for shop and field connections, anchor bolt and base plate plans, erection drawings for framing, and detail drawings of all structural members. 05120 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1. Erection drawings shall show all necessary erection details, location, type and size of all bolts and welds, clearly distinguishing between shop and field bolts and welds. 2. Indicate all joints and attachments between the work of this Section and the prefabricated steel structures specified in Section 13122. 3. Indicate all joints and attachments between the work of this Section and the prefabricated wire mesh screens specified in Section 05999. 4. Truss connector plate drawings shall show each plate type or condition to scale, with anchor bolt placement. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections. 1.04 TESTING A. Testing and inspection of shop and field welding and high -strength bolting shall be as specified in Section 01410. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials to be Installed by Others: Deliver anchor bolts and other anchorage devices which are embedded in cast -in -place concrete to the project site in time to be installed before the start of cast -in -place concrete operations. Provide setting drawings, templates and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other devices. B. Handle members in a manner to prevent damage, distortion or abrasion of shop paint. Repair or replace damaged materials, members or structures as directed by the Architect/Engineer. C. Storage of Structural Steel: Structural steel members stored at the project site shall be above ground on platforms, skids or other supports and stored upright to prevent twisting. Protect steel from corrosion. Store other materials in a weathertight and dry place until ready for use. Store packaged materials in their original, unbroken package or container. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STRUCTURAL STEEL SHAPES A. Structural Steel: Conform to ASTM A36. B. Rolled Steel Shapes: Comply with ASTM A572-50. C. Structural Tubular Steel: Square, cold -rolled steel tubing, fully welded constructions. Comply with ASTM A500, Grade B. D. Structural Steel Pipe: Comply with ASTM A53, Grade B. E. Solid Steel Bars and Plates: Comply with ASTM A36.81a. F. LEED Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 60% minimum. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. 2.02 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS A. Unfinished threaded fasteners shall be regular low -carbon steel bolts and nuts complying with ASTM A307, Grade A. 05120 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents B. High -strength threaded fasteners shall be heavy hexagonal structural bolts and nuts and hardened washers complying with ASTM A325 or ASTM A490. C. Electrodes for manual shielded and metal arc welding shall be covered mild steel electrodes conforming to the AWS Code and ASTM A233, Series E-60 and E-70. D. Bare electrodes and granular flux for submerged arc welding shall conform to the AWS Code and ASTM A588, Series F-60 and F-70. E. Turnbuckles: F. LEED Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 60% minimum. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Match paragraph 2.01 above. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Match paragraph 2.01 above. 2.03 HEADED STUD -TYPE SHEAR CONNECTORS A. Provide cold -finished carbon steel connectors conforming to ASTM A108, Grade 1015 or 1020, with dimensions complying with AISC Specifications. 2.04 PRIMER AND PAINT A. Shop Paint: No shop painting. Steel to receive rust finish. B. Asphaltic Paint: Provide an asphaltic base paint for all surfaces below grade and for all members exposed in crawlspaces, and all exterior members to be in contact or embedded into concrete, or as shown on the Drawings. 1. Sonneborn Hydrocide Semi -Mastic. C. Primer: No primer. Steel to receive rust finish. 2.05 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Provide factory -packaged non -shrink non-metallic flowable grout where shown on the Drawings, manufactured by Embeco, Five Star or equal. 1. One (1) day compressive strength of 5,000 psi minimum. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Contractor shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to commencing work of this Section. Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing of any discrepancies or conditions which may affect the successful installation of the structural steel work. Do not begin work until conditions are corrected in a manner acceptable to the Erector. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for checking all dimensions, elevations and assuring fit of structural steel members prior to commencing erection. B. Prior to start of erection of the steel, Erector shall verify the location of embedded anchor bolts and report deviations from the anchor bolt setting plan to the General Contractor in writing. C. Protect adjacent materials or areas below from damage due to weld splatter or sparks during field welding. D. Make provision for erection loads and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb and in true alignment until completion of erection. 05120 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents E. Pre -Installation Conference: Refer to Section 01200. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS A. Contractor shall be responsible for checking all dimensions, elevations and assuring fit of structural steel members prior to commencing installation. B. Contractor shalt ensure the structural stability of the roof and floor framing components during removal or modification of any existing connectors, and the installation of new connectors. 1. Shore or brace walls and framing members as necessary. C. Field welding as a part of this work shall only be allowed where specifically shown on the Drawings or approved by the Architect/Engineer. 1. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions during welding in the vicinity of existing wood construction. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for the repair or replacement of any existing construction damaged or destroyed by this work at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Protect adjacent materials or areas below from damage due to weld splatter or sparks during field welding. 3.04 FABRICATION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL A. General: Structural steel shall be detailed and fabricated in accordance with the referenced codes, AISC Specifications and standards and in compliance with the final approved shop drawings. Provide camber in structural members as shown. B. Shop -fabricate and assemble sections in largest practical components for delivery and erection on the site. Extent of shop assembly shall be as approved in the shop drawings. 1. Beam Connectors: Shop -fabricate structural steel tube columns, connector plates and beam seats. C. Properly mark and match mark all materials for field assembly. Mark member at top surfaces so they are not visible when installed. Coordinate fabrication and delivery sequence to expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials. Plates and anchor bolts to be built into concrete work shall be shipped loose. D. Type of connection most suitable to shop or field facilities shall be used, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. E. Cutting and Fitting: Perform necessary cutting, fitting and drilling for the accommodation of other trades. Secure correct information for same, both before and after steel is delivered. Cutting or drilling will not be permitted on the job without the approval of the Architect/Engineer. F. Steel to be Exposed in Finished Structure: All steel trusses, truss connector plates, beam seats, beams, columns, purlins and other items to be exposed in the completed work shall be fabricated and cut square, true and uniform, with uneven, rough or abraded edges sanded smooth. 3.05 SHOP AND FIELD CONNECTIONS A. Weld or bolt shop connections, unless otherwise shown. Bolt field connections, except where welded connections are shown or specified. Use bolts conforming to ASTM A325, unless otherwise shown. 1. All welds exposed to view are to be "Architectural Grade". B. No one-sided connections shall be used, unless specifically shown on the Drawings. C. Detailing and fabrication of high -strength bolted joints shalt conform to "Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts'. Connections are designed as bearing connec- tions. D. Finish work in accordance with the approved shop drawings. Work shall be true and free from twists, kinks, buckles, open joints and other defects. 05120 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3.06 SHOP PAINTING A. No shop painting. All steel to receive a rust finish with a clear polyurethane finish. 3.07 ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL A. General: Erect steel in accordance with AISC Specifications and Code of Standard Practice and other specified requirements, including special provision of CSHA and COSH. B. Erection equipment shall be of adequate capacity to perform all work safely. Do not use floor and roof systems of building to support erection equipment. C. Maintain work in safe and stable condition during erection. Provide temporary shoring and bracing as required. D. Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations indicated within specified AISC erection tolerances. Align and adjust various members forming a part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. E. Clean bearing and other surfaces which wilt be in permanent contact before assembly. 1. Allowable Tolerances: Comply with requirements of AISC Code of Standard Practice. Leveling and plumbing shall be based on a mean temperature of 70' F. Compensate for difference in temperature at time of erection. F. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates on steel wedges or on other adjustable devices. Tighten anchor bolts after the supporting members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims. G. High -strength bolting shall be in accordance with AISC Specifications for Structural Joints. Testing of high -strength bolting procedures shall be as specified in Section 01410. H. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. Do not use gas cutting torches in the field for correcting fabrication errors. All gas cutting must have prior approval of the Engineer. I. Attach headed stud shear connectors if specified, to beams by automatic end welding in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and recommendations. J. Where reinforcing bars are shown welded to structural steel, bars are to be furnished by rebar supplier and welded in place by structural steel erector. K. Field Modifications: Written approval of the Architect/Engineer must be obtained before using cutting torch for field modification or refabrication of structural steel. Contractor shall be responsible for errors in fabrication and for correct fit in the field. Mull -MN /SdyVd��ItiI�`C�L`�j:L'1PICih bl�yi A. Inspect surfaces prior to placement of grout. Check for cleanliness and proper placement and installation of steel work to be in general conformance with the Drawings. B. Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Place in accordance with manufacturers written instructions. Pack grout solid taking care that there are no voids. Refrain from tightening anchor bolts until grout has set and cured. 3.09 CLEANING A. Clean all steel surfaces in preparation for rust finish. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Refer to Structural Drawings for complete steel inspection table or schedule. B. Shop- and field -welding of exposed structural steel members shall be subject to evaluation to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: 1. Alignment and spacing of members. 05120 - 6 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 2. Flushness and plumb of adjacent members. 3. Quality and appearance of finished welds. 4. Alignment of bolts and other attachments, where exposed to view in finished structure. 5. Consistency of bolt length beyond nuts, where exposed to view in finished structure. END OF SECTION 05120 - 7 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 10 The owner will provide all concrete testing soil density testing structural inspections and special inspections 11 The owner will provide all surveying and staking including building foundation locations finish floor elevations as well as sidewalk layout and grades 12 The owner will provide Builders Risk Insurance 13 This protect is not pursuing LEED certification 14 The owner will be reasonable in accommodating requests from the General Contractor to increase specific Limits of Disturbance areas in order to meet OSHA safety requires 15 There is no water or power available on the site 16 The anticipated notice to proceed with Phase 1 scope of work is approximately 2-3 weeks after the bid due date 17 For bidding purposes assume a 6 depth for all drilled concrete piers on the project Specifications 1 Section 01022 Unit Prices Paragraph 1 02 Description of Unit Prices item 1 Change to read Overruns of 16 diameter drilled piers 2 Section 01022 Unit Prices Paragraph 1 02 Description of Unit Prices item 2 Change to read Standard gray concrete sidewalk with fiber mesh 5 thick 3 Section 01030 Alternates Paragraph 102 Description of Alternates Clarification Concrete curb and gutter surrounding the Entry Station Gateway Structure (structure similar to Kiosk just east of the entry station) is to be included in the base bid 4 Section 01410 Testing Clarification Per this specification section the owner will provide all open hole concrete and material soil compaction testing structural inspections including any special inspections 5 Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements Clarification The General Contractor is responsible for any erosion control permits if required by the State of Colorado or Lanmer County in addition to the other regulatory requirements included in this specification sections 6 Section 08520 Aluminum Windows Paragraph 2 01 Aluminum Windows subparagraph G Glazing Change to read Hermetically sealed insulated glass units AGC Comfort E2 Low-E dual glazing minimum 7/8 thick consisting of outer pane of 1/8' glass with low -emissivity coating and inner pane of 1/8 clear glass with 5/8 dead air space, as basis of design Drawings 1 Sheets SD1 and SD2 North and South Site Plans Clarification There is no scope of work for the 2-compartment vault toilets 2 Sheets SD1 and SD2 North and South Site Plans Clarification Fencings at all Limits of Disturbance is to be metal T-stakes at 50 o c maximum with a single smooth wire Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work 5 0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 5 1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER Interpretation or clarifications considered necessary in response to such questions will be issued only by Addenda Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of the Bids may not be answered Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect 5 2 All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed to the Engineer Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed to the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division 5 3 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or Engineer 5 4 Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the OWNER as having received the Bidding documents 6 0 BID SECURITY 6 1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in the amount stated in the Invitation to Bid The required security must be in the form of a certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a Bid Bond on the form enclosed herewith The Bid Bond must be executed by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions for surety bonds 6 2 The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon Bid Security will be returned If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days of the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have reasonable chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-first day after the Bid Opening whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned Bid Security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 3 SECTION 05300 METAL DECKING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install all materials required for complete installation of metal roof decking. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 2. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete: Concrete fill for composite floor decks. 3. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with provisions of the following codes and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. AISI, "Specification for the Design of Light -Gage Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members'. 2. AWS, "Code for Welding in Building Construction". 3. SDI, "Steel Roof Deck Design Manual". 4. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Fabricator shall be a member of the Steel Deck Institute (SDI). 1. All metal decking shall be by the same fabricator throughout the project, unless specifically approved otherwise by the Architect/Engineer. C. Welding Qualification: Contractor shall qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with the AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure". 1. Welded decking in place is subject to inspection and testing. Remove and replace or reweld work found to be defective and not complying with the specifications. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature, load tables, performance and test data. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings, including erection plans and details, deck types, gage and properties, erection marks and sequence of erection, welding diagrams and instructions, type of shop finish coat, accessories and installation instructions. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the site with necessary erection markings. B. Handle and store in a manner required to avoid damage to decking. Store above ground on platforms, skids or similar supports; slope to permit drainage. C. Keep free from dirt or other foreign matter. Protect against rust and corrosion by means of weatherproof covering. Tie or weigh down broken bundles of deck to prevent wind from blowing sheets. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL FLOOR AND ROOF DECKING A. General: Type of floor and roof decking shall be as specified herein or as indicated on the 05300 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents Drawings. 1. Type: Roof Decking. 2. Decking Width(s): a. Floor Decking: 24", or as indicated on the Drawings. b. Roof Decking: 36" (30"), or as indicated on the Drawings. C. Composite Floor Decking: 24" (30") (36"), or as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Profile(s): Type B, by United Steel Deck, Inc., as basis of design. 4. Gage(s): As indicated on the Drawings. 5. Deck Thickness: 1-1 /2", or as indicated on the Drawings. B. Materials: 1. Steel for Painted Deck Units: ASTM A611, Grade C. 2. Steel for Galvanized Deck Units: ASTM A446, Grade A with 1.25 oz. /sq. ft. "commercial" class zinc coating complying with ASTM A525. C. Headed Stud Shear Connectors: ASTM Al08, Grade 1015 or 1020. D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc -dust content paint for repair of damaged galvanized surfaces, complying with MIL-P-21035. E. Approved Manufacturers: 1. United Steel Deck Inc., Summit, NJ, (908) 277-1617. 2. Vulcraft, Norfolk, NE, (402) 644-8500. 3. Epic Metals Corp., Rankin, PA, (412) 351-1393. 4. Wheeling Corrugating Co., Wheeling, WV, (304) 234-2352. 5. Consolidated Systems, Inc., Columbia, SC, (800) 554-5421. 6. Manufacturers providing materials of the same design, function, quality and performance are acceptable. 2.02 DECK DESIGN CRITERIA A. General: Design of decking and calculation of section properties shall conform to the AISI and SDI specifications. Moment of inertia and section modulus of units shall provide sufficient carrying capacity to support all dead and live loads shown on the Drawings, within the limits of the design criteria herein specified. B. Metal Roof Deck: 1. Live and dead load deflection shall not exceed L/240 of clear span. 2. Maximum steel flexural stress shall be 20,000 psi. Deck system shall be capable of resisting at least 30 psf uplift over floor areas and 45 psi uplift within 10' of parapets. Minimum gage shall be 22. 3. Furnish panels in lengths to span three (3) or more spans. 2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. General: Provide end and side closures, column closures, sump pans and bent plates and other miscellaneous shapes as indicated on the Drawings or as required by project conditions but not itemized. B. Cover Plates: Fabricate metal cover plates for end abutting deck units of not less than 18-gage sheet steel formed to match contour of deck units. C. Closure Strips: Fabricate metal closure strips of minimum 18-gage sheet steel formed to provide tight -fitting closures at open ends of cells or flutes and sides of decking. D. Sump Pans: Fabricate roof sump pans from single pieces of 14-gage galvanized sheet steel with level bottoms and sloping sides to direct water flow to drain, unless otherwise shown. Bearing flanges shalt be at least 3" wide. Recess pans 1-1 /2" below roof deck surface, unless otherwise shown. E. Cant Strips: Fabricate cant strips of 20 gage galvanized sheet steel. Bend to form a 450 cant not less than 5" wide with top and bottom flanges not less than 3" wide, unless otherwise shown. 05300 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents Composite Floor and/or Roof Decking: Where metal roof decking is to receive concrete fill, install decking with spacers inside laps or with slotted openings in bottom flutes in accordance with the manufacturer's standards. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Contractor shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to commencing work of this Section. Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing of any discrepancies or conditions which may affect the successful installation of the work. Do not begin work until conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Erector. B. Steel deck manufacturer shall supply decking free of lubricants or oils which would impair the adhesion of spray -applied fireproofing. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF METAL DECKING A. General: Place units on supporting steel and adjust to final position before final welding. Units shall be straight and true and have proper bearing on supporting steel. B. Composite Floor Deck: Fasten form deck units to steel by 5/8" diameter welds through metal washers spaced not more than 12" o.c. at ends and 24" o.c. at intermediate supports. Where two (2) units abut, each unit shall be so fastened. Where units lap at ends, lap shalt be 2" long (minimum) and shalt occur over support. Along sides of building weld deck to supporting steel using metal washers spaced not more than 12" o.c. C. Roof Deck: Fasten roof units as indicated on the Structural Drawings. D. Fasten side laps of adjacent unit between supports as indicated on the Structural Drawings. E. Fasten side and end closures of panels by tack welds or screws not more than 4' o.c. Close openings between panels and columns with column closures. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT AT OPENINGS A. General: Provide additional metal reinforcement and closure pieces as required for strength, continuity of decking and support of other work, unless otherwise shown. B. Roof Deck: Reinforce roof decking around openings less than 12" in any dimension by means of a flat steel sheet placed over the opening and fusion welded to the top surface of the deck. Extend sheet 12" minimum beyond edge of opening in each direction. Provide steel sheet of the same quality as the deck units not less than nominal 16-gage thick before coating and at least 12" wider and longer than the opening. Provide #12 TEK screws at each corner and spaced not more than 6" o.c. along each side. Openings larger than 12" shall be framed with angle frames as detailed on the Drawings. C. Composite Floor Deck: Structural framing as detailed on the Drawings. 3.04 CLEANING A. Wash down all steel joists, bridging and other components upon completion of erection. END OF SECTION 05300 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install miscellaneous fabricated items of ferrous and non-ferrous metals as shown on the Drawings or required by the work, including but not limited to: 1. Pipe bollards. 2. Miscellaneous steel channels, angles, lintels, and straps, if not furnished by other Sections. B. Furnish and install miscellaneous Corten steel plates and details as shown on the Drawings. C. Furnish and install cast iron tree grates and retaining frames. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 2. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 1.02 WORK FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED BY OTHERS A. Section 02515, Portland Cement Paving: Metal fabrications cast in concrete. B. Section 03450, Architectural Precast Concrete: Metal fabrications cast in concrete. C. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Loose lintels and metal fabrications laid into concrete block masonry. D. Section 04400, Stone Masonry: Loose lintels and metal fabrications laid into stone masonry. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to requirements of the following standards and codes: 1. ASTM A36: Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A307: Low -Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners. 3. ASTM A325: High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 4. AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code. 5. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of expanded metal mesh screen/steel angle frame panels, illustrating dimensions, components, spacing of predrilled holes for anchorage, finishes and shop welds or other attachments. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: Conform to ASTM A36. 05999 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: High -strength type recommended for structural steel joints, ASTM A307. 2. Welding Materials: Applicable AWS D1.1, type required for materials being welded. B. Structural Tubular Steel: Square, cold -rolled steel tubing, fully welded construction. Conform to ASTM A500, Grade B. C. Structural Steel Pipe: Comply with ASTM A53, Grade B. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Shop -fabricate and assemble items in largest practical components for delivery and installation on the site. Extent of shop assembly shall be as approved in the shop drawings. B. Fabricate items with joints neatly fitted and property secured. C. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent finished surfaces. 1. All welds exposed to view to be "Architectural Grade'. D. Supply components required for proper anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, unless otherwise specified. E. Thoroughly clean surfaces of scale, grease and foreign matter prior to rust finish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Contractor shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to commencing work of this Section. Notify Architect/Engineer of any discrepancies or conditions which may affect the successful installation of the work. Do not begin work until such conditions are corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Contractor shall field verify all dimensions affecting the work of this Section and coordinate fit and installation details with related trades prior to fabrication. C. Ensure that items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry are supplied to the site prior to concrete or masonry work, complete with necessary setting templates. D. Ensure that ferrous metal surfaces have been properly painted where in contact with aluminum or other dissimilar metals as required to prevent electrolysis. E. Pipe Bollards: Ensure that bollards have been properly located in relation to openings in concrete, masonry or other materials or equipment to be protected by the bollards. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or required by specific site requirements, locate bollards as follows: 1. Jambs: Centerline of bollard aligned with centerline of jamb opening, and placed 12" out from face of wall. 2. Corners: Centerline of bollard placed 12" out from corner in both directions. 3. Equipment: Centerline of bollard placed 12" out from edge or corner of gas meters, electrical transformers, pad -mounted condensing units and other equipment. Coordinate clearance requirements with utility providers, as applicable. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install prefabricated items in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and recommendations. Install items square and level, accurately fitted and free from distortion. B. Make provision for erection stresses by temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment. C. Replace items damaged in course of installation. D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. E. Pipe Bollards: Embed bollards minimum 24" deep into concrete piers with a minimum dimension of 12" diameter x 36" depth below grade, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 05999 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents Fill bollards with concrete and form top surface smooth, dense, and flush or crowned to a maximum of 1 /4" to allow proper drainage. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 SCHEDULE OF MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Pipe Bollards: 4" or 6" o.d. (as indicated on the Drawings) steel pipe x 4'-0" (where mounted to steel plate) or 6-0" long (where embedded 24" into concrete piers), concrete filled, as detailed on the Drawings. B. Miscellaneous Steel Channels, Angles, Lintels and Straps: Furnish under this Section, unless arranged for otherwise. END OF SECTION 05999 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish materials and labor for installation of rough carpentry, including but not limited to: 1. Studs, joists, bridging, blocking and plates for wall, roof, ceiling and soffit framing. 2. Studs, plates and blocking for built-up headers for framed door and window openings. 3. Furring, stripping, blocking and sleepers. 4. Fireblocking and draft stops. 5. Plywood and/or oriented strand board (OSB) wall, roof and floor sheathing. 6. Redwood or pressure -treated wood plates. B. Furnish and install pressure -treated and/or fire -treated wood materials. C. Furnish nails, screws, bolts, fasteners, construction adhesives, and other related or accessory materials required for a complete installation. D. Furnish and install prefabricated wood and cement fiber siding and trims, unless arranged for otherwise. E. Furnish and install light -gage metal joist/truss connectors. F. Coordination of all other trades as required for a complete installation. G. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 2. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. 3. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 4. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. 5. Section 07270, Air Infiltration Barriers. 6. Section 07466, Wood Siding: Siding and soffit materials. 7. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to requirements of the following standards and codes: 1. PS 1: Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. PS 20: American Softwood Lumber Standard. 3. NFPA National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 4. APA: American Plywood Association, Plywood Specification and Grade Guide. 5. AWPA: American Wood -Preservers' Association. a. AWPA Cl: All timber products - preservative treatment by pressure processes. b. AWPA C2: Lumber, timber, bridge ties and mine ties - preservative treatment by pressure processes. C. AWPA C4: Poles - preservative treatment by pressure processes. d. AWPA C9: Plywood - preservative treatment by pressure processes. e. AWPA C14: Wood for highway construction - preservative treatment by pressure processes. f. AWPA C15: Wood for commercial -residential construction - preservative treatment by pressure processes. g. AWPA C16: Wood used on farms - preservative treatment by pressure processes. h. AWPA C17: Playground equipment treated with inorganic preservatives - 06100 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents preservative treatment by pressure processes. i. AWPA C22: Lumber and plywood for permanent wood foundations - preservative treatment by pressure processes. 6. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. 7. California Redwood Association. 8. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Rough Carpentry Lumber: Materials shall carry the visible grade stamp of agency certified by National Forest Products Association (NFPA). C. Plywood panels shall be identified with APA grade trademark of the American Plywood Association. D. Grading of lumber shall be in accordance with the current edition of the Western Wood Products Association. E. Pressure -Treated Lumber: Pressure -treated lumber materials shalt not contain chromated copper arsenate (CCA). F. Fire -Rated Construction: Do not use untreated rough carpentry lumber, plates, blocking or miscellaneous members in wall or roof/ceiling assemblies requiring the use of fire -rated materials unless protected in the final construction as required by applicable assemblies. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit shop drawings and/or manufacturer's written product literature for prefabricated interior wood stair systems, indicating materials, fabrication, attachments and dimensions for each site condition required. B. Preservative Treatment Certification: Treating plant's certification of compliance with specified standards, process employed and preservative retention values. C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for prefabricated wood -polymer composite decking. D. Product Data: For restoration and preservation projects, submit manufacturer's written product literature and installation instructions for specified epoxy -type wood repair materials. E. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for all construction adhesives. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect lumber and plywood and keep under cover in transit and at jobsite. B. Do not deliver material unduly long before it is required to be installed in the work. C. Store on level racks and keep free of the ground to avoid warping. Stack to ensure proper ventilation and drainage. D. Pressure -Treated Wood Materials: Protect wood products against moisture and dimensional changes, in accordance with instructions from treating plant. E. Deliver packaged materials in manufacturer's original unbroken boxes, cartons or containers, with labels intact. Store in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 1.05 COMPLIANCE A. Do not permit materials not complying with the provisions of this section to be brought onto or to be stored at the jobsite. B. Promptly remove non -complying materials from the jobsite and replace with materials meeting the requirements of this Section. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written lifetime warranty for pressure -treated wood products covering defects in materials and workmanship. 06100 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ROUGH CARPENTRY MATERIALS A. Framing Lumber: PS 20, grade in accordance with established WPA grading rules, maximum moisture content of 12% to 19% (S-Dry) S4S, of the following species and grades: 1. Structural Framing: Hem -Fir #2 or better, minimum 1,200 psi fiber stress in bending, unless other grades and stresses are indicated on the Structural Drawings. 2. Studs: Douglas Fir or Hem -Fir, standard grade or better. 3. Non -Structural Light Framing: Douglas Fir or Hem -Fir, construction grade or better. 4. Blocking and Miscellaneous Furring and Stripping: Douglas Fir or Hem -Fir, construction grade or better. 5. Sill Plates: Redwood or pressure -treated Hem -Fir, where in contact with concrete or masonry. Pressure -treated lumber shall not contain CCA. B. Waferboard: Oriented strand board (OSB), exterior APA. 2.02 PRESSURE -TREATED ROUGH CARPENTRY MATERIALS A. Deck and Porch Joists, Beams and other Semi -Concealed Structural Members: PS 20, grade in accordance with established WPA grading rules, maximum moisture content of 12% to 19% (S-Dry) 54S, with preservative treatment specified below, of the following species and grades: 1. Structural Framing: Hem -Fir #2 or better, 1,200 psi fiber stress in bending. 2. Non -Structural Light Framing: Douglas Fir or Hem -Fir, construction grade or better. 3. Sill Plates: Redwood or pressure -treated Hem -Fir, where in contact with concrete. 4. Landscape Timbers: 4" x 4" pressure -treated Hem -Fir for site retaining walls to match existing of Lot 1. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. ACQ Preserve by Chemical Specialties, Inc., Charlotte, NC, and distributed locally by ECO Products, Boulder, CO, (303) 449-1876, as basis of design. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance and quality, and meeting the requirements of paragraph 2.0_ below, are acceptable. 2.03 PLYWOOD MATERIALS A. General: APA-rated softwood plywood, meeting the grading requirements of PS-1. 1. Sizes: Manufacturer's standard 4'-0" wide x 8%0" long x thicknesses as shown on the Drawings. 2. Edges: Square, butt. B. Exterior/Interior Plywood Structural Sheathing: As specified on the Drawings. C. Exterior Exposed Plywood: N/C, Exterior APA, for storefront kickplates and other exposed sheets larger than T-0" wide, for painted opaque finish. D. Exterior Exposed Plywood: A/D or A/C, Exterior APA, for exposed soffits, sheathing and other semi -exposed areas with sheets narrower than T-0" wide, for painted opaque finish. E. Exterior Concealed Plywood: CDX, Exterior APA. F. Exterior Decorative Plywood: APA Texture 1-11 (T-1-11), specified in Section 07466, Wood Siding. G. Exterior Plywood Siding: Refer to Section 07466. H. Interior Exposed Plywood: A/D or A/C, Interior APA, for painted opaque finish. I. Interior Concealed Plywood: C/D plugged, Interior APA with exterior glue. J. Interior Decorative Veneered Plywood: Refer to Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. K. Medium Density Overlaid (MDO) Plywood: Refer to Section 07466. L. Plywood Underlayment for Resilient Flooring: Underlayment, Interior APA, or Structurwood by Weyerhaeuser Corp. 06100 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents M. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Weyerhaeuser Corp., Tacoma, WA. 2. Georgia Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA, (404) 652-4000. 3. Manufacturers providing products of the same design, function, quality and performance are acceptable. 2.04 FASTENERS, ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. Metal Wall Bracing: Galvanized metal 'T" profile wall and corner bracing, 20-gage. 1. Ampcor'7-Brace Series 6700 by Anderson Metal Products Co., Taylorsville, MS, (800) 426- 7267, or equal. B. Nails: Size and type to suit application. 1. Framing: 8d to 12d rosin -coated box. 2. Sheathing: 8d, 2 1 /2" long box nails, zinc -coated. C. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins and Screws: Size and type to suit application or as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Medium Carbon Steel: Galvanized for exterior locations, high -humidity locations and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations or when in contact with concrete. D. Sill Plate Sealer: Preformed type. 1. Sill Seal or equal. E. Prefabricated Soffit and Roof Vents: Specified in Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 2.05 CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVES A. Construction Adhesives: Low -viscosity, mastic -type, multipurpose adhesive, formulated for field - gluing for interior or exterior use, meeting the following specifications: 1. Reference Standards: Comply with the following minimum standards: a. APA Spec. AFG-01. b. ASTM D3498 and C557. C. HUD/FHA requirements in Bulletin #60. 2. Type: Synthetic elastomeric polymer, VOC compliant. a. Calculated VOC: 47 g/L maximum. 3. Base: Synthetic elastomer. 4. Consistency: Approx. 130,000 cps, Brookfield viscometer. 5. Weight/Gallon: 10.4 lbs. minimum. 6. Solids content: 78%. 7. Strength: ASTM D3498. 8. Aging: Retains flexibility after 500 hrs. at 300 psi and 1580 F by ASTM D572-61. 9. Water Resistance: Waterproof. 10. Application Method: Caulking gun or trowel. 11. Application Temperature: 00-1000 F. 12. Service Range: -200 to -1200 F. 13. Material Suitability: Select appropriate adhesive product(s) for materials/products to be field bonded, including but not limited to: a. Medium- and heavy-duty construction adhesives. b. Drywall adhesive. C. Subftoor adhesive. d. Polyurethane adhesive. e. Repair construction adhesive. f. Resilient base adhesive. g. FRP adhesive. h. Multipurpose flooring adhesive. 06100 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents within seven days after the Bid opening 7 0 CONTRACT TIME The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be substantially complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the Contract Times) are set forth in the Agreement 8 0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement 9 0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items Whenever it is indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective date of the Agreement" The procedure for submittal of any such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General Requirements 10 0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 10 1 Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of principal subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work Refer to Section 00430 contained within these Documents 10 2 If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of Award is given, request the apparent successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price If the apparent successful Bidder declines to make any substitution OWNER may award the contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder that proposes to use acceptable subcontractors Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons or organization listed and to whom OWNER or Engineer does not make written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the effective date of the Agreement as provided in the General Conditions 10 3 CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor, supplier or other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable objection The use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by OWNER prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance of the Work Bev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 4 I. Ceramic the adhesive. j. Ceiling the adhesive. B. Approved Product and Manufacturer: 1. Titebond VOC-Compliant Adhesives, manufactured by Franklin International, Columbus, OH, (888) 533.9043, as basis of design. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same type, design, quality, performance and VOC compliance are acceptable. 2.06 LIGHT -GAGE METAL JOIST/TRUSS CONNECTORS A. General: Light -gage, galvanized metal hangers, clips, base and column caps, size and type as indicated on the Drawings, as required to suit job conditions or as recommended by manufacturer for intended application. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc., Pleasanton, CA, (800) 999-5099. 2. Timber Engineering Co. 3. KC Metal Products Inc., San Jose, CA, (408) 436.8754. 4. Semco, Jacksonville, FL, (800) 874-0335. 5. Manufacturers providing framing connectors and accessories of same design, function, performance and structural capabilities are acceptable. 2.07 WOOD TREATMENTS A. Preservative Treatment: Where lumber or plywood is indicated on the Drawings or specified herein to be pressure -treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA standards C2, C9, C14, C15, C16, C17 or ICBO ER4981, as applicable. Pressure -treat items with waterborne preservatives complying with WPA LP-2, except that in no case shall chromated copper arsenate (CCA) be used. After treatment, kiln dry to a maximum moisture content of 19%for lumber and 18% for plywood. Mark each treated item with the WPA quality mark requirements. i . Application Rates: Apply specified preservative treatment as follows, or as recommended by approved manufacturers: a. Preservative treatment for above ground use: 0.25 lb. /cu.ft. minimum. b. Preservative treatment where in contact with ground: 0.40 lb./cu.ft. minimum. C. Preservative treatment for wood foundation systems: 0.60 lb./cu.ft. minimum. 2. Treated wood products shall be used in the following locations, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings: a. In contact with roofing, flashing or waterproofing. b. In contact with masonry or concrete. C. In contact, or within 6" of grade. d. Exposed to weather. e. Other locations indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. General: For new construction, the Contractor shall inspect the concrete or masonry walls and foundation structures and/or concrete flatwork that will support the rough carpentry structures associated with the work of this project, and notify the Architect/Engineer of any condition that may affect the structural integrity, quality or appearance of the completed project. Do not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Contractor. 06100 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents B. Selection of Lumber Pieces: 1. Carefully select the members. Select individual pieces so that knots and obvious defects will not interfere with placing bolts or proper nailing and will allow for proper connections. 2. Cut out and discard defects which render a piece unable to serve its intended function. 3. Lumber may be rejected by the Architect/Engineer, whether or not it has been installed, for excessive warp, twist, bow, crook, mildew, fungus or mold, as well as for improper cutting and fitting, provided such defects exceed the criteria allowed by referenced standards for the lumber grade specified. The Contractor shall replace rejected material at no additional cost to the Owner. 4. Do not shim any framing component. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF ROUGH CARPENTRY A. General: 1. Erect wood framing, furring, stripping and nailing members true to lines and levels; do not deviate from true alignment more than 1 /4" in 10'-0". 2. Space members as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein. 3. Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths. 4. Construct and erect required built-up beams and headers. 5. Produce joints which are tight, true and welt nailed, with members assembled in accordance with the Drawings and with applicable codes and regulations. 6. Set horizontal and sloped members with the crown up. Crowns to be set in the same direction for vertical or horizontal application. 7. Make bearings full and uniform for solid support. 8. On framing members to receive a finished surface, align the finish subsurface to vary not more than 1 /8" from the plane of surfaces of adjacent furring and framing members. 9. Where scheduled, leave wood surfaces prepared for finishing specified in Section 09900, Painting, and Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 10. Coordinate rough openings for non -cased and trimmed doors and windows where gypsum board returns are detailed at jambs and headers. Framed opening shall be square and plumb to within 1 /16" vertically from floor to header at trimmer and 1 /16" horizontally between trimmers at header. B. Fastening: 1. Nailing shalt be in accordance with the requirements of applicable sections of the building code, current edition, unless indicated otherwise. a. Nail without splitting wood. b. Prebore as required. C. Remove split members and replace with members complying with the specified requirements. 2. Bolting: a. Drill holes 1 /16" larger in diameter than the bolts being used. b. Drill straight and true from one side only. C. Do not bear bolt heads on wood, but use washers under head and nut where both bear on wood, and use washers under all nuts. 3. Screws: For lag screws and woad screws, prebore holes same diameter as root of threads, enlarging holes to shank diameter for length of shank. C. Wall Framing: Conform to the framing requirements of the jurisdiction with authority over this Project, unless more stringent requirements are shown on the Structural Drawings or specified herein. 1. Exterior Wall Framing: 2x4 stud framing at 16" o.c., unless otherwise indicated. Install let - in metal wall and corner bracing at all external corners, or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Interior Watt Framing: 2x4 stud framing at 16" o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 06100 - 6 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3. External Corners: Triple stud construction, or as shown on the Drawings for specific conditions. 4. Interior Corners or Partition -to -Wall Connections: Triple stud construction, or as shown on the Drawings for specific conditions. 5. Jamb Framing at Openings: Double studs at all interior openings; triple studs at all exterior openings, or additional members as indicated on the Structural Drawings. Studs in exterior bearing walls to provide continuous bearing to foundation. a. Provide "king' studs, "queen' studs or trimmers and cripple studs (at window sill framing) as shown on the Drawings or required by project conditions. 6. Top Plates in Bearing Partitions: Double and lapped, stagger joints at minimum 4%0" intervals. 7. Headers: As shown on the Drawings. Provide built-up headers to match the wall framing thickness, using 1 /2" plywood spacers, continuously nailed and glued. 8. Plates: 2x plates to match wall framing. 9. Bridging and Blocking: As shown on the Drawings or as required by applicable Building Codes and the jurisdiction with authority over the project. Also refer to paragraphs 3.03 and 3.05 below. 10. Wall Sheathing: Specified in paragraph 3.06 below. D. Wall and Corner Bracing: 1. Install metal 7' bracing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions at all external corners and door/window openings. 2. Cut single -saw kerf 1 /2" deep into studs and plates along line of installation. Insert base of 7' brace in grooves and nail along the nailing grooves into each stud and plate. 3. Nail to studs and plates with two (2) 16d or three (3) 8d nails. 4. Bend corners of bracing over top and bottom plates. E. Lowered Ceiling and Soffit Framing: 2x4 stud framing at 24" o.c., unless otherwise indicated. Support from floor or roof trusses above at intermediate points as required by applicable codes. 1. Frame with framing members laid flat where required for ductwork clearances, etc. Coordinate as necessary with the Contractor. 2. Coordinate lowered ceiling and soffit framing with requirements of gypsum wallboard "pre - rock" applications specified in Section 09260. F. Furring and Stripping: Member sizes as indicated on the Drawings spaced at maximum 24" o.c., unless otherwise indicated. G. Window Sills: Frame with beveled sill plate or beveled shim, to drain to exterior of wall. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF BLOCKING A. Firestops, Bracing and Blocking: As shown on the Drawings or required for applicable Building Code compliance, but spaced to not exceed 10'-0" vertically and horizontally. 1. Provide blocking at all ends and edges of gypsum wallboard requiring support. 2. Provide blocking and/or bracing at all floor and roof framing conditions. B. Blocking for "Pre -Rock" Gypsum Wallboard Installations: Provide required blocking for project conditions specified in Section 09260. C. Blocking for Draft Stops: Provide required blocking for project conditions specified in Section 09260. D. Miscellaneous Blocking: Provide solid blocking for all recessed and surface -mounted equipment and accessories, including but not limited to: 1. Wall -mounted finish hardware, including wall stops. 2. Wall -mounted handrail brackets. 3. Toilet partitions and urinal screens. 4. Toilet and bath accessories, including grab bars. 5. Cabinets and shelving systems. 6. Fire extinguishers and cabinets. 06100 - 7 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 7. Signage systems and plaques. 8. Head track assemblies for window coverings. 9. Wall bumper guardrails. 10. Plumbing fixtures. 11. Electrical equipment and fixtures. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF SHEATHING A. Wall Sheathing: (Refer to Section 06160, Exterior Glass Mat Gypsum Sheathing.) 1. Panel edges shall bear on framing members and butt along their centerlines. Back -block panel edges which do not bear on framing members with 2" nominal framing. 2. Place sheathing with end joints staggered, perpendicular to framing members. 3. Maintain minimum 1 /16" and maximum 1 /8" joint spacing. 4. Nail heads shall be flush with, but not penetrate, plywood surfaces. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF WOOD SIDING AND TRIM A. General: Installation of wood siding and trim shall be work of this Section, unless arranged for otherwise. B. Refer to Section 07466 for installation specifications. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF PLYWOOD SIDING, SOFFITS AND CEILINGS A. General: Installation of plywood siding, soffits, ceiling panels, etc., shall be work of this Section, unless arranged for otherwise. B. Refer to Section 07466 for installation specifications. 3.07 TOLERANCES A. Maintain the following tolerances for all rough carpentry work. Defective work shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 1. Variation from Plumb: a. 0-10': 1 /4" maximum 2. Variation in Plan: a. 0-10': 1 /4" maximum b. 20' or more: 3/8" maximum 3. Variation in Openings: a. Size: +/-1/8" b. Location: +/-1 /4" 3.08 PROTECTION A. Protect waferboard, oriented strand board (OSB) and plywood sheathing from exposure to excessive moisture and accumulations of snow. Broom snow off of uncovered floor sheathing within 4 hours of snowfall. B. Replace sheathing panels that exhibit delamination, swelling or other deterioration from exposure to moisture, or as directed by the Architect. 3.09 BRANDING OR MARKING MATERIALS A. Renovation or Historical Restoration Projects: All new structural and/or non-structural wood members shall be field -marked with a date stamp, indicating the month and year of installation. 1. Contractor shall have the option of either branding or marking with permanent markers. 06100 - 8 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3.10 COORDINATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination required by all other Sections of the Specifications as a part of the work of this Section. Coordination shall be provided to ensure the proper, timely and complete installation of all materials, equipment and systems of the project. END OF SECTION 06100 - 9 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 06410 CUSTOM CABINETWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install custom cabinetwork with associated hardware and solid -surface and/or plastic laminates, including but not limited to: 1. Base and wall cabinets. 2. Open shelving boxes with adjustable shelves. 3. Countertops, aprons and backsplashes. 4. Plastic laminate window sills. B. Installation of countertops and cabinetwork furnished by others. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 2. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate cabinetwork and site -made finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations of Quality Standards of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). B. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. PSI: Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. PS 20: American Softwood Lumber Standard. 3. PS 51: Hardwood and Decorative Plywood. 4. PS 58: Basic Hardwood, 5. NFPA National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 6. ANSI Al17.1 - 1992: Specifications for Handicapped Accessibility. 7. Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990: Specifications for Handicapped Accessibility. 8. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. C. Fabrication of custom cabinetwork shall be by a custom cabinetwork shop skilled in the work of this type, with a minimum of five (5) years of successful experience fabricating custom cabinetwork for projects of similar size and complexity, and using similar materials and detailing. All cabinetwork shall be fabricated by the same shop throughout the project, and shall be approved by the Architect prior to bidding if required in paragraph 2.01. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of all cabinetwork indicating plans, elevations, section components, methods of jointery, materials and finishes. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's literature illustrating all items of specified cabinet hardware. C. Samples: 1. Submit samples of manufacturer's full range of colors and patterns of plastic laminates for selection by the Architect. 2. Submit prepared samples of manufacturer's full line of painted opaque or stained transparent finishes for selection by the Architect. 06410 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents Submit representative sample of fabricator's recessed panel cabinet door or drawer front for approval. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver shop -fabricated cabinetry items until site conditions are adequate to receive the work. Protect items from weather while in transit. B. Store indoors in ventilated areas with a constant, minimum temperature of 600 F, maximum relative humidity of 25-55%. C. Protect all cabinetwork and countertops upon delivery. 1.05 COMPLIANCE A. Supplier/Installer shall certify that all cabinet systems furnished for handicapped accessible areas where shown on the Drawings meet the applicable requirements of ANSI Al17.1 - 1992 and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), 1990, including but not limited to: 1. Base cabinet heights for accessible areas. 2. Accessible knee -space below sink areas. 3. Accessible knee -space below work areas. 4. Mounting heights of wall cabinets, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 5. Mounting heights of countertops. 6. Cabinet hardware. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide fabricator's written one-year warranty covering defects in materials and fabrication workmanship. 1. Installation workmanship shalt also be warranted for one year, whether custom cabinetwork is installed by the fabricator or another subcontractor. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CABINETWORK MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. General: Custom fabricated cabinetwork meeting applicable AWI requirements and recommendations. 1. AWI Grade: Custom. 2. Style/Type: Flush, reveal overlay. B. Wood Particleboard: Composite wood product composed of wood flakes, complying with ANSI A208.1, with water-resistant adhesives, of grade to suit application, sanded faces. 1. Density 45 lbs. per cu. ft., industrial grade. 2. Thickness: 3/4" thick, unless otherwise indicated. C. Plywood: APA-rated softwood plywood, meeting the grading requirements of PS-1, C/D plugged, Interior APA with exterior glue, as specified in Section 06100. 1. Edges: Square, butt. 2. Thickness: 3/4"thick, unless otherwise indicated. D. Medium -Density Fiberboard (MDF): Composite fiberboard product, pressure bonded, factory -primed for opaque (painted) finish. E. Melamine -Faced Particleboard: High -density particleboard with factory -applied Melamine plastic facing for cabinet box and drawer interiors and shelving. 1. Panel backing .202" thick. 06410 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents F. Bolts, Nuts, Washers: Medium carbon steel, sized to suit application. Galvanized for exterior Locations, high -humidity locations and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations or when in contact with concrete. G. Fasteners: Toggle bolt type anchorages to hollow concrete unit masonry or hollow framed walls. Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete. Bolts or power - activated type for anchorage to steel. Provide toothed -steel or lead expansion sleeves for drilled - in -place anchors. H. Stainless Steel: 16-gage, No. 4 brushed finish, or as required to match food service equipment specified in Section 11400. I. All other materials as required for a complete, finished and fully operational cabinetwork system shall be as detailed or as accepted by AWI-accepted practices for custom -grade cabinetry. J. Approved Custom Cabinetwork Fabricators: 1. Trimline 7000 by TMI Systems Design Corp. as basis of design. 2. Woodco of the Rockies, Inc., Fort Collins, CO, (970) 493-8854. 3. 1_51 Corp. 4. Westmark. 5. Colorado Custom Cabinets. 6. Sidney Millwork. 7. Stevens Cabinet Company. 8. Kamtz Companies, Inc. 9. John Murphy. 10. Phelps, Tointon. 11. Fabricators producing custom cabinetwork of the same design, function, quality, performance and range of components are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 2.02 PLASTIC LAMINATES A. General: High -density, impact -resistant commercial -quality plastic laminates, standard duty. B. Type and Thickness: 1. Horizontal surfaces .062" thick, general purpose. 2. Vertical surfaces .031" thick, general purpose. C. Color(s) and Finishes: As specified in paragraph 2.06 below. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Formica Corporation, Cincinnati, OH, (800) 367-6422. 2. Wilsonart International, Temple, TX, (800) 433-3222. 3. Nevamar Decorative Surfaces, Odenton, MD, (800) 638-4380. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, quality, performance and range of specified colors, finishes and/or patterns are acceptable. 2.03 SOLID -SURFACE MATERIALS A. Composite Stone Countertop Fabrications: Specified in Section 04750. B. Solid Polymer Countertop Fabrications: Specified in Section 06650. 2.04 CABINET HARDWARE A. General: Cabinetwork fabricator shall provide cabinet hardware as shown on the Drawings or specified herein for complete and operational casework systems. Furnish hardware of the same line throughout the project to the extent possible, but in no case will mixing lines of the same hardware item be allowed. 1. Hardware Standard: Comply with BHMA Al56.9. 06410 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents B. Cabinet Hardware Items: 1. Shelf Standards and Supports: Specified in Section 06200. 2. Cabinet Shelf Supports: Heavy-duty self-locking plastic with 1 /4" diameter steel pin, four (4) per shelf, installed in predrilled holes in cabinet ends and partitions. 3. Cabinet Door and Drawer Pulls: 4" wire putts with 1-5/16" projection, or other accessible type approved by the Architect. 4. Door Catches: 2-part magnetic catches, Stanley SP41 for single doors and SP45 for double doors, or approved equal. 5. Full Extension Drawer Slides: a. Regular drawers shall be equipped with one (1) pair of ball bearing -nylon roller suspensions, self -closing from 4" extension, have a load capacity minimum of 75 lb. and be on zinc -coated cold rolled steel. b. Knee drawers shall be equipped with full extension suspensions with a load capacity minimum of at least 50 lbs. C. Paper storage and file drawers shall be equipped with one (1) pair of full extension suspensions of similar design with load capacity minimum of 100 tbs. 6. Concealed Door Hinges: Self -closing 3/8" cranked or straight hinge arm as recommended by fabricator for particular application, minimum 1100 opening, Blum Modul series. 7. Drawer Locks: Deadbolt type locks, minimum 1 /2" throw. a. Door Locks: Corbin 02066 or approved equal. b. Drawer Locks: Corbin 02067 or approved equal. 8. Plastic Grommets: Counter and desktop grommets for equipment cords as required. Coordinate locations with Owner in the field. 9. Hardware for Concessions Flip Counter and Doors: Specified in Section 08700. 10. Other miscellaneous cabinet hardware items as required for a complete and operational system. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Julius Blum Inc., Stanley, NC, (800) 438-6788. 2. EPCO, Flint, MI, (313) 767-2050. 3. Grant Slides Ltd., West Nyack, NY, (914) 358-4400. 4. Sugatsune America, Inc., Carson, CA, (800) 562-5267. 5. Stanley Hardware, Naperville, IL, (312) 416-2140. 6. Accuride International Inc., Santa Fe Springs, CA, (310) 903.0200. 7. Manufacturers providing hardware of the same design, function, quality, durability and appearance are acceptable. 2.05 FABRICATION A. General: Cabinet boxes to be modular construction, 'European" full overlay construction without face frames, in configurations and layouts as shown on the Drawings. Fabricate cabinetwork in accordance with recommendations of AWI. Shop -fabricate items to greatest extent possible. 1. AWL Grade: Custom. 2. Unit Sizes: Sizes for cabinet boxes and/or drawers shall be industry standard for cabinetry units indicated on the Drawings, unless specifically noted otherwise. 3. Field verify critical dimensions for cabinetwork prior to fabrication. 4. Apply plastic laminate finish in full, uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Corners and joints to be hairline. Slightly bevel arises. Locate countertop butt joints at least 24" from sink cutouts, unless otherwise approved. 5. Cap exposed plastic laminate edges with material of same finish and pattern, unless indicated for hardwood edge trim or PVC moulding. Plastic T-nosings for cabinet box, door and drawer front edges are not acceptable. 6. Mechanically fasten straight backsplashes and aprons to countertops with steel brackets at 16" o.c. Post -formed countertops and splashes are not acceptable. 06410 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 7. Shop -assemble cabinetwork for delivery to site in sizes easily handled and to ensure passage through building openings. 8. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures, inserts, appliances, outlet boxes and other fixtures. Verify locations of cutouts from site dimensions. B. Cabinet and Open Shelving Boxes: Factory assembled, minimum 3/4" thick with high-pressure plastic laminate surface over particleboard or hardwood construction. Use corner blocks and glue blocks at all critical points. Cabinet backs shall be Oraboard or equal. Backs to have top and bottom hanging rails tongue and grooved in place for internal fastening; nail or screw holes shall not be visible in exterior surfaces. Backs exposed to rooms to be similar construction as sides. 1. Cabinet box side panels shall be pre -drilled for adjustable shelving at minimum 1-1 /4" increments. C. Face Frames: None. Cabinetwork shall be full overlay construction. D. Shelves: Particleboard construction with square edge, adjustable, 3/4" thick. E. Drawers: Constructed with high -density fiberboard with melamine plastic finish. Drawer bottom shall be mortised in. 1. File drawers shall be provided with let -in hanging bars, located to allow for either letter or legal size hanging file folders. F. Doors and Drawer Fronts: Particleboard construction, 3/4" thick with high-pressure plastic laminate surface, finger pull finished to match face frame, and edge banded with PVC or plastic laminate facing to match door and drawer fronts. 1. Cabinetwork Doors: Minimum 3/4" thick and or type construction indicated in schedule. 2. Finger Pulls: Continuous hardwood finger pull to match face frame, manufacturer's standard dimension and profile. G. Plastic Laminate Countertops: Factory assembled construction with square edged backsplash, cored intersection at countertop and square front edge, (2) layers of 3/4" particleboard bonded together for a full 1-1/2" countertop thickness. Countertops to be plastic laminate surfaced, bonded to industrial -grade particleboard core. 1. Backsplashes: Particleboard construction, 3/4" thick, high-pressure plastic laminate finish. 2. Aprons: Particleboard construction, 1 /2" thick minimum, high-pressure plastic laminate finish, set back from leading edge of countertop 1 /4"-3/8". 3. Knee Guard Panel (Below Countertop): Particleboard construction, 1 /2" thick minimum, high-pressure plastic laminate finish. H. Plastic Laminate Faces: 1. Exposed Surfaces: Comply with NEMA LD-3, Type GP28 and PF30, high-pressure plastic laminate, general purpose type, thicknesses as specified in paragraph 2.02 above. 2. Backs of Doors and Inside Face of Exposed Ends: Same as above, except .020" thick, melamine laminate. 3. Semi -Exposed Surfaces: Low pressure laminate, minimum 0.015" thick. 4. Concealed Surfaces: Comply with above, except 0.020" thick, liner or backer type. I. Exposed Edges: Front edges of end panels, top and bottom, intermediate rails and shelves shall be banded with PVC moulding. Doors and drawers shall have square corners and edges with 3 mm PVC edging from standard colors. J. Countertop Support Panels: Particleboard construction with square edge, 3/4" thick, profile(s) as shown on the Drawings, high-pressure plastic laminate finish. K. Vertical surfaces of casework toe space to receive plastic laminate finish, unless scheduled for other floor base material as shown on the Drawings. L. Structural Capacity: Open shelving units shall be designed to support minimum superimposed loads of 200 lbs. per shelf. M. Window Sills: Shop -fabricate sill units in one piece, plastic laminate on all exposed surfaces, bonded to (2) layers 3/4" industrial -grade particleboard, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. N. Semi -Custom Component Cabinets: Refer to Section 12395 for related semi -custom cabinetry. 06410 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 11 0 BID FORM 11 1 A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may be retained by the Bidder A separate unbound copy is enclosed for submission with the Bid 11 2 Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed All lump sum prices on the form must be stated in words and numerals, in case of conflict, words will take precedence Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums 11 3 Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the corporate name 11 4 Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature 11 5 Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the joint venture or by an authorized agent of each participant The full name of each person or company interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid Form 11 6 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form) 11 7 No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by erasures, interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such alteration is signed or initialed by the Bidder, if initialed, OWNER may require the Bidder to identify any alteration so initialed 11 8 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown 12 0 BID PRICING Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules 13 0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 13 1 Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title, Bid No , and name and Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 5 2.06 FINISHES A. Doors and Drawer Fronts: Factory -applied plastic laminate facing and edge banding. 1. Color(s): To be selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's full line of standard colors and finishes as specified. B. Cabinet and Open Shelving Boxes, Shelves, Filler Panels and Miscellaneous Items: Match doors and drawer fronts. 1. Color: Match doors and drawer fronts. C. Edge Band Finger Pulls: Two (2) coats industrial -strength lacquer lightly sanded between coats. 1. Light Oak as basis of design. Exact stain color to be selected by the Architect. D. Countertops, Backsplashes and Aprons: Factory -applied plastic laminate facing. 1. Color(s): To be selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's full line of standard colors and finishes as specified. E. Window Sills: Shop -applied plastic laminate on all exposed surfaces. 1. Color(s): To be selected by the Architect from the manufacturers full line of standard colors and finishes as specified. F. Hardware: US-261), Satin Chromium. 2.07 SCHEDULE OF CABINETWORK FABRICATION A. Particleboard with all plastic laminate surfaces, including edges: 1. Exposed side and back panels of cabinet boxes. 2. Countertops and backsplashes and aprons, except where solid surface polymer or composite stone countertop fabrications are shown or specified. 3. Open cabinet boxes and frames, flush panels and filler panels. 4. Open wall shelving units. 5. Countertop support panels. 6. Lavatory countertops, backsplashes and aprons. 7. Window sills. B. All other cabinetwork items not scheduled for other fabrications and finishes. B. Particleboard with plastic laminate surfaces and PVC edge banding: 1. Cabinet doors. 2. Drawer fronts. C. Particleboard with prefinished melamine plastic finish on all surfaces, including edges: 1. Inside surfaces of enclosed cabinets, including shelves. 2. Inside surfaces of drawers. D. All other materials shall be as detailed or as accepted by AWI-accepted practices for cabinet construction grade specified. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Fabricator/Installer shall examine the spaces, wall, floor and ceiling/soffit surfaces to receive custom cabinetwork and notify the Contractor in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the installation of the cabinetwork until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Fabricator/Installer. B. Fabricator shall field verify all dimensions of finished spaces to receive custom cabinetwork prior to fabrication. Filler pieces will not be acceptable, unless specifically indicated on the Drawings or approved in shop drawings. C. Fabricator/Installer shalt be responsible for coordinating work of this Section with other trades as required for a complete, accurate, finished and fully operational installation. 06410 - 6 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1. Coordinate installation to ensure that the operation of doors and drawers will not conflict with each other, appliances, or other construction. 2. Coordinate cabinetwork fabrication with solid surface polymer or composite stone countertop fabrications furnished by other Sections. D. Ensure that blocking has been accurately located and installed for wall -mounted casework. Locate concealed framing, blocking and reinforcements that support cabinetwork by field measurements before being enclosed and indicate measurements on shop drawings. E. Environmental Conditions: Do not deliver or install cabinetwork until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF CABINETWORK A. General: Install custom cabinetwork in accordance with AWI standards and recommendations for cabinet construction grade specified. 1. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements and other related items specified in other Sections to ensure that custom cabinetwork can be supported and installed as indicated. B. Handicapped Accessibility: Installation of cabinet systems and countertops in accessible/ adaptable residential units as shown on the Drawings shall be in accordance with the requirements of ANSI Al 17.1-1992 and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990. C. Set and secure cabinetwork in place rigid, plumb and square. 1. Tolerance: Set level and plumb to a tolerance of 1 /8" in 8'4% D. Use function -designed fixture attachments for mounted components. E. Use threaded steel concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units, countertops and shelf units. F. When necessary to cut and fit on site, make material with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. G. Permanently fix cabinet and bases to floor using appropriate angles and anchorages. Shim base units as necessary for proper alignment. H. Countersink semi -concealed anchorage devices used to wall -mount components and conceal with solid plugs of species to match surrounding wood. Place flush with surrounding surfaces. I. Carefully scribe cabinetwork which is against other building materials, leaving gaps of 1/32" maximum. Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose. J. Provide blocking at all toe kick trims at internal corner intersections of base cabinets and other conditions where voids occur. K. Cabinetwork: Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. L. Ensure that mechanical and electrical items affecting this Section are properly placed, complete and have been inspected by the Architect prior to commencement of installation. Cutouts in cabinetwork and countertops for plumbing or electrical devices, piping or conduit shall be appropriately sized and neat in appearance. Excessively large or uneven cutouts shall be rejected and the cabinet or countertop replaced at the sole discretion of the Architect. 1. All cutouts through cabinet walls or bases opening into unfinished wall cavities shall be fitted with cover plates or otherwise sealed. M. Countertops: Cut and join sections of countertop to create tight, flush mitered or square seams in accordance with the seaming layout approved in the shop drawings. Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop. Backsplashes shall be cut and installed at all joints of countertops with walls or other materials, as shown on the Drawings. N. Install formed sections of stainless steel in continuous sections without joints, in accordance with the approve shop drawings. 06410 - 7 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1. Sections shall be formed and fabricated as shown on the Drawings. Sheets shall wrap countertops and backsplash in one piece without horizontal joints at the backsplash/countertop joint. 2. Mitered joints at interior or exterior corners are acceptable. 3. Wrap ends of countertops with stainless steel as shown on the Drawings. 0. Install hardware, fixtures and accessories supplied under other Sections for installation. Install items in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. P. Caulk joints of cabinetwork, countertops and backsplashes with walls, soffits or ceilings as specified in Section 07900. Q. Protect all cabinetwork and countertop surfaces during remainder of construction activity with 4 mil poly coverings, taped in place. 3.03 PREPARATION OF CABINETWORK FOR FINISHING A. General: Prepare hardwood cabinetwork for transparent or opaque finish, as specified above, in accordance with AWI recommendations. B. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CABINET HARDWARE A. General: Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations and AWI standards. B. Install and adjust cabinet hardware to ensure proper alignment and operation. C. Quantities of hardware, such as number of cabinet door hinges per door, shall be as recommended by the fabricator for the application. D. Special Requirements: 1. Install cabinet door and drawer locks only where shown on the Drawings. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF CABINETWORK FURNISHED BY OTHERS A. General: Contractor shall schedule delivery of cabinetwork furnished by the Owner and fully install cabinet boxes, doors and drawers, countertops, sinks and faucets, stainless steel drainboards and glass drying accessories, hardware and other items as directed by the Owner. Installed systems shall be complete and fully functional. B. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner any required cutting, fitting or other minor modifications to the Owner -furnished cabinetwork and countertops as may be necessary due to actual field conditions and dimensions. 3.06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective cabinetwork, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace cabinetwork to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean, lubricate and adjust hardware. C. Clean cabinetwork on exposed and semi -exposed surfaces. Touch up shop -applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. END OF SECTION 06410 - 8 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 07210 THERMAL BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install building insulation materials to provide thermal and vapor barrier for building elements and spaces, including: 1. Unfaced and faced rigid board insulation in exterior wall construction. 2. Blown -in -place insulation in exterior attic/roof construction. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01030, Alternates. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Installation of pourable loose -fill insulation. 4. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 5. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames: Requirements for foamed insulation in hollow metal doors and frames. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. FS HH-1.524: Insulation Board, Thermal (Polystyrene). 2. FS L-P-375C (2): Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl -Chloride. 3. FS HH-1-521: Insulation Blankets, Thermal Fiber, for ambient temperatures. 4. FS HH-1-10313: Insulation, Blown -in Fiberglass. 5. ASTM E 84: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 6. ASTM C665: Faced Insulation Materials. 7. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Certification: Manufacturers shall certify that insulation materials are free of asbestos and urea formaldehyde and are non -toxic. C. Certification: Fiberglass materials for interior building installations shall be GreenGuard certified for indoor air quality. D. Certification: Installer shall install an insulation certification card upon completion of the insulation work as specified in paragraph 3.04. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's product literature and specifications indicating compliance with the requirements of this Section for each type of insulation material specified. Clearly mark each submittal for R-value of insulation material being furnished. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Furnish materials in manufacturer's original packaging, complete with installation instructions. B. Store materials away from sources of intense heat such as open flames or welder's torches. C. Protect materials from exposure to moisture and sunlight with an opaque light-colored tarp or equal. 07210 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide the manufacturer's written warranty covering materials, workmanship and retention of R- value of insulation materials for the following terms: 1. Faced and Unfaced Blanket Insulation: One (1)year. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BATT INSULATION, UNFACED A. General: FS HH-1-521 F. Density not less than 1.5 lbs. per cu. ft. K-value of 0.27 at 750 F. R-value as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Apply in framed exterior walls, vaulted ceilings and roof construction where materials are covered or protected by gypsum wallboard or other approved materials, or as indicated on the Drawings. B. Sizes: Provide manufacturers' standard rolls, roll width as follows: 1. Wood Framing at 16" o.c.: 15' wide. 2. Wood Framing at 24" o.c.: 23" wide. 3. Steel Stud Framing at 16" o.c.: 16" wide. 4. Steel Stud Framing at 24" o.c.: 24" wide. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Thermal -Shield Unfaced by Johns Manville International, Inc., Denver, CO, (800) 654-3103, as basis of design. 2. CertainTeed, Valley Forge, PA, and distributed from Arlington, TX, (817) 461-5535. 3. Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corp., Toledo, OH, and represented locally in Denver, CO, (303) 757-6121. 4. Knauf Insulation GmbH, Shelbyville, IN, (800) 825-4434. 5. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 2.02 BLOWN -IN -PLACE INSULATION A. General: FS HH-1-1030B and ASTM C764. Blown -in fiberglass suitable for intended use. Class A, flame spread of 5 or less (ASTM E84) and smoke developed of 5, non-combustible (ASTM El36). 1. Apply in attic spaces as an alternate to batt insulation, where allowed by Paragraph 3.0. Contractor's option. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Insul-Safe III by Certainteed, Valley Forge, PA, (913) 342-5759. 2. Knauf Insulation GmbH, Shelbyville, IN, (800) 825-4434. 3. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 2.03 FOAMED -IN DOOR AND WINDOW FRAME INSULATION A. General: Two -component foamed -in -place polyurethane insulation system, Class A fire rating when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84. 1. R-value: 3.8 per inch minimum, ASTM C51 B. 2. Compressive Strength: 2.8 lbs./sq. in. minimum, ASTM D1621. 3. Tensile Strength: 5.7 lbs./sq. in. minimum, ASTM D1623. 4. Shear Strength: 7.1 lbs./sq. in. minimum, ASTM C273. 5. Apply in all perimeter voids between framing and shimmed door and window frames. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Great Stuff Pro Window and Door by Dow Chemical Co., Midland, MI, (800) 232-2436. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 07210 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 2.04 INSULATION ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive or Attachments: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer, capable of securely adhering insulation to applicable surfaces. B. Vapor Barrier: Specified in Section 07190. C. Insulation Baffles: Specified in Section 07621. D. Tape: 2" wide self -adhering type, polyethylene -faced. E. Air Infiltration Wrap: Specified in Section 07270. F. Suspension Wire: Type and gage as recommended by insulation manufacturer, as required to hang anticipated weight of insulation blankets. G. Insulation Netting: PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the surfaces, substrates, wall, floor and attic/ceiling cavities and conditions under which the insulation work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the insulation work until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Ensure that building shell has been completely and properly "dried in" prior to installation of thermal insulation materials. C. Ensure that all electrical lighting fixtures, mechanical equipment and other devices protruding into rafter, attic or soffit cavities are properly rated to be in contact with insulation. If they are not, Contractor shall build enclosures around such fixtures to hold insulation materials away as required by the fixture manufacturer's warranty and installation requirements. Maintain tops of enclosures open to allow adequate ventilation of fixtures and devices. (Notify Architect of any non-comolyine materials.) D. Ensure that all existing and/or new electrical wiring and other devices protruding into wall cavities are properly rated to be in contact with foamed -in insulation materials. E. Installer shall discuss specific site conditions with the Architect concerning the proper selection of appropriate materials for ceiling/attic installations, as referenced in Paragraph 3.03. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. General: Cut and trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Butt edges and ends tight. B. Install insulation to fit tightly between framing members and fill all voids. C. Fit insulation tight against mechanical, electrical and other items which protrude through plane of insulation; fit insulation to outside of plumbing in exterior walls. D. Ensure that cavities, chases and other void spaces open to attics, crawlspaces, etc. are sealed with insulation, unless used as approved mechanical plenums. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF BLANKET -TYPE BATT INSULATION A. General: Install batt insulation materials in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Use unfaced, paper -faced or foil -faced insulation materials as scheduled herein, or required by the provisions of applicable building codes. B. Use batt insulation free of ripped back or edges, with vapor barrier intact. C. Install batt insulation in wall cavities without visible gaps or separations. Use roll widths as required for type and spacing of framing members, as scheduled above. Fit insulation tight within spaces and tight to and behind mechanical and electrical services. 07210 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents D. Install batt insulation and vapor barrier in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Install after mechanical and electrical services within walls have been installed. Provide R-value as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. E. Install insulation with vapor barrier membrane facing warm side of building spaces. Lap ends and side flanges of membranes over framing members. Tape in place. Tape seal butt ends and lapped side flanges and ends. Do not tear or cut membranes. F. Place vapor barrier on interior face of insulation by taping to framing members. Tape seal areas where wires penetrate vapor barrier. G. Extend vapor barrier tight to full perimeter of adjacent items interrupting the plane of membrane. Tape seal in place. H. Suspended Roof/Attic Areas: Hang insulation along lines of roof/attic cavities where shown on the Drawings using specified hanger wire strung between framing members. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF BLOWN -IN INSULATION A. General: Install blown -in -place insulation in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions for the particular conditions of installation in each case. If instructions do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative before proceeding with the work. B. Do not use blown -in insulation in vaulted ceiling cavities steeper than 3 in 12 pitch, where vaulted attic cavity is too narrow to allow the proper installation of blown -in materials, or where blown -in insulation will not remain in place due to ceiling/roof slope, ventilation of drafts through the attic or other potential cause of insulation displacement. Install blanket -type insulation materials in these conditions. 1. Install blanket -type insulation in attic areas within 48" of perimeter eave soffit vents. C. Where blown -in -place insulation is used in lieu of faced blanket -type batt insulation, install specified vapor barrier to the warm side of the attic prior to placing insulation. Ensure full coverage of vapor barrier. 1. Lap seams minimum 6" and seal joints with vapor -resistant tape of type recommended by manufacturer. 2. Attach and seal edges to perimeter wood plates as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Install insulation in attic cavities in a manner to completely fill all voids. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF FOAMED -IN DOOR AND WINDOW FRAME INSULATION A. General: Install foamed -in -place insulation in all perimeter voids between framing and shimmed door and window frames, in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. It is not the intention of this specification to fill the voids of aluminum storefront framing sections or other hollow assemblies, unless specifically specified elsewhere. B. Install insulation to completely fill all cavities and voids. 3.06 INSULATION CERTIFICATION A. Upon completion, the Installer shall install an insulation certification card in the attic space of each unit or applicable portion of building, at the access panel, stating the following information: 9. Name of installer. 2. Date of installation. 3. Manufacturer(s) of insulation materials installed. 4. Types of insulation materials installed. 5. R-values of insulation materials installed. END OF SECTION 07210 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 07466 WOOD SIDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install wood vertical board and batten siding, complete with fasteners. B. Furnish and install prefabricated veneer plywood panel siding, complete with fasteners and accessories. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01022, Unit Prices: Replacement wood siding. 2. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 3. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Installation of interior wood casings and trim. 4. Section 07270, Air Infiltration Barriers. 5. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 6. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 7. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to requirements of the following standards and codes: 1. PS 1: Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. PS 20: American Softwood Lumber Standard. 3. NFPA: National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 4. APA: Plywood Specification and Grade Guide C20. 5. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Plywood panels shall be identified with APA grade trademark of the American Plywood Association. C. Grading of lumber shalt be according to the current edition of the Western Wood Products Association. D. Selected Species: No. 1 Western Red Cedar. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers written product literature and installation instructions for each type of wood siding material specified, illustrating the manufacturer's full line of sizes, lap patterns, exposures, textures and finishes. B. Samples: Submit samples of specified materials, color and texture for approval by the Architect. Submit samples of each siding accessory specified. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials stored on the site shall be kept off the ground on pallets or stringers and covered top and sides. B. Siding shalt be stored level on properly aligned stringers. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Wood Siding: Provide manufacturer's written 1-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. 07466 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide the Owner with 1% additional stock of each type and size of siding specified for replacement. Refer to Section 01600, Material and Equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD VERTICAL BOARD AND BATTEN SIDING A. General: 1x6 vertical wood boards, overlaid with 1x4 wood battens for decorative pattern, for opaque or transparent finish. 1. Sizes: Manufacturer's standard 1" x 6" and 1" x 4" boards. 2. Material: Western Red Cedar. 3. Edges: Square. 4. Texture: Smooth. 5. Finish: Stained finish, as specified in Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. B. Battens: 1x4, or size as shown on the Drawings, Western Red Cedar. B. Nails: Zinc -coated boxnails, or as recommended by the siding manufacturer, of sufficient length to penetrate minimum 1-1 /2" into studs. Use of staples or T-nails is not acceptable. C. Caulk: Non -hardening, color -matched exterior acrylic latex caulk. Refer to Section 07900. D. Underlayment: Single layer of 304b. asphalt saturated and coated organic felt base sheet conforming to ASTM D2626. E. Accessories: Provide all necessary accessories by the manufacturer for complete installation of siding system. 2.02 WOOD CASINGS, MOULDINGS AND TRIM A. General: All solid stock wood fascias, casings, brackets, mouldings, corner boards and other running and standing trim shall be Western Red Cedar. 1. Sizes: As shown on the Drawings, or as required to match existing. 2. Profiles: As shown on the Drawings, or as required to match existing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall inspect rough framing and/or existing solid substrate and notify the Contractor of any conditions which will affect the successful installation of the siding. Installer shall not proceed with the work of this Section until such conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Alt wood siding products used shall be same species throughout the project, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. C. Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been property installed and approved prior to beginning installation of the siding work. D. Lay out siding work to minimize number of lap joints. Refer to the Drawings for locations of vertical trim boards or other details intended to eliminate or reduce the amount of vertical siding joints. E. Installer shall be responsible for inspecting all siding and trim wood and cutting any material not meeting the quality standards of these Specifications, or that exhibit defects such as knots, checks, splits, warping, bowing or excessive variation in color or grain. All materials installed in the 07466 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents finished construction shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF WOOD SIDING A. General: Install siding over approved underlayment in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and recommendations. B. Board Alignment: Where new siding materials will abut existing materials, align coursing of boards/panels to match the existing pattern. 1. Tolerance: +/- 1/8". C. Nailing: Nail spacing shall not exceed 16" o.c. at locations with solid wood substrate or where stud backing is at 16" o.c.; nail spacing shall not exceed 12" o.c. at locations where stud or furring backing is 24" o.c. Nails shall penetrate a minimum of 1.1 /2" into studs. Do not overdrive or countersink nail heads, and do not drive nails at an angle. Use color -matched nails where nails must be exposed. D. Joints and Edges: Siding boards shall be installed in one continuous piece whenever horizontal wall dimensions allow, or where vertical trim boards are shown on the Drawings to reduce the span of siding. In these conditions, no other joints will be allowed. Where horizontal runs of siding are not broken by vertical trim boards, and these runs exceed the length of the siding, all end joints along the run of the siding boards shall have scarf cuts. 1. End joints abutting vertical corner or intermediate trim boards shall allow for expansion/contraction of the materials. Leave a 3/16" space where siding abuts these trims and caulk with color -matched sealants. 2. All joints and edges shall have a minimum of 1-1 /2" solid backing material. 3. Where vertical walls abut lower level roofs, hold bottom edge of siding and trims up minimum 1.1 /2" from adjacent roof planes. 4. Provide wicking screed separations of 3/8" minimum where bottom edge of siding and trims is in contact with concrete, i.e., base trims around posts on concrete patio stabs. E. Replace all split or broken siding at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Leave surfaces prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09900, Painting, or Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CASINGS, MOULDINGS AND TRIM A. General: All wood window and door casings, mouldings, corner boards and other running and standing trim shall be furnished and installed by the same installer as the specified wood siding. B. Refer to Section 06200, Finish Carpentry, for installation. C. Trim pieces forming outside corners of fascia, eave, wall corners or similar conditions shall be screwed together, not nailed, where these pieces are to remain exposed to view in the final construction. D. Joints and Edges: Horizontal and vertical running and standing trim, including fascias, shall be installed in one continuous piece whenever horizontal and vertical wall dimensions allow. Where horizontal runs exceed the standard length of material, all end joints along the run of the board shall have scarf cuts. 1. End joints abutting vertical corner or intermediate trim boards shall allow for expansion/contraction of the materials. 2. Where vertical walls, roof dormers or other conditions abut lower level roofs, hold fascia and other trims back minimum 1" from adjacent walls/roofs to prevent wicking of water into ends of fascias or trims. E. Leave surfaces prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09900, Painting, or Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. END OF SECTION 07466 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents address of the Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Form, Bid Bond, Statement of Bidders Qualifications, and Schedule of Subcontractors as required in Section 00430 If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it 13 2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any extension thereof made by addendum Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids 13 3 Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration 13 4 No Bidder may submit more than one Bid Multiple Bids under different names will not be accepted from one firm or association 14 0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 14 1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids 14 2 Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an authorized representative provided he can prove his identity and authority at any time prior to the opening of Bids 14 3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders 15 0 OPENINGS OF BIDS Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud publicly as indicated in the Invitation to Bid An abstract of the amounts of the Base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available after the opening of Bids 16 0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the Bid Opening, but OWNER may in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to that date Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 6 SECTION 07467 FIBER CEMENT SIDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install fiber cement bevel lap siding, complete with fasteners. B. Furnish and install fiber cement vertical board and batten siding, complete with fasteners. C. Furnish and install fiber cement ventilated soffit panels. D. Furnish and install solid hardboard casings, mouldings and trim, unless arranged for otherwise. (Select either C or D depending upon manufacturer.) E. Furnish and install solid fiber cement casings, mouldings and trim. F. Furnish and install coated organic felt base sheet over wall sheathing, if specified. G. Furnish and install cotor-coordinated caulking, unless arranged for otherwise. H. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01030, Alternates. 2. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 3. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Installation of casings and trim. 4. Section 07270, Air Infiltration Barriers. 5. Section 07314, Mineral Fiber -Cement Shingles. 6. Section 07466, Wood Siding. 7. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 8. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 9. Section 09900, Painting. 10. Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to current requirements of the following standards and codes: 1. ASTM C1185-96: Sampling and Testing Non -Asbestos Fiber -Cement Flat Sheet, Roofing and Siding Shingles, and Clapboards. 2. ASTM E72-95: Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Construction. 3. ASTM E84: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 4. ASTM El19-95a: Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 5. ASTM E136: Non -Combustible. 6. ASTM E330-96: Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 7. ASTM G26.95: Operating Light -Exposure Apparatus (Xenon -Arc Type) With and Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials. 8. International Building Code, current edition. 9. International Residential Building Code, current edition. B. At( siding boards, ventilated soffit panels, casings, mouldings and trims shall be by the same manufacturer throughout the Project. C. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature and installation instructions for each type of fiber cement siding material specified, illustrating the manufacturer's full line of 07467 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents sizes, lap patterns, exposures, textures and finishes. B. Samples: Submit samples of specified materials and texture for approval by the Architect. Submit samples of each siding accessory specified. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials stored on the site shall be kept off the ground on pallets or stringers and covered top and sides. B. Siding shall be stored level on properly aligned stringers. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturers written warranties covering defects in materials and workmanship, for the following minimum terms: 1. Siding and Soffit Boards: Manufacturer's written 50-year warranty covering manufacturing defects, including cracking, rotting, delamination, efflorescence and termite damage. 2. Composite Trims: Manufacturer's written 20-year warranty covering manufacturing defects, including rotting, cupping, separating, rupturing, twisting, splitting, excess moisture absorption and termite damage. 3. Installation: Manufacturer shall also include the cost of removal and replacement labor for a period of two (2) years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide the Owner with 1% additional stock of each type and size of siding specified for replacement. Refer to Section 01600, Material and Equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIBER CEMENT BEVEL LAP SIDING A. General: Exterior plank -type, bevel lap, prefabricated mineral fiber cement siding, Class A fire rating in accordance with ASTM E84, for painted or solid -body stain finish. 1. Sizes: Manufacturer's standard 12'-0" long boards, 6-1/4" width or as required for 5" exposure. 2. Thickness: 5/16" minimum. 3. Edges: Ship lapped. 4. Pattern: Straight bevel. 5. Texture: Wood -grained "Cedar" texture. 6. Finish: Factory pre -primed for field finishing. B. Materials: Manufacturer's standard high-pressure process combining Portland cement, sand, wood fiber and proprietary additives. C. Nails: Zinc -coated boxnails, or as recommended by the siding manufacturer, of sufficient length to penetrate minimum 1-1 /2" into studs. Use of staples or T-nails is not acceptable. D. Underlayment: 30 lb. asphalt saturated and coated organic felt base sheet meeting requirements of ASTM D2626-81 without perforations. or D. Underlayment: Air infiltration barrier specified in Section 07270. E. Caulk: Use a non -hardening color -matched exterior acrylic latex caulk. F. Accessories: Provide all necessary accessories by the manufacturer for complete installation of 07467 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents siding system. Approved Manufacturers: 1. WeatherBoards Siding by CertainTeed Corp., Valley Forge, PA, (800) 233-8990, as the basis of design. 2. Hardiplank by James Hardie, Mission Viejo, CA, (866) 442-7343. 3. Georgia-Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA, (800) 284.5347. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, performance, quality and appearance are acceptable. 2.02 FIBER CEMENT BOARD AND BATTEN SIDING A. General: Exterior prefabricated mineral fiber cement sheet -type siding panels, overlaid with wood battens for decorative pattern, Class A fire rating in accordance with ASTM E84, for painted or solid -body stain finish. 1. Sizes: Manufacturer's standard IT-0" long boards, 6-1/4" width or as required for 5" exposure. 2. Thickness: 5/16" minimum. 3. Edges: Ship lapped. 4. Pattern: None. Surface -applied wood battens will be used to create board and batten pattern. 5. Texture: Wood -grained "Cedar" texture. 6. Finish: Factory pre -primed for field finishing. B. Materials: Manufacturer's standard high-pressure process combining Portland cement, sand, wood fiber and proprietary additives. 1. Battens: tx2, or size as shown on the Drawings, Southern Yellow Pine or Douglas Fir. C. Nails: Zinc -coated boxnails, or as recommended by the siding manufacturer, of sufficient length to penetrate minimum 1-1 /2" into studs. Use of staples or T-nails is not acceptable. D. Underlayment: 30 tb. asphalt saturated and coated organic felt base sheet meeting requirements of ASTM D2626.81 without perforations. or D. Underlayment: Air infiltration barrier specified in Section 07270. E. Caulk: Use a non -hardening color -matched exterior acrylic latex caulk. F. Accessories: Provide all necessary accessories by the manufacturer for complete installation of siding system. G. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Hardipanel Cedarmill by James Hardie, Mission Viejo, CA, (866) 442-7343, as basis of design. 2. CertainTeed Corp., Valley Forge, PA, (800) 233.8990. 3. Georgia-Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA, (800) 284-5347. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, performance, quality and appearance are acceptable. 2.03 FIBER CEMENT CASINGS, MOULDINGS AND TRIM A. General: All casings, mouldings, corner boards and other running and standing trim shall be same material as specified siding, solid pieces. 1. Sizes: As shown on the Drawings. 2. Profiles: As shown on the Drawings. 3. Finish: Wood -grained, "Cedar" texture. B. Columns, Subfascias and Fascia Trims: Rough -sawn Red Cedar, specified in Section 06100. C. Ventilated Soffit Panels: Manufacturer's standard prefabricated fiber cement ventilated soffit 07467 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents panels. 1. Sizes: Manufacturer's standard 12'-0" long boards x width as required for project conditions. 2. Thickness: 1 /4" minimum. 3. Finish: Wood -grained, "Cedar' texture. 4. Ventilating Slots: Manufacturer's standard 6" long slots, staggered. 2.04 COMPOSITE CASINGS, MOULDINGS AND TRIM A. General: All composite casings, mouldings, corner boards and other running and standing trim shall be manufacturer's standard hardboard, solid stock. 1. Sizes: As shown on the Drawings. 2. Profiles: As shown on the Drawings. 3. Finish: Smooth, S4S. B. Columns, Subfascias and Fascia Trims: Rough -sawn Red Cedar, specified in Section 06100. C. Ventilated Soffit Panels: Manufacturer's standard prefabricated fiber cement ventilated soffit panels. 1. Sizes: Manufacturer's standard 12'-0" long boards x width as required for project conditions. 2. Thickness: 1/4" minimum. 3. Finish: Wood -grained, "Cedar" texture. 4. Ventilating Slots: Manufacturer's standard 6" long slots, staggered. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall inspect rough framing and/or existing solid substrate and notify the Contractorof any conditions which will affect the successful installation of the siding. Installer shall not proceed with the work of this Section until such conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Lay out siding work to minimize number of lap joints. Refer to the Drawings for locations of vertical trim boards or other details intended to eliminate or reduce the amount of vertical siding joints. C. Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been properly installed and approved prior to beginning installation of the siding work. D. Installer shall be responsible for inspecting all siding and trim materials and culling any material not meeting the quality standards of these Specifications, or that exhibit defects such as warping or bowing. All materials installed in the finished construction shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF FIBER CEMENT SIDING A. General: Install prefabricated fiber cement siding materials over approved underlayment, accessories and trims in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommenda- tions. 1. Bevel Lap Board Overlap: 1-1/4" or manufacturer's standard for specified lap exposure. B. Nailing: Nail spacing shall not exceed 16" o.c. at locations with solid wood substrate or where stud backing is at 16" o.c.; nail spacing shall not exceed 12" o.c. at locations where stud or furring backing is 24" o.c. Nails shall penetrate a minimum of 1-1/2" into studs. Do not overdrive or countersink nail heads, and do not drive nails at an angle. Use color -matched nails where nails must be exposed. 07467 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents C. Joints and Edges: Siding boards shall be installed in one continuous piece whenever horizontal wall dimensions allow, or where vertical trim boards are shown on the Drawings to reduce the span of siding. In these conditions, no other joints will be allowed. Where horizontal runs of siding are not broken by vertical trim boards, and these runs exceed the length of the siding, all end joints along the run of the siding boards shall have scarf cuts. 1. End joints abutting vertical corner or intermediate trim boards shall allow for expansion/contraction of the materials. Leave a 3/16" space where siding abuts these trims and caulk with color -matched sealants. 2. All joints and edges shall have a minimum of 1-1 /2" solid backing material. 3. Where vertical walls abut lower level roofs, hold bottom edge of siding and trims up minimum 1-1 /2" from adjacent roof planes. 4. Provide wicking screed separations of 3/8" minimum where bottom edge of siding and trims is in contact with concrete, i.e., base trims around posts on concrete patio slabs. D. Siding Panels: Install panels in proper alignment, level and plumb. Align sheet joints over solid stud backing as required by manufacturer. E. Replace all split or broken siding at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Leave surfaces prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09900, Painting, and/or Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CASINGS, MOULDINGS AND TRIM A. General: All wood window and door casings, mouldings, corner boards and other running and standing trim shall be furnished and installed by the same installer as the specified siding. B. Refer to Section 06200, Finish Carpentry, for installation. C. Trim pieces forming outside corners of fascia, eave, wall corners or similar conditions shall be screwed together, not nailed, where these pieces are to remain exposed to view in the final construction. D. Leave surfaces prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09900, Painting, or Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. END OF SECTION 07467 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area- 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 07612 COLD ROLLED STEEL SHEET METAL SCREWED -DOWN METAL ROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install cold rolled 16-gage sheet metal roofing, screw -down installation, complete with all associated copings, flashings and trims. B. Furnish and install prefinished corrugated metal roofing as exterior or interior siding, interior wainscoting or other interior application, complete with all associated copings, flashings and trims. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 2. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 3. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the following reference standards and codes: 1. ASTM D226: Asphalt -Saturated Organic Felt. 2. NAAMM: Metal Finishes Handbook. 3. SMACNA: Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 4. International (Uniform) Building Code, current edition. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Prefinished roofing material shall be by a manufacturer who has been in business for a minimum of ten (10) years. C. Installer Qualifications: Installation shall be by an installer with minimum of five (5) years successful experience on projects of similar scale and complexity. 1. Certification: Installer shall be a manufacturer -certified installer, and provide copy of such certification as specified in paragraph 1.03 below. D. Manufacturer shall ensure the compatibility of all components, accessories and equipment that are part of the fabrication of the roofing and the overall quality and reliability of the system. E. Manufacturer shall be responsible for any redesign of the basic building components, roof panel layout or accessories required by variance between the manufacturers standard fabrication process and that shown on the Drawings as the basis of design. F. Design Criteria: See structural drawings. G. Manufacturer will provide a field representative for on -site inspection of the components to ensure that the installation is complete and weathertight and meets the factory quality control requirements of the manufacturer and as specified in this Section. H. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Literature: Submit manufacturer's written product literature and specifications illustrating the proposed roofing materials and components showing compliance with the requirements of this Section. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating proposed panelization of the roofs, fabrication and mechanicat-seaming details, trims, closures and accessories, and installation details and instructions. C. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full line of prefinished metal textures and colors for selection by the Architect. 07612 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1. Submit sample of roofing system, minimum 12" x 12", illustrating typical screw -down seaming condition. D. Installer Certification: Submit manufacturer's letter or certificate demonstrating certification by the manufacturer. E. Test Data: Submit air infiltration test data specified in paragraph 1.05 below. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Installer shall coordinate the delivery schedule for the roofing (and siding) systems with the Contractor to assure that all roof and wall substrates are properly prepared when the components are delivered to the site. 1.05 TESTING A. Manufacturer shall submit negative load test performed by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM E330-70 (Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors under the Influence of Wind Loads). When tested in multiple spans of three (3) or more sections, the .032" (0.81mm) aluminum roofing/siding material shall span T-6" (1.68m) and withstand a negative load of 40 psf (1915.2 pascals) without damage; .040" (1.02mm) aluminum roofing/siding material shall span 6-8" (2.03m) and withstand a negative load of 50 psf (2394.0 pascals) without damage. B. Seals between pans shall be affected such that at 18 psf (8862 pascals) static pressure, air infiltration shall not exceed .012 cfm per sq. ft. (.0037 cu. meters per minute per sq. meter). Manufacturer shall submit air infiltration tests performed by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM E283. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship, including installation on the site. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 16-GAGE COLD ROLLED STEEL SHEET METAL SCREWED -DOWN METAL ROOFING A. General: Cold rolled metal roofing shall be factory fabricated and rolled for delivery to the site. System shall include all ridge and hip caps, parapet flashings and caps, copings, trims and accessories necessary for a complete and weathertight installation. 1. Specified system is intended to remain as an exposed raw steel finish, with no further field finishing required. B. Materials: 16-gage minimum, structural quality steel sheet metal, conforming to ASTM A653, Grade C minimum. 1. Texture: Standard mill finish/texture. 2. Finish: None. C. Fabrication: Roll -form manufacturer's prefinished coil stock to produce finished, exposed panel width of 40" maximum, flat panel. 1. Panelization of roofing shall be as shown on the Drawings, unless otherwise approved. Factory fabricate to the greatest extent possible. 2. Form material for ridge caps, hip caps, parapet flashings, roof edge flashings and other required trims to match roofing pans. D. Installation Type: Overlapping sheets, screw -down attachment. E. Fasteners: All fasteners shall be galvanized steel, stainless steel, or other material compatible 07612 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents with the roofing system as recommended by the manufacturer. 1. All exposed screws in exterior and interior applications shall be set in manufacturer's standard neoprene washers for weathertightness. 2.02 ASSOCIATED FLASHINGS AND TRIMS A. Contractor shall coordinate the furnishing of associated flashings, trims, gutters and downspouts specified in other Sections for exposed locations with the work of this Section. Such work shall be by the same manufacturer/installer as the prefinished metal roofing to the greatest extent possible. B. Gage: Provide the following minimum gages for accessory materials: 1. 16-gage for roof edge, parapet cap and step flashings. 2. 16-gage for ridge and hip cap flashings. 3. 16-gage for other miscellaneous trims not specified for other gages. 2.03 FABRICATION A. General: Metal roofing system shall be factory fabricated for field installation. B. Panel Edges: All exposed edges of metal panels shall have clean, straight cuts with burrs removed. C. Gutters, Downspouts, Conductor Heads, Copings and Trims: Form sections square, true and accurate to size, free from distortion and other defects detrimental to appearance or performance. 1. Gutters, Roof Edge Flashings, Copings, Cap Flashings and other Trims: Form sections in maximum lengths possible. Provide for thermal expansion at Wintervals, unless otherwise shown. Use material in longest practical lengths. Sections shorter than T-0" will not be allowed. 2. Joints and seams exposed to view are to be flat -lock type, except corners, or detailed as flat -butt joints with back-up plate. Open -lap seams are not permitted for joints exposed to view. Seal all seams with elastic cement. 3. Hem exposed edges of flashings to underside 1 /2". Hemmed edges shall be straight, square design, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2. Backpaint materials with bituminous paint where expected to be in contact with cementitious materials or dissimilar metals. D. Profiles shall conform to current SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual standards and details. 1. Drip/Fascia Flashings: As shown on the Drawings. E. Galvanized Valley and Sill Flashings: Refer to Section 07621. 2.04 FIELD EQUIPMENT A. Installer shall furnish and maintain all site -based cutting and forming equipment as necessary to fabricate and install all metal flashings, accessories and trim for a complete and weathertight installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which metal roofing work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions which would prevent the successful completion of this work. Do not start work until unacceptable conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Installer shall be responsible for ensuring delivery of the prefinished materials and forming equipment to the site, as specified in paragraph 1.04, at no additional cost to the Owner. 07612 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents C. Installer shalt coordinate the work of this Section with other contractors and equipment suppliers as required for a complete and weathertight installation. D. Ensure that substrate is sound, dry, properly sloped for drainage and securely anchored in position. E. Ensure that provision has been made for roof drains, scuppers, flashings and all other interface items attaching to or penetrating through the prefinished metal roofing. F. Ensure that adjacent work of other trades has been completed and approved prior to beginning work, to the greatest extent possible. G. Verify requirements for secondary underlayments with the Building Official with jurisdiction over this Project. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF COLD ROLLED SHEET METAL ROOFING A. General: Field fabrication and installation shalt be done in accordance with all applicable building codes, standards and the written instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer of the approved prefinished metal roofing. Roofing shall be anchored firmly into position, forming a completely watertight and weathertight installation. 1. Field Fabrication Details: All aspects of field cutting and installation processes shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, including but not limited to, the following: a. Ridge cap flashings. b. Hip cap flashings. C. Drip edge flashings at gutters. d. Eave and rake edge flashings. 2. Fabricate and install metal roofing to allow for expansion and contraction of all components and assemblies without compromising the structural capacity or weathertightness of the system. B. Roofing shall be factory fabricated in continuous lengths, manufactured to actual field measurements, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Owner and Architect. Horizontal lap joints are not acceptable. Neoprene secured by metal profile closures shall be provided when a one-piece change of direction is not applicable. C. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual specifications shall govern for material and workmanship not otherwise specified herein. D. Screwed -Down Installation: Sheet metal panels shall be screw -attached into structural framing, decking or other approved solid substrate. Panels shall be lapped along their edge by a 2" overlap minimum. Install with manufacturer's standard 1" tape sealer at overlapping corrugations. 1. Spacing of screw attachments shalt be in accordance with the manufacturers requirements and recommendations for dead, live and wind loads specified in paragraph 1.02. 2. Screw pattern shall be uniform and evenly spaced, both horizontally and vertically for all applications. Consult with Architect prior to commencing attachment. 3. Provide manufacturer's standard neoprene washers at each screw attachment point. Exterior washers shall be set in roofing mastic or other approved sealant. 4. Install prefinished panel end closure trims at all roof eave and valley conditions. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Installer shall thoroughly clean installed prefinished roof panels and trim, using only cleaning products recommended by the manufacturer for this application. Cleaning operation shalt not mar or abrade the metal finish. B. Do not permit unnecessary walking on the finished roofing system. Require all personnel to wear rubber -soled shoes when installing or walking on the finished roof. C. Remove all excess material and scraps from the site. END OF SECTION 07612 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 07621 GALVANIZED METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install new cold rolled sheet metal reglets, flashings, counterflashings, as indicated on the Drawings. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01030, Alternates. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Flexible masonry flashings. 4. Section 04400, Stone Masonry: Flexible masonry flashings. 5. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 6. Section 07466, Wood Siding. 7. Section 07612, Cold Rotted Steel Sheet Metal Screwed -Down Metal Roofing. 8. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. SMACNA, Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, current edition. 2. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Fabrication and installation shall be by manufacturer's personnel or manufacturer approved subcontractor with minimum five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and shop drawings indicating materials, shapes, proposed layout of joints, special details and intersections, and fabrication and assembly details. B. Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard colors of prefinished flashings, gutters and downspouts for selection by the Architect. C. Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard profiles of galvanized flashings and trim for selection by the Architect. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GALVANIZED METAL FLASHING AND TRIM General: Cold rolled sheet metal, standard mill finish. 1. Gage: 16-gage for concealed edge and drip flashings, valley flashings and other miscellaneous trims not specified for other gages. 07621 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 17 0 AWARD OF CONTRACT 17 1 OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum 17 2 In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award 17 3 OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is submitted as requested by OWNER OWNER also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award 17 4 OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of the Bidder's proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's satisfaction within the prescribed time 17 5 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to OWNER that the award will be in the best interest of the OWNER Award shall be made on the evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates The basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the case of more than one schedule, for sum of all schedules Only one contract will be awarded 17 6 If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Bid opening Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 7 2. Finish: Supply sheet metal flashings and trim with manufacturer's standard mill finish. No further field finishing will be performed where unexposed to view in the completed project. 3. Profiles: Specified in paragraph 2.03 below. 4. Drip Flashing: Provide roof edge drip flashings, unless integral with gutter section. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. Fasteners: Concealed clip -type of same material as flashings, sized to suit application. B. Nails: Hot -dipped galvanized steel roofing type. C. Screws: Hot -dipped galvanized Phillips head, with neoprene washers. D. Solder and Flux: Type recommended for materials being used. E. Bituminous Paint: Acid- and alkali -resistant type, black color. F. Plastic Cement: Cutback asphaltic type, FS SS-C-00153a. G. Sealant: One (1) component silicone, conforming to FS TT-S-00230, non -staining, non -bleeding, non -sagging, of color suitable for material matching. 1. Dow 790 or equal. H. Soffit Vents (Disk Type): Galvanized sheet metal round disk vents for installation in soffits or rafter rim joints/blocking, 26-gage. 1. Size: 2" diameter or manufacturer's standard. 2. Finish: Galvanized for field finishing. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Form sections square, true and accurate to size, free from distortion and other defects detrimental to appearance or performance. B. Form sections in maximum lengths possible. Make allowances for expansion and contraction at joints. 1. Provide for thermal expansion at 10' intervals, unless otherwise shown. Use material in Longest practical lengths. Sections shorter than T-0" will not be allowed. C. Form stepped parapet cap flashings as detailed on the Drawings. Provide mitered intersections between horizontal and vertical sections. D. Joints and seams exposed to view are to be flat -lock type, except corners, or detailed as flat -butt joints with back-up plate. Open -lap seams are not permitted for joints exposed to view. Fabricate corners minimum 18" x 18", mitered, soldered and sealed as one (1) piece. Seal all seams with elastic cement. E. Wipe and wash clean soldered joints to remove traces of flux immediately after soldering. F. Hem exposed edges of flashings to underside 1 /2". Hemmed edges shall be straight, square design, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. G. Backpaint flashings with bituminous paint where expected to be in contact with cementitious materials or dissimilar metals. H. Profiles shall conform to current SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual standards and details. 1. Cap Flashings, Reglets and Counterflashings: As shown on the Drawings. 2. Drip/Fascia Flashings: As shown on the Drawings or as required by project conditions. 3. Sill Flashings at Masonry Veneer: As shown on the Drawings. 2.04 FIELD EQUIPMENT A. Installer shall furnish and maintain any site -based cutting, forming and seaming equipment as necessary to fabricate and install all metal flashings, accessories and trims (not factory fabricated) for a complete and weathertight installation. 07621 -2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which flashing and trim work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions which would prevent the successful completion of this work. Do not start work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Ensure miscellaneous metal flashings and trims are fabricated in accordance with paragraph 2.01 above. C. Coordinate installation of flashings with Contractor for prefinished metal roofing as required. D. Coordinate installation of valley and edge/drip flashings with primary and secondary roof underlayments specified in other sections. E. Coordinate installation of sill flashings with Contractor for masonry veneer. F. Coordinate installation of miscellaneous drip and sill ftashings and counterflashings with Contractor for wood siding as required. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install flashings, reglets, counterflashings and trim in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. Ensure adequate clearances for thermal expansion and contraction of fabricated sections of materials. B. Secure flashings in place using specified fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only in locations approved by Architect. When using exposed fasteners, they are to be of same finish as flashings. C. Conform to applicable SMACNA details, unless otherwise shown. Consult with Architect as necessary. 1. Gutters: Use hanging detail for gutters similar to that shown in "Fig. 1-14A", page 1-35 of SMACNA manual. 2. Gutters: Install gutter sections with seams "downhill" with slope of gutter. Provide minimum 1 /8" per foot slope in runs of gutters. 3. Downspouts: Install downspouts where shown on the Drawings. Do not exceed maximum recommended run of gutters between downspouts, unless otherwise directed by the Architect. D. Install kick flashings at all roof edge or eave conditions adjacent to vertical walls and other conditions requiring diversion of drainage away from a particular point. Coordinate specific conditions with Architect as necessary. E. Apply sealing compound at junction of metal flashings and asphalt felt flashings. F. Lock seams and end joints. Fit ftashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes and lines accurate to profiles. G. Counterflash mechanical, plumbing and electrical items projecting through roofing. 1. Mechanical, plumbing and electrical details may be schematic in nature. Install all flashings in accordance with current SMACNA requirements. 2. Refer to the Drawings for any special flashing conditions. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean all exposed surfaces. 1. Remove excess sealants, flux, plastic cement and bituminous paint. 2. Clean soiled surfaces with a solution which will not harm adjacent surfaces. B. Clean all exposed prefinished galvanized surfaces. Remove smudges and other imperfections using cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer. Remove excess sealant from prefinished materials and leave installation in clean condition. 07621 -3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents END OF SECTION 07621 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 07900 SEALANTS AND JOINT FILLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Clean and prepare joint surfaces. B. Furnish and install joint backing materials. C. Furnish and install joint caulking and sealants in exterior applications. D. Furnish and install joint caulking and sealants in interior applications. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 2. Section 02515, Portland Cement Paving. 3. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork: Joint fillers for cast -in -place concrete work. 4. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 5. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 6. Section 04400, Stone Masonry: Joint sealants. 7. Section 04430, Simulated Stone Masonry (Bid Alternate). 8. Section 06410, Custom Cabinetwork. 9. Section 07466, Wood Siding. 10. Section 07612, Prefinished Corrugated Screwed -Down Metal Roofing. 11. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashings and Trim. 12. Division 8, Doors and Windows. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Installer of sealants and caulking shall have minimum five (5) years of successful experience with projects of similar size and complexity. C. Installer shall be continuously employed in work of this type. D. Certification: Manufacturer/Supplier of sealant and accessory materials shall certify that materials supplied are acceptable and appropriate for the materials, substrates and conditions under which sealants are to be installed. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, recommendations and installation instructions for each type of sealant, caulking compound and associated miscellaneous material required. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's standard color line for each type of sealant specified for exposed locations for selection by the Architect. C. Sample Installation: Select a test area on the exterior and install caulking. Notify the Architect for approval and acceptance prior to proceeding with caulking. The test area will become the standard for quality control of remaining caulking. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of sealants under adverse weather conditions or when temperatures are below 400 F or above 1000 F. Proceed with the work only when forecasted 07900 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents weather conditions are favorable for proper curing and development of high early bond strength. Where joint width is affected by ambient temperature variations, install elastomeric sealants only when temperatures are in lower third of the manufacturer's recommended installation temperature range so that sealant wilt not be subjected to excessive elongation and bond stress by subsequent tow temperatures. Coordinate time schedule with Contractor to avoid delay of project. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturers written 5-year warranty covering defects in materials when such materials are properly applied and fully cured as described in the manufacturers product data sheets. The Contractor further agrees to replace sealants which fail because of loss of cohesion or adhesion, or that do not cure properly due to improper application or curing, or when the materials installed are not appropriate for that application, joint type or other factor beyond the manufacturers control, for a period of five (5) years. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANT MATERIALS A. General: Supplier/Installer of work of this Section shall certify that materials specified and/or furnished for this project are appropriate for use in the specified applications for the following criteria: 1. Compatibility of sealant material with adjacent materials. 2. Compatibility of sealant material with type and degree of weather exposure. 3. Compatibility of sealant material with expected use of space. 4. Compatibility of sealant material with joint type, width and depth. B. Exterior: One- or two-part polyurethane -based elastomeric sealants complying with FS TT-S-00230, Class A, Type I (self -leveling) or Type II (non -sag). 1. One -Part Sealant: Sonolastic NP-1 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. 2. Two -Part Sealant: Sonolastic NP-2 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. C. Interior: One -part silicone -based non -sag, elastomeric sealant, resistant to mildew complying with FS TT-S-01543, Class A, and FF TT-S-00230, Class A. 1. Sonolastic Omniseal and OmniPtus by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. D. Interior Paintable: One -part non -sag mildew -resistant acrylic emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C834, paintabte. 1. Sonolac by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by the manufacturer for type . of application. E. Concrete Slab Joints: One -part non -priming urethane -based self -leveling pourable sealant complying with FS TT-S-00230C, Class A, Type 1 (horizontal use). 1. Sonolastic SL-1 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. 2. Ensure that sealant is compatible with seamless flooring systems specified in Division 9. 3. Ensure that sealant is compatible with special concrete floor finish system specified in Section 09800. F. Color(s): 1. Colors are to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. 2. Design intent is to match sealant color to color of adjacent material, unless indicated otherwise. The Architect shall have final authority for color selection, including variations from this policy. 07900 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3. Clear silicone sealant shall be installed at joints between plastic laminate finished countertops and backsplashes. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Sonneborne Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434. 2. Tremco Sealants, Cleveland, OH, (800) 321-7906. 3. Schnee -Morehead Inc., Irving, TX, (800) 255-9427. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function and performance are acceptable. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Primer: Non -staining type for joints as recommended by sealant manufacturer. B. Joint Cleaner: Non -corrosive and non -staining type recommended by sealant manu-facturer, compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Filler: ASTM D1056, round polyethylene foam rod, over -sized 30-50%, as recommended by manufacturer of sealant used. 1. Provide closed cell or open cell foam rod materials, as recommended by the Installer for specific applications. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure -sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. E. Joint Fillers for Cast -in -Place Concrete Work: Refer to Section 03100. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine joint surfaces, backing and anchorage of units forming sealing rabbet and conditions under which sealant work is to be performed and notify Contractor of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work, performance and curing of sealants. Do not proceed with sealant work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Clean, prepare and size joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove any loose materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. C. Ensure that horizontal and vertical surfaces are of sufficient dimension for required bonding of sealant materials as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Ensure that sealants are compatible with the substrates to which they are to adhere. E. Verify that joint shaping materials and release tapes are compatible with sealant. F. Examine joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. G. Install joint filler to achieve required joint depths to allow sealants to perform properly. H. Install bond breaker where required. I. Mask or otherwise protect adjacent surfaces which may be marred or damaged by sealant materials. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF SEALANTS A. General: Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges. B. Tool joints slightly concave in vertical surfaces and flush in horizontal surfaces. C. Maintain joints free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges or sags. D. Ensure that sealant is applied leaving crisp, clean lines with adjacent materials. Do not allow sealant to bleed onto adjacent surfaces. Immediately wipe excess sealant materials off adjacent surfaces. 07900 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents E. Remove and replace any sealants improperly applied, to the satisfaction of the Architect. F. Repair and replace any adjacent materials that have been damaged, marred or discolored by work of this Section, to the satisfaction of the Architect. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 SCHEDULE OF SEALANT WORK A. Exterior: Install sealants as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein, including but not limited to: 1. Expansion joints in exterior concrete flatwork adjacent to buildings and retaining walls. 2. Expansion joints in exterior concrete pavements, aprons, sidewalks, ramps and curb and gutter sections. 3. Vertical expansion and control joints in concrete unit and brick masonry walls. 4. Perimeter of exterior window and door frames. 5. Perimeter of materials and equipment passing through building waits and roofs. 6. Horizontal and vertical joints between wood siding, soffits, and wood running and standing trims. 7. Horizontal and vertical joints between solid vinyl siding, soffits and trims and adjacent materials. 8. Perimeter joints of metal flashings and accessories. 9. Miscellaneous vertical and horizontal joints between dissimilar materials, where required for contraction and expansion of joints, or where required to maintain the weathertightness of the project. 10. Other joints as indicated, as required for neat appearance, or as directed by the Architect. Interior: Install sealants as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein, including but not limited to: 1. Expansion joints and control joints in interior concrete slabs where surfaces are scheduled to be sealed and/or exposed to view. 2. Horizontal joints between interior concrete slabs and precast concrete wall panels or masonry walls. 3. Perimeter of plastic laminate casework, cabinetry, countertops and backsplashes. 4. Horizontal and vertical joints between walls, ceilings, soffits and running and standing trims. 5. Perimeter of interior window and door frames. 6. Perimeter of materials and equipment passing through building walls and roofs. 7. Miscellaneous vertical and horizontal joints between dissimilar materials, where required for contraction and expansion of joints, or where required to maintain the weathertightness of the project. 8. Other joints as indicated, as required for neat appearance, or as directed by the Architect. END OF SECTION 07900 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 08110 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish standard exterior and interior hollow metal doors and frames. B. Grout or foam -insulate (as specified) cores of exterior hollow metal frames where shown on the Drawings or specified herein, unless arranged for otherwise. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 2. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Installation of doors and frames. 3. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation: Foam insulation at perimeter of door and window frames. 4. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. SDI.100: Recommended Specifications of Standard Steel Doors and Frames of Steel Door Institute (SDI). 2. ASTM A366: Steel, Carbon, Cold -Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. 3. NFPA 80: Fire -rated door assemblies. 4. NFPA 65: Smoke -control door assemblies. 5. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Manufacturer: Member of Steel Door Institute (SDI). C. Manufacturer shall comply with all requirements of Underwriters Laboratories where labeled doors and frames are required. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation schedules. B. Door Schedules: Submit schedule of doors and frames, using same reference marks or numbers for doors and details as that shown on the Drawings. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating general construction, configurations, jointing methods, reinforcement and location of cutouts for louvers or glazing. D. Samples: Submit representative sample of corner section of standard hollow metal doors and frames to Architect for approval. Sample section shall indicate all details of construction and finish. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle all hollow metal doors and frames in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. B. Provide packaging, including corner guards, separators, spreaders, banding and, if prefinished, plastic or vinyl wrappings as required to protect all metal doors and frames during transportation and storage. 08110 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents C. Store doors upright, in a protected area, off the ground, with air space between individual pieces. Protect all finished surfaces. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. Hollow Metal Doors: Doors shall be cold -rolled, pickled and oiled, stretcher -leveled, all bonderized steel sheets with clean smooth surfaces, complying with Steel Door Institute SDI.100, except as amended in this Section. 1. Type: Composite construction with flush faces and seamless with hemmed edges. Provide insulated doors where scheduled. a. Exterior Doors: Grade II, heavy-duty, Model 1, full flush design. b. Interior Doors: Grade I, standard -duty, Model 1, full flush design. 2. Construction: Steel face sheets bonded to 1-3/4" honeycomb or unitized steel core, 14- gage top and bottom channels and 7-gage hinge reinforcement. Provide full urethane core on exterior doors or where scheduled to be insulated door. Furnish the following minimum face sheets: a. Exterior Doors: 16-gage. b. Interior Doors over 36" Wide or 84" High: 16-gage. C. All Other Interior Doors: 18-gage. 3. Sizes: As scheduled on the Drawings, 1-3/4" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Style: "Imperial Door" by Ceco as basis of design for insulated core. 5. Finish: Shop -prime as specified below. B. Metal Vision Lite Frames: 18-gage, cold -rolled steel frames with countersunk mounting holes and phillips-head steel through bolts. Corners to be mitered, continuously welded and ground smooth prior to finishing. 1. Size(s): As shown on the Drawings. 2. Finish: Shop -prime as specified below. 3. Glazing: Provide tempered, clear double insulative glazing. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Ceco Corp., Brentwood, TN, distributed locally by Architectural Doors, Denver, CO, (303) 322-1410. 2. Curries, Mason City, IA, (515) 423-1334. 3. Kewanee Corp., Kewanee, IL, (800) 447-5687. 4. Republic Doors, distributed by Hahl-Kern Inc., Denver, CO, (303) 733-5909. 5. Manufacturers providing products of same design, performance and function are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 2.02 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Hollow Metal Frames: Frames shall be cold -rolled or hot -rolled, pickled and oiled steel, all bonderized sheets, complying with Steel Door Institute SDI.100, except as amended by this Section. Except where other gages are indicated or specified, fabricate frames from steel not lighter than the following: a. Exterior Doors: 14-gage. b. Pairs of Interior Doors: 14-gage. C. Single Interior Doors over36" Wide: 14-gage. d. All Other Frames: 16-gage. 1. Type: Mitered corners, fully welded frames. Knockdown -type frames are not permitted, unless approved for use in interior fire -rated assemblies. 2. Sizes: As shown and scheduled on the Drawings. 08110 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 3. Finish: Shop -primed as specified below. 4. Silencers: Manufacturer's standard resilient type, minimum three (3) per jamb, equally spaced. 5. Jamb Anchors: a. Wood or Metal Stud Construction: Stud anchors, four (4) per jamb, securely welded to back of frames. 6. Floor Anchors: 16-gage, one (1) per jamb. B. Removable Center Mullions: Provide manufacturer's standard removable center mullions where scheduled on the Drawings. C. Cross -Corridor Double -Egress Frames: Provide manufacturer's standard frames as shown on the Drawings. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Ceco Corp., Oak Brook, IL, distributed locally by Ceco Door Division, Fountain, CO, (303) 382-7930. 2. Curries, Mason City, IA, (515) 423-1334. 3. Kewanee Corp., Kewanee, IL, (800) 447-5687. 4. Republic Doors, distributed by Hahl-Kern Inc., Denver, CO, (303) 733-5909. 5. Manufacturers shall be the same as those for hollow metal doors. 2.03 PROFILES A. Hollow Metal Frames for Doors: Jamb sections shall be standard 2" wide x 5.3/4" deep, double - rabbeted, with 7/16" returns, or as shown on the Drawings or required by specified wall construc- tion, except as noted below. Supplier to verify profile specified with wall construction and furnish jamb sections with the required depth. B. Hollow Metal Frames for Windows: Jamb sections shall be standard 2" wide x 3" deep, single - rabbeted, with 1/2" returns. 1. Sill and Intermediate Sections: Match jamb sections, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. C. Miscellaneous Filler and Closure Shapes: Fully weld to standard profiles and grind smooth as detailed on the Drawings. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Hollow Metal Doors: Fabricate doors in accordance with Steel Door Institute requirements and recommendations. 1. Fabricate doors of type, sizes and designs indicated. Provide door clearance of 1 /8" at jambs and heads and 5/8" at bottoms. Doors shall have lock edges beveled 1 /8" in 2". 2. Finished work shalt be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects. Form moulded members straight and true, with joints coped or mitered, well formed and in true alignment. All welded joints on exposed surfaces shall be dressed smooth so they are invisible after finishing. 3. Mechanically interlock longitudinal seams. Leave seams invisible or weld, fill and grind smooth. Close top and bottom edges of all hollow metal exterior doors to provide a weather seal, provided as part of door construction. 4. Fabricate exterior doors with face sheets welded to perimeter stiles and inner frame members. Form perimeter frame with continuous one-piece channel at hinge edge, continuous one-piece channel at lock edge and channels at top and bottom. Inner frame members shall be continuous one-piece vertical steel rib stiffeners spaced not to exceed 6" o.c. Face sheets are to be continuously arc welded to perimeter channels. Weld face sheets to interior frame members in manner to provide a door with smooth surfaces. Spaces between stiffeners shall be sound -deadened and insulated full height of door where scheduled. 08110 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 18 0 CONTRACT SECURITY The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's requirements as to performance and other Bonds When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by the required Contract Security 19 0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to OWNER with the required Bonds Within ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification 20 0 TAXES OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Price Reference is made to the General and Supplementary Conditions 21 0 RETAINAGE Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement 22 0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS Purchasing restrictions The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid assures the Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions A copy of the resolutions are available for review in the Purchasing and Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's office A Cement Restrictions City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as a fuel 23 0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham Bid will be rejected and reported to authorities as such Your authorized signature of this Bid assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid Rev 10/220/07 Section 00100 Page 8 5. Fabricate interior doors with honeycomb core and steel face sheets welded to perimeter stiles and inner frame members, same as specified above. 6. Reinforce and prepare doors to receive hardware. Refer to Section 08700 for hardware requirements. Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap doors at factory to receive all mortise -type hardware. Provide reinforcing only for doors to receive surface -applied hardware as required. Gages of metal for reinforcing plates shall comply with manufacturer's recommendations for type of hardware used and size and thickness of doors. 7. Reinforce and prepare doors and/or frames to receive access control systems and other specialty hardware. Refer to Section 08700 and Division 16, Electrical, for hardware and wiring requirements. 8. Fill surface depressions with metallic paste filler and grind to smooth uniform finish. 9. Prepare cutouts for louvers or glazing where scheduled on the Drawings and factory install louvers where possible. 10. Chemically treat surfaces and apply one (1) coat of primer. B. Hollow Metal Frames: Fabricate frames in accordance with Steel Door Institute requirements and recommendations. 1. Form frames of steel to sizes and shapes as detailed. Frames shall be combination -type with integral trim and fabricated with full -welded type construction at joints. 2. Form frames with full mitered corners and stops, butt T-joints of frames and continuously weld all joints for full depth and width of frame and trim. Close all contact edges tight and dress all welds on exposed surfaces smooth and flush. 3. Mullions and transom bars shall be closed or tubular construction and shall join with and be secured to heads and jambs with continuous butt -welded joints. Reinforce joints between members with concealed clip angles of same thickness as frame. 4. Finished work shall be strong and rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects. Fabricate moulded members straight and true with corner joints well formed, in true alignment and fastenings concealed. 5. Reinforce and prepare frames to receive hardware. Refer to Section 08700 for hardware requirements. a. Prepare frames at factory by templates for installation of specified type hardware. Welding of hinges to frames is not acceptable. Provide frames to receive surface - applied hardware with reinforcing plates only. Provide cover boxes in back of all hardware cutouts. 6. Provide jamb anchors per Steel Door Institute recommendations for type of wall substrate. a. Fabricate jambs of frames with dimples for machine bolt anchorage specified in paragraph 2.02 above. 7. Provide floor anchors per Steel Door Institute recommendations for anchoring frame to type of floor construction. Clips shall be adjustable and drilled for two (2) 3/8" anchor bolts. 8. Removable Mullions: Provide manufacturer's standard machine screw connections, including mullion clips. 9. Provide predrilled holes or other attachment or anchorage devices supplied by or required by other Sections. a. Aluminum sliding service windows, specified in Section 08520. 10. Glazing: When glazed or louvered panels are required, furnish 18-gage metal glazing beads. Drill and tap frames to receive oval -head countersunk machine screws, spaced approximately 9" o.c. Beads shall be mitered at corners. Fabricate frames so that glazing will be installed from the inside of the building or room. 11. Place minimum of three (3) silencers on each interior single door frame. Space equally along jamb strike. Set out and adjust lock strikes to provide clearance for silencers. Delete silencers where door jamb gaskets or continuous weather-stripping are specified in Section 08700. 08110 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 12. Fill surface depressions of hollow metal frames with metallic paste filler and grind to smooth finish. 13. Chemically treat surfaces and apply one (1) coat of primer as specified below. 2.06 FINISHES A. Shop -prime by manufacturer using a phosphatized treatment followed by a prime coat paint finish to all surfaces. Clean and chemically treat surfaces to ensure complete paint adherence. Follow with a baked -on coat of rust -inhibitive metallic oxide, zinc -chromate or synthetic resin primer on all surfaces. Air -drying is acceptable when metal is electro-galvanized. Field finishing is specified in Section 09900. B. Shop -prime by manufacturer using a hot -dipped galvanized process in accordance with ASTM A525, with A60 or G60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. Field finishing is specified in Section 09900. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shalt examine the substrates, wall openings and conditions under which the hollow metal door and frames are to be installed and notify the Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Contractor shall field verify dimensions and conditions governing the work of this Section prior to beginning fabrication. C. Contractor shall verify depth of all frames with specified wall constructions prior to fabrication. Notify Architect of any discrepancies or propose required modifications in the shop drawings, noted as deviations as specified in Section 01340. D. For welded frames, provide temporary steel shipping spreaders fastened across bottom of frames. Where construction will permit concealment, leave spreaders in place after installation; otherwise remove spreaders when frames are set and anchored. In place of spreaders, frames may be strapped together in pairs with heads inverted for bracing during shipment. Before shipping, label each frame with metal or plastic tags to show their location, size, door swing and other pertinent information. Number frames to correspond to opening numbers on construction drawings. E. For doors and frames to be installed in prefabricated steel structures erected by others, Contractor shall ensure that framed opening structurals are properly sized and erected, with clearances provided as required by the hollow metal fabricator. Furnish welded frames to the site in a timely manner so as not to interfere with the erection schedule of the buildings. F. Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been properly installed and approved prior to beginning installation of the door frames. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A. General: Installation of hollow metal doors and frames is specified in Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. B. Install frames and doors in accordance with SDI.100, except as amended in this Section. Remove shipping spreaders, set frames in position, plumb, align and brace securely until permanent anchors are set. Anchor bottom of frames to floors with expansion bolts or with power fasteners. Provide wood spreaders to maintain jamb alignment. Build wall anchors into walls, or secure to adjoining construction as indicated or specified. Where frames require ceiling struts or other overhead bracing, they shall be anchored securely to ceilings or structural framing above, as indicated or as required by site conditions. 08110 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents C. Frames: Install hollow metal frames plumb and square with maximum diagonal distortion of 1 / 16". Ensure frames are accurately and rigidly anchored to adjacent construction. D. Grout all exterior hollow metal frames full with masonry mortar after installation in masonry or concrete construction; foam in insulation in frames scheduled for insulated doors in other construction, and frames in fire -rated assemblies where required by the applicable assembly. E. Ensure that foam insulation, specified in Section 07210, has been installed around all door and window frames prior to installation of gypsum wallboard and/or interior casings and trims. F. Doors: Install hollow metal doors plumb and square with maximum diagonal distortion of 1 / 16". Install hardware in accordance with requirements of Section 08700 and adjust as necessary for proper operation. G. After installation, touch-up scratched or damaged surfaces. Use type of primer identical to that used for shop coat. H. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing in doors, sidelites, and transoms, where scheduled. I. Coordinate installation of mechanical units or louvers, furnished by Division 15, into hollow metal doors and/or frames, if applicable. Ensure the compatibility of sizes, materials, finishes and anchorages. J. Doors are to be finished without hardware. Coordinate with painting trades. Masking of hardware is unacceptable. 3.03 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect doors and frames from damage during transportation and at site. After installation, protect doors and frames from damage during subsequent construction activities. Damaged work will be rejected and shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Clean all surfaces of hollow metal doors and frames, and leave prepared for field finishing. Refer to Section 09900, Painting. END OF SECTION 08110 - 6 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish aluminum fixed, horizontal slider and single -hung windows, complete with hardware as shown or scheduled on the Drawings. B. Furnish operable security screens at all operable windows or as scheduled on the Drawings. C. Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 2. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 3. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to applicable portions of the following standards: 1. ASTM B221: Aluminum alloy extruded bars, rods, wire, shapes and tubes. 2. FS TT-C-494: Coating compound, bituminous, solvent type, acid -resistant. 3. FS TT-S-00230: Sealing compound, elastomeric type, single component (for caulking, sealing and glazing in buildings and other structures). 4. NFRC, National Fenestration Rating Council: Air infiltration. 5. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Windows shall carry the label of AAMA, American Architectural Manufacturer's Association. C. Insulated glass units shall be certified by SIGMA, Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association. D. Manufacturer shall have minimum five (5) years experience in the manufacturer of the specific systems and components required by this Section. E. Materials shall be installed by a contractor licensed by the manufacturer or certified by the manufacturer as a qualified installer of the specified products. F. Installer shall have minimum five (5) years of successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity. 1.03 DESIGN CRITERIA A. General: Aluminum entrances and storefront framing systems shall be designed to meet or exceed the following minimum standards: 1. Wind velocity: 110 mph, Exposure C, International Building Code, 2003 edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature indicating materials, components, sizes, fabrication and assembly details, and installation instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating pertinent dimensioning, component connections and locations, anchorage methods and locations, hardware locations, fabrication and installation details, including the security screens. 08520 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original packaging complete with installation instructions. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard written five-year warranty guaranteeing window components against defects in materials and workmanship, as well as leakage, air and water infiltration and system failure. B. Refer to Section 08800 for warranty requirements for hermetically sealed insulated glass units. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 ALUMINUM WINDOWS A. General: Fixed and operable units with full thermal break, meeting requirements of the Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association. B. Window Materials: Window units shall be fabricated from extruded aluminum alloy 6063 TS, A5TM B221. 1. 2-5/8" wide frames, minimum. 2. 0.125" wall thickness, minimum. C. Performance Characteristics: 1. Air Infiltration: 0.37 cfm/ft. at 1.57 psf. 2. Water Resistance: No leakage at 6.75 psf. 3. Uniform Load Deflection: 0.022" at 15 psf. 4. HP Rating: 90 psf. D. Construction: Frame and sash corners shall be mitered and mechanically joined. Muntin bars and meeting rails shall be coped to create a mortised and tenoned joint which is argon -electric welded. E. Thermal Barrier: Two-part chemically curing high -strength pure urethane cast resin, providing a continuous uninterrupted break around the entire perimeter of frame and sash sections. 1. Cavity Size: Minimum 0.744" wide x 0.350" high x 0.312" wide, or manufacturer's standard for commercial quality window systems. Residential size cavities will not be permitted. F. Glazing Beads: Furnish all double -glazed units with snap -on glazing beads, sized for the specified glazing. G. Glazing: Refer to Section 08800. H. Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard hardware, constructed of stainless steel or other corrosion -resistant materials: 1. Lower sash shall consist of a cam latch and keeper at the interlocking meeting rail along with an independent spring -loaded latch. 2. Furnish all other required hardware and manufacturer's standard double weatherstripping and vinyl gasketing systems. I. Panning Trim: Provide shallow panning trim or as recommended by manufacturer for application. J. Flashing Trim: Windows shall be equipped with integral head and silt flashing with jamb fins specially designed to match the wall panel profile and ensure complete weathertightness. K. Nailing Flange: Manufacturers standard. L. Sill: Alcoa Sill No. 1630, where applicable. M. Provide full height and width insect screens at operable windows above the first floor. Color of screen and frame to match the window frame finish. N. Provide internal muntins as called for in construction documents. 0. Fasteners: All screws and miscellaneous fasteners shall be stainless steel or zinc -plated steel in accordance with ASTM A164. 08520 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents P. Finish: 1. Factory -applied baked polyurethane powder coat finish meeting the requirements of AAMA 2603. Architect to select from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. Q. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Series 500 by Thermal Windows, Inc., as basis of design. a. Fixed Windows: 525 Series (2-5/8"). b. Horizontal Roller Window: 550 Series (2-5/8"). 2. Manufacturers providing products of same function, performance and appearance are acceptable, only as approved prior to bidding. 2.02 SECURITY SCREENS A. Main Frame: 1. Certifications: Performance and testing must comply with impact test, sag test and forced entry resistance test of SMA 6001-85. Manufacturer must submit the AAMA Notice of Product Certification in compliance with CFR 200.935 as "Security Screen - Heavy". 2. The main frame rails shalt be of not less than 16-gage, 1" x 1" seamless welded galvanized steel tubing with high strength die cast metal corners which are pneumatically inserted into the frame ends with an interference fit. 3. A removable faceplate, extruded from 6063-T6 aluminum alloy, .062" thick, .212 lbs/ft., shalt be attached to the sides of the main frame using square drive Tek screws. The faceplate corner bead shall integrate with the subframe to conceal the hardware and fasteners. B. Subframe: 1. The subframe shall be of channel design, extruded from 6063-T6 aluminum alloy. Weight shall be .515 lbs/ft. Wall thickness shalt be .090". The comers of the subframe shalt be mitered, secured by an internal tension coupling assembly and shall be resistant to both torsion and flexural failure. 2. The subframe shall have a continuous groove retaining a combination cushioning strip/insect shield. The depth of the subframe shall be no more than 1-3/4". C. Finish: 1. The main frame and perforated panel infill shall be thoroughly cleaned in a 5-step bonderizing process. An electrostatically -applied black, thermoplastic, polyester powder coating shall be applied and baked to a hard mar -resistant finish. Coating shall meet or exceed AAMA 2603. 2. The subframe, faceplates and scribe angles shall be thoroughly cleaned in a 5-step bonderizing process. An electrostatically -applied thermoplastic, polyester powder coating shall be applied and baked to a hard mar -resistant finish. Coating shall meet or exceed AAMA 2603. a. Color: Dark bronze. D. Infill: 1. Wire Cloth: 12-mesh .028" diameter, Type 304, stainless steel wire cloth. E. Infill Attachment: 1. The perforated panel shall be attached to the mainframe with hex -head Tek screws. 2. Wire cloth shall be hemmed 180 degrees and retained by hex -head Tek screws. 3. Hex -head Tek screws shall penetrate the infill and main frame approximately 4" o.c. F. Emergency Egress Release: 1. Each screen shall have two steel latches, which operate simultaneously from a Roto-Lift emergency release. The emergency release mechanism shall be contained within the tubular mainframe. Each Roto-Lift shall be outfitted with a secure spring -loaded activator to rotate the inhibitor, which allows the steel latches to open. When the Roto-Lift is activated, the steel latches are simultaneously released and the screen opens for instant egress. No plastic parts will be accepted. 08520 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 2. Each screen shall have a tamper shield installed at the emergency release to protect the screen hardware from exterior tampering. 3. Optional emergency release: Push -Quick shall be a paddle -type push release that, when activated, simultaneously releases the steel latches and opens the screen for instant egress. The emergency release shall meet NFPA 101 (5-2.1.7.1) whereby a push in the direction of the egress unlocks and opens the screen in one motion. 4. Optional lock: Exterior -mounted, keyed cam lock. G. Hardware: 1. Each screen shall be provided with two or more concealed 13-gage, electroplated steel hinges with 114" diameter hardened, loose stainless steel pins and integral compression guards. 2. Each screen shalt have a .062" thick, 3/4" x 1" aluminum scribes at the head and jambs if required. 3. Each screen shall come fully assembled and tested from the factory. H. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Level ModelS-NRS-B by Kane Manufacturing Corporation. 2.03 COORDINATION WITH RELATED WORK A. Fabricator to coordinate work of this Section with work of Section 08410, Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts, to extent possible for uniformity of fabrication, appearance and hardware. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shalt examine the substrates, wall openings and conditions under which the aluminum windows and frames are to be installed and notify the Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Contractor shall field verify dimensions and conditions governing the work of this Section prior to beginning fabrication. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF WINDOWS A. General: Install window units as per manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Installation shall be by experienced mechanics or factory -supplied installers. B. Set windows plumb, level and in alignment and secure properly to walls with anchors and fastening devices supplied by manufacturer. Assure smooth and proper operation of ventilating units. C. Bed joints at mullions and contacts of windows with sills in mastic cement supplied by window erector. Trim off excess mastic. D. Avoid direct contact between aluminum and adjacent steel work by insulating with materials equal to 3M's EC 1202 tape if materials are in pressure contact or with bituminous paint if pressure between surfaces cannot be maintained. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF SECURITY SCREENS A. Security screens to be installed at all first floor operable windows. Install only over the operable portion of the window. B. General: Install in accordance with approved shop drawings and specifications. C. Plumb and align faces in a single plan and erect screens to the window frame square and true, adequately anchored. 08520 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents D. After completion of installation, screens shall be properly adjusted, in working order, and clean. 3.04 ADJUSTMENT AND PROTECTION A. After windows are in place, installer shall adjust hardware and ventilators to operate smoothly without binding, and be weathertight when closed. B. Thoroughly clean the complete system, inside and out, promptly after installation, exercising care to avoid damage to anodized finishes. C. Adequately cover and protect aluminum frames, glazing and screens during finishing of adjacent materials. 3.05 CLEANING A. Final glass cleaning shall be provided by the Contractor as specified in Section 01710. END OF SECTION 08520 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Prepare surfaces to receive opaque painted finishes as specified. B. Furnish materials and finish surfaces as indicated in the schedule at the end of this Section. Generally, the scope of work shall include painting all exposed surfaces, whether specifically noted or not, and certain concealed surfaces, except where materials are prefinished or where intended to remain unfinished as described in paragraph 1.02 below. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED A. Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces in concealed areas and inaccessible areas such as furred spaces, foundation spaces, utility tunnels, pipe spaces and duct shafts. B. Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require painting under this Section, except as may be so specified. C. Materials, fixtures and equipment specified or supplied by the manufacturer as prefinished shall not be painted, unless otherwise indicated in the Schedule at the end of this Section. Materials supplied with factory -applied primer coats shall be field finished by this Section, unless otherwise indicated. D. Do not paint moving parts of operating units, mechanical or electrical parts such as valve operators, linkages, sensing devices and motor shafts, unless otherwise indicated. E. Priming or finishing of certain surfaces may be specified to be factory -applied or installer - performed under other Sections. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Finish work shall be performed only by qualified personnel employed by firms specializing in work of this type, with a minimum of five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity. C. Materials shall be applied with appropriate equipment and tools as specified herein, or as required to provide the specified quality. D. Coordination of Paint Finishes, Primers and Substrates: 1. Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime coats actually used. 2. Review other Sections of these Specifications as required, verifying the prime coats to be used and assuring compatibility of the total coating system for the various substrates. 3. Upon request, furnish information on the characteristics of the specific finish materials to assure that compatible prime coats are used. 4. Provide barrier coats over non -compatible primers or remove the primer and reprime as required. 5. Notify the Architect in writing of anticipated problems in using the specified coating systems over prime coatings or substrates supplied under other Sections. 09900 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents E. Certification: Supplier shalt certify that all paint materials supplied contain no lead or other toxic substances. F. Certification: Paint materials used in interior building applications shall be GreenGuard certified for indoor air quality. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications to show compliance with the specified requirements. B. Materials List: Submit materials list of all items proposed to be provided under this Section. C. Samples: Painting Contractor shall prepare samples of each substrate and finish specified, as directed by the Architect, including but not limited to: 1. Paint samples for typical interior paneling. 2. Paint samples for interior wood casings, trim and interior doors. 3. Paint samples for interior and exterior metal doors, pipe railings and miscellaneous metal work. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver paint materials in original, sealed and labeled containers bearing manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, color, designation and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. B. Provide adequate storage facilities to store materials at minimum ambient temperature of 450 F in a well -ventilated area. C. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. General: Follow manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations for product handling and application. Adhere to all applicable OSHA regulations related to product application and handling of removed paint, rinse water and other residual materials. B. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes, unless moisture contents of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12%. 2. Interior Wood: 6%. 3. Exterior Wood: 15%. C. Ensure that surface temperature or the surrounding air temperature is above 400 F before applying finishes. Minimum application temperatures for latex paints for interior work is 45' F; 500 F for exterior work. D. Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain temperatures above 45° F for 24 hours before, during and 48 hours after application of finishes. E. Provide minimum 15 footcandles of lighting on surfaces to be finished. 1.07 PROTECTION A. Adequately protect other surfaces from paint and damage. Repair damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection. B. Furnish Sufficient dropcloths, shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or droppings from soiling surfaces not being painted and, in particular, surfaces within storage and preparation area. C. Place cotton cloths and any material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed, metal containers and remove daily from the site. D. Remove electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to painting operations. These items are to be carefully stored, cleaned and replaced on completion of work in each area. Do not use solvents to clean hardware that may remove permanent lacquer finish. 09900 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area- 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 24 0 BID RESULTS For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self- addressed, self -stamped envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you Bid results will be posted in the Purchasing office seven (7) days after the Bid Opening END OF SECTION Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 9 1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Contractor shall furnish Owner additional maintenance stock of not less than five (5) gallons of each color of finish coating, except that one (1) gallon shall be adequate for all accent and trim colors. B. Containers are to be tightly sealed and clearly labeled for identification. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH MATERIALS A. Paints, Enamels and Fillers: Type and brand scheduled herein, ready -mixed, except field -catalyzed coatings. Pigments fully ground maintaining a soft paste consistency, capable of readily and uniformly being dispersed to a complete homogeneous mixture. Paints shall have good flowing and brushing properties and be capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 1. Paint materials shall contain no lead or other toxic substances. Refer to paragraph 1.03.C. 2. Chemical Components of Field -Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) and the following chemical restrictions; these requirements do not apply to primers or finishes that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: a. Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. b. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. C. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shalt not contain more than 1.0% by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). d. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following: 1) Acrolein 14) Formaldehyde 2) Acrylonitrile 15) Hexava(ent chromium 3) Antimony 16) Isophorone 4) Benzene 17) Lead 5) Butyl benzyl phthalate 18) Mercury 6) Cadmium 19) Methyl ethyl ketone 7) Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate 20) Methyl isobutyl ketone 8) Di-n-butyl phthalate 21) Methytene chloride 9) Di-n-octyl phthalate 22) Naphthalene 10) 1,2-dichlorobenzene 23) Toluene (methylbenzene) 11) Diethyl phthalate 24) 1,1,1-trichloroethane 12) Dimethyl phthalate 25) Vinyl chloride 13) Ethylbenzene B. Paint Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine and other materials not specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified, of high quality and approved manufacturer. C. Color(s) as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full color selection, unless otherwise indicated. Painter shall prepare samples for the Architect's approval of each paint color selected. Remake samples until approved, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Approved Manufacturers: Use the same brand throughout the project for each type of paint material specified: 1. Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Series for exterior and ProMar 200 Series for interior, as basis of design. 09900 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 2. Paint: Pittsburgh, Diamond Vogel, ICI Dulux, Fuller O'Brien, Benjamin Moore, Kelly Moore, Kwal-Howell and Sophir Morris. Using product lines of same quality, function and performance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 3. Stain, varnish and other transparent finishes: Refer to Section 09930. 2.02 APPLICATION EQUIPMENT A. For application of the specified paint, use only such equipment as is recommended for application of the particular paint by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect, except as limited by paragraph 2.02.C. B. Prior to use of application equipment, verify that the proposed equipment is actually compatible with the material to be applied and that integrity of the finish will not be jeopardized by use of this equipment. C. Contractor shall use the following application equipment for the specific condition listed, unless otherwise approved: 1. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Spray application only. Brushing or rolling is not permitted. 2.03 COLOR SCHEDULES A. The Architect will prepare marked -up elevations or a color schedule with samples for guidance in painting. Contractor shall furnish samples of all other related finish materials for coordination in preparation of the color schedule. B. The Architect may select, allocate and vary colors on different surfaces throughout the work, subject to the following: 1. Exterior Work: A maximum of three (3) different colors will be used, plus variations for trim, doors, miscellaneous work and metal work. 2. Interior Work: A maximum of eight (8) different pigmented colors will be used, plus variations for trim and wall surfaces and wainscots. 3. Dark Tones: A maximum of five (5) dark tones will be used as accent colors for interior. 4. Murals and other Historic Painted Surfaces: As shown on Preservation/ Restoration Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Subcontractor shall thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be painted or finished prior to commencing work. Notify the Architect of any condition that may potentially affect proper application and final appearance. Do not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the painting subcontractor. Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of surfaces. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. General: All preparatory work shall be subject to evaluation and acceptance by the Architect. Painting subcontractor will accept responsibility for the preparation of all surfaces, as specified herein, prior to finishing. B. Cleaning of all surfaces shall be done with non -toxic, biodegradable products that comply with the California Code of Regulations, Title 17, Section 94509, VOC standards for cleaning products. C. Ensure that the Contractor has corrected defects in all surfaces which may adversely affect work of this Section, including but not limited to: 09900 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1. Hollow metal doors and frames. 2. Cement fiber paneling and trim in interior. D. New Wood Surfaces: Wipe dust and grit from hardwood and softwood items and millwork prior to priming. Spot coat knots, pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer. Fill knots, imperfections, nail holes and cracks after primer has dried and sand smooth. Back -prime interior and exterior woodwork. 1. Back -prime interior woodwork which is to receive paint of enamel finish with enamel undercoat paint. 2. Back -prime exterior wood with manufacturer's recommended primer. E. Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse well with clean water and allow the surface to dry completely. F. Remove surface contamination and oils from galvanized surfaces and wash with solvent. Apply a coat of etching -type primer. G. Remove grease, rust, scale, dirt and dust from steel, ferrous metal and iron surfaces. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing, sandblasting or any other necessary method. 1. Clean unprimed surfaces by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring that weld joints, bolts and nuts are similarly cleaned. Prime surfaces as required. 2. Sand and scrape shop -primed surfaces to remove loose primer and rust. Feather out edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent and prime surfaces as required. 3. Back -prime structural steel and ferrous metal surfaces to be in contact with concrete, unless furnished by other Sections. 4. Ensure that excess weld slag or flux deposits are removed, and that all exposed welds are ground or sanded to specified appearance. H. Prime top and bottom edges of metal doors with enamel undercoat when they are to be painted. I. Refer to Section 09930, Transparent Finishes, for preparation of other materials and surfaces prior to staining or application of transparent finishes. J. Remove all hardware from doors before painting. Masking of hardware is unacceptable. K. Schedule painting prior to installation of prefinished materials, specialties, furnishings and fixtures to the extent possible, including but not limited to: 1. Finish hardware. 2. Cabinetry and casework. 3.03 APPLICATION A. General: Apply finish materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Ensure that surfaces have been properly prepared and primed prior to application of finish coats. B. Apply each coat at the proper consistency. Allow each coat of finish to dry before the following coat is applied, unless directed otherwise by manufacturer. Sand lightly between coats to achieve the required finish. C. Brush Applications: 1. Brush out and work the brush coats onto the surface in an even film. 2. Finish coats shall be finished by roping the paint, moving from wet to dry areas. 3. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness and other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. D. Spray Applications: 1. Except as specifically otherwise approved by the Architect, confine spray application to metal framework and similar surfaces where hand brush work would be inferior. 2. Gypsum wallboard walls, ceilings and soffits shall be finished by spray application, then back -rolled with roller equipment to result in specified mil thickness, moving from wet to 09900 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents dry areas. 3. Where spray application is used, apply each coat to provide the hiding equivalent of brush coats. 4. Do not double back with spray equipment to build up film thickness of two (2) coats in one (1) pass. E. For completed work, match the approved samples as to texture, color and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with the specified requirements. 3.04 AREAS OF SPECIAL CONCERN A. The painting subcontractor shalt consult with the Architect concerning sequencing for painting of trim and installation of prefinished siding prior to beginning work in this area. B. The painting subcontractor shall consult with the Architect concerning sequencing for painting steel tube trusses and installation of galvanized wire screen panels. Steel components scheduled to be painted shalt be finished to the greatest extent possible prior to installation of galvanized components which are not to be finished. 3.05 CLEANING A. Promptly remove paint from adjacent materials or surfaces as work proceeds where spilled, splashed or splattered. B. Cleaning of all surfaces shall be done with non -toxic, biodegradable products that comly with the California Code of Regulations, Title 17, Section 94509, VOC standards for cleaning products. C. During progress of work, keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris. D. Place cotton cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and remove daily from the site. E. Upon completion of work, leave premises neat and clean, to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.06 QUALITY CONTROL A. Painted finishes shall be subject to evaluation and approval to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: 1. Consistency and smoothness of surface. 2. Coverage and mil thickness. 3. Color match between adjacent areas. 4. Compliance with approved sample(s). 5. Renovation Projects: Satisfactory match to adjacent materials or surfaces, where entire wall or ceiling area is not scheduled to receive new finish. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 EXTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE NOTE: MWF indicates minimum wet film thickness which is a per coat measurement in mils thickness. Systems are based on Sherwin-Williams (S-W) or as noted. A. Exterior Hollow Metal or Ferrous Metal Surfaces: 1. Location: Hollow metal doors and frames, insulated steel doors, pipe bollards, site signage poles, ornamental fencing, handrails and guardrails. 2. Primer: One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils. 09900 - 6 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 4. Product: S-W Industrial Enamel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. 4.02 INTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE A. Interior Cement Fiber Paneling Surfaces, Opaque Finish (Latex): 1. Location: Miscellaneous standing and running trim. 2. Primer: PrepRite Classic Latex Primer, MWF 1.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats acrylic latex, satin, MWF 1.6 mils per coat. 4. Product: S-W ProMar 200 Interior Latex Eg-Shel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. B. Interior Hollow Metal or Ferrous Metal Surfaces: 1. Location: Hollow metal doors and frames, handrails and guardrails, and miscellaneous metals. 2. Primer: One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils. 4. Product: S-W ProMar 200 Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. END OF SECTION 09900 - 7 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents TRANSPARENT FINISHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Prepare surfaces to receive transparent finishes as specified. B. Finish surfaces as indicated in the schedule at the end of this Section. C. Shop finish all surfaces of wood siding, cedar shingle siding and trims offsite, wrap in protective coverings and deliver to site. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Maintenance materials. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 4. Section 07466, Wood Siding. 5. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED A. Unless otherwise indicated, finishing is not required on surfaces in concealed areas and inaccessible areas such as furred spaces, foundation spaces, utility tunnels, pipe spaces and duct shafts. B. Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require finishing under this Section, except as may be so specified. C. Materials, fixtures and equipment specified or supplied by the manufacturer as prefinished shall not be finished under this Section. D. Priming or finishing of certain surfaces may be specified to be factory -applied or installer - performed under other Sections. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Finish work shall be performed only by qualified personnel employed by firms specializing in work of this type, with a minimum of five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity. C. Materials shall be supplied with appropriate application equipment and tools as specified herein, or as required to provide the specified quality. D. Coordination of Transparent Finishes, Primers and Substrates: 1. Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime coats actually used. 2. Review other Sections of these Specifications as required, verifying the prime coats to be used and assuring compatibility of the total coating system for the various substrates. 3. Upon request, furnish information on the characteristics of the specific finish materials to assure that compatible prime coats are used. 4. Notify the Architect in writing of anticipated problems in using the specified coating systems over prime coatings or substrates supplied under other Sections. E. Certification: Supplier shall certify that all finish materials supplied contain no lead or other toxic substances. 09930 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications to show compliance with the specified requirements. B. Materials List: Submit materials list of all items proposed to be provided under this Section. C. Samples: Finish Contractor shall prepare samples of each substrate, stain (if applicable) and finish specified, as directed by the Architect, including but not limited to: 1. Transparent finish samples for exterior wood siding, cedar shingle siding and trims. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver finish materials in original, seated and labeled containers bearing manufacturer's name, type of stain or finish, brand name, color, designation and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. B. Provide adequate storage facilities to store materials at minimum ambient temperature of 450 F in a well -ventilated area. C. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. D. Shop Finished Wood and Steel Materials: Contractor shall arrange for all exterior wood siding and trim materials to be delivered to an approved off -site shop for finishing. When finishing is complete, each piece or panel shall be wrapped in manufacturer's protective plastic wrappings and delivered to the site. Maintain protective wrappings until the materials are ready for installation. Materials to be shop finished include, but are not limited to: 1. Board and batten wood siding. 2. Structural steel. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes, unless moisture contents of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Exterior Wood: 15%. B. Ensure that surface temperature or the surrounding air temperature is above 400 F before applying finishes. Minimum application temperature for polyurethane finish is 650 F. C. Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain temperatures above 450 F for 24 hours before, during and 48 hours after application of finishes. D. Provide minimum 15 footcandles of lighting on surfaces to be finished. (E. Preservative Sealer: Contractor shall plan the application of the specified preservative sealer with the forecasted weather. Prevent the rapid evaporation of solvents by avoiding very sunny, hot and windy days. Schedule for overcast or cloudy and calm wind days if possible-) 1.07 PROTECTION A. Adequately protect other surfaces from finish materials. Repair damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection. B. Furnish sufficient dropcloths, shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or droppings from soiling surfaces not being finished and, in particular, surfaces within storage and preparation area. C. Place cotton cloths and any material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed, metal containers and remove daily from the site. D. Remove electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to finishing operations. These items are to be carefully stored, cleaned and replaced on completion of work in each area. Do not use solvents to clean hardware that may remove permanent lacquer finish. E. Provide protective clothing, eyewear, etc., as necessary for workers handling solvents and other flammable or hazardous materials. 09930 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Contractor shall furnish Owner additional maintenance stock of not less than three (3) gallons of each type and color of finish coating. B. Containers are to be tightly sealed and clearly labeled for identification. 1.09 WARRANTIES A. Shop Finished Wood Materials: Provide manufacturer's written 12-year warranty for shop finished materials covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH MATERIALS A. Varnishes, Polyurethanes, Stains and Fillers: Type and brand scheduled herein, ready -mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Pigments fully ground maintaining an adequate consistency, capable of readily and uniformly being dispersed to a complete homogeneous mixture. Finishes shall have good flowing and brushing properties and be capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 1. Finish materials shall contain no lead or other toxic substances. Refer to paragraph 1.03.c. 2. Chemical Components of Field -Applied Interior Stains, Varnishes and Fitters: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) and the following chemical restrictions. Also refer to Section 01050. These requirements do not apply to primers or finishes that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: a. Varnish: VOC content of not more than 350 g/L. b. Lacquer: VOC content of not more than 550 g/L. C. Stains: VOC content of not more than 250 g/L. d. Shellac: VOC content of not more than 730 g/L. B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine and other materials not specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified, of high quality and approved manufacturer. C. Color(s) as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full color selection, unless otherwise indicated. Painter shall prepare samples for the Architect's approval of each stain color selected. Remake samples until approved, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Approved Manufacturers: Use the same brand throughout the project for each type of varnish, stain or transparent finish material specified: 1. Stain: Olympic, Sherwin-Williams, Penofin, Cabot's, Okon or Devoe. Using product lines of same quality, function and performance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 2. Clear Polyacrytic Blend Finish: Environment Friendly by General Finish or approved equal. 3. Clear Polyurethane Sealer: Watco or as recommended by Manufacturer. 4. Rust Accelerator: Iron Betallics Surfacer and Rust Antiquing Solution by Sophisticated Finishes. 5. Paint: Refer to Section 09900. 2.02 APPLICATION EQUIPMENT A. For application of the specified finish, use only such equipment as is recommended for application of the particular paint by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect, except as limited by paragraph 2.02.C. 09930 - 3 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents B. Prior to use of application equipment, verify that the proposed equipment is actually compatible with the material to be applied and that integrity of the finish will not be jeopardized by use of this equipment. C. Contractor shall use the following application equipment for the specific condition listed, unless otherwise approved: 1. Interior doors, casings and trim: Brush or hand wiped only, as appropriate. Spraying is not permitted. 2. Other areas indicated in paragraph 3.03. 2.03 COLOR SCHEDULES A. The Architect will prepare a color schedule with samples for guidance in finishing. Contractor shall furnish samples of all other related finish materials for coordination in preparation of the color schedule. B. The Architect may select, allocate and vary colors on different surfaces throughout the work, subject to the following: 1. Exterior Work: A maximum of three (3) different pigmented stains will be used. 2. Interior Work: A maximum of five (5) different pigmented stains will be used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Subcontractor shall thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencing work. Notify the Architect of any condition that may potentially affect proper application and final appearance. Do not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the painting subcontractor. Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of surfaces. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Ensure that the Contractor has corrected defects in all surfaces which may adversely affect work of this Section, including but not limited to: 1. Interior hardwood and softwood doors, casings, trim and other finish carpentry items. 2. Casework and cabinetwork. 3. Wood paneling. 4. Exposed wood beams/trusses and interior or exterior ceiling and roof decking. 5. Exterior wood beams, trusses and columns. 6. Steel plate connectors at exposed wood trusses. 7. Exterior Redwood railings and stair components. B. Wipe dust and grit from hardwood and softwood items and millwork prior to finishing. Spot coat knots, pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer. Fill knots, imperfections, nail holes and cracks after stain has dried and sand smooth. Back -prime interior and exterior woodwork. 3. Back -prime interior woodwork which is to receive stain and/or clear finish with gloss varnish reduced 25% with mineral spirits. 4. Back -prime exterior wood with manufacturer's recommended primer. C. Shop Finished Wood Materials: Prime ends of shop finished wood siding and trims prior to installation. D. Refer to Section 09900, Painting, for preparation of other materials and surfaces prior to painting. E. Remove all hardware from doors before finishing. Masking of hardware is unacceptable. F. Schedule finishing prior to installation of prefinished materials, specialties, furnishings and fixtures to the extent possible, including but not limited to: 1. Toilet and bath accessories. 09930 - 4 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 2. Door and cabinet finish hardware. 3. Cabinetry and casework. 4. Vinyl component handrail and wall bumper systems. 5. Fire extinguisher cabinets. 6. Surface -mounted mechanical and electrical devices such as thermostats, prefinished grilles and diffusers, switchplates and outlet cover plates, etc. 3.03 APPLICATION A. General: Apply finish materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Apply each coat at the proper consistency. Allow each coat of finish to dry before the following coat is applied, unless directed otherwise by manufacturer. Sand lightly between coats to achieve the required finish. C. Where clear finishes are required, ensure that tint fillers match wood. Work fillers well into the grain before set. Wipe excess from the surface. D. Brush Applications: 1. Brush out and work the brush coats onto the surface in an even film. 2. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness and other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. E. For completed work, match the approved samples as to texture, color and coverage. Remove or refinish work not in compliance with the specified requirements. F. Shop Finish: Apply two (2) coats of specified material to all six (6) surfaces of each board for siding and trims, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations, and as required for 12-year warranty. Any cuts made in the field during installation shall have two (2) coats of stain applied to these areas. 3.04 APPLICATION OF PRESERVATIVE SEALER A. General: Apply specified preservative sealer in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction and recommendations. B. Apply preservative sealer to a small test area to verify formulation, penetration rate, coverage, equipment, and application method before proceeding with full treatment. C. Apply in a minimum two (2) flood coats using high volume/low pressure spray equipment. Allow initial flood coat to stand at least seven (7) days before application of succeeding coat(s). Continue applying flood coats until material stands on the surface. D. Application Rate: Apply at the rate of 1 gal./l50 sq. ft./coat. Refer to Section 01022 for unit prices related to quantities in excess of the two (2) flood coats specified above. 3.05 CLEANING A. Promptly remove finishes from adjacent materials or surfaces as work proceeds where spilled, splashed or splattered. B. During progress of work, keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris. C. Place cotton cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and remove daily from the site. D. Upon completion of work, leave premises neat and clean, to the satisfaction of the Architect 3.06 QUALITY CONTROL A. Transparent finishes shall be subject to evaluation and approval to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: 09930 - 5 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 00300 BID FORM 1. Consistency of stain application, if applicable. 2. Consistency and smoothness of surface. 3. Coverage. 4. Color match between adjacent areas. 5. Compliance with approved sample(s). 6. Renovation Projects: Satisfactory match to adjacent materials or surfaces. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 EXTERIOR FINISHING SCHEDULE A. Exterior Cedar Surfaces (Stained): 1. Location: Exterior redwood trellis sunshade structures, gable and vents and miscellaneous trims. 2. Primer: As recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Finish: One (1) coat semi -transparent water-repellent natural linseed oil stain. 4. Sealant: Integral with finish. 5. Product: Olympic Weather Screen Semi -Transparent Water -Repellent Oil Stain. 6. Color: To be selected. B. Exterior Structural Steel: 1. Location: Exposed beams, purlins, columns and other miscellaneous metal components. 2. Primer: Iron Metallic Surfacer by Sophisticated Finishes. 3. Finish: Rust Antiquing Solution by Sophisticated Finishes. 4. Sealant: Primer and Clear Sealer by Sophisticated Finishes. 5. Products: Sophisticated Finishes. 6. Color: Natural Rust. C. Refer to Section 09900 for painted finishes. END OF SECTION 09930 - 6 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents SECTION 12512 HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL WINDOW BLINDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install horizontal slat louver blinds where scheduled in this Section. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 2. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Blocking for head track installation. 3. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 4. Section 08520, Aluminum Windows. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Installation of window blinds shall be by qualified personnel employed by firms specializing in work of this type, with a minimum of five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size, complexity, and type of application. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data indicating specifications, installation of blinds, method of attachment, clearances and operation and hardware. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full color and fabric lines for selection by the Architect. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver blinds to site wrapped in a manner to prevent damage to components or marring of surfaces. B. Store in a clean, dry area, laid flat and blocked off the ground to prevent sagging, twisting or warping. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS A. General: Blinds shall have 1" wide horizontal tempered aluminum slats supported by braided ladders from manufacturer's standard -duty head track system. Operating hardware shalt be enclosed in the head track assembly. 1. Operation: Blinds shall raise and lower by means of a lift cord, length sufficient to 12512 - 1 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents completely raise or lower blinds. Blinds shall tilt by means of a suspended plastic tilt rod, approximately 3/8" cross -sectional dimension. B. Sizes: Window opening sizes as shown on the Drawings. 1. Continuous Ribbon Storefront Window Systems: Unit widths shall match width of each section of fixed or operable aluminum storefront window system. Provide maximum 1 /2" separation between installed window blind units, to be centered on mullions of storefront window system. Match exposure over mullions at end conditions as applicable. C. Color(s): As selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full tine. Color to be the same on each face. One (1) color shalt be used throughout the project. D. Mounting: Surface -mounted or as recommended by manufacturer for specific application. E. Accessories: Provide manufacturers standard hold-down attachments for securing bottom of blinds on vision liter of half lite or full lite doors. F. Valance Trim: Provide manufacturer's standard valance trim at head track assembly, including attachment clips and slat trims. G. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Levelor, Parsippany, NJ, (800) 223-0193. 2. Bali and Graber by Springs Window Fashions, Montgomery, PA, (800) 544.4749. 3. Hunter Douglas, Inc., Broomfield, CO, (800) 477-4254. 4. Kirsch, Sturgis, MI, (800) 528-1407. 5. Manufacturers providing products of same design, function, performance and appearance are acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Installer shall inspect the window and/or door openings and substrates to receive window coverings and notify the Contractor of any conditions that may potentially affect the proper installation and operation of the window coverings. Do not proceed with installation until such conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Installer. B. Field verify necessary measurements of windows and doors scheduled to receive blind installation. C. Ensure that adequate blocking is provided for installation of window blind system head track assemblies. Refer to Section 06100, Rough Carpentry, and/or Section 09110, Non -Load Bearing Metal Framing, as applicable. D. Ensure that preparatory work and cutouts are correctly done. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install blinds, accessories and operating hardware in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Adjust hardware and operable parts to ensure proper operation. C. Clean all window blind slats, louvers, head track assemblies and valance trims. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Install horizontal louver blinds in the following locations: 1. All perimeter aluminum windows. END OF SECTION 12512 - 2 Soapstone Natural Area - 0743.07 100% Construction Documents 50AP5TONE PRAIRIE NATURAL AREA FINAL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS JULY 15, 2005 ABBREVIATIONS ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS GENERAL NOTES ..z �...s.�a...... NTS c...u. oFE L mw.r : FV MATERIALS VCT °„gins BUILDING DATA "" w: rve WS.F. «w EMy Shtion ,255F. rw+.s _ "�" F' Itiosk 655E Lgye NOM sh 7615F. ure �n.ma Sma,5 bswhe 192SF. sn. S.h Lar9e W 07SF. VICINITY MAP v....z�.,.. ..,+..._..,�..... _. rem_. DRAWING INDEX CLLLR.LIKLE AXHTECTS LY �.n.xuzxnmt erc�w..uzxa�a � _ / � A zxnrvw srw'eriun / � i �. • < \ revmxens � � 4 c, I < \ y \ :E.�.P�a<o�..o � \ `� ✓, � — � \ lam— mM' iIr < •° es' \ F -1 W_ co 2 Q LLI J CL IX V W Ja' Z Ogm LL U)<O .4 r O L) f1LW.LncLE lIXIJTKTS LY NORiH SIiE PLPN � ias oS DD1 i 1 A A V A / / / / / / / I / ' I ' / / / / / / / i I I I I\ I I I I I 11 E 1- Lld Z a3 CL 0 W�Q' Z O 0 d Z 0 a O c). U ilU 11L91LiXLE lIKIJTECTS CC AftT M PUBLIC PLACES: `\� � ARTYGRK LFbEHD mwfp ein crrs�e P nu — eTlvA-fm New soew .iwewwEe `'' W fA Z QaJ ao 0 W�H ZRO Cl) I-- O a _r O cn a.i Iqlm► aEED.LhO E JKWTECTs a ULIlEIfIN1EIER �RVAILEV RGYF RNJ U � \ \ L4 �aq M L� W z Q J a o o W J OMLL ° cl)QLL az Q O Cl) (UQ LFYL6 �A1�2 ENRYRAttIN RGGP PLPN h EAYFi'5fA"FJ i% �r1AV C O EC � EHRN SgttN FWlR �FLNJ -1 W mg-' CLMO W_jH ZW OCCO (;A O az_ O Cl) aj Now (LLED LIICLE axurE<rs a Al„3 Kt K2 ��� �� rs wou rcw.�cncu �surw�zlwoerrw.�1 .d Me GKIP3 View I Cl aas EU L wnr� K1 O --(R 0 �rtv KkY*PL/,Yx R AN 9 'Al 4 O�J uose fvnuuG war _W Z aaJ as o X W�t- OMR U)ao n z a O Cl) (imi- (LLP LIKLS PXWLCT5 0. SECTION 00300 BID FORM PROJECT 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory ADDENDUM #2 Place g-zl-o a In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated August 21 , 2008 and subject to all conditions thereof the undersigned TCC Corporation a (Corporation Limited Liability Company Partnership Joint Venture or Sole Proprietor) authorized to do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules 2 The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in good faith without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for the same Work and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders the Agreement the detailed Specifications and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done all of which have been examined by the undersigned 3 Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashiers check or standard id bon in the sum of ($) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders 4 The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment bonds is as follows Moody Insurance 3773 Cherry Creek, Denver, co 80209 All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their individual jobs and overhead whether specifically mentioned included by implication or appurtenant thereto are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule irrespective of whether it is named in said list Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No 1 through' R�Fmwmm W z Cr6 J aQo WJM OMR Nao CL z a O u N (L NEW (LLER LIKLE �MITECT5. PC 'Al ^5 O W cr.N QaJ a o o WJm O�LL Nao aZ Q O N aj Iqlmv (LLER LhCLE f1YtITECTS LY 9 A16 C7 W_ z CL0 W 1— ZaM O LL LL c~nao IL ILZ} O Ft� N aj (4-LE raxurECTs a �\(XY.fWAf( �J?ELLVA, n G6', AfL Nf E EVAiILN U QGE`VAL M5fELEVA" �J LF LE Y Li LB <) n W z M6J IL m'o W�F- 0�0 Na0 IL O U) %1!are vry s�aicnm� t evnral � --� r----- � (9 EM nrr M re in iM W z M�J ELMO UJ Za Orp a (1)QQ a.z a O C.) Cl) qj Iqqw (LLGQ LIKLL OX"TEC% 0. A23 _U Z aQJ TWO IL cc J F Z Q wm_ O'o Cl) QD a.Z Q � O N OL (LLSP LPa; aYurEcrs a 0 LEVA" 6) W ,dq R4 1 ELEVA9LP1ElA Nk iELEVATM W z aa� ao o W � I— Zao Ora Nao aZ a 'O'^ V/ qj (LLER LnCLE �urEcrstY 0 PC" AEI.tFFN f EVAT" W z m W J CLMO .40 W.Z;R� J)ao CL O C.) N aj lqqw 11LLR Lrl(LE C4XATECT6 K a rw� A2 7 (DCGurrcUy A L&KE W&IIG" 0 ae-.ezdAM MVG %C" QiA WAMMV #CWN W _ M Z Q J a o O W_jF- Zao OMLL Nao IL a O N �o�tio�u VX�PVw �OT' RACE DEiN. 6 0 Wk xC" wNE�C" W M Z IL s o U W�H o�0 Nao aZ Q O U U) 8 BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid) Addendum #2 1 Lump sum for total project EXCLUDING #2 in Bid Schedule -71Z v o 2 Lump Sum ONLY for the Observation Shelter concrete trail and associated site access improvements involving the widening of the existing trail from the north parking lot to the Observation Shelter 3 BASE BID TOTAL COST (addition of item 1 and 2 in Bid Schedule) $gip , 373 00 In Words Fi use han &Jrti Si d0e*i Aousand 4-el!'AN445eWK& fi Do stars andz'0�eents Over runs and under runs of 16 diameter o� drilled piers Unit L F $ �S — grey concrete sidewalk with fibermesh 5 thick Unit S F $ 32E DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES Alternate No 1 (Add) Gateway Structure (east of the entry station) + $ 9 .365` Alternate No 1 (Deduct) Delete all 4 nominal Colorado Buff sandstone strip stone veneer and associated brick ledges at the foundations from base bid and provide and install simulated stone veneer Provide and install 6 solid grouted concrete masonry units with $ simulated stone veneer at the extended stone wing walls on the north and west elevations of the Entry Station with the deductive alternate y YI x ,,,,, ^• _ - = I JI_ IL-IIL-IILIIL-III�IFIIL-III=IILIII� I %1EN2Y !A�— E1 w E2 I n.r m I w wr� ILiil I I I I I wm K I I � III�II M_WM IL N mWJ dmV W_jH M OWO LL U) Q0 Q Z } O U N L 141 (ILL axuTgCTs a A33 G,EAVEW9FM E)RfiFw7lfm (3 ML5eC"2 ewk 4 "I W z aMo w O�0 N LL Q 0 Q Z L O L) CO) .�,.., A -LED LIKLL „. CVC4TLCTS LC R F E�f mnm im �� II El I Kf UWNI iCII'JlJ9 eW& `s(Vi 5 B 33 df/ UYftFfY WAp , M ff 1 W&L mfa UvErifXW4DOW SIA. U Ww0. % � LU ca QaJ. J ao o W I- 0m0 NQO aZ� a o cn IRMW (LLE (4XXJ TS LY C, 33 v WHL I(" ® PLN 5f V1 C" ... H P3 Pd v PS 1n1 (3 RP EM cEtp1fAVE cE 4 LLI aQn J ao O WaaF zao Oyu. Nao az� O r N (LLEP I/)(4E MO"-TECTi PC cr o, A g A3 5 a 2l RAKE Mtn v Am E" T P4 lrc, I <e x Pt w I I I_ W Z a� aa.. o o W�F zao O�a f~ ao aaz�_ O U) a.i 2LEQ MrLC (uc"TLCT� PC � � w 4 A3 6 IL- -- FIE � N. �� _iTi—iTio n—i ii-1 ii—i i=iTi=u i� u=iTi—Tt=iTo i u i i—n i IIL�o n=iTi=u i—Tr-117 'tr_ ,,, rxo scrrirM m zar Envy Mru z� vnt e� u. ,T wiu. cgrx W z a Q J ao 0 U Wa$F Zao O=LL c~nao aZ� a O N Off.../ IRIEW (iLER LDCL6 MC41CT5 DC f A3�7 _,� 4Mb Waam v suxopposvNeas W R U)0 Z Q0 Jp Jq� J O OZ0= F— ui LL LLO 0 WLU �o� F O °� (aLL U 0 U) 0.LEP LL1CL5 ({X"TECTS CC STRNCAUL GENERAL NOTE$ Sol FOOTING/PAD SC fti p B A rz , ,s c W MEEKS W �n i mmRN 1-1 a _W ri)W a z JO J J pao z° H C.) �Wvi LL L.L W p Z <i �of-- w U)0 N L UaL O y (ILD LF LE l x"Lroj X f Mf oS1 1 x i i b ROOF FRAMING PLAN V -o �7iK! F-I a w Uw a Z JO �O J J On ZO wMN OgJ LL 0WO ZU �O� ~ N OULaL a O y qj CLLEQ LIK1E (aK (=C%X 09 � roi wuw u OS1 2 1 �J FOUNDATION PLAN 0 FOOTING/PAD SCHEDULE E om rz e r ROOF FRAMING PLAN V o Q _LU U)oc Za0 Jp J QQO Z0 U �L_C6 OZ LL LLW0 0ZL) �0� _~0 (A Ua a O N qj (LLD LI)U_E CJXLRECTS K a WEEK let mom. m a O S2 1 3 Sheet SD1 North Site Plan Revision Fencing for Limits of Disturbance along the entire 1 700 foot long site access improvements from the north parking lot to the observatory will not be required 4 Sheet SD1 North Site Plan Revision Delete the reference (SUBGRADE PREPARED BY OTHERS) at the note for the new 5 depth 5 wide concrete walk w/ fiber mesh — approx 1 700LF to North Shelter 5 Sheet Al 3 Entry Station Plans Clarification Add the following note All gas piping, fittings and other associated components for the propane gas heater and gas lamps are to be design/build by the selected mechanical subcontractor All proposed piping equipments and materials are to be submitted to the owner for approval pnor to installation Reference the attached cut -sheet of proposed propane heater and gas lamp and specification section 15020 Design/Build Plumbing and Mechanical Systems 6 Sheet Al 6 Small Picnic Shelter Revision This structure will be constructed within 100 yards of the north parking lot at a specific location to be determined and staked out by the owner 7 Sheet Al 6 Small Picnic Shelter Revision Delete Crusher fines floor surface of the small shelter Provide compacted sub base for future crusher fines installation by owner at the floor area within the pressure treated timber enclosure 8 Sheet A3 3 Entry Station building sections and interior elevations detail C2/A3 3 Delete the lexan glazing reference to the note at upper fixed window There is no lexan glazing in the project 9 Sheet SO 1 Structural General notes Structural Materials 1 0 Concrete 1 1 General Requirements item A 28-day compressive strength for concrete shall be as follows Change to read Slab -On -Grade — 4 000 p s i Attachments (8) Eight 8-1/2 x11 cut sheet of propane heat and gas lamps (1) One 8-1/2 x11 specification section 15020 Design/Build Plumbing and Mechanical Systems (1) One 8-1/2 x11 Exhibit for access to the Lindenmeier Observatory (1) One 8-1/2 x11 typical cross sections for temporary construction access and permanent concrete path to the Lmdenmeier Observatory REVISED BID SCHEDULE ATTACHED Please contact John D Stephen CPPO CPPB Senior Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED 9 PRICES The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation, shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc , to cover the complete Work in place of the several kinds called for Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement or prices of any item so long as the deletion or change does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total Agreement Price RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED TCC Corporation CONTRACTOR BY Ernie Crownover 2L " 4 August 21 2008 i Signature Date President ti Title License Number (If Applicable) (Seal - if Bid is by corporation) Attest Address 2900 Greeley, Colorado 80631 970-353-8242 ecrownover@tcccorp net Telephone Email 'F' Street Rev 10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 3 FOOTING/PAD SCHEDULE .. c n � I e � ROOF FRAMING PLAN U FOUNDATION PLAN / o un W w WEEKS F1 a w UM a ZJG J Opo Q_j Z0 H U ofLN LL LL M owo }0� F-a0 Ua LL rn (41 2LFP LIKLS 11KlITECTS IK iE ME b © S3 1 FOUNDATION PLAN / o• ROOF FRAMING PLAN V -a FOOTING/PAD SCHEDULE 3 I ox MEE III F1 a w U)w a Z JO �O J J = O UZO H L) �Uvi LL � J LLWO QZu 0 F p N ULL a a O rn aj (UP LI)6LE r4x" ECTs a M. BCE 1FA � NR �ob1 OMWN 0.8 o S4 1 FOOTING/PAD SCHEDULE EK CW 8 I cwn it 8 I cOxe B ] 3 15 T B u I . ROOF FRAMING PLAN / o FOUNDATION PLAN V. o �n ,II Q ll^^ W vJ z <0 J o Jgg J Ono Z0 H V w w U) LL LL_ IL W O OZ<i F 0 y LL Ua a 0 U) aj 2LFQ UYIE MWEC ?mI9 ©S5 1 I I Til I I I Md C7 FOUNDATION PLAN / i o FOOTING/PAD SCHEDULE wxn EKeFCW i B 3 /5 MI 0 / n I I rK m — -0 - -8 ROOF FRAMING PLAN nnn s�LL YIIY�i^� • N�OLS�T�� 111 1-1 Q W a Z JO J J O 040 H V O�wwvi LL O J J OW O Z C.) r O r0 y a LL U O rn (IL (tLEQ LIICLE (yCA ECTS a 5 I �efc r b oS6 1 0 YYY�■Fi�J • macx�*u III ,m:� our � `p`i"mW W U) X a zJG J 0Qo ZO H V L fA OgJ 0WO Z CU }O0 11--~O fn ILLUa O rn (LLLQ LI)GLL lJKIJTKTS K I m m a� �0 WNW,wun m w mi � ¢� 1111 ,u - i v P�� nninini� i m»o unuuunu d d %�`mu.ao � mr t� FNE Mwf ox.WN u �', IONICAIXYI pUS,EM OEIM �j�(ONXWIIWI PV52fl OLtM fWKMTO .4L Cf1ML gXIWNgI 4L OETM s d � cNE En sWe OErW >/ o 4, 8 � Fit �� OEM WNOL KN WN OE,M fW WIKKI I L M WL =.t:i.= �, WNW 0 AISIE CEM I I 0 n CONTROL JOINT CONSTRUCTION JOINT n sirs ox uux JdM onus rs u .tea j M rrrir i cam1En xEw aRx¢ •✓ f.V ma o EW ' — — s/ o xwx� �T E s/ a ee rou o.2. .1 of uE s/ i o E rM ST V fFrvxxG XTW �/ u W U) W Z as 0 J=0 OQJ 20 V W U) O g J LLW0 0 LLI �0� _~0 N LL UQ 0 rn 9.1 ILLW LIYLL (VLWECTS 4Y f�w..�xc o�iTu n oar r OS7 2 00410 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned TCC Corporation as Principal, and Insurance Company of the West as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, as Owner, in the penal sum of Five Percentof Amount Bid ($ 5% )for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and assigns THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a Contract Agreement for the construction of City of Fort Collins Project, 6110 Soapstone Praine Natural Area Shelters and Observatory WHEREAS, the Owner, as a condition for receiving said bid, requires the Principal to deposit with the Owner a Bid Guaranty equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of said bid NOW, THEREFORE, (a) If said bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, (b) If said bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract Agreement (properly completed in accordance with said bid) and shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond upon the forms prescribed by the Owner for the faithful performance of said Agreement, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said bid; then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the sane shall remain in force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liabi. lity of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated 00410 continued The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such bid, and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals this 14th day of August , 2008 , and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above PRINCIPAL SURETY Name TCC Corporation Insurance Company of the West 2900 F Street 800 Englewood Parkw y^Suite B 204 Address Greeley, CO 80631 En lewood CO 8 1 By D Title Karen Feggestad Attoriney in Fact l (SEAL) (SEAL) NOTE Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the Owner MOODY INSURANCE AGENCY, INC 3773 CHERRY CREEK NORTH DRIVE, SUITE 800 DENVER COLORADO 802093804 PHONE (303) 824 6600 F l No 0004778 ICW GROUP Power of Attorney Insurance Company of the West Explorer insurance Company Independence Casualty and Surety Company KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That Insurance Company of the West, a Corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of California, Explorer Insurance Company a Corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of California, and Independence Casualty and Surety Company a Corporation duly orgamzed under the laws of the State of Texas (collmhvely referred to as the Companies ) do hereby appoint EVAN E MOODY BRAD MOODY KAREN A FEGGESTAD VERA T KALBA, D N BROYLES DANIEL S FINHOLM their true and lawful Attomey(s)-m Fact with authority to date execute sign seal and deliver on behalf of the Companies fidelity and surety bonds undertakings and other similar contracts of suretyship and any related documents In witness whereof the Companies have caused these presents to be executed by its duly authorized officers this 2nd day of January 2008 roars,Ir oiuiti.4 Mew S tF�'P a o Q O, j ] o�SEAi�r / loftT) Sweeney Assistant Secretary Slate ofCall �gmi y jj County of San Diego I as INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST EXPLORER INSURANCE COMPANY INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY J DouglasBrowne Senior Vice President On January `2 2008, pefore me Mary Cobb Notary Public personally appeared J Douglas Browne and Jeffrey D Sweeney who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/me subscnbed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that they executed the same in their authorized capacities and that by theirsignatures on the instrument the entity upon behalf of which the persons acted executed the mstiuinent 1 certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. Witness my hand and official seal �CO W Y+r1 Mary Cobb Nobly Public RESOLUTIONS This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed, sealed and untamed with facsimile signatures and seals Order authority of the following resolutions adopted by the respective Boards of Directors of each of the Companies RESOLVED That the President, an ExcWtive or Senior Vice President of the Company together with the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary are hereby amhonwil to execute Powers of Attorney appointing the person(s) named as Attomey(s)-m Fact to date execute sign seal and deliver on behalf of the Company fidelity and surely bonds undertakings and other similar contracts of suretyship and any related documents RESOLVED FURTHER That the signatures of the officers making the oppomtment, and the signature of any officer certifying the validity and current status of the appointment, may be ficsunde representations of those signatures and the signature and seal of any notary, and the seal of the Company may be facsimile representations of those signatures and seals, and such facsimile representations shall have the same force and effect as if manually affixed The facsimile representations referred to herein may be affixed by stamping printing, typing or photocopying CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned Assistant Secretary of Insurance Company of the West, Explorer Insurance Company and Independence Casualty and Surety Company do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is in full force and effect and has not been revoked and that the above resolutions were duly adopted by the respective Boards of Directors of the Companies and are now in full force IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have set my hand this 14th dayof August 2008 J�51 Jeffrey D Sweeney Assistant Secretary To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney you may call 1 800 877 1111 and ask for the Surety Division Please refer to the Power of Attorney Number the above named rndividual(s) and details of the bond to which the power is attached For information or filing claims please contact Surety Claims 1CW Group 11455 El Cammo Real San Diego CA 92130 2045 or call (858) 350 2400 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS 00410 Bid Bond 00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications 00430 Schedule of Subcontractors Rev 10/20/07 Section 00410 Page 1 SECTION 00420 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive This statement must be notarized If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires 1 Name of Bidder TCC Corporation 2 Permanent main office address 3 When organized 2900 'F' ST Greeley, CO 80631 4 If a corporation, where incorporated Colorado 5 How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? 1 year,formerly Thissen Construction Corp for 29 yrs 6 Contracts on hand (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion ) Stratton Elementary contract $ 760,555 comp 12-01-2008 New Frontier Office Complex contract $ 897,531 comp 09-15-2008 Horizon Vue Dairy contract $1,327,545 comp 10-31-2008 7 General character of Work performed by your company Demolition, concrete, carpentry, building specialties, metal studs, gypsum drywall and finishing M 0 10 Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you? No If so, where and why? Have your ever defaulted on a contract If so, where and why? Are you debarred by any government agency? If yes list agency name Rev 10/20/07 Section 00420 Page 1 11 List the more important proDects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of construction Daisy Lane Dairy contract $4,841,387, comp 5/08 in Cope, CO contract 1 178 411 com 7/08 in Loveland, CO Johnson Dairy contract $1,800,941, comp 47 07 in Eaton, CO 12 List your maDor equipment available for this contract Back hoe, sky trak, dump truck, multiple skid steers, portable generators, and portable welders 13 Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this proDect Fossil Creek Reservoir - an open space park & bird sanctuary Farr Park - bathrooms and picnic shelters Carter Lake Marina - a recreational facility 14 Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including officers Tim Thissen CEO 30 years experience Ernie Crownover - President - 20 years experience 15 Credit available $ 500,000 00 16 Bank reference New Frontier Bank, contact Larry Seastrom 17 Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the OWNER'? Yes 18 Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR? Yes AZ.CA, NE If yes, in what city, county and state' Fort- o11,ns, Q eldy, Denver -CO What class, license and numbers? 13-197 (Ft. Collins) 19 Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract? Yes If yes, what percent of total contract? 50% and to whom' various sub contractors 20 Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time? IF yes, DETAIL Rev 10/20/07 Section 00420 Page 2 21 What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL Please see attached certificate What company? 22 What are your company's bonding limitations? Single pro3ect 6 million 23 The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications Dated at TC( this 14th day of August , 2008 .. Name ..- By Fr-i ..n. Title President State of Colorado County of Weld G N\ t ova being duly sworn deposes and says that he is of TCC Corte and that (name of organization) the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct Subscribed and sworn me this Jr� day of _, 2001& �t�o� �before Notary Public My commission expireslS t SHEENA FENNELL Rev 10/20/07 Section 00420 Page 3 SECTION 00430 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over 15% of the contract ITEM cnnoruAy 51(ete t SUBCONTRACTOR �/1ea r Cow cr��P 1� f /V �U15`i7'u,�z ax Section 00430 Page 1 SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT FORMS 00510 Notice of Award 00520 Agreement 00530 Notice to Proceed SECTION 00300 131Tr00> PROJECT 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory ADDENDUM #2 Place Date In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated _ 20_ and subject to all conditions thereof the undersigned a (Corporation Limited Liability Company Partnership Joint Venture or Sole Proprietor) authorized to do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in good faith without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for the same Work and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders the Agreement the detailed Specifications and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done all of which have been examined by the undersigned Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashiers check or standard Bid bond in the sum of ($) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders 4 The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment bonds is as follows 5 All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their individual jobs and overhead whether specifically mentioned included by implication or appurtenant thereto are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule irrespective of whether it is named in said list 6 Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents 7 The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No through _ SECTION 00510 NOTICE OF AWARD Date August 27, 2008 TO TCC Corporation PROJECT 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory OWNER CITY OF FORT COLLINS (hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER") You are hereby notified that your Bid dated August 21, 2008 for the above project has been considered You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded an Agreement for 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory Base Bid Total $516,373 +(Alternate No 1 Gateway Structure) $ 9,365 $525,738 The Price of your Agreement is Five Hundred Twenty Five Thousand Seven Hundred Thirty Eight Dollars ($525,738) Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany this Notice of Award Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by September 12, 2008 1 You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement including all the Contract Documents Each of the Contract Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page 2 You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article 5 1) and Supplementary Conditions Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1) fully -signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached City of Fort \�\Collins By (OW17IR J m s B O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP Director of Purchasing & Risk Management Section 00510 Page 1 SECTION 00520 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the 27 day of August in the year of 2008 and shall be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and TCC Corporation (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows ARTICLE 1 WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents The Pro3ect for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is defined as the construction of the 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory natural area structures including an observatory, an entry station, small and large picnic shelters, kiosks and associated paved trails and site work and is generally described in Section 01010 ARTICLE 2 ENGINEER The Pro3ect has been designed by Aller-Lingle Architects, who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents ARTICLE 3 CONTRACT TIMES 3 1 a The Work for Phase I the three picnic shelters, Lindenmeier observation shelter, the two kiosks, the entrance station building, and the entrance station island curbing, sidewalk and parking area shall be Substantially Complete January 30, 2009 as provided in the General Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions March 30, 2009 b The Work for Phase II the north and south trail head trail paving and handicap parking spaces, and the paved trail to the Lindenmeier site shall be Substantially Complete March 20, 2009 as provided in the General Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions March 30, 2009 1 Section 00520 Page 3 2 Liquidated Damages OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3 1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter Phase I 1) Substantial Completion Three Hundred Dollars ($300 00) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after January 30, 2009 the date for Substantial Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete 2) Final Acceptance After Substantial Completion, One Hundred Fifty Dollars ($150 00) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after March 30, 2009 the date for Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is ready for Final Payment and Acceptance Phase II 1) Substantial Completion Three Hundred Dollars ($300 00) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after March 20, 2009 the date for Substantial Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete 2) Final Acceptance After Substantial Completion ($150 00) for each calendar expires after March 30, 2009 Acceptance until the Work is Acceptance ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT PRICE One Hundred Fifty Dollars day or fraction thereof that the date for Final Payment and ready for Final Payment and 4 1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows ($Five Hundred Twenty Five Thousand Seven Hundred Thirty Eight), $525,738 Dollars in accordance with Section 00300, attached and incorporated herein by this reference Section 00520 Page 2 ARTICLE 5 PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions 5 1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2 6 of the General Conditions and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and in accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work 5 1 1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be in the amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14 7 of the General Conditions 90% of the value of Work completed until the Work has been 50% completed as determined by ENGINEER, when the retainage equals 5% of the Contract Price, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER on recommendation of ENGINEER, may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed 90% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14 2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application for payment 5 1 2 Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance with paragraph 14 7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law 5 2 FINAL PAYMENT Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14 13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14 13 ARTICLE 6 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations 6 1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent 3 Section 00520 Page of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work 6 2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4 2 of the General Conditions 6 3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 6 2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4 2 of the General Conditions and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes 6 4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4 3 of the General Conditions 6 5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents 6 6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR ARTICLE 7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7 1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the 0 Section 00520 Page definition of Contract Documents" in Article 1 10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference 7 2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to, the following 7 2 1 Certificate of Substantial Completion 7 2 2 Certificate of Final Acceptance 7 2 3Lien Waiver Releases 7 2 4 Consent of Surety 7 2 5 Application for Exemption Certificate 7 2 6Application for Payment 7 3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows PG SHEET TITLE SHEET NO 1 Cover Sheet ARCHITECTURAL 2 North Site Plan SD1 3 South Site Plan SD2 4 Observatory Floor Plan Al 1 5 Observatory Roof and Framing Plan Al 2 6 Entry Station Floor & Roof Framing Plan Al 3 7 Kiosk Floor Plan, Framing Plan, Elevations & Section Al 4 8 North Picnic Shelter Plans Al 5 9 South Sm Picnic Shelter Plans Al 6 10 South Lg Picnic Shelter Plans Al 7 11 Observatory Elevations & Sections A2 1 12 Entry Station Elevations A2 3 13 North Picnic Shelter Elevations A2 5 14 South Sm Picnic Shelter Elevations A2 6 15 South Lg Picnic Shelter Elevations A2 7 16 Observatory Sections & Details A3 1 17 Observatory Wall Sections & Details A3 1B 18 Entry Station Sections & Details A3 3 19 Entry Station Wall Sections & Details A3 3B 20 Entry Station Details A3 3C 21 North Picnic Shelter Sections & Details A3 5 22 South Sm Picnic Shelter Sections & Details A3 6 23 South Lg Picnic Shelter Sections & Details A3 7 5 Section 00520 Page STRUCTURAL 24 Structural General Notes SO 1 25 Lindenmeier Observatory Foundation Plan S1 1 26 Lindenmeier Observatory Framing Plan S1 2 27 Entry Station Foundation & Framing Plans S2 1 28 Kiosk Foundation & Framing Plan S3 1 29 North Picnic Shelter Fnd & Framing Plan S4 1 30 South Sm Picnic Shelter Fnd & Framing Plan S5 1 31 South Lg Picnic Shelter Fnd & Framing Plan S6 1 32 Foundation & Framing Details S7 1 33 Foundation & Framing Details S7 2 The Contract Drawings shall be stamped 'Final for Construction' and dated Any revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated 7 4 Addenda Numbers 1 to 2, inclusive 7 5 The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3 5 and 3 6 of the General Conditions 7 6 There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or incorporated by reference in this Article 7 The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3 5 and 3 6 of the General Conditions ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS 8 1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions 8 2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound and specifically but not without limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Document 8 3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document 6 Section 00520 Page OWNER CITY OF FORT C/�` C�ci OOL�LINQS� BY / �f, JAME O'NEILL II, CPPO, FNIGP IRECTOR OF PURCHASING AND RISK MANAGEMENT Date Attest qlDg City Cle Address for giving notices P 0 Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 Approv d as r Ass ttorney CONTRACTOR TCC Corporation By Title Plrea�' t Date pP01 jy'� (CORPORATE SEAL)�— .at fx ` Attest �0 Address for giving notices .Z 906 f yl-vet LICENSE NO 7 Section 00520 Page SECTION 00530 NOTICE TO PROCEED Description of Work 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory To TCC Corporation This notice is to advise you That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been received by the OWNER That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby authorized and directed to proceed within (_) calendar days from receipt of this notice as required by the Agreement Dated this day of 20 The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be 20_ and , 20_, respectively City of Fort Collins OWNER By Title ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day of , 20 CONTRACTOR TCC Corporation By Title Section 00530 Page 1 SECTION 00600 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00610 Performance Bond 00615 Payment Bond 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR) 00660 Consent of Surety 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid) Addendum #2 1 Lump sum for total project EXCLUDING #2 in Bid Schedule 2 Lump Sum ONLY for the Observation Shelter concrete trail and associated site access improvements involving the widening of the existing trail from the north parking lot to the Observation Shelter 3 BASE BID TOTAL COST (addition of item 1 and 2 in Bid Schedule) In Words and cents Over -runs and under -runs of 16 diameter drilled piers Unit - L F $ grey concrete sidewalk with fibermesh - 5 thick Unit - S F $ DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES Alternate No 1 (Add) Gateway Structure (east of the entry station) + $ Alternate No 1 (Deduct) Delete all 4" nominal Colorado Buff' sandstone strip -stone veneer and associated brick ledges at the foundations from base bid and provide and install simulated stone veneer Provide and install 6" solid -grouted concrete masonry units with simulated stone veneer at the extended stone wing walls on the north _ $ and west elevations of the Entry Station with the deductive alternate SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No 2278955 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that (Firm)TCC Corporation (Address) 2900 F Street, Greeley, CO 80631 (an Fact}v�drra3) , (a-Prri�t-ner9ixYp) , (a Corporation) , hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) Insurance Company of the West (Address)800 Englewood Parkway, Suite B-204, Englewood, CO 80110 hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave, Fort Collins Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER", in the penal sum of Five Hundred Twenty Five Thousand Seven Hundred * in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents *Thirty Eight Dollars AND 00/100 ($525,738 00) THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the 27th day of August, 2008, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project, 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Agreement during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void otherwise to remain in full force and effect Rev1onoio7 Section 00610 Page 1 PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this 2nd day of September , 2008 IN PRESENCE OF (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE of IN PRESENCE F C R Mueller, Witness (Surety Seal) Principal TCC Corporation /2c� (Title) 2200 F Street, Greeley CO 80631 (Address) Other Partners LZ By Surety Insurance Company of the West (Address) Co 80110 NOTE Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond Rev 10/20/07 Section 00610 Page 2 SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND Bond No 2278955 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that (Firm)TCC Corporation (Address) 2900 F Street, Greeley, CO 80631 (an (-a- Partfte- -lrrg) , (a Corporation) , hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) Insurance Company of the West (Address) 800 Englewood Parkway, Suite B-204, Englewood, CO 80110 hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave Fort Collins Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", 1n the penal sum of Five Hundred Twenty Five Thousand Seven Hundred * 1n lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents *Thirty Eight Dollars AND 00/100 ($525,738 00) THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the 27th day of August, 2008, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project, 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in such Agreement and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed, rented or used in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance premiums on said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void otherwise to remain in full force and effect Rev 10/20/07 Section 00615 Page 1 PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this 2nd day of September , 20 08 IN PRESENCE OF v` w ✓fv -(Corpof'a'L6 av� r r, N-'PRF,SENCF,, QF ' a IN PRES�,�CE F / C•GRIMMuu/ell er, Witness (Surety Seal) Principal TCC Corporation By Q (Title) 2900 F Street, Greeley, CO 80631 (Address) Other Partners "COO Surety Insurance Company of the �Cj�Sika`�4 By �� —li N Broy�, At orney-In-Fact- 7 By 800 Englewood Parkway, Suite B-m� lewoAliq (Address) 801;Qr '"Pev a'"'Ttm wQ° w NOTE Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond Rev 10/20/07 Section 00615 Page 2 No 0004778 ICW GROUP 1 ower of Attorney Insurance Company of the West Explorer Insurance Company Independence Casualty and Surety Company KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That Insurance Company of the West a Corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of California Explorer Insurance Company a Corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of California and Independence Casualty and Surety Company a Corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Texas (collectively referred to as the Companies ) do hereby appoint EVAN E MOODY BRAD MOODY KAREN A FEGGLS IAD VERA T KALBA D N BROYLES DANIEL S FINHOLM their true and lawful Attomey(s) in Fact with authority to date execute sign seal and deliver on behalf of the Companies fidelity and surety bonds undertakings and other similar contracts of suretyship and any related documents In witness whereof die Companies have caused these presents to be executed by its duly authorized officers this 2nd day of January 2008 °earsar a BURA4, a�^ 'uc CR ` O /r�r — c'�K�—. j\ INSURANCE COMPANY OF 7 HE WEST �ioMSEAL _t'1 ) ) EXPLORER INSURANCE COMPANY fir' `O'✓3zjl o, sa'�p N, Jia y� INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY °4aglrtl °fob �f Q Jeffrey D Sweeney Assistant Secretary State of California } as County of San Diego J Douglas Brame Senior Vice President On January 2 2008 before me Mary Cobb Notary Public personally appeared J Douglas Browne and Jeffrey D Sweeney who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that they executed the same in their authorized capacites and that by their signatures on the instrument the entity upon behalf ofwhich the persons acted executed the instrument I certify under I LNALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State ofCalifornia that the foregoing paragraph is We and correct Witness my hand and official seal Mary Cobb Notary Public RESOLIJ I IONS 1 his Power of Attorney is granted and is signed sealed and notarized with facsimile signatures and seals under authority of the following resolutions adopted by the respective Boards of Directors of each of the Companies RLSOLVED That the President, an Executive or Senior Vice President of the Company together with the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary are hereby authorized to execute Powers of Attorney appointing the person(s) named as Atlomey(s)-m Fact to dale execute sign seal and deliver on behalf of the Company fidelity and surety bonds undertakings and other similar contracts of suretyship and any related documents RESOLVED FURTHER That the signatures of the officers making the appointment and the signature of any officer certifying the validity and uurent status of the appointment may be facsimile representations of those signatures and the signature and seal of any notary and the seal of the Company may be facsimile representations of those signatures and seals and such facsimile representations shall have the same force and effect as if manually affixed The facsimile representations referred to herein may be affixed by stamping printing typing or photocopying CERTIFICA I L I the undersigned Assistant Secretary of Insurance Company of the West Explorer Insurance Company and Independence Casualty and Surety Company do hereby certify that the foregoing I ower of Attorney is in full force and effect and has not been revoked and that the above resolutions were duly adopted by the respective Boards of Directors of the Companies and are now in full force IN WI I NLSS WHEREOF I have set my hand this 2nd day of September 2008 a� 44Hu4", z az Ir Y D Sweeney�e>4syn` to = Secretary To verifythe authenticity of this PowerofAttome ty y you may call 1800 877 1 I I I and ask for the Surety, Dh isro Please re iq"theiha`wer of Attorney Number the above named individual(s) and details of the bond to which the power is attached For information or filing gawks a �,ryptaefrS}i j%�3VM, ICW Group 11455 EI Camino Real San Diego CA 92130 2045 or call (858) 350 2400 ��r4 0"�igv C /If IrrNMilGtlY^tl'%' SECTION 00630 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance Rev 10/20/07 Section 00630 Page 1 ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 9/2izoDDe PRODUCER (303)824-6600 FAX (303)370-0118 Moody Insurance Agency, Inc 3773 Cherry Creek North Drive Suite 800 Denver CO 80209-3804 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC 8 INSURED TCC Corp 2900 F Street Greeley CO 80631 INSURER Travelers Indemnity INSURERS Travelers Prop Cam CO of INSURER Pinnacol Assurance INSURER D INSURER VFRArFR THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOTWITHSTANDING AN REQUIREMENT TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES REG kTE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEE N REDUCED By PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADO L TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICYDAT(14MIDIDIYEFFECTIVE POLICY MEXPIRATION D of LIMITS A GENERAL UJUNUTY R COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CIAIMS MADE ® OCCUR DTC0559SC484IND07 9/15/2007 9/15/2008 EACH OCCURRENCE B 1 600 000 DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES ME IKcumop) $ 300 000 MED EXP . roan $ 5 000 PERSONAL INJURY E 1 000 000 GENERALT E 2 000 000 GEN L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER POLICY R PR 7 LOC PRODUCTS / PAGG S 2 000 000 B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS DT810559BC484TIL07 9/15/2007 9/15/2008 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Eee .m) $ 1 000 000 R BODILY INJURY (Per W.) $ R BODILY INJURY (Per ecad.t) $ R PROPERTY DAMAGE (Pe ea tI $ GARAGE LIABILITY ANYAUTO AUTOONLY EAACCIDENT $ OTHER THAN EA ACC AUTO ONLY AGO H EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY R OCCUR CLAIMSMADE DEDUCTIBLE R RETENTION 10 000 DTSMCUP559SC484TIL07 9/15/2007 9/15/2008 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2 000 000 AGGREGATE 2 000 000 S $ it C WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETORIPARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICEMMEMBER EXCLUDED? Ayes d.M urMN SPECIALVI N 4021079 7/01/2008 7/01/2009 R C STA OTH UM,I ER EL EACH ACCIDENT Is 500 000 EL DISEASE EAEM LOYE41 500 000 EL DISEASE POLICY LIMIT S 500 000 OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPEMTIONMOCATKN MEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENTISPECIAL PROVISIONS Re Soapstone Prairie Natural Arsa Shelters f Observatory Bid 6110 This certificate is subject to the terms conditions and exclusions of the policies In the event of cancellation for non-paymant of premium a 10-day notice of cancellation will apply City of Fort Collins Attn Purchasing Division 215 North Mason St 2nd Floor Fort Collins, CO 80522 ACORD 25 (2001108) alsn1K SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT BUT FAILURE TO DO 90 SMALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE R Bruscino/ROSBRU 0 ACORD CORPORATION 198 Gan M IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED the policy(ies) must be endorsed A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s) If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED subject to the terms and conditions of the policy certain policies may require an endorsement A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s) DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s) authorized representative or producer and the certificate holder nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon IN3025 (oiw) ou "a a W Z SECTION 00635 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TO CITY OF FORT COLLINS (OWNER) DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROJECT TITLE 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION Fort Collins, Colorado INCLUDE OWNER City of Fort Collins CONTRACTOR TCC Corporation CONTRACT DATE August 27, 2008 The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project (or specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents ENGINEER The CONTRACTOR accepts and agrees to complete the time indicated CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and correct the items on the tentative list within By AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substantially complete and will assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12 01 a m , on The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth under "Remarks" below CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By OWNER REMARKS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE Rev 10/20/07 Section 00635 Page 1 SECTION 00640 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE TO TCC Corporation Gentlemen , 20 You are hereby notified that on the day of , 20 , the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted the Work completed by for the City of Fort Collins project, 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final Payment for all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated 20 In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following date 20 Sincerely, OWNER City of Fort Collins By Title ATTEST Title 0 Rev 10/20/07 Section 00640 Page 1 DESIGN/BUILD PLUMBING AI4D MECHAHICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 WORK IIKLUDED A Design furnish and install complete and functional propane gas -fared heater and gas lamps mechanical systems within the entry station building complete with all equipment tnms and accessories as Base Bid B Coordination with the Contractor other Subcontractors Architect Engineers and Owner as necessary for a complete and operational system C Prepare and submit all submittals and shop drawings required by Division 1 or required for the proper coordination of the work D Prepare and submit operations and maintenance manuals E Related work specified elsewhere 1 Division 1 General Requirements Section 01030 Alternates Section 11452 Residential Appliances Division 16 Electrical 1 02 DESIGN CRITERIA A All systems shall be designed and stamped by a professional engineer registered in the State of Colorado if required B All systems shall be designed and installed to properly and efficiently operate at the altitude Longitude and latitude of the project site C All fixtures equipment faucet trims controls etc in handicapped accessible and/or adaptable units shall be of the type and installed at appropriate locaaon(s) and height(s) to meet all applicable accessibility codes and standards 1 03 WARRANTIES Contractor shalt warrant the design materials equipment and installation workmanship to befree from defects and operate satisfactorily under normal conditions for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Completion PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 D1 MATERIALS A14D SYSTEMS General Mechanical/HVAC and plumbing systems shalt be design/build by the selected Subcontractor Systems shall be designed by a professional empneer registered in the State of Colorado Subcontractor(s) slap install each system and provide all required drawings specifications calculations equipment and fixture cut sheets as required to acquire budding permits and allow for Owner and Architect review of the proposed system ALL matenats fixtures equipment, controls and installation workmanship shall meet the requirements of all applicable codes and standards Also refer to Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements 15020 1 Soapstone Natural Area 0743 07 1004 Construction Documents SECTION 00650 LIEN WAIVER RELEASE (CONTRACTOR) TO City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER) FROM TCC Corporation (CONTRACTOR) PROJECT 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory 1 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project 2 In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U S C A 270 a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the possession or control of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the buildings on and appurtenances to the land improved by the project 3 The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished, delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out of the project 4 The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants, agents or assigns against the Rev 10/20/07 Section 00650 Page 1 project or against the OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or assigns arising out of the project for all loss, damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred as a result of such claims 5 The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above constitutes and adequate description of the property and improvements to which this Lien Waiver Release pertains It is further acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and material bonds for the project Signed this day of , 20 CONTRACTOR TCC Corporation By Title ATTEST Secretary STATE OF COLORADO ) )ss COUNTY OF LARIMER ) Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20 , by Witness my hand and official seal My Commission Expires Notary Public Rev 10/20/07 Section 00650 Page 2 SECTION 00660 CONSENT OF SURETY TO City of Fort Collins, Colorado (hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER") CONTRACTOR TCC Corporation PROJECT 6110 Soapstone Prairie Natural Area Shelters and Observatory CONTRACT DATE August 27, 2008 In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for (Surety) '.0M�T. 0 onMo hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of (Surety Company) By ATTACH Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)-in-Fact Rev 10/20/07 Section 00650 Page 3 DR 0172 (12/98) COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE DENVER CO 80261 (303) 232 2416 CONTRACTOR APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Pursuant to Statute Section 39-26114(1)(a)(XIX) 0 nn NOT WRITE IN THIC CPAr:F The exemption certificate for which you are applying must be used only for the purpose of purchasing construction and building materials for the exempt project described below This exemption does not Include or apply to the purchase or rental of equipment supplies and materials which are purchased rented or consumed by the contractor and which do not become part of the structure highway road street or other public works owned and used by the exempt organization Any unauthorized use of the exemption certificate will result in revocation of your exemption certificate and other penalties provided by law A separate certificate is required for each contract Subcontractors will not be issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue It is the responsibility of the prime contractor to issue certificates to each of the subcontractors (See reverse side) FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETE ALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED RegissaboNAcownt No (to be assigned by DOR) Period 89 - 0170-750 (999) $0 00 CON *ACTOR INFORMATION Trade name/DBA Owner partner or corporate name Mailing address (City State Zip) Contact Person E Mail address Federal Employer s Identification Number Bid amount for your contract Fax Number Business telephone number Colorado withholding tax account number s' C' COpi6s of �'i11 1.bAnriili { 1,.-'A1F�11g the conox0hij p>m" EXE1 ",,,,CNf INFQ,GRMATION and (a� confa6dng �llglbaturss oCciinlraat�ilgparNes'musl �a aea�lwd Name of exempt organization (as shown on contract) Exempt organizations number 98 - Address of exempt organization (City State Zip) Principal contact at exempt organization Principal contacts telephone number Physical location of project site (give actual address when applicable and Cities andtor County ties) where protect is located) Scheduled Month Day Year Estimated Month Day Year consimetion start date CompletlPn date e� A R I declare under penalty of perjury In the second degree that the statements made /n this application are true and complete to the best of my knowledge S ature of owner partner or corporate officer Title of corporate officer Date �it:•Y:ifY'5iIJ1MI►1 Section 00670 Page 2 Special Notice Contractors who have completed this application in the past please note the following changes in procedure The Department will no longer issue individual Certificates of exemption to subcontractors Only prime contractors will receive a Contractors Exemption Certificate on exempt projects Upon receipt of the Certificate the prime contractor should make a copy for each subcontractor involved in the project and complete it by filling in the subcontractors name and address and signing R The original Certificate should always be retained by the prime contractor Copies of all Certificates that the prime contractor issued to subcontractors should be kept at the prime contractors place of business for a minimum of three years and be available for inspection in the event of an audit Once an 89# has been assigned to you please use the next five numbers following it for any applications submitted for future projects This should be your permanent number For instance if you were assigned 89 12345 0001 every application submitted thereafter should contain 89 12345 on the application The succeeding numbers will be issued by the Department of Revenue DO NOT enter what you believe to be the next in sequence as this may delay processing of your application Section 00670 Page 3 SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT These GENERAL CONDITIONS have been developed by using the STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee, EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1990 Edition), as abase Changes to that document are shown by underlining text that has been added and striking through text that has been deleted. EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990_EDITION) WITH CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Article or Paragraph Number & Title TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Page Article or Paragraph Number Number & Title DEFINITIONS I 1.1 Addenda 1.2 Agreement 13 Application for Payment Payment,.,..„...............1 1.4 Asbestos 1.5 Bid 1.6 Bidding Documents .............................1 L7 Bidding Requirements._....._ ........... . I 1.8 Bonds 1.9 Chang, 1.10 Contract Documents 1.11 Contract Price 1,12 Contract Times., ........ ....... 1 1,13 CONTRACTOR.- ....... ........ 1,14 defective 1,15 Drawings.__ ...... ... .... ... .. 1.16 Effective Date of the Agreement,.,,,,,.,, 1.17 ENGINEER 1.18 ENGINEERS Cioruml�amt, 1 119 Field Order 1 1,20 General Requirements........_ 1.21 ...............2 Hazardous Waste 2 1.2' a Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations, 2 1,12.b ­ - ... - .... ......... Legal Holidays ..... .... . . . ........ ....... 2 113 Liens 1.24 Milestone 1.25 Notice of Award 2 1.26 Notice to Proceed 2 1.27 OWNER......._..........___ 2 L28 Partial Uization- 1.29 PCBs 1,30 Petroleum 1.31 Project .... ........ __ ......... 1.32 a ..... ...... Radioactive Material __2 2 1.32,b Regular Working Hours... ....... ...... 2 133 Resident Project Representative. 1,34 Samples_...... 1.35 -._ ."... -.......... Shop Drawings .... 2 1.36 Specifications .......... .... 11 ....... ... 2 137 Subcontractor 2 1.38 Substantial Completion 2 1.39 Supplementary Conditions.,,...._ 2 1.40 . Supplier.....___._.........__........ 1,41 Underground Facilities, 2-3 1.42 Unit Price Work....._.........................3 1.43 Work 1.44 Work Change Directive,_,....,.,,_ 3 1.45 Written Amendment., .......... 1.. ­3 Page Number PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 Delivery of Bonds,...,_____.........,___.3 2.2 Copies of Documents .... ...... ...........3 2.3 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed 3 2.4 Starting the Work........._........ 2.5-2.7 Before Starting Construction; CONTRACTOWs Responsibility to Report; Preliminary Schediles; Delivery of Certificates of Insurance 3-4 2.8 Reconstruction Conference 4 2.9 Initially Acceptable Schedules ...... ... 4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT AMENDING, REUSE ....................... 4 3.1-3.2 Intent 4 33 Reference to Standards and Speci- fications of Technical Societies; Reporting and Resolving Dis- crepancies ... .............. . ......... 4-5 3A Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives .5 3.5 Amending Contract Docun cuts, 3.6 Supplementing Contract Documents......... ........ ...... ...... 5 17 Reuse of Documents.. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 5 4,1 Availability off, uds ... ,5-6 4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 6 4.2 1 Reports and Drawings ... . ......... 6 4.12 Lim ited Reliance by CONTRAC- TOR Authorized, Technical Data 6 4.2.3 Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ........... 6 422 4 ENGINEERs Review 6 4.15 Possible Contract Documents Change..................__............__._6 426 Possible Price and Times Adjustments . ............ 6-7 4.3 Physical Conditions --Underground Facilities ...... 7 4.11 Shown or Indicated 7 4.3.2 Not Shown or Indicated, .... .... 7 4,4 Reference Points EJCW (3ENF CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1vto EDInoNj w' CITY OF FORT COUINSMODUICATIONS (REV 9/99) Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Number 4.5 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material.,,........ _...... J-8 BONDS AND INSURANCE ........... 8 5.1-5.2 Performance, Payment and Other Bonds............_ ............... _..___._.... 8 5.3 Licensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates of Insurance 8 54 CONTRACOR's Liability Insurance. _....... _...... _.......... _... _.....9 5.5 OWNER's Liability Insurance,,9 5.6 Property Insurance„. .... 9-10 5.7 Boiler and Machinery or A tional Property Insurance,,,,,,,,,,,,,,_ 10 5.8 Notice of Cancellation Prodsion..... .. 10 5.9 CONTRACTOR's Responsibility for Deductible Am ounts_,..._.,,_,.,..,.,10 5.10 Other Special Insurance..,, 10 5.11 Waiver ofRights ...... ... JI 5.12-5,13 of...__......... Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds ...................... 10-11 5.14 Acceptance of Bonds and Insu- ance; Option to Replace_ _. _ _,. „11 5.15 Partial Utilization --Property Insurance........ _...... _......................11 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES __......... 11 6.1-6.2 Supervision and Superintendence..,,... 11 6.3-6.5 Labor, Materials and Equipment.... 11-12 6.6 Progress Schedule..._............._.........12 6.7 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items; CONTRACTOR's Expense; Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures, ENGINEER's Evaluation ......... ... . 12-13 6.8-&11 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others; Waiver of Rights .... _................ 13-14 6,12 Patent Fees and Royalties ................... 14 6.13 Permits._.....__. .............. ...... _..__.. 14 6,14 Laws and Regulations,,,........__......... 14 6.15 Taxes.._ ....... _....._...... 14-15 6.16 Use of Premises,.,.,..._ ................_.... 15 6.17 Site Cleanliness ............................ _.. 15 6.18 Safe Structural Loading.__,.,_.__........ 15 6.19 Record Documents _..,.,,...._....__.._...15 6.20 Safety and Protection .. ... 15-16 6.21 Safety Representative....._ 16 6.22 Hazard Communication Programs, 16 6.23 Emergencies.,,,„ ......................_...... 16 6.24 Shop Drawings and Samples_. _.__.... 16 6.25 Submittal Proceedures; CON- TRACTOR'S Review Prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal .......................... _..... 16 6.26 Shop Drawing & Sample Submit- tals Review by ENGINEER..,.,. 16-17 6.27 Responsibility for Variations From ContractDocuments 6.29 Related Work Performed Prior to ENGINEER's Review and Approval of Required Submittals ................................... 17 629 Continuing the Work .._____.. 17 6.30 CONTRACTOR'S General Warranty and Guarantee ............. 17 6.31-6.33 Indemnification.. .... ..... ..._.. _. 17-18 6.34 Survival of Obligations ... ..............18 7. OTHERWORK ........... .__. _.... IS 7.1-7.3 Related Work at Site ........................ 18 74 Coordination 18 8, OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 18 8.1 Canmunications to CON- TRACTOR..._ ..., .11, 1 18 82 Replacement of ENGINEER ............ 18 8.3 Furnish Data andPay Promptly When Due............ _.. _.....__... 18 8A Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests........................_..,,-18-19 8.5 Insurance.......................................19 8.6 Change Orders...,.,_ ....................... 19 8.7 Inspections, Tests and Approvals.... _. _..........................19 8.8 Stop or Suspend Work; Terminate CONTRACTOR'S Services ...................................... 19 8.9 Limitations on OWNER'S Responsibilities _... _.._.......... _...,19 8.10 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material _............. 19 8.11 Evidence of Financal Arrangements_ ....................... 19 9. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION.... _....... _.............................. 19 9.1 OWNER'S Representative ............... 19 9.2 Visits to Site.,.,,,..,... _.................... 19 9.3 Project Representative,,,,,,_... 19-21 94 Clarifications and Interpre- tations 21 9.5 Authorized Variations in Wrk........'I E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 0990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 91") Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph page Number & Title Numher Number & Title Number 9.6 Rejecting Defective Work ... _..... 21 13.8-13.9 Uncovering Work at ENGI- 9.7-99 Shop Drawings, Change Orders NEER's Request. 27.28 and Payments.,._._ .... _..._,21 13.10 OWNER May Stop the Work 28 9.10 Determinations for Unit Prices.,..., 21-22 13,11 Correction or Removal of .... 9.11-9.12 Decisions on Disputes, ENGI- Defective Work ... _ NEER as Initial Interpreter.,...,........ 22 13,12 ....... ............_2g Correction Period_ 9.13 Limitations on ENGINEERS13.13 .. ..... Acceptance ofDefectiive Work..,... .......28 28 Authority and Responsibilities,, 22-23 13. 14 OWNER May Correct Defective CHANGES IN THE WORK ......... ....._........._............ 23 Work ..... _ .......... _ _ ........ -„ _ . 2 8-29 10.1 OWNER's Ordered Change,,,,,,,,,,,,,,_ 23 14, PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND 10.2 Claim for Adjustor ent _......_23 COMPLETION.,...,. 29 10.3 Work Not Required by Contract 14.1 _ Schedule of Values 29 °Cm1ents ....... 23 14.2 ........... Application for Progress 10.4 Change Orders ._ ., ............ _,_„23 Payment,,, 29 10.5 Notification of Surety: ,,,_,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 23 14.3 .... CONTRACTOR'S Warranty of CHANTitle GE OF CONTRACT PRICE .,..,.,,,...23 14.4-14.7 ... _...................... .... . _......29 .. Review of Applications for l l.1-1 L3 Contract Price; Claim for Progress Payments,,..,,,.„_ 29-30 Adjustment; Value of 14.8-14.9 Substantial Completion,,,..... 30 the Work _.._„_.......,...._....,.,..... 23-24 14.10 Partial Utilization_.,_... 11.4 Cost of the Work"- ......_...................24-25 14.11 Final Inspection 31 1LS Exclusions Cost Work..... 25 14.12 ... ........_............... Final Application for Payment...,,._, 31 11.6 Teethe CONTRACTOR'S Fee ,. 25 14.13-14,14 Final Payment and Acceptance 31 11.7 Cost Records 25-26 14,15 Waiver of Claims 31-32 11.8 Cash Allowances,.,.,__._..._, _........ ....................... 11.9 Unit Price Work ...... .......... ..._. .... __..26 ..... 26 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION_......__ 32 CHAN.............. GE OF CONTRACT TRv]ES.,_ ,.__..,.. ., 26 I5.1 ............. OWNER May Suspend Work 32 12.1 Claim for Adjuston ent....................... 26 15.2-15.4 OWNER May Terminate.. 32 1.2 Time of the Essence„_......................26 15.5 CONTRACTOR May Stop ..... ` 123 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR'S Work or Terminate_.... 32-33 Control 26-27 ..,.......... 124 Delays Beyond OWNER's and 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 33 CONTRACTOR'S Control 27 ........... _ IT MISCELLANEOUS. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, IZl - t � e.. . . . _......__......33 Giving Notice ce.. 33 REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF 172 .............................. Computation of Times DEFECTIVE WORK ._. _.. .................. 2 _27 ]7.3 --,..,_33 Notice of Claim 33 13.1 Notice of Defects_,..___.,..,.. 27 17.4 ......_. Cumulative Remedies ... 33 13.2 Access to the Work .... 9 ._.. _-7 175 .......... --""" Rofessional Fees and Court 13.3 Tests and Inspections; Costs Included 33 CONTRACTOR'S Cooperatioq,....._27 17.6 Applicable State Laws 33-34 13.4 OWNER's Responsibilities; Intentionally ............... left blank.,...... 35 Independent Testing Laboratory ,.,.... 27 ............:................. 13.5 CONTRACTOR'S EXHIBIT GC -A: (Optional) Responsibilities. .... .... 27 Dispute Resolution Agreement,....,..,,_..._..,.GC-A] 13.6-13.7 Covering Work Prior to Inspec- 16.1-16.6 Arbitration QC -AI tion, Testing or Approval.. .... 27 167 Mediation GC -Al ................................ EXEC CIE E CONDITIONS 1910.8(19% EDITIONI wi CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) All wall and roof penetrations shall be sealed using rubber gasketed closure trims made specifically for this purpose 1 No roof peneixattons are allowed within IS of any roof valley 202 PLUMB114G SYSTEMS Gas Lines 1 Above Ground from Mechanical Room to Each Gas Fired Piece of Equipment Flexible corrugated stainless steel tubing Gas Tice or equal 2 Entire gas piping installation shalt be m accordance with current requirements of AGA and HBFU Combustion Air Provide direct ducted combustion air from outside to equtpment raom(s) in accordance with applicable budding codes Combustion air shall be from 16 x 16 louver noted on the Drawings 203 MECHAIiICAL/HVAC SYSTEMS Heater Individual propane gas fired heater by Mr Heater Model MHGLLP or approved equal Combustion Air Provide direct ducted combustion air from outside See Drawings for 16 x 16 louver location PART 3 EXECUTIOII 301 INSTALLATIOII General Install plumbing and mechanicatiWAC systems in accordance with the manufacturer s written instructions and recommendations prevadmg industry workmanship standards and all applicable building codes and regulations Install all related fittings calves controls accessories and trims as required for complete and operational systems whether specifically called out or not Test completed systems and assemblies and adjust for proper performance EHD OF SECTION 15020 2 Soapstone Haturat Area 0743 07 1O09t Construction Documents INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS City of Fort Collins modifications to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract are not shown in this index Article or Paragraph Number Acceptance of -- Bonds and Insurance ................. ...................... 5,14 defective Work .......... .................10A 1, 13.5, 13.13 final payment .........................._..........._ 9.12, 14.15 insurance.. .......... ..... _...... ,.............. 5.14 other Work by CONTRACTOR ....... ..... _...... .._..7.3 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items....................6.7.1 Work by OWNER... _. _...................... 2.5, 6.30, 6,34 Access to the -- Lands, OWNER and CONTRACTOR responsibilities......... _..... _..... _... _... _... _... 4.1 site, related Work._ ................ ........ .........._......,7.2 Work ........................... _.._.......,,132, 13. 14, 14.9 Acts or Omissions--, Acts and Omissions -- CONTRACTOR ..... _........._._..._.._.-_ 6.9.1, 9.13.3 ENGINEER .............. ................ 6.20, 9. L3.3 OWNER.........._ ............._........................ 620, 8.9 Addenda --definition of (also see definition of Specifications).., _, (1, 6, 1,10, 6.19), 1.1 Additional Property Insurances, 5.7 Adjustments -- Contract Price or Contract Times ........................... 1.5, 3.5, 4.1, 4.3.2. 4.5.2, ............._..........4. 5.3, 9.4, 9.5, 10.2-10.4, .........._._........_................ 11, 12, 14.8, 15.1 progress schedule __.... _........ ....... ......:. 6.6 Agreement— definition of,...„.,..,,..,,. _ 12 "All -Risk" Insurance, policyform ........ ..................5.6.2 Allowances, Cash....................................................11.8 Amending Contract Documents ..... ..........._......._._.. 15 Amendment, Written -- in general _,,,,,,_„_„1. 10, 1.45, 3.5, 5.10, 5.12, 6.6.2 .......... ........ ....... 6.8.2, 6.19, 10.1, 10.4, 1 L2 ............ _..._................. 12. 1, 13.12.2, 14.72 Appeal, OWNER or CONTRACTOR intent to ................. 9. 10, 9.11, 10.4, 16.2, 165 Application for.Payment-- definition of,... _.................. _....-........................ 1.3 ENGINEER'S Responsibility,,,,,,,,,,,,_....... 9.9 final payment,_.._._..,,,,.,, 9. 13.4, 9.13.5, 14.12-14.15 in general _.............18, 2.9, 5.64, 9.10, 15.5 progress payment....... _......... ...... __........,,14. 1-147 review of . .............. _..................: 14.4-14.7 Arbitration ...... .... ................ ...... ................ .... 6.1-16.6 Asbestos -- claims pursuant thereto .. .............. 4.52, 4.5.3 CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work.......... 4.52 definition oF...._.._.......................... _........ .....,1.4 Article or Paragraph Number OWNER responsibility for. 4.5A, 8.10 possible price and times change, ....... ..... 45.2 Authorized Variations in Work. 3 6, 6 25, 6.27, 9.5 Availability of Lands............ ..............._..4.1, .......... 8.4 Award, Notice of --defined.,.,_ ....... ....... ........... ........ 1.25 Before Starting Construction ..... ...... _ ................ . 5-2.8 Bid --definition ofL5 (I.1, 1.10, 2.3, 33, .,... I .................. 4.16.4, 6. 13, 11 4.3, 11.9.1) Bidding Documents --definition of.................._..._.....__...__._.._... L6(6.82) Bidding Requirements. -definition of __...___.____............13(LI, 4.26.2) Bonds-- acceptanceof....._........ .... .... , 5A4 additional bonds,,,,,,,,,,,,,_,,,,..,,,,......_. 10.5, 11.4.5.9 Cost of the Work ................................... _.. _... J L5A definition of.........._............._.........._.............._1.8 delivery of._........._ .................__..............., 2.1, 5.1 final Application for Payment.,..,„,„.,,.. AA2-14.14 general __._.. _._ 1.10, 5.1-5.3, 5.13, .........._................._......... 9.13, 10.5, 14. T6 Performance, Payment and Other...................5.1-52 Bonds and Insurance --in general__ ................_,_,..,..., 5 Builder's risk "all-risk" policy form ,,. 5 6 2 Cancellation Provisions, Insurance,.5.4. 11, 5.8, 5.15 Cash Allowances......,,. _... ......... _.011.8 Certificate of Substantial Completion.,,.... 1.38, 6.3.2.3, ....................................... _.......14.8, 14.10 Certificates of Inspection ........ .,9,13.4, 115, 14.12 Certificates of Insurance 17, 5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13, .1... I ................. 5.6. 5, 5.8, 5.14, 9,13.4, 14. 12 Change in Contract Price -- Cash Allowances ................. ....................... 11.8 claim for price adjustment,.,..._.... 4.1, f2.6, 4.5, 5,15, 6.8.2, 9.4 ___.___..... 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 10.5. 11.2, 119, ........ _ _. _ 13.13, 13.14, 14 7, 151, 15.5 CONTRACTOR's fee .............................. .......... . I L6 Cost of the Work general __.._. ....... _........ 11.4-11.7 Exclusions to .............. ... _... _._............. _.. _115 Cost Records. _....._ ,. _....11.7 in general,,.,,,_,,,,,1,19, 144, 9.11, 10.4.2, 10 43, 11 Lump Sum Pricing_ ..__.._..._.... .......... __...... 11.3.2 Notification of Surety ............. ... 10.5 Scope of.._ ........... ..... ....... 10.3-10A Testing and Inspection, Uncovering the Work.......... _..._ ................. 13.9 EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITIOM w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (RIN 91991 Unit Price Work._..._..................................11.9 Article or Paragraph Number Value of Work...._............_......__ .............._.... 11.3 Change in Contract Times - Claim for times adjustment,..,,,,, 4.1, 416, 4.5, 5.15, ............ 6.8.2, 9A, 9.5, 9.11, 10 2, 10.5, 12. 1, ..___....... 13.9. 13.13, 13.14, 14. 7, 15. 1, 15.5 Contractual time limits,,.,,_,,,,,12.2 Delays beyond CONTRACTORS control ................ -1-... I ................. _ ..... _ ....12.3 Delays beyond OWNERa and CONTRACTORS control .._._.......__...........114 Notification of surety........ _.... _...... _... _......... _,10.5 Scope of change,. ........... Change Orders -- Acceptance ofDefec5ve Work ,,,,,,,,_13.13 Am ending Contract Documents..,,,_,,,_„_......, 35 Cash Allowances 11 8 Change of Contract Price,,,.,, Change of Contract Times,,,,,,,,,,_.1- Changes in the Work_ .................................._.... 10 CONTRACTORS fee ..... ............... ............_... _ I L6 Cost of the Work................„_.._..._,,..,.,._,11.4-11.7 Coss. Records.. _. ......... definition of _ ..11.7 1.9 emergencies _,_... 623 ENGINEERS responsibility,,,,,,, 9.8, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1 execution of ,. 10A Indemnifiction, . .... „„6.12, 6,16, 6.31-633 Insurance, Bonds and..,_,,,,,.,_,,,,.,,_ 5,10, 5.13, 10.5 OWNER may terminate ,,,,,,....15.2-15.4 OWNERS Responsibility ............. _............. ,6, 10.4 Physical Conditions -- Subsurface and,,,, , ................. - 4.2 Underground Facilities--..... ... .... 4_12 Record Documents _,_, _ __.._. 6.19 Scope of Change .... ..... .... ...... ......._.......... 10.3-10A Substitutes ... .... ,....,,,, ................. .........__ 6.7.3, 6.82 Unit Price Work._......._.._ ................. _. IL9 value of Work covered by _......._. 113 Changes in the Work_. _........ 10 Notification of surcTy „ _.. _ 10.5 OWNERS and CONTRACTOR's responsibilities ........................................._ 10A Right to an adjustment ....... _._..........._ ............. 10.2 Scope of change..._ ...... .._...- ....... ............10.3-10.4 Claims -- against CONTRACTOR,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,_„__._.,6.16 against ENGINEER ..... ............................ „_,,,,, 6.32 against OWNER_... ......6.32 Change of Contract Price,,, _ 9A, 1L2 Change of Contract Times _, 9.4, 12.1 CONTRACTORS_,,,41 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 102, ......_....._.__.,,..1 L21 11,91 111, 13.9, 14.8, 15. 1, 15.5, 17.3 CONTRACTORS Fee _ ............................._...... l l.b Article or Paragraph Num her CONTRACTORS liability, ,„5,4, 6.1? 6.16, 6.31 Cost of the Work ................ ..._........ ..........11.4, 11.5 Decisions on Disputes.,,,,_ ................_... .. 9.11, 9.12 Dispute Resolution Dispute Resolution Agreemen;_ 16.1-16.6 ENGINEER as initial interpreter , 9,11 Lump Sum Pricing,,,_,_, ,,,, 11.3.2 Noticeof .........................-......................._.... J.7.3 OWNERs....................9.4, 9.5, 9,11, 10.2, 11.2, 11.9 _....__._ 1...__1. 112.1, 139, 13.13, 13.14, 17.3 OWNERS liability ......... ........... -.... .... ....__..._ 5.5 OWNER may refuse to make payment,,.. 14,7 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included...... _........................_ ........... _...... 17.5 request for formal decision on,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.11 Substitute Items 6, 7 1.2 Time Extension 12.1 Time requirements....................................9. 11, 12.1 Unit Price Work ............. _.................... _. _..... 11.93 Value of ......................................................... 11 3 Waiver of --on Final Payment, _, ,,,,,, 14,14, 14.15 Work Change Directive 10.2 written notice required,,,,,,, ,,,,,,9.11, 11.2, 12.1 Clarifications and Interpretations 3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11 CleanSite............................................................6.17 Codes of Technical Society, Organization or Association........ _... _....... _..... _.. _.. _....... _. 3.3.3 Commencement of Contract Times,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,_, z3 Communications -- general ... ........... ......... ................ ....._ 6.2, 6,9.2, 8.1 Hazard Communication Programs,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,_, 622 Completion -- Final Application for Payment,,,,,,,,,_,__... 14.12 Final Inspection ......... ... ._........__. 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance, _, 14.13-14.14 Partial Utilization . . 8, 14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims _ 1415 Computation of Times . 17 2.1-172.2 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others .............._...... .................... ...... 6.8-6.11 Conferences -- initially acceptable schedules,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 2.9 preconstruclion.... ,,,,,_. 8 Conflict, Error, Ambiguity, Discrepancy - CONTRACTOR toReport. ,........... .............?.5, 3.3.2 Construction, before starting by CONTRACTOR._............_..........._..........._ 2.5-17 Construction Machinery, Equipment, etc.,,,_, 6.4 Continuing the Work 6 29, M4 Contract Documents -- Amending.. _ .................................. _..................3-5 Bonds.........__..._.__......__.................__._.,9.1 EKID CMNFRAL CONDITIONS 19I0.8 (19% EDITTONI w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Cash Allowances......._ ...........................__...... 11.8 Article a Paragraph Number Change of Contract Price .................................... 11 Change of Contract Times, ........... ........._... _..... 12 Changes in the Work ... .... ...................... IOA-10.5 check and verify..._ ........................................... 2.5 Clarifications and Interpretations .... .................. 3.2, 3.6, 9A, 9,11 definition of_...._....._ .............._........._..._. L10 ENGINEER as initial interpreter of,,,,,,,,,,, _„, _ 9 11 ENGINEER as OWNER's representative,,,.,,,„,,,,,9.1 getera13 Insurance __.... 5.3 Intent ..... __.. ..........__.. 3.1-3.4 minor variations in the Work ............................. 3.6 OWNER's responsibility to furnish clsta_,.... ...... 8.3 OWNER's responsibility to make prompt payment ................ ......$.3, 14A, 14,13 precedence _....._ __.. 3.1, 3.3.3 Record Documents ....... ........ 6. 19 Reference to Standards and Specifications • of Technical Societies 3.3 Related Work. . .......... 72 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies,,,,,, 2.5, 3.3 Reuse of _._............ 3.7 Supplementing ........... .......... 3.6 Termination of ENGINEER's Employment,,,,,,,,,, 8.2 Unit Price Work 11.9 variations �_3 6, 6,23, 6.27 Visits to Site, ENGINEERs,,,,.......__................ 9.2 Contract Price - adjustment of, ... ........... 3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 11.2-11.3 Changeof ... _....... _........................... _............... 11 Decision on Disputes ... .... ................ ....... .... ... 911 definition of....._.._ ..................._.. _._..._...__ 1. 11 Contract Times -- adjustment of_,,,_ ................... 3.5, 4.1, 9A, 10.3, 12 Change of. ........ .._.................. _....... ._..... 12. 1-12A Commencement of ... ......... _. ..._...._2.3 definition of .............. ..-........ ___1.12 CONTRACTOR -- Acceptance of Insurance, _. _.... _..... _... _.. _.... 5,14 Communications_......._....._ .................... 6...2, 6.9.2 Continue Work .......... .............................. 6.29, 10.4 coordination and scheduling.„,,,,,._.._......__, 6.9.2 definition of ....... ......... _......... ..... 1.13 Limited Reliance on Technical Data Authaiud_. _........... _........... _.......... 4.2.2 May Stop Work or Terminate,,,,, ___ ..... 15.5 provide site access to others 7.2, 13.2 Safety and Protectioq,,,,,,,,,, 4.3. L2, 6.16, 6,18, 6 .21-6.23, T2, 13.2 Shop Drawing and Sample Review Prix to Submittal.._._ ............................_... 6.25 Stop Work requirements _ _„, _..... _... _.. _........ A.5.2 CONTRACTOR Article or Paragraph Number Compensation .... _..... _.._..........................11.1-11.2 Continuing Obligation ..................... . ....... _.....,14.15 Defective Work,,,,,,,,9.6, 13.10-13.14 Duty to correct defective Work,,, ,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,„„13. 11 Duly to Report -- Changes in the Work caused by Emergency.,....._.................................6.23 Defects in Work of Others ............................... 7.3 Differing conditions,_,,,.._..._. ...__.. 4.2.3 2 Discrepancy in Documents,,,,, .5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Underground Facilities not indicated,,,.,,,, 4.3.2 Emergencies., ......... ........_............ _.... _...........6.23 Equipment and Machinery Rental, Cost of the Work _................................... 11.4.5.3 Fee --Cost Plus11.4.5.6, 11.5.1, 11.6 General Warranty and Guarantee, .. 6.30 Hazard Communication Programs ............. ......... 6,22 Indemnification,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6.12, 6,16, 631-6.33 Inspection of the Work „ . 7.3, 134 Labor, Materials and Equipment ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,__6.3-6.5 Laws and Regulations, Compliance by,,,,,, _ _ _, 6,14.1 Liability Insurance„ ,,,,,,,,,,, 5A Notice of Intent to Appeal,, ....... ,.._9,10, IOA obligation to perform and complete the Work ................. ...__. 6.30 Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by _....... 6.12 Performance and Other Bonds_,,,,,,,,,, _............... 5.1 Permits, obtained and paid for by.......................6.13 Progress Schedule _......... ...... ......2.6, 2.8, 2.9, 6.6, ...._.........._...................... 6.29, 10A, 15.2.1 Request for formal decisionon disputes,_„ 9.11 Responsibilities -- Changes in the Work..._.......... Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others _........ _......................... 6.8-6.11 Continuing ....629, Continuing the Work .. 10A CONTRACTOR's expense,,,, 6.7.1 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee. _. _. _......... _....... _.... _....6.30 CONIRACTOR's review prior to Shop Drawing or Sample submittal..,,,,,,,_._.. 6,25 Coordination of Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6.92 Emergencie...................... .... .................. 6.23 ENGINEER's evaluation, Substitutes or "Or -Equal" Items............_..........._._6.7.3 For Acts and Omissions of Others..............6.9.1-6.92, 9.13 For deductible amounts,insurance_,,,,,,,_,_,5.9 general., _..... 6, T2, 7.3, 8.9 Hazardous Communication Programs....,,,,,, 6,22 Indemnification, _........ _...................... 6. 31.6,33 EJCDC MNE CONDITIONS I910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COUINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) Labor, Materials and Equipment .............. 6.3-6.5 Laws and Regulations____6.14 Liability Insurance............5.4 ......................... . Article or Paragraph Number Notice of variation from Contract Documents.... ... I ................... _ ..... 6.27 Patent Fees and Royalties... _ _ .. .... _. _ _ 6.12 Permits .............................. ..... 6.13 Progress Schedule...._............_..__......___._6.6 Record Documents_ .................................... 6.19 related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's approval of required submittals _......... _.._............... 6.28 safe structural leading .... _.,.,.... ...... 6.18 Safety and Protection .................... 6.20, 7.2. 13.2 Safety Representative...... _.............. _...........6,21 Scheduling the Work ...................... _..........6.92 Shop Drawings and Samples ....... ............. ,... .24 Shop Drawings and Samples Review by ENGINEER. I ... I ... ... _.... .........._....6.26 Site Cleanliness__.._.._ ......................... 6,17 Submittal Procedures, ............................. _. 6.25 .. Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures.... _....... _.......... _ _.... _. 6. T2 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items.. 6.7.1 Superintendence ......... .., 6.2 Supervision ............................................. .....6.1 Survival of Obligations ... ,.., ... 6.34 Taxes . ............_ 6.15 Tests and Inspections .........................-..,,,., 13.5 To Report.. _................ ................2.5 . ............... Use of Premises ..................... 6. 16-6.18, 6.30.2.4 Review Prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal ............................ ........... . 6.25 Right to adjustment for changes in the Work ..... 10 2 right to claim,_4 _., 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,11.2, ..........11.9, 121, 13.9, 14. 8, 15.1, 15.5, 17.3 Safety and Protection........,..,, 6,20-6,22, 7.2, 13.2 Safety Representative 6.21 Shop Drawings and Samples Submittals 6.24-6.28 Special Consultants .____,... 11.4.4 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures 6.7 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items, Expense .......................................... 6.7.1, 6.7.2 Subcontractors, Suppliers and others....,_ .6.8-6.11 Supervision and Superintendence„_.,,, ... &1, 6.2, 6.21 Taxes. Payment by .....................-..,.._.._.......... 0.15 Use of Premises. _._........ ................._........ 6.16-6.18 Warranties and guarantees,...,.,..., 6.5, 6.30 Warranty of Title,..,_,.,.._ _. _ ., ...... .. ............. . ,.,.. 14.3 . Written Notice Required -- CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminate 15.5 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions 42.3 Substantial Completion. _.. _......... _. _ _..... _.. 14. S CONTRACTORS -other........... _............ _................... 7 Contractual Liability Insurance _ ,.5.4.10 Contractual Time Limits... .......... ....._. 12.2 ..................... . Article or Paragraph Number Coordination_ CONTRACTOR's responsibility .......... ........... 6.9.2 Copies of Documents .... 2.2 Correction Perial..._.......................................... _.13.12 Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work-- in general .............._ ,.. 10.4.1, 13,10-13. 14 Acceptance of Defective Work„_,__, _,. _.„_13.13 Correction or Removal of Defective Work 630, 13.11 Correction Period ..... ....... .........._............... .... J3.12 OWNER May Correct Defective Work ............. 13.14 OWNER May Stop Work ................................. 13.10 Cost -- of Tests and Inspections. _.... _.. _..... _. 13.4 Records 11.7 Cost of the Work -- Bonds and insurance, additional,,,,,,,,,,, 11.4.5.9 Cash Discounts,,, ......................... _ .11A.2 CONTRACTOR'S Fee __.....__ ..... 11.6 Employee Expenses ,_. 11A5.1 Exclusions to ............. ., 11.5 Generall1.4-11.5 Home office and overhead expenses,,,,,,,,,,,, l L5 Losses and damages.. ,.11.4.5.6 Materials and equipment .................. . ......... . ..11A.2 Minor expenses.. . ... . . .. .... ................. ....... 11.4.5.8 Payroll costs on changes ....... _............ ............ 11.4.1 performed by Subcontractors- 11.43 Records 11.7 Rentals of construction equipment and machinery ... .......... ........ ....._...._.....1 1.4.5.3 Royalty payments, point its and license fees ...................__.._.._............. 11.4.5.5 Site office and temporary facilities,,,,,,, 11.4.5.2 Special Consultants, CONTRACTOR's 114.4 Supplemental . .............. .......... . ....11 A 5 Taxes related to the Work,„._,_.,,. 11.4.5.4 Tests and Inspection,.,_......., .......................... . 13A Trade Discounts ............................................. 11 A.2 Utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities ............... I. L4.5.7 Work after regular hours ... ......................... ... 11.4,1 Covering Work... .. ._......._.... 13.6-13.7 Cumulative Remedies,,,,,.._........,_ .............. .... 7.4-17.5 Cutting, fitting and patching ... ...... T2 Data, to be furnished by OWNER .... _..... ....... ....._.... N.3 Day --definition of ........ ........ ......._............._......,, 172.2 Decisions on Disputes ....................... 9.11, 9,12 defective --definition of 1.14 defective Work -- Acceptance of ..... ... ... .. 1OAA, 13.13 EXa (IENL CONDITIONS 19t0.8 (1990 EDIUON) wl = OF FORT COLONS MODIFICAUONE (REV 9199) Correction or Removal of 10.4.1, 13 11 Correction Period 13.12 in general......._......._....._ ............ 3 14.7, 14.11 Article or Paragraph Number Observation by ENGINEER. _........................ .. _ 9.2 OWNER May Stop Work. . ... .... .......... .... ..... 1110 Prompt Notice of Defects ........ ... .. .. I I - I ­ 13.1 Rejecting........ ..... .......... ...... ...... _ ...... ... 9.6 Uncovering the Work . . ..... .13.8 Definitions .......... I Delays 4A, � 29, 123-12A Delivery of Bonds 2.1 Delivery of certificates or insurance ..2.7 Determinations for Unit Prices 9.10 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions -- Notice of 4.23 ENCINEER!s Review 4.2.4 Possible Contract Documents, Change,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments, 42.6 Discrepancies -Reporting and Resolving.... .... ... .... .... 2 5, 13 2, 6.14.2 Dispute Resolution -- Agreement. ..................................... ........ 161-166 Arbitration, 1-16 5 gencraI16 Mediation 16.6 Dispute Resolution Agreement ... ....... .. ........... 11-16 6 Disputes, Decisions by ENGINEER 9.11-9,12 Documents -- Copies of ....... ... 2.2 . ........... ........... ..... Record 6.19 Reuse of 3.7 Drawings --definition of ..... .... ....... ....... ... 11,15 Easements ..... 4.1 Effective date ofAgreement definition of..... _1 16 Emergencies ENGINEER-- asinitialtriterfactisr on disputes ................. 911-912 definition of .1 17 Limitations on authority and responsibilities Replacementof, . . ..... .. ....... ... 8,2 Resident Project Representative,.,.,...,,, 9.3 ENGINEERS Consultant -- definition of._, ..... 118 ENGINEERs-- authority and responsibility, limitations on....,,.. 9,13 Authorized Variations in the Work. ** * 9.5 Change Orders, responsibility for_.. _9.7, 10, 11, 12 Clarifications and Interpretations ...............3.6.3, 9.4 Decisions on Disputes 9.11-912 defective Work, notice W ....... .. .. ......... .... 13 1 Evaluation of Substitute Items........ ............... 6 T3 Liability_... __ ...... . .... .. ..... Notice Work is Acceptable . ..... 14.13 Observations 6.30 2, 9.2 OWNERS Representative............- .. ... .... .... - Payments to the CONTRACTOR, Responsibility for ..... ... ........ .................. 9.9, 14 Recommendation of Payment 14.4, 14.13 Article or Paragraph Number Responsibilities --Limitations on ................ 9,11-913 Review of Reports no Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions .............................42.4 Shop Drawings and Samples, review responsibility. ............................................ Status During Ccristruction­ authorized variations in the Work, .....9.5 Clarifications and Interpretations .9.4 Decisions on Disputes - .. 9 ,11-912 I Determinations on Unit P Price 10 ENGINEER as Initial InterpretcT_... ... 9.11-9 12 ENGINEEks Responsibilities.......,,..._. 9.1-9,12 Limitations on ENGINEERs Authority and Responsibilities........ 9 13 OWNERs Representative,,........ ..9.1 Project Representative,...„,„,„,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Rejecting Defective Work._,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 96 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments, ... 97-9,9 Visits to Site .9.2 Unit Price determinations 910 Visits to Site 92 Written consent required___.__ 7.2,9.1 Equipment, Labor, Materials and,,,,,,,,,,,_.__.. 63-6.5 Equipment rental, Cost of the Work... ..11A.5.3 Equivalent Materials and Equipment,,,,„ ............. 6.7 7 error or emissions 33 Evidence of Financial Arrangements ............. ...... . 8.11 Explorations of physical conditions... ...... ..... ., 4 2A Fee, CONTRACTORs--Costs Plus.. ............. 1] 6 Field Order -- definition of 1 19 issued by ENGINEER ... 3.61, 9,5 Final Application for Payment, 14 12 Final Inspection J4.11 Final Payment -- and Acceptance- .... 14.13-14,14 Prior to, for cash allovances . ... ...... . . .... -.11.8 General Provisions 3-17.4 General Requirements -- definition of ....120 principal references to ..............2.6, 6A, 6.6-6.7, 6.24 Giving Notice._._.__._ .................................. 17.1 Guarantee of Work --by CONTRACTOR,,.,,.,, 630, 1412 Hazard Communication Programs,,,,,,,,,_,_...._...... 6,22 Hazardous Waste -- definition of 1.21 general ... , , , . , ­ ...... .. OWNER'S responsibility for . .. . ...... .. . . ... EJCDC GENEEIiAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) ./ = OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Indemnification......._ .................._ 6.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33 Initially Acceptable Schedules 2.9 Inspection -- Certificates of ............................9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12 Final................... _...... .................. 14.11 Article or Paragraph Number Special, required by ENGINEER._.,_........,. 9.6 Tests and Approval, .... . . .. .... 8.7, 13.3-134 Insurance -- Acceptance of, by OWNER, . ...... ................... 5,14 Additional, required by changes in the Work._ ...................... _........11.4.5.9 Before starting the Work......... ._._ ...... _...__.... . 2.7 Bonds end --in general .................. Cancellation Provisions,,,,,_.,...... . 5.8 Certificates of ................ 7, 5, 5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13, .... ....5.6.5. 5.8, 5.14, 9,13.4, 14. 12 completed operations,.... _.......... . ........._..., ... 5.4.13 CONTRACTOR's Liability... _....... _. _...............5A CONTRACTOR's objection to coverage....,.,,_,.. 5.14 Contractual Liability, ............. .. ......... _5 4 10 deductible amounts, CONTRACTOR's responsibility..........._...................................5.9 Final Applicalon for Payment _ _ _. _ _ _ _ _....14.12 Licensed Insurers ................ .,_.5.3 Notice requirements, material changes.5.8, 10.5 Option to Replace ... _.......... ........ . other special insurances,_...............__._.._.5.10 OWNER as fiduciary for insureds...5. 12-5.13 OWNER's Liability,,.,,,..._...,. .................. ,.._,.. . 5.5 OWNER's Responsibility....................................8.5 Partial Utilizatiom, Property Insurance ............... 5.15 Property .. ..... .... -............ ....................... .. 5.6- 5. l o Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds .............. _.................... _........5. 12-5.13 Special Insurance.. _. _.... _..... _...... _....... _........ 5.10 Waiver of Rights ............................. Intent of Contract Docum ents3 1-3.4 Interpretations and Clarifications ..,,,.,..,. 3.6.3, 9.4 Investigations of physical conditiong.. ..,.,.._„_.4.2 Labor, Materials and Equipment,.._. 63-6.5 Lands -- and Easem ents............... _.......................' _. _... 8.4 Availability of ............................................. 4.1, 8.4 Reports and Tests ..................... ..... ....... ........._... 9.4 Laws and Regulations --Laws or Regulations-- Bonds......_..._..__.._ ............._.................. 5.1-5.2 th Changes in e Work ............. ........... .............. .,10.4 Contract Documents ........................ _. _... _........ 3.1 CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities„,,,_„_........._ 6.14 Correction Period, defective Work ........ ,._. 13.12 Cost of the Work, [axes,.„___..., _., ___...,.,_. 11.4.5.4 definition of . ................_ ........ _... 1.22 genera16.14 Indemnif cation........ _. _............. ......... _... 6.31-6.33 Insurance Precedence 3.1, 3.3.3 Reference to. ...._............... ......_.._..........._... 3.3.1 Safety and Protection. ............... ................ E20, 13.2 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ..„, ...... 6.8-6.11 Article or Paragraph Number Tests and Inspections _.... _....,...... 13.5 Use of Premises , ..... 6.16 Visits to Site,. .. _ _.... _............. _.......... _.......... _.9.2 Liability Insurance-- CONTRACIOR's.................................... _........5.4 OWNER'S __._.........__.. ._ _....__...,,.5.5 Licensed Sureties and insurers ... _.,..,... 5.3 Liens -- Application for Progress Payment........ ...... .... ..... t4.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title .................... 14.3 Final Application for Payment ................_....... 14.12 definition of ..................................................1. 23 Waiver of Claims.._........ _..... _.................... _.14.15 Limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibilities ............ .. _............................. Limited Relianceby CONTRACTOR .Authorized._ ................. ......... _., 4.2.2 Maintenance and Operating Manuals_ Final Application for Payment, ... 14.12 Manuals (of others)-- Precedence_...................._...... _.... 3.3.3.1 D........_..... Reference to m Contract ocuments_... .... _.., 3.3.1 Materials and equipment-- fumished by CONTRACTOR .............................. 6.3 not incorporated in Work_......._........................14.2 Materials or equipment --equivalent ................... Mediation (Optimal)_ ..............._................_..._.... .6.7 16.7 Milestones --definition of ........................................ 1.24 Miscellaneous -- Computation of Times..._............ _._...._.._.._.. 17.2 Cumulative Remedies., .... 11 .. ..... 17.4 Giving Notice ................ ........... .................... .,. 17.1 Noticeof Claim ..,,.,.,,__ 17.3 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included 17.5 Multi -prime contracts .............. 7 Not Shown or Indicated qg,2 Notice of --- Acceptability of Projecf.................................... 14.13 Award, definition of _............... _..... _.......... 1.25 Claim ._._....._... .. _... J7.3 Defects,l3.l Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions.., 4.2.3 Giving........... ..... -... ............... ..................... 17.1 Tests and Inspections ....... ..................... .. 13.3 Variation, Shop Drawing and Sample_,,,, 6.27 Notice to Proceed-- definitionof............._,....._ ............................. L26 giving of..........2,3 E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (19% EDITION) w1 CITY OF FORT COLONS MODIFICATIONS utEV 9/99) Notification to Surety ............... ........... _._10.5 Observations, by ENGINEER,_ ................__.... 6.30, 9.2 Occupancy of the Work ...... ......... ._ 5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10 Omissions or acts by CONTRACTOR ......... _ _ 6.9, 9.13 Open Peril policy form, Insurance ....... ....... 5.6.2 Optionto Replace ......... S14 Article or Paragraph Number "Or Equal" Items .......... .......... .... ..... ..... ... .__.___.... 6.7 Other work 7 Overtime Work --Prohibition of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,_.,,.._..._ 6.3 OWNER -- Acceptance of defective Work.. ...... ......... ..... 13.13 appoint an ENGINEER. ...... .... ...... I ... 8.2 as fiduciary ................... ... ......... ..... .12-5. 13 Availability of Lands, responsibility _..... _„_ _ ....4.1 definition of ....................................................... L27 data, furnish ..... ........................ ........................ 8.3 May Correct Defective Work ........................... 13.14 May refuse to make payment.,...,,...,._ ............... 14.7 May Stop the Work...__..........__ ................... 13. 10 May Suspend Work, Terminate ........ .__._..... ..... .8, 13.10, 15.1-15.4 Payment, make prompt .. ........... ....... $.3, 14.4, 14.13 performance of other work, ................ 7.1 permits and licenses, requirementg6. 13 purchased insurance requirements,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 5.6-5.10 OWNER's-- Acceptance of the Work ................. ,............ 6.30.2.5 Change Orders, obligation to execute. S.& 10.4 Communications........ _._ _..............._.. _........... 8.1 Coordination of the Work ................................... 7.4 Disputes, request for decision .......................... 9.11 Inspections, tests and approvals. ............. ... _8.7, 13.4 Liability Insurance ..................... .............. ... _,.. _,.5.5 Notice of Defects ............................................... 13A Representative --During Construction, ENGINEER's Status ...................................... 9.1 Responsibilities— Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material ................. 8.10 Change Orders ... .... .... ............ ........__......__..8.6 Changes in the Work..._.... _. _........_...........10.1 communications .................... .......... _..... S.1 CONTRACIORs responsibilities .................. 8.9 evidence of financial arrangements $.) I inspections, tests and approvals .....................8.7 insurance............ _...._.................................. 8.5 lands and easements ..................................... 8.4 prompt payment by ........................................ 8.3 replacement of ENGINEER .............................8.2 reports and tests__ ............................... _...__8.4 stop or suspend Work .............. 8.8, 13,10, 15.1 terminate CONTRACTORS services _ .... ... ............. _ _ . _ ... 8.8. 15.2 separate representative at site..... .. ... .... .... _...... .3 testing, independent . ........... .......... 13.4 use or occupancy of the Work, ..... 5. 15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10 written consent a approval required .......... ......_....... ...... 9.1, 6.3, 11.4 ETCDG GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) W = OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Article or Paragraph Number written notice required ... _ ........... ....... 7 1, 9A, 9. 11, . 1_11. ............ 11.2, 11.9, 14.7, 15.4 PCBs- - definition of 1'9 general ............... 4.5 OWNER's responsibility for.....,,,,__.__ .... . .. .... ]0 Partial Utilization -- definition of 128 general 6.30.2.4, 14, 10 Property Insurance ... .............. ... 5 15 Patent Fees and Royalties. ....... ....... .... 6,12 Payment Borcls 5.1-5.2 Payments. Recommendation of . .. .. ... 14.4-14,7, 14,13 Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion -- Application for ProgressPayments ............. 14.2 CONTRACTORs Warranty of Title ........ 143 Final Application for Payment,.................. .... 14,12 Final Inspection., ....... ....... .............. _14f] Final Payment and Acceptance. general ............................. .................. $3, 14 Partial Utilization 1410 Retainage. .... ...... 14.2 Review of Applications for Progress Payment, .. .. .. .......... 14 4-14.7 prompt payment . . ...... ....... Schedule of Values .8.3 14.1 Substantial Completion.,..._,....,_ ....... ........ 14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims 14,15 when payments CIM 14 4, 14.13 withholding payment ... ...... .. . ........ ... 14.7 Performance Bonds .... Permits Petroleum -- definition of 1.30 general ....... 4.5 OWNER!s responsibility for_....._._...................8. 10 Physical Conditions -- Drawings of, in or relating to. ..... . . . ... 42. L2 ENGINEER's review existing structures., � . ..... .. 42,2 general 4.2.1.2. Notice of Differing Subsurface or,...._,. . . ... - ... 4.2.3 Possible Contract Documents Change............... 425 Possible Price and Times Adjustments,,......,,,. 4.26 Reports and Drawings..._ ............. .... ....... ..... 4.11 Subsurface and,......_ _ ............. 4,2 Subsurface Conditions ..... 4.2.1A Technical Data, Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized. .......... 42.2 Underground Facilitles-- general.. Not Shown or Indicted Protection of...__.................. ............ 43,6.20 .i. Article or Paragraph Number Shown or Indicated...... ......... 4 11 Technical Data 4.2.2 Proconstruction Conference......_........._._......__....... 2.8 Preliminary Matters....._._ ............. Preliminary Schedules Premises, Use of....... 6,16-618 Price, Change of Contract I I Price. Contract --definition of Progress Payment, Applications ..... ... 14.2 Progress Payment--retainage.... ...... 14.2 Progress schedule, CONTRACTORs ............ 2.6, 18, 2.9, 66, 6.29, 10.4, 15.2,1 Project --definition of..,..__,_._._.,,,..... .. 131 Project Representative-- ENGINEFRs Status During Construction...,,,_,,.. 9.3 Project Representative,Resident--definition of L33 prompt payment by OWNER............_ 8.3 Property Insurance -- Additional 5.7 generalS. 6-5. 10 Partial Utilization -5,15, 14 M2 receipt and application of proceeds._.......,. 5 12-5 13 Protection, Safety and ..... ...... ........ .. .&M-6.21, 112 Punch list 14 It Radioactive Material­- defintion of ... . .......... 1.32 general4.5 OWNFR's responsibility far g 10 Recommendation of Payment.,,_,__,_.., 14.4. 14.5, 14,13 Record Documents ...... ...... -.1. ._ ... ...... _5,19, 14,12 Records, procedures for maintaining,.,,_...,.._ ..... _18 Reference Points,... 4,4 Reference to Stanards and Specifications of Technical Societies 3.3 Regulations, Laws and (OW) ........ .. 614 Rejecting Defective Work. 9.6 Related Work -- atSite . ............ ................... ....... 1-73 Performed prior to Shop Drawing, and Samples submittals review,_._._,..... .......... 6,28 Remedies, cumulative .... . 17.4, 17.5 Removal a Correction ofitelective Work 13.11 rental agreements, OWNER approval required .... 11.4 S3 replacement of ENGINEER, by OWNER 8.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies,....... ....................... 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Reports -- and Drawings........_.. ....... .... .......... 42.1 and Tests, OWNER'S responsibility,..,....._.....,.., 8A Resident and Project Representative definitionof .. ...... ............. "I ...... 1, 33 provision for.......... .. .... ...... ....... 9.3 EJCW GIEFTEiRA CONDITIONS 1910.80990 EDITION) w/CITY OF FORT COLUNS MODIMMMM .v Article or Paragraph Number Resident Superintendent, CONTRACTOR's._........_.. 6.2 Responsibilities-- CONTRACTOR's-ingeneral ._._ _._......_6 ENGINEER's-in general .... .._......._............_...._...9 Limitations on 4.13 OWNER's-in general.,.......................... .. Retainage .._ .... .... _.... .............. 14.2 Reuse of Documents., ......... ... ... .... ........ ... ................3 7 Review by CONTRACTORShop Drawings and Samples Prior to Submittal 6.15 Review of Applications for Progress Payments ................................._.. 14.4-14.7 Right to an adjustment......__ ....................... .._ 10.2 Rightsof Way ........... .................. ..............._......._..4.1 Royalties, Patent Fees and ............... 6,12 Safe Structural Loading,,,.................... 6.18 Safety -- and Protection .... .......... ..... ........ ..... 4.3.2, 6.16, 6.18, ._.. ........... ..._....6.20-621, 7.2, 13.2 general ..._............................................... 6.20-6.23 Representative, CONTRACTORs,.... __.............. ,621 Samples -- definition of ........... .......... ... L34 general 6.24-6.28 Review by CONTRACTOR ... ......... ..... ...._....._ 6.25 Review by ENGINEER,,._ related Work ___.. .... _..... 6.28 submittal of 6,24.2 submittal procedures,.,,,,, ............. ....6.25 Schedule of progress.............................. 6, 2.8-2.9, 6.6, _._ ..... ... ...6,29, 10A, 15.2.1 Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample Submittals-,, ,,,,,-. ............. 2.6, 2.8-29, 6.24-6,28 Schedule of Values,,,,... _... _.......... _....2.6, 28-2.9, 14.1 Schedules -- Adherence to ... ............ ..........................._...... 15.2.1 Adjusting.. .......... ...... ............ ..... . 6.6 Change of Contract Times __.._ _....... _10.4 Initially Acceptable_,,,.,,,, ..... _.... ...,.. 2.8, 2.9 Preliminary __. ........................ 12.6 Scope of Changes.. . ...................... ... _..,.,.. 10.3-10.4 Subsurface Conditions ................._.. _._............ _ 42. L i Shop Drawings -- and Samples, general ................................ 6.24-6.28 Change Orders & Applications for Payments. and ........ .............. ........ ...........9.7-9.9 definition oC..... ........................_........_..._...... 1.35 ENGINEER's approval of,..... ........ .... ...............3.6.2 ENGINEER's responsibility for review............_ .............._....... 9 7, 6.24-6.28 related Work..._......._.__.__ .............__........... 6.28 review procedures ............ ........... .... __2. 8, 6.24-6,29 Article or Paragraph Number subm ittal required.. _......... _... _....... _...... _. _....... 6.24.1 Submittal Procedures 6.25 use to approve substitutions,,, _ 6.7.3 Shown or Indicated .......................... ,.. 4.3.1 Site Access ....._.................................... _.........7.2, 13.2 Site Cleanliness 6.17 Site, Visits to -- by ENGINEER_ ...... ....................... _....9.2, 132 byothers ... ......... ._...........................................13.2 "special causes of loss" policy form, insurance ....... _... ....... 5.6.2 definition of ___..1,36 Specifications- defination of ................. .............._....1.36 .............. of Technical Societies, reference to ............._,. 3.3.1 precedence.. ........ _.... .....3.3.3 Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies.. _. _.. _... _..... _... _._..... _.. 3.3 Starting Construction, Before ... ....... ........... ,._,.,_2._5.2.8 Starting the WorF; 2.4 Stop or Suspend Work-- by CONTRACTOR __. 45.5 by OWNER........ _................. 13.10, 15.1 Storage of materials and equipment _ 4.1, 7.2 Structural Loading, Safety __. ...... 6.18 Subcontractor -- Concerning... _. _....... ...... _... .......6.8-611 definition of _. 1,37 delays .......12.3 waiver of rights.,,., . .6.11 Subcontractors --in general ........ _......... „6.8-6.11 Subcontracts --required Provisions,_,,,...5AL 6.11, 11.4.3 Submittals -- Applications for Payment ....... _......... _...... _.... .. 14.2 Maintenance and Operation Manuals,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 14.12 Procedures ......................... _.............. _........... 6,25 Progress Schedules .......... ...............__......._2.6, 29 Samples ......._. _......._ _... 624-6.28 Schedule of Values 2,6, 14.1 Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples Submissions,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,__.__...__.2.6, 2.8-2.9 Shop Drawings.......... _............................ 6.24-6.28 Substantial Completion -- certification of __.____,__„_„_6.30.2.3, 14.8-14.9 definition of ...................................................... 1.38 Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures....... 6.7.2 Substitutes and "Or Equal" Items,........................_.._ 6.7 CONTRACTOR's Expense ...................... _.... 6. 1 3 ENGINEER's Evaluation ................................. 6.7.3 "Or -Equal"............ _................. ............ _.. _...., 6.7.1.1 Substitute Construction Methods sm EXD GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) W CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) Article or Paragraph Number or Procedures .6.7.: Substitute Items- ....... Subsurface and Physical Conditions -- Drawings of, in or relatrig to ..................... 42 L. ENGrNEERs Review general.......... ......... ............. ........... Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized, .. .... ...... ........... ....... 4.12 Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions... . . ...... .. 4.2.3 Physical Conditions 411.2 Possible Contract Documents Change...,____,,,,. 4,2,5 Possible Price andTimes Adjustments,...,_....., .. 4.2.6 Reports and Drawings.......,.._..........._............ . 4.2.1 Subsurface and.. __ . .. ...... 4.2 Subsurface Conditions at the Site ................... 4�2 Ll Technical Data . . . ...... 4.2.2 Supervision— CONTRACTORs responsibility... .... .... Al OWNER shall not aupery ise.. 8.9 ENGINEER shall not supervise ................ 9 2, 9,112 Superintendence ,, . _ . .. . ...... 61 Superintendent, CONTRACTORs resident 6.2 Supplemental costs._. .. Supplementary Conditions_ definition of 1,39 principal references to___.,..__. 1.10, 1,18, 2.2, 2.7, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3. 5.4, 5.6-5.9. 5.11, 6 8, 6.13, 7.4, 8.11, 9.3, 9. 10 Supplementing Contract Documents„_.._....,.__ 3,6 Supplier -- ...... definition of 1 40 principal references to. _3.7, 6,5, 6,8-6.11, 6,20, 6.24, 9. 13, 14.12 fiRgh Waiver of 11 Surety -- consent to final payment . ..... . .14 12, 14,14 ENGINEER has no duty to,..,.____......_.._ � , _9.13 Notification of ­ .., 101, 10.5, 15.2 qualification Of .. ......... 5,1-5.3 Survival of Obligations i5,34 Suspend Work, OWNER May.,__ ... ... 1110, 15.1 Suspension of Work and Termination-- 15 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate 15.5 OWNER May Suspend Work ..............................15.1 OWNER May Terim I now. ,, ..... ... _ ........ ... 15 2-15A Taxes --Payment by CONTRACTOR ............. ... ....... 615 Technical Data -- Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR.. .4.2.2 Possible Price and Times Adjustments, 4.16 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions AV 4.2.3 Temporary construction facilities.,,.,,_.__......,,.. Article or Paragraph Number Termination -- by CONTRACTOR .... . ........ ... ....... by OWNER ........ ................... ....... .. 8.8, 15.1-15A of ENGINEEis employment..._..._ .................. 82 Suspension of Work-in general ..,,____.,.,.,.,,____,,.IS Terms and Adjectives ....... ........... ........... .3A Tests and Inspections -- Access to the Work, by others.,,._ ....... ............ 112 CONTRACTORs responsibilities, ..... ........ .13.5 cost of 13A covering Work prior to . . .... .... .. 116-13.7 Laws and Regulations (or). . ... 13.5 Notice of Defects 13.1 OWNER May Stop Work_........... _.................. 13,10 OWNER's independent testing, ................... ..... 13.4 special, required by ENGINEER .................... ... 9.6 timely notice required,,.._______,,.,...___ 13A Uncovering the Work, at ENGINEERs request ... _ ......... . ...... Times -- Adjusting....... ............... ...... ........... ........ . 66 Change of Contract 12 Computation of 17.2 Contract Times --definition of 1,12 day ..... 17,12 Milestones.. ..12 Requirements -- appeals .......... ................ ....._........ 9. 10, 16 clarifications, claims and disputes,,,,,,._.,....,. p, It, 112, 12 Commencement of Contract Times -2.3 Preconstruction Conference .... .................... _2.8 schedules ... ...... 19, 6.6 Starting thewoik.­ 2.4 Title, Warranty of 143 Uncovering Work . 13.8-13.9 Underground Feel I 'tics, Physical Con ditions-- definition of 1,41 Not Shown a indicated 4.12 protection of, ,, . ... .. .... .. .................4.3, 6.20 Shown or Indicated .......... .. ............ ...... .. 43.1 Unit Price Work -- claims ... ......... ...................... . ........ I 1.9.3 definition of ................... .... ........ . 1.42 gencrall 1.9, 14.1. 14.5 Unit Prices -- general 113 1 Determination far . ... ..... ... ........... ........ _9.10 Use of Premises,,,,.,_._......,.._„ 6.16, 6,18, 6.30.2,4 Utility owners . .... �. , _ , ...... , 6.13, 6.20, 7.1-7.3, 112 Utilization, Partial.._....1.28,5.15,630.2.4, 14.10 Value of the Work ............. IL3 Values, Schedule of, ... 26,2 8 - 2 . .9 . 14.1 EXC�NERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDMON) w/ CM OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS WV 9199) No Text Variations in Work --Minor Authorized ................. ........ 625, 6.27, 9.5 Article or Paragraph Number Visits to Site --by ENGINEER............ _..... _..... __ _. 9.2 Waiver of Claims --on Final Paym en4.........__...... ...14.15 Waiver of Rights by insured parties ...,............. 5.11, 6.11 Warranty and Guarantee, General --by CONTRACTOR..._._.... __...__.............._630 Warranty of Title, CONTRACTORS_,,,,,,_,,,, 14.3 Work -- Accessto ....... .................. _......... .......... .... ..... 132 by others ...................... 7 Changes in the. _...... _..... _. _.. 1 O Continuing the.. _.... .................... _............. 6 29 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate, .... ........ . .................... ..... . 15.5 Coordination of.._.........._.._..._..__.........._...._. 7A Cost ofthe......... 11.4-11.5 definition of............ _............................. _.... _.. 1.43 neglected by CONTRACTOR.. _..... _..... _. _. _...13.14 otherWork.........._ ................._....._..._... ...... .... ._7 OWNER May Stop Work . _.............................. 13,10 OWNER May Suspend Work,,,,,,,,,,,_,,, 13.10, 15.1 Related, Work at Site,,,,,,,,_,,,,,,,,„ ................. 7.1-7.3 Starting the,..... _ ..... _. _ _........._..... _ __. _ _-. 24 Stopping by CONTRACTOR _ _. _.. _..... _... _......15.5 Stopping by OWNER .. ............ .........15. 1-BA Variation and deviation authorized, minor,_,,,,,,,, 3.6 Work Change Directive -- claims pursuant to....._....._._ ............................ 10.2 definition of ............................ _.. _... _...... _.... _ 1.44 principal references to ..... ................. .5.3, 10.1-10.2 Written Amendment -- definition of L45 ........................................................ principal references to,,,,,,,,, 1. 10, 15, 5-10,15.12, _,_,_,,,_,...... I... 6.6.2, 6.8?, 6.19, 10. 1, 10A, ,,,,_„_,__,___,__ 11.2, 12. 1, 13.12.2, 14,72 Written Clarifications and Interpretations,,,,,,_,,,,,_ ................... 3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11 Written Notice Required -- by CONTRACTOR _ _........... ... _... _.. T 1, 9.10-9.11, ......................... __....__.__. IDA, 11.2, 12.1 by OWNER...__...__...._9. 10-9,11, 10A, 11.2, 1114 E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS SRODIFICATIONS (REV 91") (This page left blank intentionally) xn EICDO GENERAL COI MONS 1910.8 (19% EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICAUONS (REV 91993 GENERAL COMMONS ARTICLE I —DEFINITIONS Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plum) thereof: 1.1. Addenda --Written or graphic instruments issued prior in the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. 1.2 Agreement —The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed, other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. 13. Application for Payment —The form accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 1.4, Asbestos --Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is kiable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. L5. Bid —The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be perfumed. 1.6. Bidding Doctmrents—The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). L7. Bidding Requirements --The advertisement or invitation to Bid instructions to bidders, and the Bid form. 1.8. Bonds —Performance and Payment bonds and other instruments of security. 1.9, Change Order —A doaunent recommended by ENGINEER, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, a an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement LM Contract Documents —The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation submitted prior W the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the EICDC GENExA1, cONDIT10Ns 191os (1990 [:rum) w/=OF FORT COL M MODIFICATIONS(REV 42000) same are more specifically identified in the Agreement, together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and ENGINEER's written interpretations and clarificatias issued pursuant to paragraphs 33. 3,6.1 and 3.6.3 on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Shop Drawing submittals approved pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the repays and drawings referred to in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 are not Contract Documents. 1.11. Contract Price —The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11 9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work). 1.12. Contract Times —The numbers of days or the dates stated in the Agreement (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (it)to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14,13. 1.13. CONTRACTOR --The person, firm Or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. 1.14. defective —An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of Emil payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10) 1.15, Drawings --The drawings which show the scope, extent and character of the Work to be furnished and performed by CONTRACTOR and which have been prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents. Shop drawings are not DmwirW as so defined 1.16. Effective Date of the Agreement —The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver LIT ENGINEER —The person, form a corporation named as such in the Agreement. 1.18. ENGINEER's Consultant —A person, firm or corporation having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as ENGINEER's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 119_ Field Order —A written order issued by ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve a change in the Contract Rice or the Contract Times 120. General Requirements —Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. 1.21. Hazardous Woste—The tern Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 1.22.a. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations -Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts havingjtuisdiefon 1.22.b. Legal Hohdays-shall be those holidays observed by the City of Fort Collirs 1.23. Liens --Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. 1.24, Milestone --A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 125, Notice of Award —A written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein within the time specified OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 1.26. Notice to Proceed —A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence in run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents 127, OWNER —The public body a authority, corporation, association, firm or person with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be provided. 1.28. Partial Unlization—Use by OWNER of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.29. PCBs —Polychlorinated biphenyls. 1.30. Petroleum --Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene and oil mixed with other nun -Hazardous Warms and crude oils. 1.31. Project —The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, 1 32.a. Radioactive Matenal--Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of EICDC GENERAL COMMOM 191M (19%Mow) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 1.32.b Regular Working Hours -Regular working hours are defined as 700, to 6 00mn toil ss otherwise specified in the General Requirements 1.33, Resident Project Representative —The authorized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the site or any pan thereof. 1,34. Samples —Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged 1.35. Shop Drawings --All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data a information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work. 1.36. Specifications —Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain adurmismative details applicable thereto. 1.37. Subcontractor --An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. 1.38. Substantial Completion --The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidenced by ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specked part) can be utilized fa the purposes for which it is intended; or if on such certificate is issued when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13 The terms substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or pan of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 1.39. Supplementary Condttons--The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 1.40. Supplier —A manufacture, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman Or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 141 Underground Facilities —All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, mnmels or other such facilities or attachments, and any wicasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems or water. 141 Unit Price Work —Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices 1.43. Works -The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. 1.44. Work Change Directive —A written directive to CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER, ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in pmagmph4.2 a 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph6.23. A Work Change Directive will not ebange the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Rice or Contract Times as provided in paragraph 10.2. 1.45. Written Amenabient--A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the norengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction -related aspects of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2—PRELIAHNARY MATTERS Delivery of Bonds: 2A, When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1. Copies ofDoeumentK 2.2, OWNER shall famish W CONTRACTOR up to ten copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Conditions) of the Contract Documents as we reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will be famished upon request, at the cost of reproduction. Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed' 2.3. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, EXDCOENER CONDITION519104(19" Edti-) W CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement in ne everat will the Contract Times ef the Starting the Work: 2.4. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run, but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the Contact Times commence to mn. Before Starting Construction: 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict error, ambiguity or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, errs, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review'. 2.6.1 a preliminary progress schedule indicating the tunes (numbers of days or dares) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and processing such submittal; 2.6.2.1. In no case will a schedule be acceptable which allows less than 21 calendm dais fa each review by En¢ineer. 263 A preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis fa progress payments during construction Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 27. Before any Wort: at the site is started, CONTRACTOR and -OWNER shall eeeh deliver to the ether OWNER, with copies to Bash-udditi ngl insured cry Gateilitions ENGINEER certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance reesaReby--request requested by OWNERI which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5 n, 56 and < Preconstraction Conference: 2.5. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to run, but before any Work at the site is started, a conference allmded by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragmph26, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals processing Applications for Payment and maintaining required records. Initially Acceptable Schedmia: 2.9, Unless otherwise provided in the Contract a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as designated by OWNER will be held to reviewabihty to ENGINEER as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with parigtaph2.6. and Division I - General Requirements. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted to and acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing an orderly ogression of the Work to pr completion within any apeafied Milestones and the ContractTimes, but such acceptance will neither impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the sequenc��g. sch duling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's Cull responsibility therefor. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance. ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE Intent. 3A The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are mmplementary, what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the place of the Project. 3.2, It is the intent of the Contract Documents to EICDCGENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (19" Editim) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words a phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9 4, 3.3. Reference to Standardr and Specifrcinims of Technical Socleh'es; Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 3.3.1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement of there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 3.3.2. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contact Documents or between the Contract Dxuments and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard specification, manual a code a of any instruction of arty Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once, and, CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.23) until an amendment a supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in pamgraph3.5 or 3.6; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof 3.3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents a as may be provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: 3.3.3.1, the provisions of any such standard, specification, manual, code or instruction (whether a not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or 3.3.3.2. the provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). No provision of any such standard, specification, mamal, rode or instruction shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of OWNER CONTRACTOR or ENGINEER or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, no shall it be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Comultants, agents or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty o authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents, 3.4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as ordered", "as directed", "as required", "as allowed", "as approved" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable", "proper" or "satisfactory" o adjectives of like effect or import me used in describe a requirement, direction, review or judgmuent of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such requiremem, direction, review or judgment will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents 3.5. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof m one or more of the following ways: 3,5.1a formal Written Amendment, 3.5.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4), or EJCDCOENERAL C014DITION9191M O99a Edition) wI CITY OF FORT COLUM MODIFICATIONS (REV 4110N) 3.5.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to paragraph 10.1). 36. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: 3.6.1. A Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5), 3.6.2. ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or 36.3. IIVGINEER's written interpretation or clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9 4). Reuse of Documents: 1T CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or hearing the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEER's. Consultant, and (it) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaptation by ENGINEER ARTICLE 4-AVAILABII,TTY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS Awitability of Lands: 4, L OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general apphcation but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which CONTRACTOR will have to comply m performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes m existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, nghts-of- way or easements. CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles II and 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may he required far temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment 4..2. Subsurface andPhysical Conditions: 4.2.1. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of 4.2.1.1. Substufam Conditions: Thou reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents; and 4.2.1.2. Physical Conrhb'ons: Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at a contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 4.2.2. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorize& Techmcal Data: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical dam" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical dam" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical dam", CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER. ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consulmms with respect to: 42.2.1the completeness of such repots and drawing for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or 4,12.2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such repots or shown or indicated in such drawings, or 4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or cmclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information. 4.2.3. Notion of Dj{jenng Subsurface or Physical Conditions: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site that is uncovered or revealed either: 4.2.3.1. is of such a mature as to establish that any "technical dam" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4,11 and 4.2.2 is materially inaccurate, or 4.2.3.2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.3. differs materially from that shown or EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 191 OS (19%Ed&im) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (,REV 420001 indicated in the Contract Documents, or 42.3.4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly immediately after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby m performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by pamgmph6.23), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such conditions or perform any Work in connection therewith (except w aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. 4.2A, ENGMEER's Review: ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or was with respect thereto and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findings and conclusions. 4.2.5. Possible Contract Documenrs Change: If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required as a result of a condition that meets one or more of the categories in paragraph 4.2.3, a Work Change Directive o a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reffect and document the consequences of such change. 4.2.6. Possible Price and Times A,#ustments: An equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the Contract Times, or both, will be allowed to the extent that the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for performance of, the Work; subject, however, to the following: 4.2.6.1. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 4.2.3.4. inclusive; 4.2.6.2, a change in the Contract Documenm pursuant to paragraph 4.2.5 will not be an automatic authorization of nor a conditim precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment; 4 2.6.3. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Plice Basis, any adjustment in Contract Rice will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10 and I1.9; and 42.6.4. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times if; 42.6.4.1_ CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such emditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or 4,2-6.4.2- the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination investigatiort, exploration, test or study of the site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTORS making such final commitment; or 4.2.6.4.3. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4,2.3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR me unable to agree on entitlement to a as to the amount or length of any such equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Articles I l and 12. However, OWNER ENGINEER and ENGINEERS Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project a anticipated project. 4.3. Physical Condtions—UndergroundFacilities.- 4.3.1. Shown or]mhcated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 4.11.2, The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Rice and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for: i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (u) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Doeuments,(iu) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and Projection of all such Underground Facilities as provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. 4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated: If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, preraptly immediately after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6,23), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19I0S (1990 Edtim) w,'CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4Q 000) give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility. If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document such consequences. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall may be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated If OWNER and CONTRACT OR are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles I I and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEERS Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. Reference Points' 44. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in ENGINEERS judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and 1l make no changes a relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel. 4.5. Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material: 4.5.1. OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Ivlaterial uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. ARTICLE 5--BONDS AND INSURANCE Performance, Payment and Other Bonds: 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security, for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contact Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least urnif one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documers. CONTRACTOR shall also famish such other Bonds m are required by the Supplementary Conditions All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Compares Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular570 (amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act. 52. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any pan of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable m OWNER 5.3. Licensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates, of Insurance: 5.3.L All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.3.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraph 5.4. 9WNER-shall uwrc_a m�s oopp.on�.�m-ry mmamrih . 5 6 and 54 EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (19%Editim) w/0 TY OF FORT COLD MODIFICATIONS(REV 42000)